📖 ContentsFull book
Free practical exam guide · Dr. Akash Garg, DC

Chiropractic Boards Part IV: Practical Exam Guide

The complete book on one page. Use the button at the bottom right to save it as a PDF.

  1. Chapter 1: How the Practical Exam Works and How to Prepare
  2. Chapter 2: Reading Films Under Time: Approach and Normal Anatomy
  3. Chapter 3: High Yield Films I: Trauma
  4. Chapter 4: High Yield Films II: Arthritides, Tumors, Infection, Metabolic Disease and Soft Tissue
  5. Chapter 5: The History in a Standardized Patient Encounter
  6. Chapter 6: Performing the Examination in a Station
  7. Chapter 7: Diagnosis, Orders and Management Decisions
  8. Chapter 8: Documentation, Consent, Communication and Referral
  9. Chapter 9: Technique Station Principles and Scoring
  10. Chapter 10: Cervical and Thoracic Set Ups
  11. Chapter 11: Lumbar, Pelvic and Sacroiliac Set Ups
  12. Chapter 12: Extremity Set Ups
  13. Chapter 13: Practice Stations I: Imaging and Case Management Walk Throughs
  14. Chapter 14: Practice Stations II: Technique Walk Throughs and Final Preparation
Chapter 1 · Exam Overview

How the Practical Exam Works and How to Prepare

Part IV does not ask what you know; it asks what you do with a real person in front of you and a clock on the wall. Candidates who know the material cold still lose points by skipping a consent statement, adjusting without stating a contraindication screen, or running out of time before the note is written. This chapter explains how a practical exam of this kind is built and scored, and how to prepare so that the right actions come out of you automatically on exam day and, later, in practice.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the station format of a practical exam: door cards, standardized patients, timed rotation and the three content areas of technique, case management and imaging interpretation.
  • Explain how checklist scoring works and why critical actions, safety items and professionalism items carry special weight.
  • Explain why verbalizing your reasoning converts silent competence into visible, scorable behavior.
  • List the most common reasons candidates lose points and build a habit to prevent each one.
  • Plan exam day: arrival, attire, hand hygiene, draping, use of the door card and time management inside each station.
  • Build a study plan around partner practice, timed mock stations, personal checklists and a film library, linking Parts I to III knowledge to performance.
  • Apply a standard communication script in every station: introduction, identification, explanation, informed consent, modesty, and a stop rule when the patient reports pain.
  • Recognize the red flags that change a station from treatment to referral, and state them aloud.

Section 1The structure of the practical exam

What a practical exam is designed to measure

Written board parts measure recall and reasoning on paper. A practical exam measures observable performance: whether a candidate can gather the right information from a patient, examine correctly, reach a defensible diagnosis, choose safe care, set up and deliver (or simulate) an adjustment, read a film, and communicate throughout. The underlying design idea is the objective structured clinical examination (OSCE): many short, standardized encounters instead of one long, unstructured one. Breaking the exam into stations does two things. It samples a wider range of skills than any single encounter could, and it lets every candidate meet the same task, the same patient script and the same scoring sheet, which makes the result fairer and more reliable.

Part IV follows this general model. Candidates rotate through a series of timed stations. Some stations involve a standardized patient (SP), a trained person who portrays a case consistently for every candidate. Some involve imaging, where a candidate views films and answers questions or writes an interpretation. Some involve chiropractic technique, where the candidate identifies a listing and demonstrates the set up. Exact station counts, timings, the number of days, and the format of written components change over time, so always confirm the current details in the official candidate materials published by the testing body before you sit the exam. This book teaches the behaviors that score well in any well designed station of each type.

The three content areas

Content areaWhat you are asked to doWhat examiners typically observeWhere it draws from
Chiropractic techniqueIdentify a segmental listing, position the patient, take a stance, establish contact point and segmental contact, stabilize, set the line of drive, describe the thrustCorrect segment and listing, safe and stable positioning, precise contact, line of drive matching the listing, pre-thrust screening and consent, verbalizationPart II and III principles of chiropractic, biomechanics, technique labs
Case managementTake a focused history, perform a focused examination, state a diagnosis, order or interpret tests, decide on care or referral, documentRed flag questions, correct test technique, stated positive and negative findings, appropriate diagnosis and plan, consent, referral when indicated, note qualityPart III clinical competency, orthopedics, neurology, physical diagnosis, case management
Imaging interpretationView radiographs and identify findings, give an impression and a recommendationSystematic search, correct location and view, accurate description, safe recommendation (further imaging, referral, contraindication to manipulation)Part II and III diagnostic imaging, normal anatomy and pathology

These areas overlap. A case station may hand you a film to interpret before you decide on care. A technique station may include a patient whose history contains a reason not to adjust. The exam rewards candidates who carry safety and reasoning across every boundary instead of treating each station as a narrow skill check.

Door cards and the station cycle

Each station begins outside the room with a door card (sometimes called a station instruction sheet). A typical door card states the patient's name, age and sex, the setting, the chief complaint or the reason for the visit, sometimes vital signs, and the task: for example, "Take a focused history and perform a focused examination" or "Demonstrate the set up for the listing shown." The door card is the most important page of the station. It tells you which skills are being scored. If it says "focused history only," a perfect physical examination earns nothing and wastes time. If it says "explain your findings to the patient," the closing explanation is scored.

The station cycle is consistent: a reading period at the door, an encounter period inside, and often a post-encounter task (a patient note, written questions, or a film question) before rotation to the next station. A signal (bell, buzzer, announcement or timer) marks transitions. When the signal ends the encounter, you stop, thank the patient and leave, even mid-sentence. Unfinished items are simply unscored, so pacing matters more than perfection on any single item.

A station circuit (schematic) Techniquestation Casestation (SP) Imagingstation Casestation (SP) Techniquestation Imagingstation Door card Inside every station: one cycle 1 Read door card 2 Encounter 3 Post-encountertask 4 Signal, rotate Each station repeats the same cycle; check official materials for actual counts and times
Figure 1.1 Practical exams rotate candidates through stations of different types. Every station repeats one cycle: read the door card, perform the encounter, complete any post-encounter task, then rotate on the signal.

Standardized patients and examiners

A standardized patient is trained to give the same history, the same answers and the same physical responses to every candidate. If the case calls for a positive straight leg raise at 40 degrees, the SP reproduces leg pain at about that angle each time. SPs are often instructed to answer only what is asked. They will not volunteer that they take warfarin or lost 15 pounds without trying unless you ask. This is the single most important fact about SP stations: information you do not ask for does not exist. The scoring sheet expects you to elicit it.

Scoring may be done by the SP after the encounter, by an examiner watching in the room, by an examiner watching remotely, or by review of a recording. Examiners in technique stations are often licensed doctors who know what a good set up looks like and will notice an unstable stance or a contact on the wrong side. Treat the examiner as a silent observer: address the patient, not the examiner, unless the door card tells you to explain to the examiner. When you verbalize for scoring, speak clearly enough to be heard, but phrase it for the patient where you can ("I am checking for a condition that would make adjusting unsafe").

SPs also have a limited physical role. Many may not be actually adjusted, may have true physical findings that are part of their real body rather than the case (a surgical scar, a mole), and may have instructions to simulate findings. Some exams use mannequins or allow only simulated thrusts. Follow the door card and any proctor instruction on whether a thrust is delivered; when not permitted, you set up fully, take tissue pull and preload, state the line of drive and say "I would now deliver a high velocity, low amplitude thrust" without delivering it.

How timing shapes everything

Time pressure is the defining condition of the exam. Whatever the official station length, you will feel it is too short. Candidates fall into two errors: they rush and skip consent or red flags, or they go deep on one part (often the history) and never reach the examination or the plan. The solution is a rehearsed internal clock. For a history and examination station, a common practice split is roughly one third of the time on history, a little over one third on the focused examination, and the remainder on findings, diagnosis, plan, consent and questions. For a technique station, most of the time goes to the set up and verbalization; the thrust or simulated thrust is seconds long.

Station typeOpening (always)CoreClose (always)
TechniqueHand hygiene, introduction, identity check, brief explanation, consent, screening statementIdentify the listing, position, stance, contact, stabilization, line of drive, preload, thrust or simulated thrustReassess or state that you would reassess, check patient comfort, return patient to a safe position
Case management, historyHand hygiene, introduction, identity, agenda, consent to proceedChief complaint, OPQRST, red flags, systems, PMH, medications, family, social, occupationalSummary back to the patient, transition statement, questions
Case management, examinationExplain, consent, drape, hand hygieneVitals if asked, inspection, palpation, range of motion, orthopedic and neurologic tests, all stated aloudFindings in plain language, diagnosis, plan or referral, consent to plan, questions
ImagingConfirm the patient name, date, view, side markerSystematic search (ABCS), describe the abnormality by location and featuresOne line impression, recommendation, and whether manipulation of the region is contraindicated
Board tip. Read the verb on the door card. "Take a history," "examine," "demonstrate," "explain," "document" and "interpret" each point to a different checklist. Underline the verb mentally before you knock, and do every task named, in the order named.
Case. Door card: Robert, 58, male, presents with low back pain of 3 weeks. Task: Take a focused history. You will not perform a physical examination in this station.
Reasoning: Read the task: history only. Knock, enter, wash or sanitize hands, introduce yourself by name and role, confirm the patient's full name (and date of birth if your practice routine includes it), and ask permission to talk about the back pain. Open with "Tell me about your back pain," then work OPQRST. Do not drift into palpation or range of motion; it earns nothing and spends time. Because the patient is over 50, prioritize red flags out loud: history of cancer, unexplained weight loss, night pain or rest pain, fever or chills, recent infection or IV drug use, trauma, steroid use, bowel or bladder changes, saddle numbness and progressive leg weakness. Ask about anticoagulants and abdominal pulsation or tearing pain (abdominal aortic aneurysm risk at this age). Summarize what you heard back to the patient, tell him that the next step would be an examination, and ask if he has questions. Critical actions not to miss: cancer and weight loss questions, cauda equina questions, and a summary.
Key point

The practical exam is a set of short, standardized, timed encounters in technique, case management and imaging. The door card defines what is scored, standardized patients reveal only what you ask, and timing rewards a rehearsed opening and closing that you never skip. Confirm the current station details in official candidate materials.

Section 2How stations are scored

Checklists: the scoring backbone

Most practical stations are scored with a checklist: a list of specific, observable actions, each marked done or not done (sometimes done correctly, done incorrectly, or not done). A history checklist might include "asked about onset," "asked about bowel or bladder function," "asked about prior episodes," and "asked about medications." An examination checklist might include "performed straight leg raise with correct technique" and "stated the result." A technique checklist might include "contact point on correct side," "stabilization established," and "line of drive appropriate to listing." Checklists reward explicit, complete behavior. They cannot award credit for what an examiner assumes you thought.

Many practical exams also use global ratings: a holistic score for communication, organization, professionalism or overall competence. Global ratings capture what checklists miss, such as whether the encounter flowed, whether the patient felt respected, and whether the candidate seemed safe. A candidate who completes every checklist item but is brusque, disorganized or rough may still score poorly on global ratings.

Critical actions

Some items matter more than others. A critical action is an item whose omission is considered unsafe or a serious failure of care, regardless of how well the rest of the station goes. Exams differ in how they treat them (heavier weighting, mandatory items, or automatic failure of the station), and you should not assume a particular rule, but you should behave as though each of the following can sink a station by itself.

CategoryExamples of critical behaviorWhy it is critical
Safety screening before manipulationAsking about or stating screening for fracture, anticoagulant use, osteoporosis, recent surgery, signs of vertebral or carotid artery dissection, upper cervical instability, malignancy and infectionManipulation in the presence of an absolute contraindication can cause catastrophic harm
Red flag recognitionAsking about cauda equina symptoms in low back pain; recognizing an abdominal aortic aneurysm pattern; recognizing chest pain of cardiac originMissing an emergency delays life or function saving care
Appropriate referralEmergency referral for cauda equina, suspected dissection, acute myocardial infarction; urgent referral for suspected malignancy or fractureTreating instead of referring is a serious error in case management
Informed consentExplaining the procedure, material risks, benefits and alternatives, and obtaining agreement before examination or treatmentTreatment without consent is an ethical and legal failure
Patient dignity and modestyDraping, explaining before touching, asking permission before sensitive areas, offering a chaperone where appropriateBreaches of modesty are unprofessional and may be treated as misconduct
Stopping on pain or adverse responseStopping a test or set up when the patient reports pain, dizziness, numbness or other new symptoms, then reassessingContinuing despite a warning sign can cause injury
How a station score is typically built Checklist items Introduced self, checked identity Asked onset and mechanism Asked bowel and bladder Asked about medications Performed SLR correctly Stated SLR result aloud Done and observed = creditDone silently = often no credit Critical actions Safety screen before any thrustRed flags asked and acted onReferral when indicated, consentMissing one may outweigh the rest Global ratings Communication and empathyOrganization and flowProfessional conduct, respectConfident, safe handling
Figure 1.2 A typical station score combines checklist items, critical actions and global ratings. Notice the last checklist row: the test was done but its result was never stated, so the observer had nothing to mark.

Why verbalizing matters

Verbalizing means saying aloud what you are doing, why, and what you found. It is not chatter. It turns your reasoning into something an observer can score. Consider two candidates who both perform a Spurling test. The first presses down on the head silently, sees the patient wince and moves on. The second says, "I am going to tilt and turn your head toward the right and press gently downward; tell me if this reproduces your arm symptoms," and afterward, "That reproduced pain down your right arm, which suggests irritation of a nerve root in the neck on the right." The second candidate has demonstrated correct technique, patient communication, and interpretation. The first has demonstrated a hand movement.

Verbalizing is especially important in technique stations, where the decisive elements (segmental contact, line of drive, depth) are hard to see from across the room. A strong technique verbalization names the listing, the contact point (the part of the doctor's hand), the segmental contact (the part of the patient's vertebra), the stabilization, the line of drive in plain anatomical terms, and the screening that preceded it. Practice the phrasing until it is short and automatic.

What you doWeak (silent or vague)Strong (scorable)
Screening before a cervical set upNothing said"Before I adjust, I have confirmed no history of trauma, no anticoagulants, no dizziness, double vision or sudden severe headache, and no inflammatory arthritis or Down syndrome."
Contact"I'm contacting here.""My contact point is the lateral aspect of the proximal phalanx of my right index finger on the right articular pillar of C5."
Line of drive"Then I push.""My line of drive is posterior to anterior, slightly lateral to medial, and inferior to superior along the plane of the facet."
Positive testMoves on after the patient winces"Pain reproduced at the posterior thigh at about 40 degrees; positive straight leg raise on the left, consistent with lumbar nerve root tension."
Negative testMoves on"Negative on the right, no pain reproduction." (negatives matter for the differential)

Common reasons candidates lose points

Score reports and faculty experience with practical exams point to a short, repeated list of errors. Nearly all of them are habit failures rather than knowledge gaps.

  • Skipping the opening. No hand hygiene, no introduction, no identity check, no consent. These are easy items lost in the first 20 seconds by candidates eager to start.
  • Not reading the door card. Doing the wrong task, examining the wrong region, or ignoring a vital sign printed on the card (a blood pressure of 190/115 changes the whole station).
  • Silent performance. Correct tests with no stated result, correct set ups with no stated line of drive.
  • Incomplete red flags. Asking two red flag questions instead of a full screen, especially missing medications (anticoagulants, corticosteroids) and cancer history.
  • Leading questions. "You don't have any bladder problems, do you?" invites a reflexive no. Ask open or neutral closed questions.
  • Poor technique. Wrong side contact, unstable stance, no tissue pull, a line of drive that does not match the listing, or a set up that is uncomfortable or unsafe.
  • Time mismanagement. An excellent history and no time left for the exam, plan or note.
  • No plan or referral. Finding the problem but never stating what to do about it.
  • Ignoring the patient. Not responding when the SP says "that hurts," not checking comfort, poor draping.
  • Inaccurate documentation. A patient note that contradicts the encounter or omits key negatives.
Board tip. State negatives as well as positives. "Reflexes 2+ and symmetric at the patella and Achilles" and "no saddle anesthesia reported" show that you looked for the dangerous possibilities and found them absent. Pertinent negatives often appear on checklists.
Case. Door card: Maria, 34, neck pain after a rear-end car collision 2 days ago. Task: Perform a focused examination of the cervical spine and state your findings.
Reasoning: Introduce yourself, confirm identity, explain that you will look at and examine her neck, and obtain consent. Before any provocative test, screen for fracture and instability aloud: "Before I move your neck, I want to check a few things. Were you able to walk at the scene? Do you have pain in the middle of the back of your neck? Any numbness or weakness in the arms?" Apply a recognized decision rule such as the Canadian C-spine rule; if she has a high risk factor or midline tenderness and cannot rotate 45 degrees each way, say you would not proceed with stress testing and would obtain imaging first. If cleared, inspect, palpate, measure active range of motion, then perform tests with explanations, stating each result. Perform a brief neurologic screen (dermatomes, myotomes, reflexes C5 to C7). Close with findings in plain language. Critical actions not to miss: trauma screen before provocative tests, neurologic screen, and stating each result.
Key point

Stations are scored on observable behavior through checklists, critical actions and global ratings. If you do not say it, the observer cannot score it. Most lost points come from skipped openings, silent testing, incomplete red flags, unmatched lines of drive and time mismanagement, all of which are fixed by rehearsed habits.

Section 3Exam day logistics and conduct

Before you arrive

Practical exams are run on tight schedules with many candidates, patients and examiners moving in synchrony. Late arrival may mean you are not admitted. Read the official candidate materials well in advance for the required identification, arrival time, permitted and prohibited items, attire rules, and any rules about equipment you bring versus equipment provided. Plan travel with a margin, stay close to the site the night before if travel is long, and confirm the test site address in advance. Sleep and food are performance variables: a well rested candidate reads door cards faster and makes fewer slips.

Prohibited items commonly include phones, smart watches, notes, recording devices and bags in the testing area. Assume nothing on your person will be allowed except what the materials list. If you are permitted to bring equipment (for example, a reflex hammer, pinwheel or tuning fork), check it the night before. If equipment is provided, practice with ordinary standard tools so you are not thrown by an unfamiliar model.

Attire and presentation

Dress as a professional doctor would for a new patient. Clean clinic attire or business attire, closed toe shoes, minimal jewelry, short clean nails, hair secured away from the face and away from the patient during set ups, and no strong fragrance. Avoid anything that dangles over the patient (long necklaces, ties without a clip, lanyards) because it will touch the patient during prone and supine set ups. Some exams provide or prohibit lab coats or have rules about names and logos on clothing; follow the official instructions.

Using the door card and the reading time

The reading period is short, so use a fixed routine every time, practiced until automatic:

  1. Name, age, sex. You will use the name in the introduction. Age and sex steer the differential and red flags (an older patient with back pain raises malignancy and aneurysm; a young adult with morning stiffness raises inflammatory spondyloarthropathy).
  2. Chief complaint and duration. Acute versus chronic, traumatic versus insidious.
  3. Vital signs, if given. Read them; abnormal values are placed on purpose.
  4. The task verbs. History, examination, technique, imaging, explanation, documentation.
  5. Plan your first three questions or first three steps. A quick mental outline beats walking in blank.

If scratch paper or a note board is permitted, jot a skeleton (OPQRST and red flags, or the region and the listing). If not, rely on your memorized templates. Do not try to memorize the entire door card; you may be allowed to see it again or a copy may be inside the room, depending on the exam, but plan as if you cannot.

Reading a door card in five steps STATION DOOR CARD Patient: Helen Ortiz, 67, female Reason for visit: low back pain, 6 weeks, worse at night BP 132/84, P 78, R 14, T 99.1 F Task: Take a focused history and perform a focused examination. Then discuss your plan. 12345 Age 67: malignancy andaneurysm on the differential Night pain, 6 weeks:red flag pattern Low grade temperature:ask about infection Three verbs: history,exam, plan First steps: hygiene, intro,consent, cancer and feverquestions early
Figure 1.3 A five step reading routine for any door card. Abnormal or suggestive details (age, night pain, a slightly raised temperature) are placed deliberately and should shape your first questions.

Entering the room

Knock, wait a beat, and enter. Make eye contact with the patient, smile, and perform hand hygiene where the patient can see it (alcohol based rub or hand washing as available). Many checklists include hand hygiene as an item at the start and sometimes after the encounter. Introduce yourself with your name and role ("Hello, I am Dr. Patel, one of the chiropractors here"), confirm the patient's identity using the name on the door card, and state the purpose of the visit. Ask how the patient prefers to be addressed. Sit at eye level for history taking where possible.

Draping and positioning

Expose only what you need to examine, and only for as long as you need it. Explain before asking a patient to change position or move clothing: "I would like to look at your lower back; may I lift the back of your gown to just above the waist?" Use a drape or sheet to cover areas not being examined. For a gowned patient, tie or hold the gown so it does not fall open when the patient moves. In prone positioning, check that the face piece is comfortable and that the patient can breathe easily. In side posture, make sure the patient is secure and will not roll off the table. Ask before touching any sensitive area, and explain what you are about to do and why, in plain language.

Respecting the standardized patient

Treat the SP exactly as you would treat a real patient. The SP is scoring how it felt to be your patient. Rough handling, cold hands without warning, careless draping, talking over the patient, or making jokes at the patient's expense cost points. Never perform tests that are clearly painful or invasive and not indicated by the task. Do not perform rectal, genital or breast examinations in a station; if one would be indicated clinically, state that you would perform it (with a chaperone and consent) or that you would refer. Do not deliver a real thrust unless the station explicitly permits it.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. EnterKnock, enter, eye contact"Good morning."
2. HygieneSanitize hands in view"I am just cleaning my hands."
3. IntroduceName and role"I am Dr. Lee, a chiropractor."
4. IdentifyConfirm full name (and date of birth if your routine uses it)"Can you tell me your full name, please?"
5. AgendaState purpose and time frame"I understand you are here about your low back. I would like to ask some questions and then examine you. Is that all right?"
6. ComfortCheck comfort, offer a seat"Are you comfortable sitting there?"
7. ProceedBegin the core task"Tell me about your back pain."

Staying within the time

Know where the clock is, or know how time is announced. Many exams give a warning before the end of the encounter. Use the warning as a hard trigger: whatever you are doing, move to your close (findings, diagnosis, plan, consent, questions). It is better to skip the last two orthopedic tests than to leave without stating a plan. When the end signal sounds, stop, thank the patient and exit. Do not continue talking, do not return for a forgotten item, and do not argue. If a post-encounter task follows, the patient note or answers are written from what you actually did.

One bad station does not end the exam. Each station is independent. Leave each room mentally, take one slow breath at the next door card, and start fresh. Candidates who dwell on a previous station misread the next one.

Board tip. Hand hygiene is one of the easiest points to earn and one of the most commonly missed. Make it the first thing you do after entering and, where the station allows, the last thing you do before leaving.
Case. Door card: Tom, 45, right shoulder pain. Vital signs: BP 182/112, P 96. Task: Perform a focused examination and discuss your management plan.
Reasoning: The vital signs are on the card on purpose. Enter, hygiene, introduce, identify, explain and obtain consent. Before examining the shoulder, recheck the blood pressure (correct cuff size, arm supported at heart level, patient seated with feet flat and rested) and ask about headache, chest pain, shortness of breath, visual change, confusion and weakness. Left shoulder or arm pain with exertion would raise cardiac concern, and right shoulder pain can be referred from the gallbladder or diaphragm, so ask briefly about chest, abdominal and exertional symptoms. Perform the focused shoulder examination if he is stable. In the plan, state that a reading at this level needs medical evaluation: same day referral if confirmed and asymptomatic, emergency referral if symptoms suggest hypertensive emergency (chest pain, neurologic deficit, visual loss, confusion). Say you would defer spinal manipulation until the pressure is addressed. Critical actions not to miss: recheck the blood pressure, ask target organ symptoms, and refer appropriately.
Key point

Exam day rewards a fixed routine: arrive early with only permitted items, dress cleanly and safely, read every door card with the same five steps, open every room with hygiene, introduction and identification, drape and explain before touching, treat the SP as a real patient, and move to your close at the time warning.

Section 4A study plan for the practical

Why knowledge is not enough

Candidates who passed Parts I to III know enough to pass Part IV. What separates candidates on a practical exam is retrieval under pressure and smooth motor performance. Both are trained by repetition with feedback, not by rereading. Your study plan should therefore spend most of its hours doing stations out loud, on a partner, against a timer, with someone scoring you from a checklist. Reading is for filling the gaps those rehearsals reveal.

Build your own checklists

Start by writing your own scoring sheets. Use the official candidate materials and course syllabi for the content domains, and write, for each station type, the items an examiner would likely look for. Personal checklists teach you to think like an examiner and give your practice partners something concrete to score. Keep them short enough to use in real time.

ChecklistCore items to include
Universal openingHand hygiene, introduction with name and role, identity check, agenda, consent to proceed
Low back pain historyOPQRST, mechanism, radiation and paresthesia, weakness, bowel and bladder, saddle sensation, cancer history, weight loss, fever, night pain, trauma, steroids, anticoagulants, prior episodes, occupation, function
Neck pain historyOPQRST, trauma, arm symptoms, headache pattern, dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, nystagmus, ataxia, numbness (the dissection screen), inflammatory arthritis, anticoagulants
Lumbar examinationInspection, palpation, active range of motion, Kemp, SLR and Braggard or well leg raise, slump, Patrick (FABER), Gaenslen or SI provocation, neurologic L4 to S1 (dermatomes, myotomes, reflexes), heel and toe walk
Technique set upScreening statement, consent, listing named, patient position, doctor stance, contact point, segmental contact, stabilization, tissue pull, preload, line of drive stated, thrust or simulated thrust, reassessment
Film interpretationPatient data and view, ABCS search, review areas, abnormality by location and features, impression, recommendation, safety statement about manipulation
Universal closeFindings in plain language, working diagnosis, plan or referral, risks, benefits and alternatives, consent, questions, thanks

Practicing with partners

Work in groups of three: one doctor, one patient, one examiner with the checklist and timer. Rotate roles every station. The patient should play a scripted case, answer only what is asked, and report how the encounter felt. The examiner marks only what is observed and gives feedback at the end on the three most important misses. Being the examiner is as valuable as being the doctor; it trains you to see what scorers see.

Write case scripts for each other covering common presentations and the important can't-miss conditions: mechanical low back pain, lumbar radiculopathy, cauda equina syndrome, spinal stenosis, compression fracture, metastatic disease, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cervical radiculopathy, vertebral artery dissection, whiplash, tension type headache and migraine, shoulder impingement and rotator cuff tear, adhesive capsulitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, lateral epicondylopathy, knee ligament and meniscus injuries, ankle sprain, hip osteoarthritis, and inflammatory spondyloarthropathy. A good case script has a door card, a history script with planted red flags or pertinent negatives, the expected examination findings, and the expected diagnosis and plan.

Timed mock stations

Once each skill is solid untimed, practice with a strict timer. Aim to finish your full routine with time to spare; on exam day nerves will slow you. Record yourself on video (with your partner's permission) and watch for silent periods, filler words, awkward positioning, poor draping, and set ups where your line of drive is not visible. Run at least several full mock circuits in the final weeks, with the same door card reading time, encounter time and transition time as your best understanding of the real exam. Fatigue across many stations is real; train for it.

The deliberate practice loop 1. Rehearse aloudpartner, timer, door card 2. Score itchecklist, critical actions 3. Reviewthree biggest misses, video 4. Fixtargeted reading and drills Repeat until theroutine is automatic Most hours go to stages 1 and 2; reading fills the gaps stage 3 finds
Figure 1.4 Practical skills improve through a loop of rehearsal, scoring, review and targeted repair. Reading is the repair step, not the main activity.

Using film libraries

Imaging interpretation is a pattern recognition skill. Build volume: look at many normal films first so that abnormal becomes obvious, then work through high yield pathology. Use any film library available to you through your program, teaching files, and reputable educational image collections. For every film, force yourself through the same search pattern and say a one line impression and a recommendation aloud, then check. Time yourself. Keep a log of misses by category (missed finding, wrong location, wrong description, wrong recommendation) and review it weekly. Chapters 2 to 4 of this book teach the search pattern, normal anatomy and the high yield film cases.

Linking Parts I to III to performance

Earlier knowledgeHow it shows up in a station
Spinal anatomy and biomechanicsFacet plane orientation sets the line of drive (cervical about 45 degrees to the horizontal, thoracic near coronal, lumbar near sagittal in the upper lumbar spine)
Neuroanatomy and neurologyChoosing which dermatomes, myotomes and reflexes to test and interpreting a root level
Pathology and microbiologyRecognizing malignancy, infection and inflammatory disease patterns in a history and on film
Physical and clinical diagnosisCorrect technique for vital signs and orthopedic tests, and what a positive result means
Diagnostic imagingSystematic film reading and safe recommendations
Principles of chiropractic and techniqueListings, set ups, contraindications
Case management and ethicsConsent, referral, documentation and boundaries

A sample timeline

Adapt the timeline to your schedule; the proportions matter more than the dates. In the early phase, write checklists, review core technique set ups region by region, and look at normal films daily. In the middle phase, practice stations with partners several times a week, untimed first and then timed, rotating through regions and case types, and add pathology films. In the final phase, run full mock circuits under realistic timing, focus on your logged weaknesses, and rehearse the universal opening and closing until they are effortless. In the final days, rest, review checklists lightly, prepare attire and identification, and confirm logistics.

Board tip. Practice on many different bodies. Contacts, stances and table heights that work on your usual partner may not work on a taller, heavier or more flexible SP. Rotate partners so your set ups adapt to any patient size.
Case. Door card: Demonstrate the set up for a PR (posterior right) listing of L4 in side posture. The patient has consented to examination.
Reasoning: Even with consent noted, confirm it briefly and state your screening: no recent trauma, no osteoporosis, no anticoagulants, no cauda equina symptoms, no history of cancer, no progressive neurologic deficit. A PR listing in the Palmer Gonstead system means the L4 body has rotated posterior on the right, so the spinous process has deviated to the right. In a common diversified approach, place the patient in side posture with the posterior side (right) up, so the spinous process points toward the ceiling. Flex the top hip and knee and tuck the top foot into the back of the lower knee. Rotate the upper trunk back toward you only until tension localizes at L4. Stand facing the patient in a fencer stance, cephalad leg forward, your thigh against the patient's flexed knee. Take a pisiform contact with your caudal hand on the upper (right) side of the L4 spinous process, stabilize the shoulder with your cephalad hand, take tissue pull and preload. State the line of drive: lateral to medial on the spinous process (right to left, toward the table), delivered with a body drop and a slight arc that matches the lumbar facet plane. If thrust is not permitted, state that you would now deliver a high velocity, low amplitude thrust. Recheck comfort and return the patient to a neutral position. Critical actions: screen, correct side up, correct contact side, stated line of drive.
Key point

Study for a practical by performing, not by reading. Write your own checklists, rehearse in rotating trios with a timer, record and review, build volume on films with a fixed search pattern, and use Parts I to III knowledge to justify every action you take aloud.

Section 5Professionalism, communication and patient safety in every station

The communication spine of every encounter

Every station, whatever its content, sits on the same communication spine: open, explain, consent, perform, check, close. Communication items appear throughout checklists and drive global ratings, and they are the same items that protect patients and doctors in practice. Learn one version of each element and use it everywhere so that it costs no thought on exam day.

ElementWhat it accomplishesExample phrasing
IntroductionEstablishes who you are and your role"Hello, I am Dr. Okafor, a chiropractor. I will be seeing you today."
IdentificationPrevents wrong patient errors"Could you tell me your full name and date of birth?"
AgendaSets expectations and invites the patient's concerns"I would like to hear about your neck, then examine you, and then we will talk about what I find. Is there anything else you want to cover?"
Explanation before actionRemoves surprise, builds trust, supports consent"I am going to press along the muscles beside your spine. Tell me if anything is tender."
Informed consentRespects autonomy and meets legal and ethical duty"The adjustment is a quick, gentle movement of the joint. Common effects are temporary soreness or stiffness; serious complications are rare. Alternatives include exercise, soft tissue work or mobilization. Do you have any questions, and are you willing to proceed?"
ModestyProtects dignity"I will keep you covered with this sheet and only uncover your lower back."
Checking inDetects pain or adverse response early"How is that feeling? Any dizziness or tingling?"
ClosingShares findings, plan and next steps"What I found suggests irritation of a joint in your lower back without nerve damage. I recommend..."

Informed consent in a station

Informed consent is a process, not a signature. The patient must understand the nature of the proposed examination or treatment, its material risks, the expected benefits, the reasonable alternatives (including no treatment), and the right to decline or stop at any time. Consent must be voluntary and given by a patient with capacity. For a minor, a parent or guardian consents and the child should assent where able.

In a station, separate consent to examine from consent to treat. Ask permission before the physical examination. Before an adjustment, give a short, accurate risk statement. For spinal manipulation, commonly discussed effects include temporary local soreness, stiffness or headache, which usually resolve within a day or two; rare but serious risks include fracture in weakened bone, worsening of a disc herniation, and, for cervical manipulation, cervical artery dissection and stroke, which are very rare and for which a causal relationship is debated. Be honest and calm, use plain language, and avoid either frightening or minimizing. Then confirm understanding and agreement. If the patient declines, accept it, document it and offer alternatives.

Consent can be withdrawn at any moment, including mid set up. If a patient says "stop" or "wait," stop immediately, release the contact and ask what is wrong.

The stop rule in any station Patient reports new pain, dizziness,numbness, nausea or says stop STOP and release contact Ask, observe, reassess: what, where,is it settling, any neuro signs? Minor and resolved:modify or choose agentler method, with consent Persistent or unclear:do not adjust, document,refer for evaluation Neurologic or vascularwarning signs: emergencyservices, stay with patient
Figure 1.5 The stop rule. Any new symptom during a test or set up triggers the same sequence: stop and release, reassess, then resume with modification only if the symptom was minor and has resolved. Neurologic or vascular warning signs call for emergency services.

Explaining procedures in plain language

Patients understand plain words, short sentences and one idea at a time. Replace jargon: "joint" not "zygapophyseal articulation," "nerve irritation" not "radiculopathy," "the bone in your neck" not "C5." Use the teach back method for important points: "So that I know I explained it well, can you tell me what you will do if the leg numbness gets worse?" This shows the examiner that you checked understanding rather than assumed it. Watch for nonverbal signals of anxiety (guarding, holding breath, clenched hands) and respond: "You look a little tense. Would you like me to explain what I'm about to do again?"

Modesty, boundaries and chaperones

Modesty is protected by explaining, asking, draping and limiting exposure. Professional boundaries are protected by keeping touch purposeful and announced, avoiding personal comments about the patient's body, and never touching sensitive areas without explicit explanation, consent and clinical need. A chaperone should be offered for examinations of sensitive areas and whenever the patient or doctor would be more comfortable; follow the policies stated in the candidate materials. If a patient appears uncomfortable, pause and ask. A patient's discomfort is information, not an obstacle.

Safety in every station

Safety is not a separate station. It is a thread through every encounter. Before any manual procedure, you screen. During it, you check in. After it, you reassess. And at any time, you are prepared to stop, decline to treat, and refer.

Red flag findingWhat it may indicateStation response
Saddle anesthesia, new urinary retention or incontinence, bilateral leg weaknessCauda equina syndromeDo not adjust; emergency referral for same day imaging and surgical evaluation
Sudden severe neck pain or headache with dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, ataxia, nystagmus or numbnessCervical artery dissection or posterior circulation strokeDo not manipulate; emergency services
Age over 50, prior cancer, unexplained weight loss, night or rest pain, failure to improveMalignancyDo not adjust the involved region until cleared; urgent imaging and medical referral
Fever, chills, IV drug use, recent infection or procedure, immunosuppressionSpinal infection (osteomyelitis, discitis, epidural abscess)Do not adjust; urgent medical referral, emergency if neurologic signs
Significant trauma, osteoporosis, long term corticosteroid use, older ageFractureDo not adjust the region; imaging first
Pulsatile abdominal mass, tearing back or abdominal pain, older male smokerAbdominal aortic aneurysmDo not adjust the lumbar spine; emergency referral if symptomatic, urgent if found incidentally
Chest pain with exertion, diaphoresis, dyspnea, arm or jaw painAcute coronary syndromeStop; emergency services
Anticoagulant therapy or bleeding disorderBleeding riskModify force or avoid high velocity thrust; consider low force methods
Rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome, recent upper cervical traumaAtlantoaxial instabilityDo not manipulate upper cervical spine without imaging clearance

Documentation habits

Many practical exams include a written patient note or post-encounter task. Even when they do not, documenting well in practice begins with how you think in the room. A useful note follows the SOAP structure: subjective (history, including pertinent negatives such as "denies bowel or bladder changes"), objective (vital signs and examination findings with sides and values), assessment (working diagnosis and differential, with the reasoning) and plan (treatment, consent obtained, home care, referral, follow up and outcome measures). Write only what you did and found. Never document a test you did not perform. Use standard abbreviations sparingly and clearly. Record the patient's consent, any refusal, any adverse event and your response.

SOAP partMust includeCommon error
SubjectiveChief complaint, OPQRST, red flag answers including negatives, medications, relevant historyOmitting the negative red flag answers
ObjectiveVitals, inspection, palpation, ROM, named tests with side and result, neuro findingsWriting "ortho tests negative" without naming them
AssessmentWorking diagnosis, key differentials, reasoning, appropriateness of careA diagnosis not supported by the documented findings
PlanTreatment and region, consent, home advice, referral, re-examination timingNo referral documented when a red flag was found
Board tip. The safest answer in a station with a red flag is almost never "adjust." When the history or vital signs suggest something serious, the scored actions are recognizing it, explaining it to the patient calmly, not treating the region, and referring at the right urgency.
Case. Door card: Linda, 41, neck pain. Task: Demonstrate an appropriate set up for a right rotation restriction at C1 to C2 (you will not deliver a thrust).
Reasoning: Begin with the opening: hygiene, introduction, identity, explanation. During your screening statement the SP says, "This started yesterday when I turned my head quickly. I've had the worst headache of my life and some double vision since." This is the station's real test. Stop. Do not proceed with a cervical set up. Ask about other posterior circulation signs (dizziness, slurred speech, trouble swallowing, unsteadiness, numbness of the face or limbs) and check for nystagmus and gait if possible without delaying care. Explain calmly that her symptoms could signal a problem with an artery in the neck that needs emergency evaluation, that adjusting would not be safe, and that you are calling emergency services now. Stay with her. Say you would document the symptoms, findings, time and actions taken. Critical actions: recognize the dissection pattern, do not manipulate, emergency referral, clear explanation.
Case. Door card: James, 29, low back pain. Task: Perform a focused lumbar examination.
Reasoning: Open with hygiene, introduction and identification. Explain the examination and obtain consent, then ask him to change into a gown and leave the room or turn away while he does, and drape. Explain each test before you perform it. During the straight leg raise on the right he says, "Ow, that really hurts, stop." Lower the leg immediately and say, "I've stopped. Where did you feel that?" Note the angle, the location and quality of pain (posterior thigh only, or below the knee), and whether it settles. State it aloud as a finding. Do not repeat the test to confirm. Continue the exam gently, adapting tests that would cause the same pain, and complete the neurologic screen. Close with plain language findings and a plan. Critical actions: stop at once, acknowledge, reassess and document.
Key point

Every station runs on the same communication spine: open, explain, consent, perform, check, close. Informed consent covers nature, risks, benefits and alternatives and can be withdrawn at any moment. Modesty, plain language and the stop rule protect the patient, and a red flag always outranks the planned task: stop, explain, do not treat the region, refer at the right urgency and document.

The chapter in one breath

  • Part IV is an OSCE style practical exam: short, standardized, timed stations in technique, case management and imaging; confirm current station details in official candidate materials.
  • The door card states the patient, the complaint and the task; read it with the same five step routine every time and do exactly the tasks it names.
  • Standardized patients give consistent responses and reveal only what you ask, so a missed question means missed information.
  • Stations are scored with checklists, critical actions and global ratings; critical actions center on safety, red flags, referral and consent.
  • Verbalizing turns thought into scorable behavior: state test results, pertinent negatives, the listing, contact and line of drive.
  • Most lost points come from skipped openings, silent performance, incomplete red flags, leading questions and poor time management.
  • Exam day: arrive early, bring only permitted items, dress cleanly with nothing dangling, perform hand hygiene, introduce, identify, drape and explain before touching.
  • Move to your close at the time warning; stop at the end signal; leave each station behind.
  • Study by doing: personal checklists, rotating trios, timed mock stations, video review and a film library searched with one fixed pattern.
  • Informed consent covers nature, material risks, benefits and alternatives, and it can be withdrawn at any moment.
  • The stop rule: new pain, dizziness or distress means stop, release, reassess, and refer when warning signs appear.
  • Document in SOAP form, recording pertinent negatives, consent, adverse events and referrals, and only what you actually did.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
OSCEObjective structured clinical examination: an exam made of many short standardized stations, each scored against a defined checklist.
StationOne timed task in a practical exam, such as a history, an examination, a technique set up or a film interpretation.
Door cardThe instruction sheet read before entering a station; it gives patient details, the presenting complaint and the task.
Standardized patient (SP)A trained person who portrays a clinical case the same way for every candidate and may help score the encounter.
ChecklistA list of observable actions scored as done or not done for a station.
Critical actionAn item whose omission is considered unsafe or a serious failure of care, often weighted heavily.
Global ratingA holistic score of communication, organization or professionalism across an encounter.
VerbalizingSaying aloud what you are doing, why, and what you found, so that reasoning can be observed and scored.
Pertinent negativeAn absent finding that matters because it helps rule out a serious or competing diagnosis.
Red flagA history or examination feature suggesting serious disease that requires a change in management or referral.
Informed consentA patient's voluntary agreement after understanding the nature, risks, benefits and alternatives of a procedure.
AssentAgreement by a minor or a person without full capacity, sought in addition to consent from the legal decision maker.
Teach backAsking the patient to explain the information in their own words to confirm understanding.
DrapingCovering the patient with a gown or sheet so that only the area being examined is exposed.
ChaperoneA third person present during an examination to support the patient's comfort and protect both parties.
Hand hygieneCleaning hands with alcohol rub or soap and water before and after patient contact.
ListingA shorthand description of a segment's malposition or motion restriction that determines the set up.
Contact pointThe part of the doctor's hand that contacts the patient, such as the pisiform or the index finger.
Segmental contactThe part of the patient's vertebra contacted, such as the spinous process, transverse process or articular pillar.
StabilizationThe doctor's other hand or body position that fixes adjacent structures so the force reaches the target segment.
Line of driveThe direction of the adjustive force, chosen to match the listing and the joint plane.
PreloadTaking up joint slack and tissue tension before the thrust.
Simulated thrustSetting up fully and stating that a thrust would be delivered, without delivering it, when a real thrust is not permitted.
Stop ruleThe habit of stopping any test or procedure at once when the patient reports new pain or distress, then reassessing.
SOAP noteA documentation format of subjective, objective, assessment and plan.
Deliberate practiceFocused repetition with feedback aimed at specific weaknesses.
Film libraryA collection of radiographs used for repeated systematic interpretation practice.
Satisfaction of searchStopping the search after finding one abnormality and missing others.

Check yourself

A door card says "Take a focused history." The candidate takes a thorough history and then performs a lumbar examination. What did the examination earn?
Answer. Nothing. The task named only a history, so examination items are not on the checklist, and the time spent is lost. Always perform the tasks named on the door card, in the order named.
Why is information that a standardized patient did not volunteer still counted against you?
Answer. SPs are trained to answer only what is asked. The checklist scores whether you elicited key items (medications, cancer history, bowel and bladder function). If you do not ask, the information is never revealed and the item is not marked.
A candidate performs a correct straight leg raise, sees the patient wince and moves on without speaking. Why might this score poorly?
Answer. The observer cannot score the interpretation. Stating the angle, the location of pain and the meaning ("positive at 40 degrees with pain below the knee, consistent with nerve root tension") makes the reasoning observable and earns the result item.
Name four categories of critical action that can outweigh the rest of a station.
Answer. Safety screening before manipulation, red flag recognition, appropriate referral, informed consent, patient dignity and modesty, and stopping on pain or adverse response. Any four are correct.
A door card lists a blood pressure of 186/114 for a patient with shoulder pain. What should you do first?
Answer. Recheck the blood pressure with correct technique and ask about symptoms of target organ damage (headache, chest pain, dyspnea, visual change, neurologic deficit). Abnormal values on a door card are deliberate; manage them before the shoulder, and refer at the right urgency.
During a cervical screening statement a patient reports sudden severe headache and double vision that began after a quick head turn. What is the correct station response?
Answer. Stop the set up, do not manipulate, screen briefly for other posterior circulation signs, explain calmly and call emergency services, staying with the patient. The pattern suggests cervical artery dissection.
What four elements must informed consent for an adjustment include?
Answer. The nature of the procedure, its material risks, its expected benefits and the reasonable alternatives (including no treatment), with the patient's understanding confirmed and the right to decline or stop at any time.
Rewrite the leading question "You haven't had any bladder problems, have you?" as a neutral question.
Answer. "Have you noticed any change in how your bladder works, such as trouble starting, leaking or not being able to tell when it is full?" Leading questions invite a reflexive no and can miss cauda equina symptoms.
In a practice trio, what are the three roles and why is the examiner role valuable?
Answer. Doctor, patient and examiner. The examiner marks only observed behavior on a checklist and times the station, which trains you to see the encounter as a scorer does and reveals the silent steps candidates think they performed.
A patient note reads "Ortho tests negative." What is wrong with it?
Answer. It does not name the tests, the sides or the results, so it cannot support the assessment or be checked. Name each test with side and result, record pertinent negatives, and document only what you actually performed.
Chapter 2 · Imaging Interpretation

Reading Films Under Time: Approach and Normal Anatomy

An imaging station gives you a film, a short history and very little time, and it scores what you find, how you describe it and what you recommend. The candidates who do well are not the ones who know the rarest diagnoses; they are the ones who search every film the same way, know normal anatomy and its variants so well that abnormal stands out, and can say a clear one line impression and a safe recommendation before the signal. This chapter builds that engine; Chapters 3 and 4 load it with high yield pathology.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Apply a fast systematic search pattern (ABCS: alignment, bone, cartilage, soft tissue) to any radiograph, including the edges and the review areas.
  • Explain satisfaction of search and use habits that prevent it.
  • Identify normal landmarks and lines on cervical, thoracic and lumbar views, including the atlantodental interval, prevertebral soft tissue limits, George's line and the spinolaminar line.
  • Recognize spinal variants that mimic disease: ponticulus posticus, pseudosubluxation of C2 on C3, the limbus vertebra, Schmorl nodes, Hahn clefts, transitional segments and the Mach band at the dens.
  • Identify normal pelvic and hip lines (Shenton, Klein, Kohler) and extremity variants: accessory ossicles, growth plates, nutrient canals, bone islands and the pseudocyst of the humerus.
  • Judge chest film quality (inspiration, rotation, penetration) and identify the normal heart borders, mediastinum, hila, lungs and diaphragm, including the cardiothoracic ratio.
  • Recognize normal abdominal gas patterns and normal calcifications such as phleboliths and costal cartilage calcification.
  • Describe a lesion by location, morphology, margins and zone of transition, matrix and periosteal reaction, then give a one line impression and a recommendation under time.

Section 1A fast systematic search pattern

Why a fixed pattern beats a good eye

Expert readers do not look at a film; they move through it. Eye tracking work on radiologists shows that experienced readers combine a quick global impression with a deliberate search, while novices fixate on the first abnormal or interesting spot and stop. On a timed exam the risk doubles: anxiety narrows attention, and the obvious finding becomes the only finding. A fixed search pattern costs perhaps 30 to 60 seconds per film once it is practiced, and it turns every film into the same task.

Before the search: the label check

Spend five seconds on the administrative data, and say it aloud if the station involves speaking. Confirm the patient name and age (age changes the differential more than any other single fact), the date, the view (AP, PA, lateral, oblique, open mouth, flexion, extension), the side marker, and whether the film is weight bearing. Check technical quality: is the area of interest included, is the exposure adequate, is the patient rotated? A rotated lateral cervical film doubles the posterior margins and can mimic a subluxation; an underpenetrated film hides lytic lesions. If the films provided are inadequate, recommending additional views is a legitimate answer.

ABCS

LetterWhat you checkTypical abnormality found here
A: AlignmentOverall curves (lordosis, kyphosis, scoliosis); contour lines (anterior and posterior vertebral body lines, spinolaminar line, spinous tips); intersegmental alignment; joint congruity in the extremitiesSpondylolisthesis, subluxation, dislocation, instability on flexion and extension, scoliosis
B: BoneSize, shape and density of each bone; cortex traced all the way around; trabecular pattern; pedicles on AP spine views; endplates; posterior elementsFracture, missing pedicle from metastasis, blastic or lytic lesions, osteopenia, Paget disease, congenital anomaly
C: Cartilage (joint spaces)Disc heights, facet joints, sacroiliac joints, hip and peripheral joint spaces; uniform versus nonuniform narrowing; subchondral bone; erosions; osteophytesDegenerative disc disease, osteoarthritis (nonuniform narrowing), inflammatory arthritis (uniform narrowing, erosions), sacroiliitis, discitis (endplate destruction)
S: Soft tissuePrevertebral soft tissue, paraspinal lines, psoas shadows, lung apices, aorta, kidneys, bowel gas, calcifications, foreign bodiesPrevertebral swelling from fracture or infection, aortic aneurysm calcification, renal or gallstones, lung apex mass, paraspinal mass

Different teachers expand the acronym (for example, ABCDS adds "D" for disc space, or ABCs plus "S" for soft tissue). The specific letters matter less than using one version every time. Begin with alignment because it is the fastest whole film overview, then go structure by structure.

Check every corner and the review areas

Lesions hide where the eye does not travel: at the edges of the film, behind dense structures, and in the parts of the film that are not the stated area of interest. A lumbar film includes the lower ribs, the kidneys, the abdominal aorta, the iliac wings, the sacroiliac joints and often the hips. A cervical film includes the skull base, the airway, the lung apices and the upper ribs. A thoracic film includes the heart, both lungs and the upper abdomen. The board often places a finding in one of these peripheral areas precisely to test whether the search was complete.

FilmReview areas (where findings hide)Example hidden findings
Lateral cervicalSkull base and clivus, C1 ring and dens, prevertebral soft tissue, C7 to T1 junction (often obscured by shoulders), lung apex, airwayAtlantoaxial instability, retropharyngeal swelling, missed C7 fracture, Pancoast tumor at the apex
AP lumbar or lumbopelvicPedicles at every level, transverse processes, lower ribs, kidneys and ureter path, psoas shadows, iliac wings, sacroiliac joints, hips, pelvic soft tissueMissing pedicle, renal stone, sacroiliitis, early hip avascular necrosis, Paget disease of the ilium
Lateral lumbarAnterior to the vertebral bodies (abdominal aorta), endplates, pars interarticularis, posterior body line, sacrumCalcified aortic aneurysm, pars defect, scalloping, compression fracture
Thoracic and chestLung apices, behind the heart, below the diaphragm, hila, ribs and clavicles, soft tissues of the chest wall and breasts, upper abdomenApical mass, retrocardiac consolidation, free air under the diaphragm, rib metastasis, missing breast shadow after mastectomy
ExtremityEvery bone on the film (not just the painful one), soft tissue fat pads and planes, the joints at both endsElbow fat pad sign of occult fracture, second fracture after the obvious one, soft tissue gas
1234567 Review areas on an AP lumbopelvic film 1 Lower ribs and costovertebral junctions 2 Kidney outlines and stones (T12 to L3) 3 Pedicle at every level (owl's eyes) 4 Psoas shadows (blurred or bulging) 5 Sacrum and sacroiliac joints 6 Hips: joint space, femoral heads 7 Film corners and edges Also: aortic calcification anterior to the spine on the lateral, iliac wings, pelvic soft tissue, bowel gas
Figure 2.1 A lumbopelvic film shows far more than the lumbar spine. Visit each numbered review area on every film; the board likes to hide the finding outside the stated region of interest.

Satisfaction of search

Satisfaction of search is the tendency to stop searching after finding one abnormality. It is a classic source of missed second findings: the obvious spondylolisthesis that hides the renal stone, the obvious fracture that hides the second fracture, the degenerative changes that hide a lytic metastasis. Prevent it with three habits. First, finish the pattern even after you find something. Second, when you find one abnormality, ask what it is commonly associated with (a fracture of one forearm bone suggests looking for injury to the other bone or a dislocation at a joint; a lytic lesion in an older adult suggests looking for others). Third, look at the review areas last, deliberately, as the final step before you speak.

Global impression first, then detail

Before the formal search, take two seconds for a global look at the whole film from a distance: overall density, overall alignment, anything strikingly asymmetric. This gestalt catches large findings (a diffusely dense spine of metastatic prostate cancer or Paget disease, a scoliosis, a missing hemipelvis density) that a close up search can paradoxically miss. Then begin ABCS.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1Label check: name, age, date, view, marker, quality"This is a lateral lumbar film of a 72 year old man; the film is adequate."
2Global look from a distance"At a glance, overall density and alignment look ..."
3Alignment"Lordosis is preserved; the posterior body line is smooth."
4Bone"Vertebral heights are maintained; cortices are intact; no lytic or blastic lesion."
5Cartilage"Disc spaces are preserved except for narrowing at L5 to S1 with endplate sclerosis."
6Soft tissue and review areas"Curvilinear calcification anterior to L3 and L4 extending beyond the expected aortic width."
7Impression and recommendation"Impression: suspected abdominal aortic aneurysm. Recommend ultrasound and medical referral; no lumbar manipulation until cleared."
Board tip. On an AP lumbar film, count the pedicles at every level. A unilateral missing pedicle (the "winking owl" sign) in an older adult is metastasis until proven otherwise, because metastases favor the vascular pedicle and body, whereas multiple myeloma tends to spare the pedicle early.
Case. Door card: Lateral lumbar radiograph of a 68 year old male smoker with low back pain. Task: Interpret the film and give your recommendation.
Reasoning: Label check, global look, then ABCS. Alignment and bone show multilevel disc space narrowing and anterior osteophytes at L2 to L5, a satisfying set of degenerative findings. Do not stop. On the soft tissue pass, look anterior to the lumbar bodies: a curvilinear rim of calcification bulges anteriorly at L2 to L4. The normal abdominal aorta is under 3 cm in diameter; calcified walls separated by about 3 cm or more suggest aneurysm (the calcified wall may underestimate true size). Impression: multilevel degenerative disc disease; suspected abdominal aortic aneurysm. Recommendation: abdominal ultrasound (or CT) and medical referral, urgently if symptomatic (emergency if the patient has severe or tearing pain, hypotension or a pulsatile tender mass). Avoid lumbar manipulation and prone pressure until the aneurysm is evaluated. Critical action: the soft tissue search.
Key point

Run the same search on every film: label check, global look, then alignment, bone, cartilage and soft tissue, and finish with the review areas and the edges. Satisfaction of search is beaten by finishing the pattern after the first finding and by asking what that finding is associated with.

Section 2Normal cervical, thoracic and lumbar radiographs and their variants

The standard views and what each shows best

Region and viewBest showsNormal values and checks
Cervical lateral (neutral)Alignment, vertebral bodies, disc spaces, facets, spinous processes, prevertebral soft tissue, atlantodental intervalAll seven vertebrae and the top of T1 must be visible; ADI 3 mm or less in adults (up to 5 mm in children); prevertebral soft tissue about 7 mm or less at C2 and about 22 mm or less at C6 in adults
Cervical APOM (open mouth)Dens, lateral masses of C1, C1 to C2 jointsLateral masses of C1 align with the C2 articular margins; equal spaces either side of the dens
Cervical AP lowerBodies C3 to T1, uncinate processes, spinous alignment, tracheal airSpinous processes in a straight line; uncovertebral joints symmetric
Cervical obliquesIntervertebral foramina (on the side away from the film in AP obliques, toward the film in PA obliques)Foramina oval and similar in size
Cervical flexion and extensionStability (performed only after fracture is excluded)Smooth "stepladder" motion; no excessive translation or ADI widening
Thoracic APPedicles, bodies, costovertebral joints, paraspinal lines, ribsInterpedicular distance gradually changes; left paraspinal line thin and smooth
Thoracic lateralBody heights, endplates, kyphosisKyphosis roughly 20 to 40 degrees; slight anterior wedging of T11 to L1 can be normal
Lumbar APPedicles, transverse processes, SI joints, psoas, alignment, kidneysPedicles present bilaterally at every level; interpediculate distance widens slightly from L1 to L5
Lumbar lateralBody heights, disc heights, lordosis, pars, sacral base angle, aortaDisc heights increase from L1 to L4 to L5; L5 to S1 may be slightly narrower normally; sacral base (Ferguson) angle about 26 to 57 degrees
Lumbar obliquesPars interarticularis and facets ("Scotty dog")Intact neck of the Scotty dog (the pars)

The lateral cervical film: lines and spaces

On the neutral lateral cervical film, trace four smooth, roughly parallel curves (Figure 2.2). The anterior vertebral line joins the anterior body margins. The posterior vertebral line (George's line) joins the posterior body margins and outlines the front of the spinal canal. The spinolaminar line joins the points where the laminae meet the spinous processes and outlines the back of the canal. The posterior spinous line joins the spinous tips. A step in any line suggests subluxation, dislocation or fracture; in children, C2 on C3 needs special interpretation (below).

The atlantodental interval (ADI) is measured from the posterior surface of the anterior arch of C1 to the anterior surface of the dens. It is 3 mm or less in adults and up to 5 mm in children; widening suggests transverse ligament insufficiency (trauma, rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome, inflammatory disease). The sagittal canal diameter, from the posterior body to the spinolaminar line, is normally more than about 12 to 13 mm in the lower cervical spine; values near 10 mm or less suggest stenosis, and the body to canal (Torg or Pavlov) ratio below about 0.8 suggests a developmentally narrow canal.

The prevertebral soft tissue (retropharyngeal space at C2, retrotracheal space at C6) is the soft tissue sign of the cervical spine. Widening suggests hematoma from a fracture, infection or a mass. Commonly taught adult upper limits are about 7 mm at C2 and about 22 mm at C6 (in children about 14 mm at C6). Crying in an infant and flexion of the neck can widen it spuriously.

Lateral cervical film: four lines and two spaces ADI: 3 mm or less adult C2: about 7 mm C6: about 22 mm Anteriorvertebral line Dashed line: front ofpharynx and trachea Posterior vertebral line(George's line) Spinolaminar line Posterior spinous line Canal: George's line tospinolaminar line,normally over 12 mm
Figure 2.2 Four smooth contour lines on the lateral cervical film (anterior vertebral, posterior vertebral, spinolaminar and posterior spinous) and the two spaces most often tested: the atlantodental interval and the prevertebral soft tissue at C2 and C6.

The upper cervical spine and its normal mimics

On the open mouth view, the lateral masses of C1 should line up with the lateral margins of the C2 superior articular facets. Lateral overhang of the C1 masses suggests a Jefferson burst fracture; a combined overhang of more than about 7 mm suggests disruption of the transverse ligament (the rule of Spence). In children up to about 4 years old, the C1 ring grows faster than C2, so a pseudospread of the atlas is normal.

Several normal shadows mimic a dens fracture. The Mach band effect, a dark line created where the edge of the posterior arch of C1 or the incisors overlie the base of the dens, can look like a fracture; it extends beyond the bone margins and changes with a repeat view. Overlapping teeth, the tongue and the occiput can do the same. The subdental synchondrosis between the dens and the body of C2 fuses between about 3 and 6 years and is visible as a lucent line in young children; it is a growth center, not a fracture. The ossiculum terminale (a small ossicle at the tip of the dens that appears around age 3 and normally fuses by about 12) is a normal variant when it persists; os odontoideum, a larger ossicle separated from a short dens with a smooth corticated gap, is not a normal variant because it may be unstable and needs flexion and extension evaluation before any upper cervical manipulation.

A ponticulus posticus (posterior ponticle, arcuate foramen) is a bony bridge over the vertebral artery groove on the posterior arch of C1. It is common (seen in a sizable minority of adults) and benign, but many clinicians modify or avoid forceful rotatory upper cervical techniques in its presence because the artery runs through the ring. Mention it in a report.

Pediatric cervical variants

In children, ligamentous laxity and horizontal facets allow normal forward slip of C2 on C3 (and sometimes C3 on C4) of up to about 3 to 4 mm in flexion: pseudosubluxation. To tell it from true injury, draw the posterior cervical line (Swischuk line) from the anterior cortex of the C1 spinous process to the anterior cortex of the C3 spinous process. The anterior cortex of the C2 spinous process should lie within about 2 mm of this line; a greater deviation suggests a true injury such as a hangman fracture. Children may also show loss of lordosis, wedge shaped bodies that look like compression fractures (normal anterior wedging of young vertebrae) and unfused ring apophyses at the endplates that look like chip fractures.

Thoracic and lumbar variants that mimic disease

VariantAppearanceLocation and viewMimicsHow to tell
Limbus vertebraSmall triangular bone fragment at a vertebral body corner, with a matching defectAnterior superior corner, mid lumbar; lateral viewFracture, infectionCorticated, smooth margins; disc material herniated through the ring apophysis before fusion; stable
Schmorl nodeRounded endplate depression with sclerotic rimThoracolumbar endplates; lateralLytic lesionContiguous with the disc; well corticated; often multiple
Nuclear impression (Cupid's bow)Paired smooth concavities of the inferior endplateL3 to L5 inferior endplates; AP viewFracture, Schmorl nodeSymmetric, smooth, posterior half of the endplate, normal variant from notochord regression
Hahn cleftsThin horizontal lucent line from the posterior body midway toward the centerThoracic and upper lumbar bodies; lateralFractureVenous channel; smooth, often with sclerotic margins, at midbody height
Transitional lumbosacral segmentSacralization of L5 or lumbarization of S1; enlarged transverse process articulating with the sacrumL5 to S1; AP viewCounting error, pathologyCount from C2 or T12 rib; alters level labeling for surgery and adjusting
Spina bifida occultaIncomplete fusion of the posterior arch, small midline gapL5 and S1; AP viewFracture, lytic lesionMidline, smooth; usually asymptomatic; avoid direct spinous contact at the open level
Facet tropismAsymmetric facet joint orientation at one levelLower lumbar; AP and CTRotation, subluxationJoint planes differ; spinous may appear rotated; adjust line of drive to the actual plane
Cervical ribExtra rib from C7, or elongated C7 transverse processC7; AP viewFracture, massC7 transverse processes point down; T1 transverse processes point up; may relate to thoracic outlet symptoms
Physiologic thoracolumbar wedgingMild anterior wedging of T11 to L1 bodiesLateralCompression fractureSmooth cortex, no endplate break, no soft tissue change, matches neighbors
Board tip. Count lumbar vertebrae from the last rib bearing segment, and confirm with the lowest pair of ribs on the AP view. A transitional segment means you must say how you numbered: "assuming five lumbar type vertebrae counted from T12." Wrong level labeling leads to adjusting or reporting the wrong segment.
Case. Door card: Lateral cervical radiograph of a 7 year old boy brought in after falling from monkey bars; he is moving his neck freely and has no midline tenderness. Task: Interpret and recommend.
Reasoning: Label check and adequacy: C1 to the top of T1 visible. Alignment: there is about 3 mm anterior offset of C2 on C3 on this film. Before calling a subluxation, draw the posterior cervical line from C1 to C3 spinous processes; the anterior cortex of the C2 spinous falls within 1 mm of the line. Bone: no fracture lines; the subdental synchondrosis is visible as a normal lucency at the base of the dens. Soft tissue: retropharyngeal space normal. Impression: physiologic pseudosubluxation of C2 on C3; no radiographic evidence of acute injury. Recommendation: correlate clinically; no further imaging required if the examination remains normal; urgent re-evaluation or advanced imaging if neurologic signs or midline tenderness develop. State that you would use gentle, age appropriate care and avoid forceful cervical thrust in a recently injured child.
Key point

On the spine, normal is defined by smooth contour lines, intact pedicles, preserved body and disc heights, and soft tissues within known limits (ADI 3 mm or less in adults, prevertebral soft tissue about 7 mm at C2 and 22 mm at C6). Know the variants that mimic disease (Mach band, ossiculum terminale, pseudosubluxation, limbus vertebra, Schmorl nodes, Hahn clefts, transitional segments) so you neither miss injury nor overcall normal.

Section 3Normal pelvis, hip and extremity radiographs and variants

The AP pelvis and hip: lines that should be smooth

The AP pelvis is read with the same ABCS discipline, plus a few lines that reveal subtle hip disease (Figure 2.3). Shenton's line is a smooth arc formed by the inferior border of the superior pubic ramus continuing onto the medial (inferior) border of the femoral neck. A break suggests a femoral neck fracture, hip dislocation or developmental dysplasia. Klein's line runs along the superior border of the femoral neck on the AP view and should intersect a portion of the lateral femoral epiphysis; if it does not, think slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) in an adolescent. Kohler's line (the ilioischial line) runs from the medial border of the ilium to the medial border of the ischium; if the acetabular floor or femoral head crosses medial to it, the finding is protrusio acetabuli (seen with rheumatoid arthritis, Paget disease, osteomalacia and other conditions). The teardrop marks the acetabular floor and helps judge rotation and protrusion.

MeasureHow drawnCommonly taught normalAbnormal suggests
Shenton's lineInferior border of superior pubic ramus to medial femoral neckSmooth continuous arcFemoral neck fracture, dislocation, dysplasia
Klein's lineAlong the superior femoral neck on the APIntersects the lateral epiphysisSCFE when it misses the epiphysis
Kohler's lineMedial ilium to medial ischiumAcetabular floor lies lateral to itProtrusio acetabuli
Femoral neck shaft angleAxis of neck to axis of shaftAbout 120 to 135 degrees in adultsCoxa vara (smaller), coxa valga (larger)
Center edge angle (Wiberg)Vertical through head center to lateral acetabular edgeOver about 25 degrees (20 to 25 borderline)Acetabular dysplasia when low
Hip joint spaceSuperior, axial and medial portionsRoughly symmetric, about 3 to 5 mm superiorlySuperolateral narrowing in osteoarthritis; uniform axial narrowing in inflammatory arthritis
Sacroiliac jointsInferior synovial portion on APThin, crisp subchondral cortex both sidesBlurred, eroded or sclerotic margins in sacroiliitis
AP right hip: three lines to trace Klein's linealong superior neck;cuts the epiphysis Kohler's linemedial ilium to ischium;acetabular floor stayslateral to it Shenton's linepubic ramus to medial neck;a smooth unbroken arc Obturator foramen Physis (dashed) Femoral shaft
Figure 2.3 On an AP hip, Shenton's line should be a smooth arc, Klein's line should cut through part of the femoral epiphysis, and the acetabular floor should stay lateral to Kohler's line. A broken arc, a missed epiphysis or a floor medial to Kohler's line points to fracture or dislocation, SCFE, or protrusio acetabuli.

Growth plates versus fractures

Children's films are full of lucent lines that are normal. A physis (growth plate) is a lucent band with smooth, well defined, often slightly undulating and sclerotic margins, in a predictable location, symmetric with the other side. A fracture line is usually sharp, uncorticated, irregular, in an unexpected place or orientation, and associated with soft tissue swelling. When in doubt, comparison views of the opposite side resolve the question; they are a legitimate recommendation. Know the order of ossification centers at the elbow, which is commonly remembered as CRITOE: capitellum (about 1 year), radial head (about 3), internal or medial epicondyle (about 5), trochlea (about 7), olecranon (about 9) and external or lateral epicondyle (about 11). The ages vary and girls are generally earlier; the order is what matters. A trochlear center seen before a medial epicondyle center suggests the "trochlea" is actually a displaced medial epicondyle fragment trapped in the joint.

Two elbow lines catch subtle injury. The anterior humeral line, drawn along the anterior humeral cortex on a true lateral, should pass through the middle third of the capitellum; if it passes anterior to it, suspect a supracondylar fracture with posterior displacement. The radiocapitellar line, through the center of the radial neck, should pass through the capitellum on every view; if not, the radial head is dislocated. A visible posterior fat pad, or a raised anterior fat pad (the sail sign), indicates a joint effusion and, after trauma, an occult fracture.

Accessory ossicles and sesamoids

Accessory ossicles are separate bones from unfused ossification centers, and sesamoids are bones within tendons. Both are smooth, rounded, completely corticated, often bilateral, and lie in predictable places. Acute fracture fragments are sharp, uncorticated on at least one side and have a matching defect in the parent bone.

Ossicle or variantLocationMimicsDistinguishing feature
Os trigonumPosterior to the talusFracture of the lateral tubercle of the posterior talar process (Shepherd fracture)Smooth, rounded; may cause posterior impingement in dancers
Accessory navicular (os tibiale externum)Medial to the navicular tuberosity, in the tibialis posterior tendonAvulsion fractureCorticated, rounded; may be painful
Os peroneumLateral to the cuboid, in the peroneus longus tendonAvulsion fractureSmooth, round
Fifth metatarsal base apophysisLateral base of the fifth metatarsal in adolescentsAvulsion or Jones fractureApophysis runs parallel to the shaft; fractures run transverse
Os vesalianumAdjacent to the fifth metatarsal baseAvulsion fractureRounded and corticated
Bipartite or multipartite patellaSuperolateral pole of the patellaPatellar fractureSmooth corticated margins, superolateral location, often bilateral
Dorsal defect of the patellaSuperolateral patella, round lucencyOsteochondritis dissecans, lytic lesionWell defined, sclerotic rim, asymptomatic
FabellaPosterior to the lateral femoral condyle, in the lateral gastrocnemius headLoose bodySmooth, round, constant position
Os acromialeUnfused acromial apophysisAcromial fractureSeen best on axillary view; smooth; may relate to impingement
Hallux sesamoids (often bipartite)Beneath the first metatarsal headSesamoid fractureBipartite pieces are smooth and together larger than the opposite sesamoid

Nutrient canals, bone islands and other normal findings

Nutrient canals are thin, oblique lucent lines through the cortex of long bones carrying the nutrient artery. They are smooth, with sclerotic margins, and run obliquely. A traditional memory aid states their direction: the canals point toward the elbow and away from the knee ("to the elbow I go, from the knee I flee"). A fracture line is sharper, often crosses the whole cortex at a different angle, and has soft tissue change.

Normal findingAppearance and locationMimics
Bone island (enostosis)Small dense focus of compact bone in cancellous bone, with radiating spicules (brush border) blending into trabeculae; pelvis and femur commonOsteoblastic metastasis (which is usually multiple, with ill defined margins, and often larger)
Pseudocyst of the humerusApparent lucency in the greater tuberosity due to sparse trabeculaeLytic lesion, chondroblastoma
Ward triangleLucent triangle in the femoral neck between trabecular groupsLytic lesion, osteoporosis
Herniation pit (synovial herniation pit)Small round lucency with sclerotic rim in the anterosuperior femoral neckOsteoid osteoma, lytic lesion
Growth arrest (Harris) linesThin transverse sclerotic lines in the metaphysis parallel to the physisLead lines, healing fracture
Physiologic periosteal new bone in infantsThin symmetric periosteal layer along long bone shafts in infants of about 1 to 6 monthsInfection, trauma, aggressive periosteal reaction
Supracondylar process of the humerusSmall bony spur on the anteromedial distal humerus pointing toward the elbowOsteochondroma (which points away from the joint)
Board tip. A rounded, fully corticated fragment in a classic location is an accessory ossicle; a sharp, uncorticated fragment with a matching donor defect is a fracture. At the base of the fifth metatarsal, a lucency parallel to the shaft is the apophysis, while a transverse lucency is a fracture.
Case. Door card: AP pelvis of a 13 year old overweight boy with 4 weeks of left knee pain and a limp. Task: Interpret and recommend.
Reasoning: Knee pain in an adolescent can be referred hip pain, so the pelvis film is the right test. Label check and global look. Alignment: on the left, Klein's line drawn along the superior femoral neck does not intersect the femoral epiphysis, while on the right it does; the left physis is widened and indistinct. Bone and cartilage otherwise normal; Shenton's lines intact. Impression: slipped capital femoral epiphysis, left. Recommendation: urgent orthopedic referral the same day, non weight bearing with crutches until seen, and a frog leg lateral view if obtainable (it may show a subtle slip more clearly). Do not perform hip or lumbopelvic manipulation, and explain why to the patient and parent. Critical actions: examine the hip film carefully in a child with knee pain, compare both sides, refer urgently.
Key point

Trace Shenton's, Klein's and Kohler's lines on every AP hip and pelvis. In children, separate growth plates from fractures by location, smooth margins and symmetry, and use comparison views when unsure. Accessory ossicles, sesamoids, nutrient canals and bone islands are smooth, corticated and in typical places; fractures and aggressive lesions are not.

Section 4Normal chest and abdominal film anatomy for the chiropractor

Why a chiropractor reads chest and abdomen

Chiropractors order and read spinal films that always include part of the chest or abdomen, and they see patients whose back or shoulder pain comes from the viscera. A thoracic spine film is also a chest film; a lumbar film is also an abdominal film. You are responsible for recognizing a lung mass at the apex of a cervical film, an aneurysm in front of the lumbar spine or a large kidney stone on an AP lumbar view, and for referring appropriately. You need a working knowledge of normal anatomy so that abnormal stands out.

Is the chest film adequate?

Before reading anatomy, judge quality, because poor technique creates false disease. The checks can be remembered as rotation, inspiration and penetration.

Quality checkAdequateIf inadequate, it can mimic
ProjectionPA erect (standard); AP films magnify the heartCardiomegaly on an AP film
RotationMedial ends of the clavicles equidistant from the spinous processesMediastinal shift, unequal lung density, hilar asymmetry
InspirationAbout 9 to 10 posterior ribs (or about 6 anterior ribs) above the right hemidiaphragm at the midclavicular linePoor inspiration crowds the bases, widens the heart and mediastinum, mimics basal disease
PenetrationThoracic vertebrae faintly visible through the heartUnderpenetration hides retrocardiac disease; overpenetration hides lung markings and mimics emphysema
CoverageApices, costophrenic angles and lateral chest walls all includedMissed apical mass or effusion

Normal PA chest anatomy

Read the chest with the same ABCS idea adapted to the region, or use any fixed pattern that covers the airway, bones, cardiac silhouette, diaphragm, lung fields, hila and soft tissues (Figure 2.4). The trachea is midline (a slight rightward displacement at the aortic knob is normal). The right heart border is the right atrium, with the superior vena cava above it. The left heart border, from top to bottom, is formed by the aortic knob (arch), the main pulmonary artery, the left atrial appendage (normally flat or slightly concave) and the left ventricle. The cardiothoracic ratio (widest cardiac diameter divided by the widest internal thoracic diameter) is normally less than 0.5 on a PA film. The mediastinum on a PA film is normally less than about 8 cm wide at the level of the aortic knob.

The hila contain the pulmonary arteries and bronchi; the left hilum normally sits slightly higher than the right because the left pulmonary artery arches over the left main bronchus. The lung markings are vessels; they taper toward the periphery and are larger at the bases on an erect film because of gravity. The right hemidiaphragm is normally about 1.5 to 2 cm higher than the left because the liver lies beneath it, and the gastric air bubble lies under the left. Both costophrenic angles are sharp. Look for the horizontal fissure on the right (from the hilum laterally to about the fourth rib). Check the breast shadows, axillae and chest wall soft tissue.

On the lateral film, the retrosternal clear space sits behind the sternum and in front of the heart, and the vertebral bodies should become more lucent (darker) from top to bottom because less soft tissue overlies the lower thorax. If the lower thoracic vertebrae look whiter than the upper ones (the spine sign), suspect a lower lobe density.

Trachea, midline Aortic knob Left hilum (higher) Pulmonary trunk Left atrialappendage Left ventricle Gastric bubble Superior vena cava Right hilum Right atrium Right hemidiaphragm(higher than left) Sharp costophrenicangle
Figure 2.4 Normal PA chest. The right heart border is the right atrium; the left border is aortic knob, pulmonary trunk, left atrial appendage and left ventricle. The left hilum sits higher than the right, the right hemidiaphragm higher than the left, and both costophrenic angles are sharp.

The silhouette sign

Borders are seen only where tissues of different density meet. When lung next to a structure fills with fluid or tissue, the border disappears: the silhouette sign. Loss of the right heart border places the disease in the right middle lobe; loss of the left heart border places it in the lingula; loss of a hemidiaphragm places it in the lower lobe; loss of the aortic knob suggests the left upper lobe. This is how a chiropractor localizes a density on a single film and words a referral.

Normal abdominal film anatomy

The AP lumbar or KUB (kidneys, ureters, bladder) film shows the liver shadow in the right upper quadrant, the splenic tip on the left, the psoas margins as oblique lines diverging from the spine to the pelvis, and the kidneys, which lie at roughly T12 to L3, are about three to four vertebral body heights long, lie along the psoas, and usually sit with the left slightly higher than the right. The bowel gas pattern is normally a gastric bubble, gas scattered through the colon, and small amounts in nondilated small bowel. A common rule of thumb for upper limits of diameter is 3, 6 and 9 cm for the small bowel, colon and cecum. Small bowel has valvulae conniventes crossing the full width of the lumen; the colon has haustra that cross only part of it.

CalcificationAppearanceNormal or abnormalHow to tell
PhlebolithsSmall round calcifications with a lucent center, in the lateral pelvis below the ischial spinesNormal (calcified pelvic vein thrombi), very common in adultsRound, lucent center, low in the pelvis; ureteral stones are often more angular, lie along the ureter path and lack a lucent center
Costal cartilage calcificationCalcification of the anterior rib cartilagesNormal with ageFollows the cartilage; patterns often differ between sexes (more central in women, marginal in men)
Calcified mesenteric lymph nodesMottled, mulberry like densities in the mid abdomenUsually old healed infection, benignIrregular, may shift position between films
Arterial wall calcificationLinear or curvilinear lines along the aorta and iliac arteriesCommon with age, a marker of atherosclerosisMeasure: aortic walls 3 cm or more apart suggest aneurysm
Calcified granulomasSmall dense nodules in the lung, spleen or liverHealed infection, benignSmall, dense, well defined, stable
Renal stonesDense focus over the kidney shadow, may form a staghornAbnormalMost renal stones are radiopaque; follows the kidney on oblique views
GallstonesLaminated or faceted densities in the right upper quadrantAbnormalOnly a minority are radiopaque; ultrasound is the test of choice
Uterine fibroid calcificationPopcorn like calcified mass in the pelvisBenign but abnormalCoarse, central pelvis, in women
Board tip. The cardiothoracic ratio of 0.5 applies to a PA film. On an AP or supine film the heart is magnified, so do not call cardiomegaly from an AP film alone. Also check inspiration first: a poor inspiration makes a normal heart look large.
Case. Door card: AP lower cervical and upper thoracic film of a 61 year old woman, a former smoker, with 2 months of right shoulder and arm pain unresponsive to care, and a droopy right eyelid noted by her daughter. Task: Interpret and recommend.
Reasoning: Label check and global look. Search the spine first: alignment normal, mild degenerative uncovertebral changes at C5 to C6. Do not stop. Visit the review areas: the right lung apex shows a homogeneous soft tissue density with destruction of the posterior right second rib; the left apex is clear. Combine with the history: shoulder and arm pain, ptosis (part of Horner syndrome from sympathetic chain involvement) and a smoking history point to a superior sulcus (Pancoast) tumor. Impression: right apical mass with rib destruction, suspicious for superior sulcus tumor. Recommendation: urgent medical referral with chest CT; no manipulation of the cervicothoracic region or ribs. Explain the concern to the patient honestly and kindly, and document. Critical actions: search the apex on a spine film, link ptosis to the finding, refer urgently.
Key point

Every spine film is also a chest or abdominal film. Check chest quality (projection, rotation, inspiration, penetration), know the heart borders, hila and diaphragm positions, use the silhouette sign to localize disease, and know which abdominal calcifications are normal (phleboliths, costal cartilage, healed granulomas) and which demand referral (aneurysm, stones, masses).

Section 5Describing and reporting under time

Describe before you diagnose

When you see something abnormal, resist naming it at once. A description built from standard features does three things: it shows the examiner a systematic mind, it narrows the differential logically, and it protects you when the diagnosis is uncertain, because a correct description with a safe recommendation earns credit even if the final label is not the one on the answer key. The description has a fixed order: location, morphology (size, shape, number, density), margins and zone of transition, matrix, periosteal reaction, cortex and soft tissue. Then comes the patient's age, which with location narrows most bone lesion differentials more than any other features.

Location

Name the bone, the side, the part of the bone and the position within it. In long bones the parts are the epiphysis (or apophysis), the metaphysis and the diaphysis; within the cross section a lesion is central (medullary), eccentric, cortical or juxtacortical (surface). In the spine, name the level and whether the lesion involves the body, the pedicle, the posterior elements or the disc. Location is powerful: epiphyseal lesions in a skeletally immature patient suggest chondroblastoma or infection; lesions of the posterior elements in young patients suggest osteoid osteoma, osteoblastoma or aneurysmal bone cyst; body and pedicle destruction in an older adult suggests metastasis.

FeatureNonaggressive (slow)Aggressive (fast)
Margin and pattern of destructionGeographic with sclerotic rim (Lodwick IA) or well defined without rim (IB)Geographic with ill defined edge (IC), moth eaten (II) or permeative (III)
Zone of transitionNarrow: you could draw the edge with a fine penWide: normal bone fades gradually into abnormal
Periosteal reactionNone, or solid, thick, uninterrupted (a single smooth layer)Interrupted: lamellated (onion skin), spiculated (sunburst or hair on end), Codman triangle
CortexIntact, perhaps thinned or expanded smoothlyDestroyed or broken through
Soft tissueNo massSoft tissue mass
Size and growthSmall, stable on prior filmsLarge, enlarging over weeks

Margins, zone of transition and the pattern of bone destruction

The zone of transition, the border between lesion and normal bone, is the single best indicator of biological activity. A narrow zone (sharp, geographic edge), especially with a sclerotic rim, means the bone has had time to wall off a slow lesion. A wide zone means the lesion is permeating faster than bone can respond. Moth eaten destruction is multiple small holes that coalesce; permeative destruction is innumerable tiny holes, often best seen in the cortex, typical of round cell tumors (Ewing sarcoma, lymphoma, myeloma) and of osteomyelitis. Remember that infection can look as aggressive as a malignancy.

Matrix

Matrix is the mineralized material a lesion produces. Osteoid matrix is cloud like, fluffy or ivory dense (osteosarcoma, osteoblastoma, bone island). Chondroid matrix forms rings and arcs or popcorn calcification (enchondroma, chondrosarcoma). Fibrous matrix gives a hazy ground glass appearance (fibrous dysplasia). A purely lytic lesion has no visible matrix. Naming the matrix narrows the differential to bone forming, cartilage forming or fibrous lesions.

Periosteal reaction

The periosteum responds to an underlying process by laying down new bone. A solid, thick, smooth reaction means slow, benign or chronic processes (healing fracture, osteoid osteoma, chronic infection, hypertrophic osteoarthropathy). Lamellated (onion skin) reaction means repeated episodes of periosteal lifting, classically Ewing sarcoma but also infection. Spiculated reaction, in sunburst or hair on end patterns, means a very rapid process, classically osteosarcoma. A Codman triangle is a cuff of periosteal new bone lifted at the edge of a rapidly growing lesion and broken through; it signals aggressiveness, usually malignancy, though infection and hemorrhage can produce it.

From slow to fast: margins and periosteal reaction Geographic,sclerotic rim Geographic,ill defined edge Moth eaten Permeative SolidLamellatedSpiculatedCodman triangle increasing aggressiveness
Figure 2.5 Top row: patterns of bone destruction from a slow geographic lesion with a sclerotic rim to permeative destruction. Bottom row: periosteal reactions from solid (slow) to lamellated, spiculated and a Codman triangle at the edge of a lesion breaking through the cortex (fast). Features further right demand more urgent workup.

The one line impression

The impression distills everything into one sentence: the most likely diagnosis (or the leading differential), its location, and any qualifier that matters for care. Good impressions are short and specific: "Grade 1 isthmic spondylolisthesis of L5 on S1." "Aggressive lytic lesion of the L2 body and left pedicle in a 70 year old, suspicious for metastasis." "Normal lateral cervical spine for age." If you are unsure, give the leading diagnosis and one or two alternatives: "Lytic lesion of the T10 body, metastasis versus myeloma." Avoid hedging long lists; on a timed exam, three plausible items is enough.

The recommendation

The recommendation is where many points are won or lost, because it is the safety step. It answers three questions: does this need more imaging or tests, does it need referral and how urgently, and is manipulation of this region safe?

CategoryExamplesTypical recommendation
Normal or normal variantPonticulus posticus, bone island, accessory ossicle, transitional segmentNo further imaging; note the variant; modify technique where relevant
Benign, stable findingDegenerative disc disease, Schmorl nodes, healed fracture, nonossifying fibromaClinical correlation; care may proceed within the usual precautions
Needs more informationPossible fracture on one view, indeterminate lesion, suspected pars defectAdditional views (obliques, spot views, comparison views), CT, MRI or bone scan; withhold manipulation of the region until resolved
Urgent referralSuspected malignancy, infection, unstable fracture, SCFE, aneurysm without symptomsSame day or prompt referral with advanced imaging and laboratory tests (CBC, ESR, CRP, and as indicated serum protein electrophoresis, alkaline phosphatase, PSA); no manipulation of the region
EmergencyUnstable cervical injury, symptomatic aneurysm, pneumothorax under tension, free airImmobilize as needed, call emergency services, stay with the patient

Putting it together in under a minute

A complete, timed oral report follows a template you can say almost without thinking: label, search summary, finding described by location and features, impression, recommendation. Practice the template on normal films so the structure is automatic, then the abnormal content drops into place. In a written answer, use the same order in short sentences.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
LabelPatient, age, view, quality"AP and lateral lumbar films of a 15 year old female gymnast; adequate."
SearchABCS and review areas"Alignment, bone density, disc spaces and soft tissues reviewed."
FindingLocation and features"There is a 4 mm anterior slip of L5 on S1 with a lucent defect at the L5 pars interarticularis."
ImpressionOne line"Impression: grade 1 isthmic spondylolisthesis of L5 on S1."
RecommendationImaging, referral, safety"Correlate clinically; flexion and extension views if instability is suspected; avoid high velocity extension forces at L5 to S1; refer if progressive or neurologic signs."
Board tip. Age plus location narrows a bone lesion faster than any other pair of facts. A lytic lesion in a patient over 40 is metastasis or myeloma until proven otherwise; under 30, think of the benign and primary lesions. Always state the age in your report.
Case. Door card: Lateral knee radiograph of a 16 year old male with 6 weeks of aching distal thigh pain, worse at night, and a firm swelling. Task: Describe the finding, give an impression and a recommendation.
Reasoning: Label: 16 year old, lateral knee, adequate. Search and describe: an ill defined lesion of the distal femoral metaphysis with mixed lytic and sclerotic areas, a wide zone of transition, cloud like osteoid matrix extending into a soft tissue mass, spiculated (sunburst) periosteal reaction and a Codman triangle at the proximal edge. Age plus location (adolescent, metaphysis about the knee) plus osteoid matrix plus aggressive periosteal reaction gives the impression: aggressive bone forming lesion of the distal femoral metaphysis, highly suspicious for osteosarcoma. Recommendation: urgent referral to an orthopedic oncology service, MRI of the whole femur and chest CT for staging per the specialist; no manipulation or soft tissue work of the region; protect from weight bearing stress if pain on loading (pathologic fracture risk). Communicate with the patient and parent clearly and kindly. Critical actions: describe aggressive features, refer urgently, avoid treating the region.
Key point

Describe first, then diagnose: location, morphology, margins and zone of transition, matrix, periosteal reaction, cortex and soft tissue, plus the patient's age. Wrap it in one line (diagnosis, location, key qualifier) and finish with a safe recommendation that addresses further imaging, referral urgency and whether the region may be manipulated.

The chapter in one breath

  • Every film gets the same routine: label check, global look, then ABCS (alignment, bone, cartilage, soft tissue) and the review areas and edges.
  • Satisfaction of search is defeated by finishing the pattern after the first finding and asking what that finding is associated with.
  • On the lateral cervical film trace the anterior vertebral, posterior vertebral (George's), spinolaminar and posterior spinous lines; ADI is 3 mm or less in adults and up to 5 mm in children.
  • Adult prevertebral soft tissue is about 7 mm or less at C2 and 22 mm or less at C6; widening suggests hematoma, infection or mass.
  • Normal mimics: Mach band at the dens, subdental synchondrosis, ossiculum terminale, pseudosubluxation of C2 on C3 (check the posterior cervical line), limbus vertebra, Schmorl nodes, Hahn clefts, transitional segments.
  • On the AP hip, Shenton's line is a smooth arc, Klein's line cuts the epiphysis and the acetabulum stays lateral to Kohler's line.
  • Accessory ossicles and sesamoids are smooth, corticated and in classic places; fractures are sharp with a donor defect. Use comparison views for growth plates.
  • Elbow ossification order is CRITOE; the anterior humeral line crosses the middle third of the capitellum and the radiocapitellar line hits the capitellum on every view.
  • Chest quality: PA erect, no rotation, 9 to 10 posterior ribs of inspiration, vertebrae visible through the heart; cardiothoracic ratio under 0.5 on PA.
  • The silhouette sign localizes lung disease; phleboliths and costal cartilage calcification are normal; aortic walls 3 cm or more apart suggest aneurysm.
  • Describe lesions by location, zone of transition, matrix and periosteal reaction; wide zones and interrupted periosteal reactions mean aggression.
  • End every film with a one line impression and a recommendation covering imaging, referral urgency and whether the region can be manipulated.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
ABCSAlignment, bone, cartilage (joint spaces) and soft tissue: a systematic order for searching a radiograph.
Review areasParts of a film where findings commonly hide, such as edges, lung apices, behind the heart and the soft tissues in front of the spine.
Satisfaction of searchStopping the search after one abnormality is found and missing additional findings.
Atlantodental interval (ADI)The gap between the anterior arch of C1 and the dens on a lateral film; 3 mm or less in adults.
George's lineThe posterior vertebral body line on a lateral spine film; a step suggests subluxation or fracture.
Spinolaminar lineA line joining the junctions of the laminae and spinous processes, forming the posterior border of the canal.
Prevertebral soft tissueThe soft tissue between the airway and the cervical bodies; widening suggests hematoma, infection or a mass.
Mach bandA perceptual dark line at the edge of overlapping structures that can mimic a fracture, classically at the base of the dens.
Ossiculum terminaleA small separate ossicle at the tip of the dens from an unfused secondary ossification center; usually a benign variant.
Os odontoideumA separate rounded ossicle above a short dens with a corticated gap; can be unstable and needs stability evaluation.
Ponticulus posticusA bony bridge over the vertebral artery groove on the posterior arch of C1.
PseudosubluxationNormal forward slip of C2 on C3 in children due to ligament laxity; checked with the posterior cervical line.
Limbus vertebraA corticated fragment at a vertebral body corner caused by disc herniation through the ring apophysis before fusion.
Schmorl nodeHerniation of disc material into the vertebral endplate, seen as a rounded, corticated depression.
Hahn cleftA horizontal lucent venous channel in the posterior half of a vertebral body.
Transitional segmentA lumbosacral vertebra with features of both lumbar and sacral segments (sacralization or lumbarization).
Shenton's lineA smooth arc from the inferior superior pubic ramus to the medial femoral neck; a break suggests fracture or dislocation.
Klein's lineA line along the superior femoral neck that should intersect the epiphysis; failure suggests SCFE.
Kohler's lineThe ilioischial line; an acetabular floor medial to it indicates protrusio acetabuli.
Accessory ossicleA separate small bone from an unfused ossification center, smooth and fully corticated.
Nutrient canalA thin oblique cortical lucency carrying the nutrient artery, which can mimic a fracture.
Bone island (enostosis)A benign focus of compact bone in cancellous bone with a spiculated brush border.
CRITOEThe order of elbow ossification centers: capitellum, radial head, internal epicondyle, trochlea, olecranon, external epicondyle.
Cardiothoracic ratioWidest heart diameter divided by widest internal chest diameter on a PA film; normally under 0.5.
Silhouette signLoss of a normal border where adjacent lung becomes dense, used to localize disease to a lobe.
PhlebolithA calcified venous thrombus in the pelvis, round with a lucent center, a normal finding.
Zone of transitionThe border between a lesion and normal bone; narrow suggests slow growth, wide suggests aggression.
MatrixMineralized material produced by a lesion: osteoid (cloud like), chondroid (rings and arcs) or fibrous (ground glass).
Periosteal reactionNew bone laid down by the periosteum; solid suggests a slow process, interrupted patterns suggest an aggressive one.
Codman triangleA triangle of elevated periosteal new bone at the edge of an aggressive lesion.
ImpressionA one line conclusion naming the most likely diagnosis and its location.

Check yourself

A candidate finds an obvious L5 spondylolisthesis and stops reading the film. What error is this and how is it prevented?
Answer. Satisfaction of search. Prevent it by finishing the full ABCS pattern after the first finding, visiting the review areas last (kidneys, aorta, SI joints, hips) and asking what associated findings to look for.
What is the upper limit of normal for the adult atlantodental interval, and what conditions widen it?
Answer. 3 mm (up to 5 mm in children). Widening indicates transverse ligament insufficiency from trauma, rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome or other inflammatory disease, and contraindicates upper cervical manipulation until evaluated.
After trauma, the prevertebral soft tissue at C2 measures 11 mm in an adult. What does it suggest?
Answer. Retropharyngeal swelling, likely hematoma from an upper cervical fracture (or infection or mass in other settings). The adult limit is about 7 mm at C2. Immobilize, avoid manipulation and obtain CT.
A 6 year old has a 3 mm anterior offset of C2 on C3. How do you decide whether it is normal?
Answer. Draw the posterior cervical (Swischuk) line from the anterior cortex of the C1 spinous process to that of C3. If the C2 spinous anterior cortex lies within about 2 mm, it is physiologic pseudosubluxation; more suggests true injury.
A triangular corticated fragment sits at the anterior superior corner of L3 with a matching smooth defect. What is it?
Answer. A limbus vertebra: disc herniation through the ring apophysis before it fused, isolating a corner fragment. It is a stable variant, not an acute fracture; the corticated margins distinguish it.
On an AP hip film of an adolescent, Klein's line misses the femoral epiphysis on one side. What is the impression and recommendation?
Answer. Slipped capital femoral epiphysis. Recommend urgent orthopedic referral, non weight bearing until seen, a frog leg lateral view, and no hip or lumbopelvic manipulation.
How do you distinguish an apophysis at the base of the fifth metatarsal from a fracture?
Answer. The apophysis lucency runs parallel (longitudinal) to the shaft and has smooth margins in an adolescent; a fracture line runs transverse to the shaft and is sharp and uncorticated.
Name three checks of chest film quality and the error each prevents.
Answer. Rotation (equal clavicle ends) prevents false mediastinal shift; inspiration (9 to 10 posterior ribs) prevents false basal disease and apparent cardiomegaly; penetration (vertebrae seen through the heart) prevents missed retrocardiac disease. Projection (PA, not AP) prevents false cardiomegaly.
Small round pelvic calcifications with lucent centers lie low in the lateral pelvis. What are they?
Answer. Phleboliths, calcified pelvic vein thrombi, a normal finding. Ureteral stones lie along the ureteral path, are often angular and lack a lucent center.
List the periosteal reactions from least to most aggressive.
Answer. Solid (thick, smooth, uninterrupted), then lamellated (onion skin), then spiculated (sunburst or hair on end), with a Codman triangle signaling a lesion that has broken through the elevated periosteum. Interrupted patterns indicate aggressive processes such as malignancy or infection.
Chapter 3 · Imaging Interpretation

High Yield Films I: Trauma

Trauma films are where an imaging station tests judgment as much as recognition. The candidate who names the fracture but then says "I would adjust above and below it" has failed the station, while the candidate who calmly states the finding, its location and view, a one line impression, and "no manipulation of this region, immobilize and refer" has earned nearly every point. This chapter covers the trauma films that recur on practical exams and in practice, and shows how to turn each one into a spoken answer that is fast, accurate and safe.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Recognize the high yield cervical injuries on film, including the Jefferson, odontoid, hangman, teardrop and clay shoveler fractures and facet dislocation, and state which are unstable.
  • Use the four lateral cervical lines, the atlantodental interval and prevertebral soft tissue widths to find injuries that are subtle on a single view.
  • Read flexion and extension films for ligamentous instability and know when those films must not be taken.
  • Apply the three column concept to separate compression, burst and Chance fractures, and separate an osteoporotic from a pathologic compression fracture.
  • Identify a pars defect on the oblique view (the collar on the Scotty dog), grade a slip with the Meyerding method and distinguish isthmic from degenerative spondylolisthesis.
  • Recognize hip, wrist, hand, elbow, shoulder, knee, ankle and foot fractures and dislocations, including scaphoid, Colles, Smith, boxer, Jones, Lisfranc and the Salter Harris injuries of children.
  • Give a complete spoken film report (finding, location, view, impression, recommendation) inside the time limit.
  • Decide when a film must not be adjusted through, when to immobilize, when to refer urgently and when to order follow up imaging.

Section 1Cervical trauma films

How a trauma film station usually runs

An imaging task usually gives a door card with a brief history and one or more films, and asks what you see and what you would do. Examiners typically score the key finding, its location and best view, the impression and a safe recommendation; missing an unstable fracture, or recommending manipulation through one, can outweigh everything else. Formats and timing change, so check the current official candidate materials.

Use a fixed spoken template for every film: the view, adequacy, the key finding with level and side, secondary findings, a one line impression and the recommendation. Ending on the recommendation every time guarantees you never forget the step that carries the most weight.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. OrientRead the door card; identify the view and side marker"This is a neutral lateral cervical film of a 34 year old after a rear end collision."
2. AdequacyConfirm C1 through the C7 to T1 disc space is visible on the lateral"All seven cervical vertebrae and the top of T1 are visible, so the film is adequate."
3. AlignmentTrace the four lateral lines and the ADI"The anterior, posterior, spinolaminar and spinous lines are smooth; ADI is under 3 mm."
4. BonesEach body, pillar, lamina and spinous process; dens and C1 rings"There is a lucent line through the base of the dens."
5. Soft tissuePrevertebral width at C2 and C6"Prevertebral soft tissue is widened at C2."
6. ImpressionOne line diagnosis"Impression: type II odontoid fracture, unstable."
7. RecommendationSafety first"No manipulation. Immobilize in a rigid collar and send to the emergency department for CT and surgical consult."

The adequate lateral cervical film and the four lines

The neutral lateral is adequate only when the top of T1 is visible; missed lower cervical injuries hide at C6 to T1 behind the shoulders. The plain film fix is a swimmer's view, but a patient with real trauma risk needs CT. Trace four smooth curves: the anterior vertebral line, the posterior vertebral line (George's line, the front wall of the canal), the spinolaminar line (the back wall of the canal; in children the posterior cervical line of Swischuk separates C2 to C3 pseudosubluxation from a hangman fracture) and the spinous process line. A step or abrupt angle localizes the injured segment; fanning of spinous processes, a widened facet or focal kyphosis point to ligament disruption even without a fracture line.

C2C3C4C5C6C7 Airway7 mm or less at C222 mm or less at C6 (prevertebral softtissue, adult) Anterior vertebral line Posterior vertebral line Spinolaminar line Spinous process tips Each line is a smooth curve.A step, break or sudden anglemarks the injured segment. Fanning spinous processes andwidened soft tissue are cluesto ligament injury.
Figure 3.1 The neutral lateral cervical film. Trace the four lines (anterior vertebral, posterior vertebral, spinolaminar and spinous) and measure prevertebral soft tissue. Widening in front of C2 or C6 can be the only sign of a fracture.

Soft tissue signs

Blood and edema widen the prevertebral soft tissue. Commonly taught adult limits are about 7 mm at C2 and 22 mm at C6 ("7 at 2, 22 at 6"; about 14 mm at C6 in children). It is a supporting sign, not a rule out: many fractures do not widen it, and crying or flexion can. Displacement of the prevertebral fat stripe is a related clue.

Upper cervical injuries: C1 and C2

The atlas is a ring with two thick lateral masses. The axis carries the dens, which is held against the anterior arch of C1 by the transverse ligament. The atlantodental interval (ADI), measured on the lateral from the posterior surface of the anterior arch of C1 to the anterior surface of the dens, is normally 3 mm or less in adults and 5 mm or less in children. A larger ADI means transverse ligament failure, whether from trauma, rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome or infection in the pharynx (Grisel syndrome).

Jefferson fracture (open mouth view) C2 bodydens C1 lateral mass Lateral masses overhang C2 on both sidescombined overhang over 7 mm: transverse ligament torn Hangman fracture (lateral view) forwardC2C3 fracture throughboth pars of C2 posterior archstays behind C2 body slides forward; the canal widens,so the cord is often spared
Figure 3.2 Left: Jefferson burst of C1 on the open mouth view; both lateral masses sit outside the margins of C2. Right: hangman fracture of C2 on the lateral; a fracture through both pars lets the C2 body slip forward on C3 while the posterior arch stays behind.
InjuryMechanismKey finding and best viewStability and action
Jefferson fracture (C1 burst)Axial load on the vertex (diving, head into roof)Open mouth: bilateral lateral mass overhang beyond C2; CT shows two or more ring breaksCombined overhang over about 7 mm suggests transverse ligament rupture and instability; immobilize, ED
Odontoid fractureFlexion or extension with force on the head; falls in the elderlyOpen mouth and lateral: lucency through tip (type I), base (type II) or into body (type III); tilt of the densType II most common and most likely to fail to unite; types II and III unstable; immobilize, ED
Hangman fracture (traumatic spondylolisthesis of C2)Hyperextension with distraction (chin into dashboard), hangingLateral: bilateral fracture through the pars (pedicles) of C2, C2 body anterior on C3Unstable; canal widens so neurologic deficit may be absent; ED
Atlantoaxial instabilityTransverse ligament tear (or RA, Down syndrome)Lateral (and flexion only under supervision): ADI over 3 mm adult, over 5 mm childUnstable; no upper cervical manipulation; refer
Atlanto occipital dislocationHigh energy distractionLateral: abnormal basion to dens distance; often fatalEmergency

Odontoid fractures (Anderson and D'Alonzo): type I avulses the tip and is rare; type II crosses the poorly perfused base and is the most common and most likely to fail to unite; type III enters the C2 body and heals better. Separate a true fracture from a Mach band (a lucency from overlapping arch or teeth that runs beyond the dens margins) and, in young children, the dentocentral synchondrosis. An os odontoideum (smooth corticated ossicle, hypertrophied anterior arch of C1) is unstable and earns the same answer: no upper cervical manipulation and referral. Lateral mass offset can come from head rotation, and children up to about 4 years show a pseudo Jefferson offset; bilateral overhang in an adult after axial load is a fracture until CT says otherwise.

Board tip. Rule of Spence: add the overhang of both lateral masses of C1 beyond C2 on the open mouth view. More than about 7 mm combined suggests transverse ligament rupture and an unstable Jefferson fracture. In the hangman fracture the cord is often spared because the fracture widens the canal; do not let a normal neurologic exam reassure you about stability.

Lower cervical injuries: C3 to C7

Below C2, injuries are best understood by mechanism. Flexion compresses the front and distracts the back; extension does the reverse; rotation added to flexion produces unilateral facet injury.

InjuryMechanismFilm hallmark (lateral unless stated)Stability
Simple wedge compression fractureFlexionLoss of anterior body height, posterior wall intactUsually stable if posterior ligaments intact
Flexion teardrop fractureSevere flexion with axial load (diving)Triangular anteroinferior body fragment, rest of body displaced backward into canal, kyphosis, facet widening; often C5Very unstable; anterior cord syndrome
Extension teardrop fractureHyperextension; ALL avulses cornerSmall triangular fragment from the anteroinferior corner, usually C2, with height equal to or greater than widthStable in flexion, unstable in extension; elderly with spondylosis at risk of central cord syndrome
Clay shoveler fractureForceful flexion or direct pull of trapezius and rhomboidsOblique avulsion of a spinous process, C7 most often (C6, T1); on the AP a double spinous process (ghost) signStable
Unilateral facet dislocationFlexion with rotationAnterolisthesis about 25% of body width; bow tie sign (both facets of one level visible side by side); rotation of spinous processes on the APUsually stable but needs reduction; radiculopathy common
Bilateral facet dislocationSevere flexionAnterolisthesis 50% or more; inferior facets perched or locked in front of superior facetsUnstable; high rate of cord injury
Hyperflexion sprainFlexion, whiplashFocal kyphosis, fanning of spinous processes, widened facet, may look nearly normal in neutralPotentially unstable; may only show on delayed flexion film

The two teardrops share a name and nothing else. In the flexion teardrop the small fragment signals a three column injury, with the body driven back into the canal and often an anterior cord syndrome. In the extension teardrop the anterior longitudinal ligament pulls off a corner and the posterior structures are intact. In a unilateral facet dislocation the facets superimpose above the level and sit side by side (bow tie) at and below it; a slip of half the body width or more means bilateral dislocation with torn disc and posterior ligaments.

Case. Door card: 41 year old male, rear end collision 2 days ago, now neck pain and right arm tingling. A neutral lateral cervical film is posted.
Reasoning: Say the view and confirm the film reaches the top of T1. Trace the lines: the posterior vertebral line steps forward at C5 on C6 by about one quarter of the body width. Above C5 the facets superimpose; at C5 and below two facets sit side by side. Say aloud: "Anterolisthesis of C5 on C6 of about 25% with a bow tie configuration of the facets, consistent with a unilateral facet dislocation at C5 to C6, likely on the right given the radicular symptoms." Impression: unilateral facet dislocation C5 to C6. Recommendation: "No manipulation of the cervical spine. Place in a rigid collar, keep the patient still, and transport for CT and spine surgery evaluation; perform and record a neurologic exam." Critical actions not to miss: recognizing the step, refusing to adjust, immobilizing, and urgent referral.

Flexion and extension films and instability

Spasm can hide ligament injury on neutral films. Flexion and extension laterals reveal abnormal motion; widely cited lower cervical limits are more than about 3.5 mm of translation or more than about 11 degrees of angulation relative to adjacent levels, and an ADI that widens in flexion means transverse ligament insufficiency. Do not take them with a known or suspected fracture, dislocation or neurologic deficit, or in an obtunded or intoxicated patient. Early films are often falsely normal, so they are commonly repeated after 7 to 14 days, with the patient moving actively within comfort.

Board tip. Paradoxical fanning: on a flexion film, a single interspinous gap that opens much more than its neighbors marks the torn posterior ligament complex. On an extension film, look for a retrolisthesis that was not present in neutral.
Key point

Read the lateral cervical film with a fixed sequence: adequacy to T1, the four lines, ADI, every body and posterior element, then prevertebral soft tissue at C2 and C6. Name the unstable injuries without hesitation (Jefferson with overhang, odontoid types II and III, hangman, flexion teardrop, bilateral facet dislocation, transverse ligament failure), and for every one of them the spoken recommendation is the same: no manipulation, immobilize, emergency referral for CT.

Section 2Thoracolumbar trauma films

The three column concept

The Denis three column model remains the simplest way to reason about thoracolumbar stability on a plain film. The anterior column is the anterior longitudinal ligament, the anterior two thirds of the vertebral body and the anterior annulus. The middle column is the posterior third of the body, the posterior annulus and the posterior longitudinal ligament. The posterior column is the pedicles, facets, laminae, spinous processes and the posterior ligament complex (supraspinous, interspinous and ligamentum flavum, plus the facet capsules). Injury to one column is usually stable; injury to two or more columns, and especially any injury involving the middle column, is potentially unstable. The more columns broken, the less stable the spine.

About half of thoracolumbar fractures occur at the thoracolumbar junction (T11 to L2), where the stiff, rib supported thoracic spine meets the mobile lumbar spine. High energy fractures here travel with other injuries: a burst fracture from a fall onto the feet often accompanies calcaneal fractures, and a Chance fracture from a lap belt often accompanies abdominal visceral injury.

AnteriorMiddlePosterior front 2/3back1/3 Anterior: ALL, front two thirds of body Middle: back third of body, PLL Posterior: pedicles, facets, laminae, spinous process, posterior ligaments Two or more columns broken: unstable Compressionanterior columnusually stable Burstanterior andmiddle columnsretropulsion Chanceall 3 columnsseat beltflexion Dashed line: posterior vertebral line
Figure 3.3 The three columns (left) and the three classic thoracolumbar patterns (right). A compression fracture loses anterior height only. A burst fracture breaks the middle column and pushes bone back past the posterior vertebral line. A Chance fracture runs horizontally through all three columns.

Compression, burst and Chance fractures

FractureMechanismLateral filmAP filmColumns and stability
Wedge compressionFlexion with axial load; minor falls in osteoporosisAnterior height loss, posterior body height preserved, step defect or buckled anterior cortex, white zone of impactionLittle change; may see paraspinal widening in the thoracic spineAnterior only; stable unless height loss is severe (often quoted over 50%) or kyphosis is marked
BurstAxial load (fall from height, landing on feet or buttocks)Loss of anterior and posterior body height, posterior cortex convex or broken, fragment retropulsed into the canalWidened interpediculate distance; vertical fracture through laminaAnterior and middle (often posterior); unstable; CT required
Chance (flexion distraction)Flexion over a lap beltHorizontal fracture through body, pedicles and spinous process; posterior elements distracted, focal kyphosisHorizontal split through pedicles and spinous process; "empty" vertebra appearance from distractionAll three; unstable; look for bowel and mesenteric injury
Transverse process fractureDirect blow or avulsion by psoas and quadratus lumborumNot seenLucency through one or more lumbar TPsMechanically stable; look for renal injury (hematuria)

On the lateral, judge a compression fracture by comparing anterior, middle and posterior heights. A commonly used semiquantitative grading (after Genant) calls height loss of about 20 to 25% mild, 25 to 40% moderate and more than 40% severe. Signs that a fracture is acute include a step defect or buckle in the anterior cortex, a band of increased density under the endplate (the zone of impaction, where trabeculae have been crushed together), endplate disruption and paraspinal soft tissue swelling. An old healed fracture has smooth margins and no impaction zone. When age cannot be settled on the plain film, MRI (fluid sensitive sequences show marrow edema in an acute fracture) or a bone scan answers the question.

The deciding structure is the posterior body wall: straight and intact suggests a wedge fracture; bowed, broken, with a fragment behind the posterior vertebral line or with widened pedicles on the AP means a burst fracture and CT.

Board tip. On the AP lumbar film, an increased interpediculate distance at one level is the plain film clue that a "compression fracture" is really a burst fracture. Also look at the heels: a fall from a height that bursts L1 often fractures a calcaneus (reduced Bohler angle), and vice versa.

Osteoporotic versus pathologic compression fracture

In older adults, the commonest compression fracture is osteoporotic (insufficiency fracture of weakened bone under normal load), but a fracture through bone already destroyed by metastasis or myeloma (pathologic fracture) looks similar at first glance and carries a very different plan. The distinction relies on the pattern of the vertebra and its neighbors.

FeatureFavors osteoporoticFavors pathologic (malignant)
Bone densityGeneralized osteopenia, thin cortices, accentuated vertical trabeculaeFocal lysis, destroyed cortex, density that differs from adjacent levels
Posterior body wallStraight or with a sharp angular retropulsed fragmentConvex, rounded posterior bulge
Pedicles and posterior elementsIntactDestroyed pedicle (missing pedicle on the AP), involvement of posterior elements
LevelMid thoracic to upper lumbar; multiple levels of different ages commonAny level; a solitary fracture above about T7 is suspicious
Special signsIntravertebral vacuum cleft (gas in the body, linked with Kummell disease, nearly always benign)Fracture without adequate trauma plus constant night pain, weight loss or a cancer history
MRIBand like edema with preserved normal marrow elsewhere in the bodyDiffuse marrow replacement, enhancing mass

Suspected pathologic fracture: MRI, labs (CBC, ESR or CRP, calcium, alkaline phosphatase, protein electrophoresis) and referral. Osteoporotic fracture: no thrust at or near it, low force care, DXA and bone health referral.

Case. Door card: 72 year old woman, sudden mid back pain after lifting a laundry basket 3 weeks ago, no fever, no cancer history, takes prednisone for polymyalgia rheumatica. A lateral thoracic film shows T8 with about 30% anterior height loss.
Reasoning: State the view, then describe: "Generalized osteopenia with thin cortices. Anterior wedging of T8 with roughly 30% anterior height loss; the posterior body wall is straight and the pedicles are intact on the AP. A band of increased density under the superior endplate suggests the fracture is recent." Impression: "Acute osteoporotic wedge compression fracture of T8, moderate." Recommendation: "No high velocity manipulation at or near T8; low force care and bracing as comfort allows; order DXA and refer to her physician about bone health, given long term steroid use. If pain is constant and unrelenting at night, or if new neurologic signs appear, obtain MRI to exclude a pathologic fracture." Critical actions: notice the steroid risk factor, refuse thrust at the fracture, and give the follow up plan.

Thoracic and lumbar trauma mimics

Mimics: Schmorl nodes (rounded corticated endplate defects), the limbus bone (a smooth corticated anterosuperior corner fragment from disc herniation under the ring apophysis), Scheuermann disease (three or more adjacent wedged thoracic bodies with irregular endplates) and mild physiologic wedging at T12 and L1.

Key point

In thoracolumbar trauma, count the columns. A wedge fracture with an intact posterior wall is anterior column only; a convex or broken posterior wall, retropulsed bone or widened pedicles means a burst fracture; a horizontal line through the posterior elements means a Chance fracture. Separate osteoporotic from pathologic fractures by the pedicles, the posterior wall, the level and the history, and never thrust through any of them.

Section 3Pars defects and spondylolisthesis

Spondylolysis and the Scotty dog

Spondylolysis is a defect in the pars interarticularis, the narrow bridge of bone between the superior and inferior articular processes. Most defects are fatigue (stress) fractures that develop in childhood or adolescence from repeated extension and rotation, which is why they are common in gymnasts, divers, football linemen, dancers and fast bowlers. About 85 to 90% occur at L5, most of the rest at L4, and roughly three quarters are bilateral. When the defects are bilateral, the vertebral body, pedicles and superior facets can slide forward while the lamina, inferior facets and spinous process stay behind: that forward slip is isthmic spondylolisthesis.

The classic plain film sign is on the oblique lumbar view, where the posterior elements form the outline of a Scotty dog. The nose is the transverse process, the eye the pedicle, the ear the superior articular process, the neck the pars interarticularis, the body the lamina and the front leg the inferior articular process. A pars defect appears as a lucent band across the neck, the collar on the dog. On the lateral view a defect is sometimes visible as a lucent oblique line behind the pedicle, and the slip itself is measured on the lateral. Many defects are invisible on plain films; CT shows the gap, and MRI or SPECT shows an early stress reaction.

Ear: superior articular process Eye: pedicle Collar: pars defect Body: lamina Nose: transverse process Front leg: inferior articular process Neck = pars interarticularis L5S1 IIIIIIIV anterior Meyerding grade (lateral view) grade II slip, about 30% I: up to 25%II: 26 to 50% III: 51 to 75%IV: 76 to 100% V: over 100% (spondyloptosis)
Figure 3.4 Left: the Scotty dog on the oblique lumbar view; a pars defect is the collar across the neck. Right: Meyerding grading on the lateral; the top of S1 is divided into quarters and the grade is set by where the posteroinferior corner of L5 (red mark) now sits.

Grading the slip

The Meyerding method divides the superior endplate of the vertebra below (usually S1) into four equal parts and grades the slip by how far the posteroinferior corner of the vertebra above has moved forward: grade I up to 25%, grade II 26 to 50%, grade III 51 to 75%, grade IV 76 to 100%, and grade V (spondyloptosis) beyond the front of the sacrum. Ullmann's line (Garland's line), drawn up from the anterior margin of the sacral base perpendicular to the sacral endplate, should not be crossed by the L5 body; crossing it indicates an anterior slip. In spondyloptosis the AP film shows the inverted Napoleon hat sign, the L5 body projected end on over the sacrum.

Types of spondylolisthesis

Type (Wiltse)CauseTypical patient and levelFilm clues
I. Dysplastic (congenital)Malformed upper sacrum or L5 facets, often with spina bifidaChild; L5 to S1Abnormal facet orientation, sacral dysplasia; intact but elongated pars; can progress and cause cauda equina compression
II. IsthmicIIA stress fracture (lytic), IIB elongated intact pars from repeated healed microfractures, IIC acute pars fractureAdolescent or young adult, athletes; L5 most oftenPars lucency (collar), slip usually grade I or II, canal widened at the level
III. DegenerativeFacet arthrosis and disc degeneration with an intact parsWomen over about 50; L4 to L5 most often; associated with a sacralized or deep seated L5Large sclerotic facets, disc narrowing, slip rarely beyond grade I or about 30%, canal narrowed (stenosis)
IV to VI. Traumatic, pathologic, iatrogenicFracture of posterior elements other than the pars; diseased bone (tumor, Paget, infection); prior laminectomyAnyFracture, destructive bone or surgical defects

Isthmic versus degenerative: what the film and the hands show

The two common types behave in opposite ways in the canal. In isthmic spondylolisthesis, the posterior arch stays behind as the body slides forward, so the canal at that level actually widens, and symptoms are usually low back pain with or without radicular pain from the nerve root caught in the fibrocartilaginous tissue of the defect (the L5 root at an L5 slip). In degenerative spondylolisthesis, the whole vertebra slides forward, arch and all, so the canal is pinched between the posterior arch above and the body below, causing central and lateral recess stenosis and neurogenic claudication (leg pain with walking or standing that is relieved by sitting or flexing).

The palpable step follows the same logic. With an isthmic L5 slip the L5 spinous process stays back with the arch while L4 and everything above move forward with the L5 body, so the step is felt between the L4 and L5 spinous processes, at the level above the slipped vertebra. With a degenerative L4 slip the L4 spinous process travels forward with its body, so the step is felt at the slipped level itself.

Board tip. Unilateral pars defect plus a dense, enlarged pedicle on the opposite side: the contralateral pedicle sclerosis is a stress response, not a blastic metastasis. The differential for a solitary dense pedicle includes osteoid osteoma and osteoblastic metastasis, so correlate with the history and the oblique view.

What to recommend

Most adults with a stable grade I or II isthmic slip do well with conservative care, and spondylolisthesis by itself is not an absolute contraindication to chiropractic care. Sensible modifications include avoiding a forceful posterior to anterior thrust directly on the anteriorly displaced segment, favoring adjacent level adjustments, flexion distraction and core stabilization, and avoiding repetitive end range extension. Flexion and extension laterals show whether the slip moves; translation of more than about 4 mm, or a slip that changes grade between flexion and extension, suggests instability.

FindingRecommendation
Adolescent with acute low back pain on extension, normal or equivocal filmsMRI (or CT or SPECT) for an acute pars stress reaction; activity restriction; early defects may heal
Adult, grade I or II, stable, no neurologic deficitConservative care with modified technique; flexion and extension films if instability is suspected
Grade III or higher, progression on serial films, or a child with a dysplastic slipOrthopedic or spine surgery referral
Progressive neurologic deficit, saddle anesthesia, bladder or bowel changeEmergency referral (cauda equina syndrome)
Degenerative slip with neurogenic claudicationConservative flexion biased care; refer if walking tolerance declines or deficits appear; MRI if surgery is being considered
Case. Door card: 15 year old gymnast, 6 weeks of low back pain that is worse with back walkovers; pain on single leg standing extension on the right. Lateral and oblique lumbar films are posted.
Reasoning: State the views. On the right oblique, describe "a lucent band across the neck of the L5 Scotty dog, a collar sign, indicating a right L5 pars defect"; on the lateral, "no measurable anterolisthesis." Impression: "Right L5 spondylolysis (isthmic type), without slip." Recommendation: "Stop extension loading and gymnastics; no extension thrust at L5; MRI or CT to see whether this is an acute stress reaction that may heal, and refer to sports medicine for possible bracing; follow up lateral films to monitor for slip during growth." Ask and record red flags (numbness, weakness, bladder change). Critical actions: identify the collar and its side and level, protect the segment, and arrange appropriate imaging and follow up.
Case. Door card: 68 year old woman, buttock and leg aching when she walks more than one block, relieved by sitting or leaning on a shopping cart. Lateral lumbar film is posted.
Reasoning: Describe: "Anterolisthesis of L4 on L5 of about 15%, grade I; the pars interarticularis is intact; facet joints at L4 to L5 are enlarged and sclerotic; the L4 to L5 disc is narrowed." Impression: "Degenerative spondylolisthesis L4 on L5, grade I, with findings that predispose to spinal stenosis." Recommendation: "Conservative flexion biased care, no extension thrust into the slipped segment, a neurologic exam today and at follow up; refer if neurologic deficit progresses or bladder symptoms appear; MRI if symptoms fail conservative care or surgery is considered; screen pulses to separate vascular from neurogenic claudication." Critical actions: say the pars is intact (this makes it degenerative), link the slip to her claudication, and give a safe plan.
Key point

The collar on the Scotty dog's neck is a pars defect, seen on the oblique. The slip is graded on the lateral by quarters of the S1 endplate (Meyerding I to V). Isthmic slips are young, L5, pars broken, canal widened; degenerative slips are older, L4 to L5, pars intact, canal narrowed. Stable low grade slips are managed conservatively with modified technique; high grade, progressive or neurologically symptomatic slips are referred.

Section 4Pelvis, hip and extremity trauma films

General rules for extremity trauma films

Follow the rule of two: two views at right angles, the joints above and below a long bone fracture, and comparison views in children when needed. After the first fracture keep looking (satisfaction of search); a broken forearm bone usually has a partner injury. The Ottawa rules tell you when films are needed.

Pelvis and hip

Hip fractures in older adults follow low energy falls and present with a shortened, externally rotated leg and inability to bear weight. They are divided by their relation to the joint capsule. Intracapsular fractures (subcapital, transcervical and basicervical femoral neck fractures) can tear the retinacular vessels that supply the femoral head, so they carry a high risk of avascular necrosis and nonunion, especially when displaced. The Garden classification grades femoral neck fractures from I (incomplete or valgus impacted) and II (complete, undisplaced) to III (partially displaced) and IV (fully displaced); III and IV are the high AVN risk group. Extracapsular fractures (intertrochanteric and subtrochanteric) bleed more but rarely cause AVN. On the AP pelvis, look for disruption of Shenton's line (the smooth arc from the inferior femoral neck to the superior border of the obturator foramen), a change in the neck shaft angle, a sclerotic band of impaction, and a break in the cortex of the neck.

Up to about 10% of hip fractures are invisible on the initial films. A patient who cannot bear weight after a fall, with pain on axial loading or log roll, needs MRI (or CT if MRI is unavailable) the same day, not reassurance. A femoral neck stress fracture in a runner or military recruit is a separate trap: compression side fractures on the inferomedial neck are usually managed with rest, but tension side fractures on the superolateral neck can displace and need urgent orthopedic referral.

SubcapitalTranscervicalBasicervical Intracapsular (red):AVN and nonunion risk IntertrochantericSubtrochanteric Extracapsular (blue) Capsule (dashed green) Normal: linecuts epiphysis SCFE: linemisses epiphysis Klein's line (AP)lateral at right
Figure 3.5 Left: hip fracture sites. Fractures inside the capsule (red) threaten the blood supply of the femoral head; those outside it (blue) do not. Right: Klein's line along the lateral femoral neck should cut through the epiphysis; in a slipped capital femoral epiphysis it misses.

Slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE) is a Salter Harris type I injury through the proximal femoral physis in an adolescent (typically 10 to 16 years, often overweight, boys more than girls), presenting with hip, thigh or knee pain and a limp. The epiphysis slips posteriorly and medially. On the AP, Klein's line along the superolateral neck fails to intersect the epiphysis, and the physis looks widened and blurred; the frog leg lateral shows the slip best. About a fifth to a quarter are bilateral. The patient must stop weight bearing and be referred the same day for surgical pinning, because further slip risks AVN. Legg Calve Perthes disease (idiopathic AVN of the femoral head, ages about 4 to 8) shows a small, dense, flattened and later fragmented epiphysis, often with a subchondral lucent crescent sign.

Also recognize adolescent apophyseal avulsions (ASIS by sartorius, AIIS by rectus femoris, ischial tuberosity by hamstrings), pelvic ring fractures (one break usually means a second), sacral insufficiency fractures in osteoporotic women, and posterior hip dislocation (dashboard injury, adducted and internally rotated limb, sciatic nerve risk), an emergency.

Wrist and hand

dorsal Colles: distal fragmenttilted and shifted dorsally"dinner fork"; fall onoutstretched hand Smith: distal fragmentshifted toward the palm"garden spade"; fall onflexed wrist radiuscarpus proximalpoledistal pole Scaphoid waist fracture:blood enters distally, sothe proximal pole may die Scaphoid (PA ulnar deviation)
Figure 3.6 Distal radius and scaphoid fractures. Colles fractures displace the distal radius dorsally; Smith fractures displace it toward the palm. A scaphoid waist fracture threatens the proximal pole because its blood supply enters from the distal end.

The scaphoid is the most commonly fractured carpal bone, usually from a fall on the outstretched hand in a young adult. About 70 to 80% occur at the waist. Tenderness in the anatomical snuffbox, pain on axial loading of the thumb and tenderness of the scaphoid tubercle are the clinical clues. The dedicated scaphoid view (PA in ulnar deviation) elongates the bone. A significant fraction of scaphoid fractures are not visible on the first films, so the standard plan for a suspected fracture with negative films is thumb spica immobilization and either repeat films in about 10 to 14 days or early MRI. Because the main blood supply enters the distal pole and flows back toward the proximal pole, waist and proximal fractures risk avascular necrosis of the proximal pole (dense, sclerotic fragment) and nonunion.

InjuryMechanismKey film findingAction
Colles fractureFall on outstretched hand, older osteoporotic womanDistal radius metaphysis within a few cm of the joint, dorsal angulation and displacement, radial shortening, often ulnar styloid fractureSplint, orthopedic referral; check bone health
Smith fractureFall on flexed wristDistal radius with volar angulation of the distal fragmentOrthopedic referral (often unstable)
Scapholunate dissociationFall on outstretched handScapholunate gap over about 3 mm (Terry Thomas sign), cortical ring sign of a flexed scaphoidHand surgery referral
Lunate or perilunate dislocationHigh energy hyperextensionLateral: lunate tipped toward the palm (spilled teacup) or capitate displaced off the lunate; median nerve symptomsEmergency reduction
Boxer fracturePunching a hard objectFifth metacarpal neck fracture with volar angulation of the headCheck rotation; splint and refer
Bennett and Rolando fracturesAxial load on flexed thumbIntra articular base of first metacarpal: two pieces (Bennett) or comminuted (Rolando)Orthopedic referral

Normal volar tilt of the distal radius is about 11 degrees and radial inclination about 22 degrees; a Colles fracture reverses the tilt and shortens the radius.

Elbow and shoulder

At the elbow, a visible posterior fat pad or raised anterior fat pad (sail sign) after trauma means an occult fracture: radial head in adults, supracondylar humerus in children. The anterior humeral line should cross the middle third of the capitellum and the radiocapitellar line should hit the capitellum on every view. Pair forearm injuries: Monteggia (proximal ulna fracture, radial head dislocation) and Galeazzi (distal radius fracture, DRUJ dislocation). Know the pediatric ossification order (CRITOE) so a normal center is not called a fragment.

At the shoulder, anterior dislocation dominates (head below the coracoid), with the Hill Sachs (posterolateral head impaction) and Bankart (anteroinferior glenoid) lesions. Posterior dislocation follows seizure or electric shock and shows the lightbulb sign; the axillary or Y view proves it.

Knee, ankle and foot

InjuryKey film findingSignificance and action
LipohemarthrosisFat fluid level in the suprapatellar pouch on a horizontal beam lateralIntra articular fracture (often tibial plateau) even if no line is seen; CT and referral
Segond fractureSmall vertical avulsion off the lateral tibial plateauStrongly associated with ACL tear; MRI and orthopedic referral
Ankle fracture (Weber A, B, C)Fibular fracture below (A), at (B) or above (C) the syndesmosisA usually stable; B variable; C syndesmotic injury, unstable
Maisonneuve fractureMedial ankle injury or widened medial clear space plus proximal fibular fractureUnstable syndesmotic injury; always palpate and film the proximal fibula
Fifth metatarsal tuberosity avulsion (pseudo Jones)Transverse lucency at the tuberosity, often from peroneus brevis pull in an inversion injuryUsually heals well in a walking boot
Jones fractureTransverse fracture at the metaphyseal diaphyseal junction, about 1.5 to 2 cm distal to the tuberosityWatershed zone; high nonunion rate; non weight bearing and orthopedic referral
Lisfranc injuryMedial edge of the second metatarsal base not aligned with the medial edge of the middle cuneiform; fleck sign; diastasis seen best on weight bearing filmsFrequently missed; refer
Calcaneal fractureBohler angle reduced below about 20 degrees (normal about 20 to 40)Fall from height; image the thoracolumbar spine too

On the mortise view a medial clear space over about 4 mm means deltoid disruption and an unstable ankle. In a child the fifth metatarsal apophysis runs parallel to the shaft; a fracture runs across it.

Board tip. The Ottawa ankle rules call for ankle films if there is pain in the malleolar zone plus bone tenderness at the posterior edge or tip of the distal 6 cm of either malleolus, or inability to bear weight for four steps both immediately and in the office. Foot films are indicated for tenderness at the base of the fifth metatarsal or the navicular, or the same inability to bear weight.

Pediatric fractures and the growth plate

Children's bones are more pliable and their physes are weaker than their ligaments, so they bend, buckle and slip at the growth plate instead of spraining. The Salter Harris classification (mnemonic SALTR) describes physeal fractures: type I straight through the physis (Slipped), type II through the physis and a corner of the metaphysis (Above, the most common), type III through the physis and the epiphysis (Lower, intra articular), type IV through metaphysis, physis and epiphysis (Through), and type V a crush of the physis (Ruined, often recognized only later by growth arrest). The higher the number, the greater the risk of growth disturbance. Also know the torus (buckle), greenstick and toddler's (spiral distal tibia) fractures. Metaphyseal corner fractures, posterior rib fractures, fractures of different ages and fractures in a nonwalking child suggest nonaccidental trauma: document objectively and make the mandated report.

Case. Door card: 24 year old man, fell on his outstretched right hand while snowboarding 4 days ago; tender in the anatomical snuffbox. PA, lateral and scaphoid view films are posted and show no fracture line.
Reasoning: State each view and say what you searched: "The scaphoid cortex is intact on all three views, the scapholunate interval is normal, the carpal arcs are smooth, and the distal radius is intact." Then say why that is not the end: "Negative initial films do not exclude a scaphoid fracture, and a missed waist fracture risks nonunion and proximal pole AVN." Impression: "Clinically suspected scaphoid fracture, radiographically occult." Recommendation: "Thumb spica immobilization, no manipulation of the wrist, and either MRI now or repeat scaphoid films in 10 to 14 days; refer to hand or orthopedics if a fracture is confirmed." Critical action: do not clear the wrist on normal films.
Key point

Extremity trauma is about knowing the classic fractures by name and position and knowing which ones hide. Hip and scaphoid fractures can be invisible at first, so persistent signs earn MRI or immobilization and repeat films. Intracapsular hip, proximal scaphoid, Jones and Lisfranc injuries carry the worst healing or most commonly missed reputations. In children, think physis (Salter Harris), think SCFE when an overweight adolescent has knee pain and a limp, and report patterns that suggest abuse.

Section 5Trauma decision making in a station

The decision the examiner is really scoring

A trauma film station is a safety station dressed as an imaging station. Exams of this type generally reward a candidate who recognizes when the area must not be manipulated, protects the patient now, refers at the right speed and orders the right follow up imaging, all said aloud: an examiner cannot score a silent decision.

Who needs imaging after trauma

Before you can act on a film you must know when one is needed. For the neck, two validated decision rules are widely taught. The NEXUS criteria say that an alert patient can be cleared without imaging when all five are absent: posterior midline cervical tenderness, focal neurologic deficit, altered alertness, intoxication and a painful distracting injury. The Canadian C spine rule images any high risk patient (age 65 or older, dangerous mechanism such as a fall from about 1 m or five stairs, axial load, high speed or rollover collision, or extremity paresthesias); otherwise, if a low risk factor allows assessment (simple rear end collision, ambulatory, delayed onset, no midline tenderness) and the patient can actively rotate 45 degrees each way, no imaging is needed. Real risk calls for CT.

For the lower back, image after significant trauma, minor trauma in an older or osteoporotic patient, long term steroid use, or with neurologic deficit.

Trauma film: what is thefinding? Acute fracture,dislocation or instability No bony injury seen, butsuspicion remains Normal film and areassuring exam No manipulation of theregion; immobilize Immobilize; MRI, CT orrepeat films in 7 to 14 days Care appropriate to theinjury; re examine Deficit orunstable:call EMS Stable, nodeficit: sameday referral Every branch: document the finding, the neurologic exam, what you told the patient and where you sent them. If the patient reports new numbness, weakness or severe pain at any point, stop, keep them still and escalate.
Figure 3.7 Turning a trauma film into a decision. An acute or unstable injury means no manipulation and immobilization, with the speed of referral set by neurologic status and stability. A normal film with persistent suspicion still earns protection and further imaging.

When a film must not be adjusted through

These findings are absolute contraindications to manipulating the involved region:

CategoryFilm findingsImmediate plan
Acute fractureAny acute fracture line, step defect, impaction zone, retropulsed fragmentNo manipulation of the region; immobilize; refer (urgency by stability)
InstabilityStep in the posterior vertebral line, ADI over 3 mm adult, translation over about 3.5 mm or angulation over about 11 degrees on cervical stress films, fanning, os odontoideumNo manipulation; rigid collar for the neck; refer
DislocationFacet dislocation, perched facet, joint dislocation in a limbImmobilize; emergency referral
Pathologic boneLytic or blastic lesion, missing pedicle, pathologic fractureNo manipulation of the region; advanced imaging, labs, referral
Severe osteoporosis or acute osteoporotic fractureMarked osteopenia with fractureNo thrust at or near the fracture; low force care; bone health referral
High grade or unstable spondylolisthesisGrade III or higher, progression, motion on stress filmsNo thrust into the slipped segment; surgical referral

Relative situations call for modification rather than refusal: a healed, stable old compression fracture (low force methods, adjust other regions), a stable grade I slip (no thrust into the slipped segment), or a long healed extremity fracture. In each case say why the modification is safe and what you would watch for.

Immobilization and referral

For a suspected unstable cervical injury, keep the patient still with the head in neutral, apply a rigid collar if trained, do not let them walk out or drive, and call EMS; a neurologic deficit makes this a 911 call. A stable acute fracture without deficit gets protection and same day orthopedic or emergency evaluation. For limb fractures, document pulses, capillary refill, sensation and motor function before and after splinting; a pulseless limb or open fracture is an emergency.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. StopHalt any planned treatment of the area"I will not adjust your neck today. I need to explain why."
2. ProtectKeep the patient still; collar or splint as appropriate"Please stay still while I support your head."
3. AssessQuick neurologic or neurovascular check"Can you squeeze my fingers? Can you feel this on both hands?"
4. ExplainPlain language finding and plan"Your X ray shows a break in the second bone in your neck. That needs a scan and a specialist today."
5. ReferCall EMS or arrange same day referral; send films and a note"I am calling for an ambulance so you are moved safely."
6. DocumentRecord findings, exam, advice, referral and the time"I will document the findings and the referral, and I will follow up with you tomorrow."
Case. Door card: 79 year old man, fell backward from standing in his kitchen yesterday and hit his forehead; neck pain, no numbness. Lateral and open mouth cervical films are posted.
Reasoning: Mechanism plus age makes this high risk by the Canadian C spine rule. Describe: "On the lateral, the dens is tilted backward with a lucent line across its base; prevertebral soft tissue at C2 measures about 9 mm. On the open mouth view a lucency crosses the base of the dens and extends beyond the dens only where the arch overlaps it, so a Mach band is less likely." Impression: "Type II odontoid fracture, unstable." Recommendation: "No manipulation, keep him still and supine, apply a rigid collar, check upper and lower limb strength, sensation and reflexes, and call EMS for transport to the emergency department for CT and spine surgery consultation." Tell him calmly why. Critical actions: recognize the fracture in an elderly patient after a low energy fall, refuse treatment, immobilize, and transfer by ambulance rather than letting him drive.

Follow up imaging

  • Suspected ligament injury, normal neutral films: flexion and extension laterals at 7 to 14 days if no fracture or deficit; MRI with neurologic signs.
  • Occult fracture (scaphoid, femoral neck, stress): immobilize; MRI or repeat films in 10 to 14 days.
  • Compression fracture of uncertain age or cause: MRI and DXA.
  • Burst fracture: CT for canal compromise.
  • Spondylolisthesis in a growing child: periodic standing laterals.
Board tip. The two most common decision errors in trauma stations are ordering flexion and extension films on a patient who has a fracture or neurologic deficit, and letting an elderly patient with a suspected cervical fracture leave the office on foot or by car. Both are avoidable if you say the safety step before the imaging step.

When the patient reports a problem

If the standardized patient reports new numbness or feels faint, stop, keep them still, reassess ABCs and neurologic status, call for help and say so aloud. Continuing the scripted task costs safety credit.

Case. Door card: 30 year old woman, rolled her ankle stepping off a curb 1 hour ago; she limped in and can take four steps. She is tender at the base of the fifth metatarsal. AP, oblique and lateral foot films are posted.
Reasoning: Say that the Ottawa foot rule is positive (base of the fifth metatarsal tenderness), which justified the films. Describe: "A transverse lucency at the metaphyseal diaphyseal junction of the fifth metatarsal, about 2 cm distal to the tuberosity, with no displacement." Impression: "Jones fracture of the right fifth metatarsal." Recommendation: "Non weight bearing with crutches, a protective boot or splint, no manipulation of the foot, and orthopedic referral within a few days because of the high nonunion rate; check and document neurovascular status." Contrast aloud with a tuberosity avulsion, which usually heals in a walking boot. Critical actions: correct location, correct name and the non weight bearing plan.
Key point

Every trauma film answer ends with a decision. Acute fracture, dislocation, instability and pathologic bone mean no manipulation of the region. Immobilize first, check neurologic and neurovascular status, and choose the speed of referral by stability and deficit: EMS for unstable injuries or deficits, same day referral for stable fractures. When films are normal but suspicion persists, protect the part and order MRI, CT or delayed films. Say each step aloud and document it.

The chapter in one breath

  • Report every film in the same order: view, adequacy, finding with level and side, secondary findings, impression, recommendation.
  • A lateral cervical film is adequate only to the top of T1; trace the four lines, measure the ADI (3 mm adult, 5 mm child) and the prevertebral soft tissue (about 7 mm at C2, 22 mm at C6).
  • Jefferson (C1 burst, lateral mass overhang), odontoid types II and III, hangman (C2 pars), flexion teardrop and bilateral facet dislocation are unstable; clay shoveler and extension teardrop (in flexion) are stable.
  • Unilateral facet dislocation: about 25% slip and a bow tie sign; bilateral: 50% or more.
  • Flexion and extension films reveal ligamentous instability (over about 3.5 mm translation or 11 degrees angulation) but are never taken with a fracture, deficit or altered alertness.
  • The three column model separates compression (anterior), burst (anterior and middle, retropulsion, widened pedicles) and Chance (all three, horizontal, lap belt, visceral injury).
  • Pathologic fractures show a destroyed pedicle, convex posterior wall, soft tissue mass and a suspicious history; osteoporotic fractures show diffuse osteopenia and intact pedicles.
  • The pars defect is the collar on the Scotty dog (oblique view); slips are graded by Meyerding quarters; isthmic slips widen the canal, degenerative slips (L4 to L5, older women) narrow it.
  • Intracapsular hip fractures risk AVN; SCFE fails Klein's line; occult hip and scaphoid fractures need MRI or immobilization and repeat films.
  • Colles displaces dorsally, Smith volarly; boxer is the fifth metacarpal neck; Jones and Lisfranc injuries are the foot fractures most likely to cause trouble.
  • Children: Salter Harris I to V, torus and greenstick fractures, and a duty to report patterns of nonaccidental trauma.
  • Safety always ends the answer: no manipulation, immobilize, check neurologic status, refer at the right speed, order the right follow up imaging, and document.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Atlantodental interval (ADI)Distance on the lateral film between the anterior arch of C1 and the dens; normally 3 mm or less in adults and 5 mm or less in children.
Jefferson fractureBurst fracture of the C1 ring from axial load, seen as lateral mass overhang on the open mouth view.
Odontoid fractureFracture of the dens, classified as type I (tip), type II (base, most common, poor healing) or type III (into the C2 body).
Hangman fractureBilateral fracture through the pars interarticularis of C2 from hyperextension and distraction, with anterior slip of C2 on C3.
Flexion teardrop fractureSevere flexion compression injury with an anteroinferior body fragment and backward displacement of the body; unstable.
Clay shoveler fractureStable avulsion fracture of a lower cervical or upper thoracic spinous process, most often C7.
Bow tie signTwo facets visible side by side at one level on a lateral film, a sign of rotation from unilateral facet dislocation.
Prevertebral soft tissueThe soft tissue between the airway and the front of the cervical bodies; widening suggests hemorrhage or edema from injury.
Three column conceptModel dividing the spine into anterior, middle and posterior columns; injury to two or more suggests instability.
Burst fractureAxial load fracture of the anterior and middle columns with retropulsion of bone into the canal and widened pedicles on the AP.
Chance fractureHorizontal flexion distraction fracture through the body and posterior elements, classically from a lap belt.
SpondylolysisA defect in the pars interarticularis, usually a stress fracture at L5.
Scotty dogOutline of the posterior elements on the oblique lumbar view; a pars defect appears as a collar on its neck.
Meyerding gradingGrading of spondylolisthesis by quarters of the endplate below: I up to 25%, II to 50%, III to 75%, IV to 100%, V beyond.
Degenerative spondylolisthesisForward slip with an intact pars caused by facet and disc degeneration, most often L4 on L5 in older women.
Shenton's lineSmooth arc from the inferior femoral neck to the top of the obturator foramen; a break suggests hip fracture or dislocation.
Klein's lineLine along the superolateral femoral neck on the AP that should cut the epiphysis; it misses in SCFE.
Colles fractureDistal radius fracture with dorsal angulation and displacement, from a fall on the outstretched hand.
Smith fractureDistal radius fracture with volar angulation of the distal fragment, from a fall on a flexed wrist.
Jones fractureTransverse fracture at the metaphyseal diaphyseal junction of the fifth metatarsal with a high nonunion rate.
Lisfranc injuryDisruption of the tarsometatarsal joints, seen as malalignment of the second metatarsal base with the middle cuneiform.
Salter Harris classificationFive types of growth plate fracture, from type I through the physis to type V crush injury, with growth risk rising by type.

Check yourself

A 25 year old diver strikes his head on the pool floor. The open mouth view shows both C1 lateral masses displaced outward, with a combined overhang of 9 mm. What is the diagnosis and what does the measurement imply?
Answer. Jefferson (C1 burst) fracture. Combined overhang over about 7 mm (rule of Spence) suggests transverse ligament rupture, so the injury is unstable: no manipulation, immobilize and send for CT.
On a neutral lateral cervical film, C5 is displaced forward on C6 by about half the width of its body. What injury is this and how stable is it?
Answer. Bilateral facet dislocation. A slip of 50% or more requires disruption of the disc and posterior ligaments, so it is unstable with a high rate of cord injury. A slip of about 25% with a bow tie sign would suggest unilateral dislocation.
What are the commonly taught upper limits of normal for prevertebral soft tissue at C2 and C6 in an adult?
Answer. About 7 mm at C2 and about 22 mm at C6. Widening suggests hemorrhage or edema from an underlying injury, though a normal width does not exclude a fracture.
A 35 year old was in a high speed collision wearing only a lap belt. The lateral lumbar film shows a horizontal fracture through the L2 body, pedicles and spinous process. Name the fracture and the associated injury you must consider.
Answer. Chance (flexion distraction) fracture involving all three columns, which is unstable. Lap belt injuries are often accompanied by abdominal visceral injury (bowel or mesentery), so the patient needs emergency evaluation.
On the AP lumbar film of a patient with an apparent compression fracture of L1, the distance between the pedicles at L1 is wider than at T12 and L2. What does this change?
Answer. Widened interpediculate distance indicates a burst fracture rather than a simple wedge fracture: the middle column is broken and bone may be retropulsed into the canal. Recommend no manipulation, immobilization and CT.
Which features of a vertebral compression fracture favor a malignant (pathologic) cause over osteoporosis?
Answer. A destroyed pedicle, a convex bulging posterior wall, involvement of the posterior elements, a paraspinal or epidural soft tissue mass, focal lysis, a solitary fracture above about T7 and a history of cancer, weight loss or night pain. A vacuum cleft and intact pedicles favor a benign osteoporotic fracture.
On which view is the collar of the Scotty dog seen, and which structure does the collar represent?
Answer. The oblique lumbar view. The collar is a lucent defect across the neck of the dog, which is the pars interarticularis (spondylolysis).
A 66 year old woman has an anterior slip of L4 on L5 of about 15% with an intact pars and large sclerotic facets. Name the type and grade and the clinical syndrome it commonly produces.
Answer. Degenerative spondylolisthesis, Meyerding grade I. Because the whole vertebra slips with its arch, the canal narrows, often producing spinal stenosis with neurogenic claudication.
A 13 year old overweight boy has 3 weeks of left knee pain and a limp. Knee films are normal. What diagnosis must be excluded and how?
Answer. Slipped capital femoral epiphysis, which often refers pain to the knee. Obtain AP and frog leg lateral hip films; on the AP, Klein's line fails to intersect the epiphysis. If present, the patient should stop weight bearing and be referred the same day for surgical fixation.
A patient with snuffbox tenderness after a fall has normal wrist and scaphoid view films. What is the correct plan and why?
Answer. Thumb spica immobilization with MRI now or repeat films in about 10 to 14 days. Scaphoid fractures are often occult at first, and a missed waist fracture risks nonunion and avascular necrosis of the proximal pole, whose blood supply enters from the distal end.
Chapter 4 · Imaging Interpretation

High Yield Films II: Arthritides, Tumors, Infection, Metabolic Disease and Soft Tissue

Most films in a chiropractic office are not trauma films. They show degeneration, inflammation, a congenital surprise, a curve, a quiet lytic lesion, or a calcified aorta in front of the lumbar spine. In an imaging station, the candidate who can name the pattern, say why it fits, and attach the right recommendation (treat with modification, order the next test, or refer today) shows exactly the judgment the practical exam is built to score.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Separate degenerative, inflammatory and crystal arthritis on film by distribution, joint space, bone density, erosions and new bone formation.
  • Distinguish an osteophyte, a marginal syndesmophyte of ankylosing spondylitis and the flowing ossification of DISH, and state the safety consequences of each.
  • Recognize block vertebra, hemivertebra, transitional segments and spina bifida occulta, and measure a Cobb angle and read the Risser sign.
  • Describe a bone lesion as aggressive or nonaggressive using margin, zone of transition, matrix and periosteal reaction.
  • Recognize metastasis (the missing pedicle), multiple myeloma, hemangioma, osteoid osteoma, osteochondroma and the common primary malignancies.
  • Separate discitis from tumor by what happens to the disc, and recognize avascular necrosis, sickle cell changes, osteoporosis, Paget disease and hyperparathyroidism.
  • Identify an abdominal aortic aneurysm, renal and gallbladder stones, a lung mass, a pneumothorax and prevertebral swelling on spine and chest films.
  • Close every film description with a clear recommendation and the right speed of referral.

Section 1Arthritides on film

The ABCDS of arthritis

Every arthritis can be described with the same five headings, and saying them aloud in a station shows a method rather than a guess: Alignment (subluxation, deformity), Bone density (normal or periarticular osteopenia), Cartilage space (uniform or nonuniform narrowing, or preserved), Distribution (which joints, symmetric or not, axial or peripheral) and Soft tissue (swelling, tophi, calcification). Two further questions finish the analysis: are there erosions (marginal, central, or punched out away from the joint), and is there new bone (osteophytes, syndesmophytes, periostitis, ankylosis)?

FeatureDegenerative (OA, DJD)Rheumatoid arthritisSeronegative (AS, psoriatic, reactive)GoutCPPD
Joint spaceNonuniform loss (weight bearing part)Uniform, symmetric lossUniform loss, then ankylosisPreserved until lateNonuniform, like OA
Bone densityNormalPeriarticular osteopeniaNormal early (AS spine osteopenic late)NormalNormal
ErosionsNone (central in erosive OA)Marginal (bare areas)Marginal with fluffy new bonePunched out with overhanging edgeUncommon
New boneOsteophytes, subchondral sclerosis, cystsNonePeriostitis, syndesmophytes, ankylosisOverhanging cortical edgeLarge osteophytes, chondrocalcinosis
DistributionWeight bearing joints, DIP and PIP, first CMC, spineBilateral symmetric MCP, PIP, wrist, upper cervicalSI joints and spine (AS); DIP, asymmetric (psoriatic); feet (reactive)First MTP, asymmetricKnee, wrist (TFCC), second and third MCP, symphysis
Osteoarthritisnonuniform narrowingosteophytes, sclerosis,subchondral cyst Rheumatoid arthritisuniform narrowing,marginal erosions,periarticular osteopenia Goutjoint space preserved,overhanging edge erosion,soft tissue tophus sclerosiscystosteophyte swellingerosion tophus
Figure 4.1 Three joint patterns. Osteoarthritis narrows the joint unevenly and builds bone; rheumatoid arthritis narrows it evenly, erodes the margins and thins the nearby bone; gout leaves the joint space alone and punches out bone with an overhanging edge beside a tophus.

Degenerative joint and disc disease

Degenerative joint disease (osteoarthritis) is cartilage failure with a bony repair response. The film shows nonuniform joint space narrowing where load is greatest (superolateral hip, medial knee compartment), subchondral sclerosis, osteophytes and subchondral cysts (geodes), with normal bone density. In the hands it involves the DIP joints (Heberden nodes), PIP joints (Bouchard nodes) and the first carpometacarpal joint, sparing the MCPs; erosive osteoarthritis adds central erosions that make a gull wing shape in the DIP joints.

In the spine, degenerative disc disease gives disc space narrowing, endplate sclerosis, the vacuum phenomenon (gas in a degenerated disc, which effectively excludes infection), and osteophytes that arise a few millimeters from the endplate margin, project horizontally and then curve toward the adjacent body. The posterior joints develop facet arthrosis (enlarged, sclerotic articular processes). In the cervical spine the uncovertebral joints hypertrophy and, with facet osteophytes, narrow the intervertebral foramina, best seen on the oblique views. Combined disc, facet and ligamentum flavum changes produce spinal stenosis, which plain films suggest but MRI confirms. Degenerative change is common and often painless, so the board answer links findings to symptoms rather than treating the film.

DISH

Diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (Forestier disease) is a bone forming enthesopathy of older adults, more common in men and in people with diabetes and obesity. The diagnostic picture is flowing ossification along the anterolateral aspect of at least four contiguous vertebral bodies with preserved disc height, no significant facet ankylosis and normal sacroiliac joints (bridging of the upper, ligamentous part of the SI joint can occur). It favors the right side of the thoracic spine, because the pulsating descending aorta on the left inhibits it. A thin lucent line often separates the ossified ligament from the vertebral body. Peripheral entheses ossify too (heel and olecranon spurs, pelvic "whiskering"). DISH in the cervical spine can cause dysphagia, and it travels with ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL), which narrows the canal. A long ossified segment behaves like a long bone: it fractures with minor trauma and is unstable when it does.

Degenerative discdisc narrowed, sclerosis,horizontal osteophytesfrom near the corner Ankylosing spondylitissquare bodies, thinvertical marginalsyndesmophytes DISHflowing anterior bone over4 or more levels, discheight preserved osteophytesyndesmophyteossified ALL
Figure 4.2 Three kinds of spinal new bone. Degenerative osteophytes start a little away from the corner and run horizontally; ankylosing spondylitis syndesmophytes are thin and vertical, arising from the corners; DISH lays down thick flowing bone along the front of four or more levels with discs preserved.

Rheumatoid arthritis

Rheumatoid arthritis is a synovial disease, and its film signs follow: soft tissue swelling, periarticular osteopenia, uniform joint space loss, and marginal erosions at the bare areas where synovium touches bone not covered by cartilage, with little or no new bone. It is bilateral and symmetric in the MCP, PIP and wrist joints (an early erosion of the ulnar styloid is classic) and the MTP joints of the feet; late deformities include ulnar deviation, swan neck and boutonniere. In the hip it causes axial migration and protrusio acetabuli; in the knee, uniform loss across all compartments.

The cervical spine is the high stakes area. Pannus at C1 to C2 weakens the transverse ligament and erodes the dens, producing atlantoaxial instability (ADI over 3 mm in an adult), cranial settling (basilar invagination, the dens migrating up toward the foramen magnum) and subaxial stair step subluxations. Neutral and flexion lateral films (taken carefully) are standard before any treatment of the neck in a patient with RA; instability or myelopathic signs (hand clumsiness, gait change, hyperreflexia) are an absolute contraindication to cervical manipulation and a reason for referral.

Ankylosing spondylitis and the seronegatives

The seronegative spondyloarthropathies (ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, reactive arthritis and enteropathic arthritis with inflammatory bowel disease) share HLA B27 association, sacroiliitis, enthesitis and new bone formation. Ankylosing spondylitis begins in young adults, more often men, with inflammatory back pain (morning stiffness over 30 minutes, better with exercise). It starts in the sacroiliac joints, bilaterally and symmetrically: erosions on the iliac side make the joint look wide and irregular (pseudowidening), then sclerosis and finally fusion. In the spine, inflammation at the annulus attachment gives Romanus lesions (shiny corners), then squaring of the vertebral bodies, then thin marginal syndesmophytes that bridge the discs to create the bamboo spine. Ossified interspinous and supraspinous ligaments give the dagger sign, and with fused facets the trolley track sign. The hips are often involved, bilaterally and concentrically.

Psoriatic arthritis is asymmetric and favors the DIP joints, with erosions that create the pencil in cup deformity, fluffy periostitis, acro osteolysis and the sausage digit; its SI involvement is often asymmetric and its spinal bone is bulky, nonmarginal and asymmetric (parasyndesmophytes). Reactive arthritis looks similar but favors the feet and heels. Enteropathic arthritis mimics AS.

Board tip. A fused spine of AS or DISH breaks like a stick of chalk (a transverse "carrot stick" fracture), often after minor trauma, and the fracture is highly unstable. An AS or DISH patient with new neck or back pain after any fall needs CT, not reassurance. Manipulation through an ankylosed or actively inflamed segment is contraindicated; treat mobile segments with low force methods.

Gout and CPPD

Gout (monosodium urate, negatively birefringent needle shaped crystals) is a disease of middle aged men and postmenopausal women; film changes appear only after years of attacks. Look for punched out erosions with sclerotic, overhanging edges (the Martel or rat bite sign), often slightly away from the joint, preserved joint space until late, normal bone density and asymmetric tophi (soft tissue masses that may calcify). The first MTP (podagra) is classic; the elbow (olecranon bursa), hands and knees follow.

Calcium pyrophosphate deposition (positively birefringent rhomboid crystals) has two film faces. Chondrocalcinosis is calcification in cartilage: the knee menisci, the triangular fibrocartilage of the wrist and the pubic symphysis. Pyrophosphate arthropathy looks like osteoarthritis in unusual places: the radiocarpal joint, the second and third MCP joints (with hook like osteophytes), and isolated patellofemoral disease. Calcification around the dens (crowned dens) can cause acute neck pain with fever that mimics meningitis. Hemochromatosis gives an almost identical picture.

Case. Door card: 58 year old woman with long standing rheumatoid arthritis on methotrexate, neck pain and occasional tingling in both hands; she asks for a neck adjustment. Neutral and flexion lateral cervical films are posted.
Reasoning: State the views. Describe: "Neutral ADI about 3 mm, widening to about 7 mm on flexion; erosion of the dens; mild step offs at C3 to C4 and C4 to C5. Generalized osteopenia." Impression: "Atlantoaxial instability from rheumatoid arthritis with subaxial subluxations." Recommendation: "No cervical manipulation. Perform a neurologic exam for myelopathy (reflexes, Hoffmann, gait, hand dexterity); with bilateral hand symptoms, refer promptly to her rheumatologist and a spine surgeon, with MRI. Advise her to avoid end range neck flexion. Low force care elsewhere is reasonable." Say to the patient why you are not adjusting her neck. Critical actions: measure the ADI, call it unstable, refuse cervical thrust, screen for myelopathy and refer.
Key point

Name the arthritis by pattern. Degenerative disease narrows unevenly and builds osteophytes; rheumatoid arthritis narrows evenly, erodes the margins and thins nearby bone, and threatens C1 to C2; the seronegatives erode and then build bone, beginning at the SI joints in AS; gout punches out bone beside a preserved joint; CPPD calcifies cartilage. Fused spines of AS and DISH fracture easily, and RA instability forbids cervical manipulation.

Section 2Congenital anomalies and scoliosis on film

Why anomalies matter in a station

Congenital anomalies arise from failures of segmentation (somites do not separate), formation (part of a vertebra never develops) or fusion (ossification centers do not unite). Most are incidental, but the examiner wants three things from you: do not call them fractures or disease, know which ones change mechanics or stability, and know which ones alter your technique.

AnomalyFilm hallmarkSignificance and recommendation
Congenital block vertebraTwo bodies fused, total height equal to two bodies plus a disc, a concave anterior wasp waist and a rudimentary disc; posterior elements often fused; C2 to C3 and C5 to C6 commonAdjacent segments are hypermobile and degenerate early; do not manipulate the fused level, assess motion above and below. An acquired fusion (surgery, infection, juvenile arthritis) lacks the wasp waist
Klippel Feil syndromeMultiple cervical blocksShort neck, low hairline, limited motion; Sprengel deformity, renal and cardiac anomalies; instability at mobile segments
HemivertebraWedge shaped half vertebra on the AP (failure of formation)Congenital scoliosis that can progress rapidly in growth; orthopedic follow up
Butterfly vertebraCentral sagittal cleft with two triangular halves on the APIncidental; not a fracture
Transitional lumbosacral segmentEnlarged L5 transverse process articulating or fused with the sacrum (sacralization), or S1 separated by a disc (lumbarization)Count levels carefully from C2 or T12 before naming a level; the disc above a transitional segment degenerates more; Bertolotti syndrome
Spina bifida occultaMidline cleft between unfused laminae, usually L5 or S1Usually incidental; avoid a direct spinous contact over the cleft
Posterior ponticle (arcuate foramen)Bony bridge over the vertebral artery groove of the C1 posterior arch on the lateralCommon variant; often cited as a reason for caution with upper cervical rotation
Occipitalization of the atlasC1 fused to the occiputBasilar impression and C1 to C2 instability; no upper cervical manipulation without stability assessment
Agenesis of the posterior arch of C1Absent posterior arch with an enlarged anterior archNot a fracture; avoid posterior contact on C1
Cervical ribRib from C7, whose transverse process slopes down (T1 slopes up)Thoracic outlet syndrome
Case. Door card: 30 year old office worker with low back pain; AP and lateral lumbar films are posted. The AP shows a large left L5 transverse process forming a joint with the sacral ala, and a midline lucent cleft in the S1 lamina.
Reasoning: Say how you counted: "Counting from the lowest rib bearing vertebra, there are five lumbar type segments." Describe: "Left unilateral sacralization of L5 with a pseudarthrosis at the transverse process and spina bifida occulta of S1. Disc height at L4 to L5 is mildly reduced." Impression: "Transitional lumbosacral segment (left sided) and spina bifida occulta, both developmental; early L4 to L5 disc degeneration." Recommendation: "No contraindication to care; adjust mobile segments, avoid a spinous contact over the S1 cleft, and correlate pain with the pseudarthrosis (possible Bertolotti syndrome). Report the transitional segment so any future imaging or surgery uses the same level count." Critical actions: count levels correctly and do not call the cleft or the pseudarthrosis a fracture.

Scoliosis on film

Scoliosis is a lateral curvature of the spine of 10 degrees or more measured by the Cobb method, usually with vertebral rotation. Most cases in adolescents are idiopathic, typically a right thoracic curve in a girl. Features that suggest an underlying cause and call for MRI include a left thoracic curve, a painful curve (consider osteoid osteoma, with the lesion on the concave side), rapid progression, a curve in a young child, and neurologic signs or cutaneous markers (hair patch, dimple). Functional (nonstructural) curves from leg length inequality or muscle spasm straighten on side bending or when the leg length is corrected; structural curves do not.

Cobbangleabout 57° upper end vertebralower end vertebra apex(convex side) endplate lines (blue), perpendiculars (red) ASISPSIS ossified apophysis (green) Risser 2 0: no ossification3: 75% 1: 25% of crest4: 100%, not fused 2: 50%5: fused, mature Ossification runs ASIS to PSIS
Figure 4.3 Left: the Cobb method. Draw lines along the top of the most tilted upper end vertebra and the bottom of the most tilted lower end vertebra, then perpendiculars; the angle between them is the Cobb angle. Right: the Risser sign; the iliac crest apophysis ossifies from the ASIS toward the PSIS, and fusion (grade 5) marks the end of spinal growth.

Measuring and managing the curve

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. Name the curveFind the apex and the convex side"Right convex thoracic curve, apex at T8."
2. End vertebraePick the most tilted vertebrae at each end"End vertebrae are T5 and T12."
3. Cobb angleLines along the superior endplate above and inferior endplate below; perpendiculars; measure"Cobb angle about 28 degrees."
4. RotationPedicle position on the convex side (Nash Moe)"Moderate rotation, convex pedicle near midline."
5. MaturityRisser grade, open physes, menarche history"Risser 1, so significant growth remains."
6. RecommendationMatch plan to angle and maturity"Refer for bracing evaluation; repeat film in 4 to 6 months."

The Risser sign grades ossification of the iliac crest apophysis, which spreads from the anterior superior iliac spine toward the posterior superior iliac spine: grade 0 none, 1 up to 25%, 2 up to 50%, 3 up to 75%, 4 complete but not fused, 5 fused to the ilium. Low Risser grades mean growth remains and the curve is more likely to progress. Commonly taught thresholds in a growing adolescent: under about 20 to 25 degrees, observe with periodic films (typically every 4 to 6 months); about 25 to 40 degrees in a skeletally immature patient (Risser 0 to 2), refer for bracing; over about 40 to 50 degrees, refer for surgical consultation. Curves over about 50 degrees may keep progressing in adulthood. Chiropractic care can be part of management, but it does not replace indicated bracing or surgical referral, and serial imaging should use PA projections and the lowest dose that answers the question.

Measurement error for the Cobb angle is about 3 to 5 degrees, so a change of 5 degrees or more between films is the usual definition of progression. Measure from the same end vertebrae on each film.

Board tip. A left thoracic curve in an adolescent, or a painful curve that wakes the patient at night, is not routine idiopathic scoliosis: think syrinx or spinal cord tumor (MRI) or osteoid osteoma (on the concave side, relieved by NSAIDs). Leg length is judged on a standing AP pelvis by comparing femoral head heights.
Case. Door card: 12 year old girl, premenarchal, noticed by her mother to have one shoulder blade higher; no pain. A standing PA full spine film is posted.
Reasoning: Describe: "Right convex thoracic curve from T6 to T12 with apex at T9; Cobb angle measured from the superior endplate of T6 to the inferior endplate of T12 is about 30 degrees, with rotation toward the convexity. Risser grade 0; no vertebral anomaly." Impression: "Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, right thoracic, about 30 degrees, skeletally immature." Recommendation: "High risk of progression because of the curve size and Risser 0; refer to a pediatric orthopedist for bracing evaluation now; perform a neurologic screen (abdominal reflexes, lower limb reflexes) and document; follow up imaging with low dose PA technique." Explain the plan to the parent. Critical actions: correct measurement, use of maturity, and referral rather than treating the curve alone.
Key point

Know the anomalies by their hallmark so you never call them fractures: the wasp waist of a block vertebra, the wedge of a hemivertebra, the cleft of a butterfly vertebra or spina bifida occulta, the enlarged transverse process of a transitional segment. Measure scoliosis with the Cobb method, grade maturity with Risser, and refer for bracing or surgery according to angle and growth remaining; atypical curves need MRI.

Section 3Tumors and tumor like lesions on film

Aggressive or nonaggressive: the first judgment

You do not need to name every bone tumor in a station, but you must decide whether a lesion looks aggressive or nonaggressive, because that decision sets the recommendation. Combine the patient's age (over 40, metastasis and myeloma dominate; under 30, primary tumors and benign lesions) with five film features.

FeatureNonaggressive (slow growing)Aggressive (fast growing)
MarginGeographic, well defined, sclerotic rimMoth eaten (multiple coalescing holes) or permeative (countless tiny holes)
Zone of transitionNarrow (you can trace the edge with a pencil)Wide (no clear edge)
CortexIntact, possibly thinned or expanded smoothlyDestroyed or broken through
Periosteal reactionNone or solid, thick and smoothLaminated (onion skin), spiculated (sunburst, hair on end), Codman triangle
Soft tissue massAbsentPresent

Matrix narrows the differential: cloud like or ivory density suggests osteoid (osteosarcoma, osteoblastic metastasis); rings and arcs or popcorn stippling suggest cartilage (enchondroma, chondrosarcoma); hazy ground glass suggests fibrous dysplasia. Remember that plain films show a lytic lesion only after roughly 30 to 50% of the bone is gone, so a normal film does not exclude tumor in a patient with red flags; MRI is the sensitive test for marrow disease.

pedicle (eye)pedicle presentMissing pedicle at the middlelevel: "winking owl" destroyed scleroticrim illdefined motheaten permeative more aggressive Margin and zone of transition
Figure 4.4 Left: the winking owl. On the AP film the pedicles look like a pair of eyes; metastasis destroys one, so a single missing pedicle is a red flag. Right: margins from least aggressive (geographic with a sclerotic rim) to most aggressive (permeative, with a wide zone of transition).

Metastasis and myeloma

Metastasis is the most common malignant tumor of bone and goes where red marrow is: spine, pelvis, ribs, skull and proximal long bones. Most metastases are lytic (lung, kidney, thyroid, breast, gastrointestinal); blastic lesions point to prostate cancer in men and breast cancer in women (mixed lesions are common in breast). In the spine, the plain film hallmark is the missing pedicle on the AP (the winking owl or one eyed pedicle sign), because tumor that starts in the posterior body destroys the cortical pedicle ring. A single dense vertebra, the ivory vertebra, has a short differential: blastic metastasis, Hodgkin lymphoma and Paget disease (Paget enlarges the bone; the others do not). Metastasis typically spares the disc. Recommendation: no manipulation of the involved region, MRI, laboratory tests and urgent referral; screen every patient for spinal cord compression (band like pain, leg weakness, sensory level, bladder change), which is an emergency.

Multiple myeloma is the most common primary malignant tumor of bone, in adults over about 40 to 50. Films show punched out lytic lesions without sclerotic margins (the raindrop skull), or simply diffuse osteopenia with compression fractures. The pedicles tend to be spared early, because they contain little red marrow, which helps separate myeloma from metastasis. Myeloma is often cold on bone scan (there is little osteoblastic response), so a skeletal survey, low dose CT or MRI is used. Laboratory clues follow CRAB: hyperCalcemia, Renal failure, Anemia and Bone lesions, with an M protein on serum protein electrophoresis. A single lesion is a plasmacytoma.

Benign lesions you must recognize

LesionTypical patient and siteFilm hallmarkRecommendation
Vertebral hemangiomaAny adult; thoracic and lumbar bodies; most common benign spinal tumorCoarse vertical striations (corduroy) on the radiograph, polka dots on axial CT; normal body heightIncidental; not a contraindication to care unless aggressive or collapsed
Osteoid osteoma10 to 25 years, male; femur, tibia, spine posterior elementsSmall lucent nidus (under about 1.5 cm) with dense surrounding sclerosisNight pain relieved by aspirin or NSAIDs; painful scoliosis (concave side); refer (ablation)
OsteoblastomaYoung; spine posterior elementsLarger expansile lesion (over about 1.5 to 2 cm)Refer
OsteochondromaChildren and adolescents; metaphysis near the knee or proximal humerus; most common benign bone tumorBony outgrowth pointing away from the joint, with cortex and marrow continuous with the host boneRefer if painful or growing after maturity (malignant change, thick cartilage cap)
EnchondromaAdults; small bones of the handCentral lytic lesion with chondroid rings and arcs, scalloped endosteumWatch for pathologic fracture; pain suggests chondrosarcoma
Giant cell tumor20 to 40 years after physeal closure; distal femur, proximal tibia, distal radius, sacrumEccentric lytic lesion reaching the subarticular bone, no sclerotic rimRefer; locally aggressive
Simple bone cystChild; proximal humerus or femurCentral lucent lesion; fallen fragment sign after fractureRefer
Aneurysmal bone cystUnder 20; long bones, spine posterior elementsExpansile lytic lesion, fluid levels on MRIRefer
Fibrous dysplasiaYoung; femur (shepherd's crook), ribs, skullGround glass lesion with a thick rindUsually observe
Nonossifying fibromaChild; distal femur or tibia metaphysisEccentric cortical lucency with a scalloped sclerotic margin"Do not touch" lesion; heals spontaneously
Bone island (enostosis)Any age; pelvis, femur, spineSmall dense focus with spiculated (brush) margins blending into trabeculae"Do not touch" lesion; incidental

Primary malignancies

Osteosarcoma peaks in adolescence (with a second peak in older adults with Paget disease or prior radiation), in the metaphysis around the knee; it shows mixed destruction with cloud like osteoid, a sunburst periosteal reaction, a Codman triangle and a soft tissue mass. Ewing sarcoma affects children and young adults (about 5 to 20 years), often in the diaphysis of long bones or in flat bones (pelvis), with a permeative pattern, laminated onion skin periosteal reaction and a large soft tissue mass; fever and a raised ESR mimic infection. Chondrosarcoma affects adults (40 to 60) in the pelvis, proximal femur and shoulder girdle, with rings and arcs and deep endosteal scalloping. Chordoma arises from notochord remnants in the sacrum and clivus of older adults as a midline destructive mass. Any of these is an urgent referral to an orthopedic oncologist, with no manipulation of the region.

Board tip. Location in the spine narrows the list: posterior elements in a young patient suggest osteoid osteoma, osteoblastoma or aneurysmal bone cyst; the vertebral body in an older patient suggests metastasis, myeloma or hemangioma; the sacrum suggests chordoma or giant cell tumor. The pedicle goes early in metastasis and late in myeloma.
Case. Door card: 67 year old man, 2 months of constant low back pain that is worse at night, 5 kg unintended weight loss, history of prostate cancer treated 6 years ago. AP and lateral lumbar films are posted.
Reasoning: State the views and search the pedicles first on the AP. Describe: "The right pedicle of L3 is absent; the L3 body is of increased density compared with adjacent levels; disc heights are preserved; no fracture." Impression: "Missing right L3 pedicle with sclerotic L3 body, highly suspicious for osteoblastic metastasis from prostate cancer." Recommendation: "No manipulation of the lumbar spine. Same day or next day referral to his oncologist or physician with MRI of the spine, bone scan, PSA, CBC, calcium and alkaline phosphatase. Perform and document a neurologic exam; advise him to seek emergency care immediately if leg weakness, numbness in the saddle area or bladder or bowel change develops." Critical actions: notice the missing pedicle, link it to the history, refuse manipulation and screen for cord or cauda equina compression.
Key point

Decide aggressive or not from margin, zone of transition, cortex, periosteal reaction and soft tissue mass, then narrow by age, location and matrix. Over 40, think metastasis (missing pedicle, ivory vertebra, disc spared) and myeloma (punched out lesions, pedicles spared, cold bone scan). Recognize the benign lesions that need nothing (hemangioma, bone island, nonossifying fibroma) and those that need referral. Aggressive lesions mean no manipulation, advanced imaging and urgent referral.

Section 4Infection, hematologic, metabolic and endocrine disease on film

Discitis and vertebral osteomyelitis

Spinal infection usually reaches the spine through the blood and settles first in the vascular endplate, then spreads into the disc, which in turn destroys the endplate on the other side. That sequence explains the defining film rule: infection crosses and destroys the disc; tumor usually spares it. Pyogenic discitis (most often Staphylococcus aureus; consider gram negatives in intravenous drug users and after urinary procedures) is most common in the lumbar spine of older adults, diabetics, the immunocompromised and patients after spinal procedures. The earliest film sign is disc space narrowing, followed by loss of the sharp white endplate line and erosion of both endplates, then destruction of the bodies and, with healing, sclerosis and fusion. Films lag the disease by about 2 to 3 weeks; MRI is the test of choice early, with ESR and CRP (almost always raised), CBC and blood cultures.

Tuberculous spondylitis (Pott disease) is slower, favors the thoracolumbar spine, spreads under the anterior longitudinal ligament to several contiguous levels, preserves the disc longer, produces large paraspinal and psoas abscesses (which may calcify) and ends in anterior collapse with a sharp kyphosis (gibbus), usually with little sclerosis.

Discitisdisc narrowed,both endplateseroded Sickle cellH shaped:central stepdepressions Pagetenlarged, thickcortex: pictureframe Rugger jerseydense endplatebands (renalosteodystrophy) Osteoporosiscodfish: smoothbiconcave plates,thin cortex
Figure 4.5 Vertebral shapes that point to a diagnosis. Infection destroys the disc and both endplates; sickle cell infarcts make a square central depression (H vertebra); Paget disease enlarges the body and thickens its cortex; renal osteodystrophy puts dense bands under the endplates; osteoporosis makes smooth biconcave codfish vertebrae.
FeaturePyogenic discitisTuberculous spondylitisMetastasisDegenerative disc
DiscNarrowed early, destroyedPreserved longerUsually sparedNarrowed, often with vacuum gas
EndplatesIndistinct, eroded on both sidesAnterior erosion, multiple levelsBody or pedicle destroyedSclerotic but sharp
Soft tissueParaspinal swellingLarge, often calcified abscessParaspinal mass possibleNone
CourseWeeksMonthsVariableYears
LabsESR and CRP high, fever variableESR high, TB testsVariableNormal

In long bones of children, hematogenous osteomyelitis settles in the metaphysis; films are normal for about 10 to 14 days, then show permeative lysis and periosteal reaction, and later a sequestrum (dead bone) and involucrum (new bone shell). A Brodie abscess is a subacute lucent metaphyseal lesion with a sclerotic rim. Septic arthritis destroys cartilage on both sides of a joint within days and is an emergency.

Avascular necrosis and sickle cell disease

Avascular necrosis (osteonecrosis) most often affects the femoral head. Risk factors are commonly remembered as ASEPTIC: Alcohol and AIDS, Steroids and sickle cell, Erlenmeyer flask (Gaucher disease), Pancreatitis, Trauma, Idiopathic and infection, Caisson disease and collagen vascular disease (lupus). Films are normal early (MRI shows the double line sign), then show mottled sclerosis and lucency, a subchondral lucent crescent sign (subchondral fracture), flattening and collapse of the head, and finally secondary osteoarthritis. Unlike osteoarthritis, the joint space is preserved until collapse. Named osteonecroses include Legg Calve Perthes (child femoral head), Kienbock (lunate, linked with negative ulnar variance), Preiser (scaphoid), Freiberg (second metatarsal head), Kohler (navicular) and Panner (capitellum). Recommend MRI for early disease, protected weight bearing and orthopedic referral.

Sickle cell disease causes marrow hyperplasia and repeated infarction. Look for H shaped vertebrae (square central endplate depressions from infarction of the central growth plate), serpiginous medullary bone infarcts, AVN of the femoral and humeral heads, dactylitis in infants, and widened medullary cavities. Patients are prone to osteomyelitis, classically with Salmonella.

Metabolic and endocrine bone disease

DiseaseFilm hallmarksLabs and notes
OsteoporosisGeneralized lucency, thin cortices (empty box vertebra), accentuated vertical trabeculae, biconcave codfish and wedge vertebrae, insufficiency fracturesAbout 30% bone loss before visible; diagnose with DXA (T score of minus 2.5 or lower); calcium and phosphate normal
Osteomalacia and ricketsFuzzy indistinct trabeculae, Looser zones (pseudofractures perpendicular to the cortex at the femoral neck, pubic rami, ribs, scapula); rickets: cupped, frayed, widened metaphysesLow vitamin D, low or normal calcium, low phosphate, high alkaline phosphatase
Paget diseaseOlder adult; enlarged bone with thick coarse trabeculae and cortex; picture frame or ivory vertebra; lytic front (blade of grass) in long bones, osteoporosis circumscripta and cotton wool skull; thickened iliopectineal line; bowingMarkedly raised alkaline phosphatase, normal calcium; complications: fracture, stenosis, deafness, rare osteosarcoma
HyperparathyroidismSubperiosteal resorption on the radial side of the middle phalanges of the index and middle fingers (classic), tuft and distal clavicle resorption, salt and pepper skull, brown tumors, chondrocalcinosisHigh calcium and PTH, low phosphate (primary)
Renal osteodystrophyHyperparathyroid signs plus rugger jersey spine (dense endplate bands), soft tissue and vascular calcificationChronic kidney disease
AcromegalyEnlarged vertebral bodies with posterior scalloping, widened joint spaces, spade like tufts, thick heel padGrowth hormone excess
Board tip. Paget versus blastic metastasis in a dense vertebra: Paget makes the bone bigger with a thick cortical frame and coarse trabeculae; metastasis does not enlarge the bone and may destroy the pedicle. Rugger jersey (bands) belongs to renal osteodystrophy, picture frame (thick rim, big bone) to Paget, H vertebra to sickle cell.
Case. Door card: 54 year old man with type 2 diabetes, 4 weeks of worsening low back pain that does not ease at rest, night sweats; a dental abscess was treated 2 months ago. Lateral lumbar film is posted.
Reasoning: Describe: "The L3 to L4 disc space is markedly narrowed compared with the film from last year; the inferior endplate of L3 and superior endplate of L4 are indistinct and eroded; no vacuum phenomenon; the pedicles are intact." Impression: "Destruction of the L3 to L4 disc and both adjacent endplates, consistent with pyogenic discitis and vertebral osteomyelitis." Recommendation: "No manipulation. Take his temperature and perform a neurologic exam. Same day referral for MRI with contrast, ESR, CRP, CBC and blood cultures; emergency referral if he has fever with neurologic deficit, which raises concern for epidural abscess." Critical actions: recognize that the disc is destroyed (pointing to infection, not tumor), connect the risk factors and refer urgently.
Key point

Infection destroys the disc and both endplates; tumor spares the disc; degeneration narrows it with sharp sclerotic plates and sometimes gas. AVN keeps the joint space until the head collapses; MRI finds it early. Learn the shapes: H vertebra (sickle cell), picture frame (Paget), rugger jersey (renal osteodystrophy), codfish (osteoporosis), plus Looser zones of osteomalacia and subperiosteal resorption of hyperparathyroidism.

Section 5Soft tissue findings on spine and chest films

Look outside the bones

The soft tissues are a review area that candidates skip under time pressure, and examiners know it. A lateral lumbar film shows the abdominal aorta and the kidneys; a thoracic or cervical film shows lung apices, pleura and the prevertebral space; an AP lumbar or pelvis film shows the renal outlines, the gallbladder region and the pelvic calcifications. Finish every film by sweeping these areas deliberately and saying that you did: "Soft tissues: no abnormal calcification, aorta not dilated, lung apices clear."

Abdominal aortic aneurysm

An abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA) is a dilation of the aorta to 3 cm or more (normal is about 2 cm). Most are infrarenal and lie in front of L2 to L4, ending at the bifurcation at about L4. Risk factors are age over 65, male sex, smoking, hypertension, atherosclerosis and family history. On the lateral lumbar film, atherosclerotic calcification often outlines the walls as thin curvilinear lines in front of the vertebral bodies; measure from the outer edge of the anterior wall to the outer edge of the posterior wall. A plain film can suggest an aneurysm but cannot exclude one, because many are not calcified. Confirmation is by ultrasound (or CT).

L1L2L3L4L5 about 5 cm calcifiedanterior wall bifurcationnear L4 Aortic size Normal: about 2 cm 3 cm or more: aneurysm Recommendation Ultrasound and vascular follow up for any AAA About 5.5 cm (men) or 5 cm (women): repair usually considered Pain, tenderness or rapid growth: urgent referral Back or abdominal pain with low blood pressure or fainting: call EMS
Figure 4.6 Abdominal aortic aneurysm on a lateral lumbar film. Calcified walls outline an aorta that bulges forward in front of L3. Measure outer wall to outer wall; 3 cm or more is an aneurysm, and the speed of referral depends on size and symptoms.

The recommendation depends on size and symptoms. Any AAA needs confirmation by ultrasound and referral to the patient's physician or a vascular surgeon for surveillance; the commonly taught repair threshold is about 5.5 cm in men (about 5 cm in women) or growth faster than about 0.5 to 1 cm per year. A tender or painful aneurysm is an urgent referral; back, flank or abdominal pain with hypotension, syncope or a pulsatile mass suggests rupture, a 911 emergency. Avoid forceful lumbar manipulation, especially rotational side posture thrusts and deep abdominal pressure, in a patient with a known or suspected aneurysm until it has been evaluated; many clinicians use low force methods only.

Case. Door card: 71 year old man, a smoker with hypertension, mid low back ache for 3 weeks, not changed by movement or position. Lateral lumbar film is posted.
Reasoning: After the bones, sweep the soft tissues. Describe: "Curvilinear calcification of the anterior and posterior walls of the abdominal aorta in front of L2 to L4; the anterior wall bulges forward, and the outer wall to outer wall diameter measures about 5 cm. Mild degenerative disc disease at L4 to L5." Impression: "Calcified abdominal aortic aneurysm, about 5 cm." Recommendation: "No lumbar manipulation today. Check blood pressure and palpate the abdomen gently for a pulsatile, tender mass. Because his pain is not mechanical and the aneurysm is large, refer him urgently (same day) for ultrasound or CT and vascular surgery evaluation. Tell him to call 911 if pain becomes severe or he feels faint." Critical actions: look beyond the bones, measure, link nonmechanical pain to a possible symptomatic aneurysm, withhold manipulation and refer at the right speed.

Abdominal and pelvic calcifications

CalcificationWhere and what it looks likeSignificance and action
Renal stoneDense focus over the renal shadow at about L1 to L2, or along the ureter (over the transverse processes, across the SI joint, into the pelvis); most stones are calcium containing and radiopaqueFlank pain radiating to the groin, hematuria; refer (urinalysis, CT); fever with obstruction is an emergency
Staghorn calculusBranching dense stone filling the renal collecting systemUsually struvite with chronic infection; urology referral
GallstonesRight upper quadrant at about L1 to L2, laminated or faceted rings; only a minority are radiopaqueRight upper quadrant pain after fatty meals, referred right scapular pain; ultrasound, refer
Porcelain gallbladderCalcified gallbladder wallAssociated with gallbladder cancer; surgical referral
Pancreatic calcificationSpeckled densities across the midline at about L1 to L2Chronic pancreatitis (alcohol); refer
PhlebolithsSmall round pelvic densities with lucent centersNormal calcified pelvic veins; do not call them ureteral stones
Uterine fibroidPopcorn calcification in the pelvisUsually incidental
Mesenteric lymph nodes, costal cartilageMottled clusters; calcified rib cartilageUsually incidental

Chest findings on spine films

Thoracic and cervical films show part of the lungs. A solitary pulmonary nodule (under 3 cm) or mass (3 cm or more) seen on a spine film needs a dedicated chest film or CT and referral; a smoker, an irregular or spiculated edge, or growth raise concern for cancer. The classic trap is a Pancoast (superior sulcus) tumor: an apical opacity, sometimes with destruction of the first to third ribs, in a smoker with shoulder and arm pain in the C8 to T1 distribution and possibly Horner syndrome (ptosis, miosis, anhidrosis). It mimics a cervical radiculopathy, so always look at the lung apices on cervical and upper thoracic films.

A pneumothorax shows a thin white visceral pleural line with no lung markings beyond it; on a supine film, air collects anteriorly and inferiorly and deepens the costophrenic angle (deep sulcus sign). Spontaneous pneumothorax typically occurs in tall, thin young men and in smokers or people with emphysema; it can also follow rib fracture. A tension pneumothorax (mediastinal shift away from the affected side, flattened diaphragm, worsening breathlessness and falling blood pressure) is a 911 emergency. A pleural effusion blunts the costophrenic angle with a curved meniscus. Rib lesions (lytic metastasis, healing fractures) are also part of the chest sweep.

apical mass, rib destroyed Pancoast tumor: arm pain in C8 to T1,Horner syndrome; mimics radiculopathy pleural line Pneumothorax: no lung markingsbeyond the pleural line air
Figure 4.7 Two chest findings that appear on spine films. Left: a Pancoast tumor at the lung apex can destroy an upper rib and cause arm pain that mimics a cervical radiculopathy. Right: in a pneumothorax the collapsed lung edge is a thin white line with dark air and no lung markings beyond it.

Prevertebral swelling and neck calcifications

On the lateral cervical film, widened prevertebral soft tissue (more than about 7 mm at C2 or 22 mm at C6 in an adult) has three main causes: hematoma from trauma (Chapter 3), retropharyngeal abscess (usually a child or an adult after pharyngeal infection, with fever, painful swallowing, drooling and neck stiffness; sometimes gas in the soft tissue; an emergency because of airway risk) and acute calcific tendinitis of the longus colli (amorphous calcification in front of C1 to C2 with swelling below it, acute neck pain and painful swallowing, self limiting with NSAIDs, but it must be separated from abscess). Other neck calcifications: carotid artery calcification near C3 to C4 (atherosclerosis; recommend carotid ultrasound and physician follow up, and use caution with cervical manipulation), calcified stylohyoid ligament (Eagle syndrome), nuchal ligament ossicles and calcified thyroid or tracheal cartilage (normal with age).

Board tip. On any lumbar lateral, look in front of the spine for the aorta; on any cervical or upper thoracic film, look at the lung apices. An abdominal aortic aneurysm and a Pancoast tumor are the two soft tissue findings most often planted on a "spine" film to see whether you finish the search.
Case. Door card: 24 year old tall, thin man with sudden right sided chest pain and mild breathlessness that began while lifting weights; he thinks he "pulled a rib." A PA thoracic spine film is posted.
Reasoning: State that you looked beyond the spine. Describe: "A thin white pleural line parallels the right lateral chest wall about 2 cm inside it, with no lung markings lateral to the line; no mediastinal shift; no rib fracture." Impression: "Right spontaneous pneumothorax, small to moderate." Recommendation: "No thoracic manipulation. Check vital signs and oxygen saturation if available. Send to the emergency department now; if he becomes more breathless, his blood pressure falls or the trachea shifts, call 911 for a possible tension pneumothorax." Critical actions: find the pleural line, refuse treatment and refer emergently.
StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. Bones doneFinish the skeletal search first"No fracture or bone lesion."
2. Soft tissue sweepPrevertebral space, lung apices and fields, pleura, aorta, kidneys, gallbladder, pelvis"Now the soft tissues."
3. DescribeLocation, size, shape, density"Curvilinear calcification anterior to L3 outlining a 4.5 cm aorta."
4. ImpressionOne line"Abdominal aortic aneurysm."
5. Recommendation and speedImaging, referral, safety advice"Ultrasound and vascular referral; no lumbar thrust; 911 if severe pain or fainting."
Key point

Finish every film with a deliberate soft tissue sweep and say you did it. An aorta of 3 cm or more is an aneurysm (ultrasound and vascular referral, urgent if painful, 911 if ruptured); renal stones sit over the kidney or ureter while phleboliths are normal; an apical mass with arm pain is a Pancoast tumor until proven otherwise; a pleural line with no markings beyond it is a pneumothorax; widened prevertebral tissue means hematoma, abscess or calcific tendinitis.

The chapter in one breath

  • Describe arthritis with ABCDS plus erosions and new bone: OA is nonuniform with osteophytes; RA is uniform with marginal erosions and periarticular osteopenia.
  • RA threatens C1 to C2 (ADI over 3 mm, cranial settling): no cervical manipulation and screen for myelopathy.
  • AS starts in both SI joints and builds thin marginal syndesmophytes (bamboo spine); DISH lays flowing bone over four or more levels with discs preserved; both fracture easily.
  • Gout gives overhanging edge erosions with a preserved joint space; CPPD gives chondrocalcinosis and OA in odd places.
  • Anomalies are not fractures: block vertebra (wasp waist), hemivertebra, butterfly vertebra, transitional segments, spina bifida occulta.
  • Scoliosis is 10 degrees or more by Cobb; Risser grades maturity; observe, brace (about 25 to 40 degrees in a growing child) or refer for surgery (over about 40 to 50); atypical curves need MRI.
  • Aggressive lesions have wide zones of transition, moth eaten or permeative margins, interrupted periosteal reaction and soft tissue masses.
  • Metastasis destroys the pedicle (winking owl) and spares the disc; myeloma punches out holes, spares pedicles early and is cold on bone scan; hemangioma shows vertical striations.
  • Discitis destroys the disc and both endplates; MRI and ESR or CRP early; TB spreads under the ligament with large abscesses.
  • AVN preserves the joint space until collapse; the H vertebra is sickle cell, picture frame is Paget, rugger jersey is renal osteodystrophy, codfish is osteoporosis.
  • Sweep the soft tissues: AAA at 3 cm or more, renal and gallstones, Pancoast tumor, pneumothorax, prevertebral swelling.
  • Every description ends with a recommendation: modify, image further, refer, or call 911.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
OsteophyteDegenerative bony spur that arises near a joint or vertebral margin and, in the spine, projects horizontally before curving.
SyndesmophyteThin vertical ossification of the outer annulus bridging vertebral corners, typical of ankylosing spondylitis.
DISHDiffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis: flowing anterior ossification over four or more levels with preserved discs.
Marginal erosionErosion at the bare area of a joint where synovium meets uncovered bone, typical of rheumatoid arthritis.
Periarticular osteopeniaReduced bone density next to an inflamed joint, an early sign of rheumatoid arthritis.
Cranial settlingUpward migration of the dens toward the foramen magnum in rheumatoid arthritis.
Bamboo spineSpine fused by marginal syndesmophytes in advanced ankylosing spondylitis.
Pencil in cup deformityErosive joint change of psoriatic arthritis in which one bone end tapers into a cupped partner.
TophusSoft tissue deposit of urate crystals in chronic gout, sometimes calcified.
ChondrocalcinosisCalcification of hyaline or fibrocartilage, most often from calcium pyrophosphate deposition.
Block vertebraCongenital failure of segmentation in which two vertebrae are fused, often with a wasp waist.
HemivertebraWedge shaped half vertebra from failure of formation, a cause of congenital scoliosis.
Transitional segmentA lumbosacral vertebra with features of both lumbar and sacral segments (sacralization or lumbarization).
Cobb angleAngle between lines drawn on the endplates of the most tilted end vertebrae of a scoliotic curve.
Risser signGrade of ossification and fusion of the iliac crest apophysis, used to judge remaining spinal growth.
Zone of transitionThe border between a lesion and normal bone; narrow suggests slow growth, wide suggests aggression.
Permeative patternInnumerable tiny lucent holes in bone, a highly aggressive pattern seen in round cell tumors and infection.
Codman triangleTriangle of periosteal new bone lifted at the edge of an aggressive lesion.
Winking owl signA missing pedicle on the AP spine film, a classic sign of metastasis.
Ivory vertebraA uniformly dense vertebra, seen in blastic metastasis, Hodgkin lymphoma and Paget disease.
NidusSmall lucent center of an osteoid osteoma surrounded by reactive sclerosis.
SequestrumFragment of dead bone in chronic osteomyelitis; the surrounding new bone shell is the involucrum.
Crescent signSubchondral lucent line in avascular necrosis indicating subchondral fracture before collapse.
H shaped vertebraVertebra with square central endplate depressions from infarction, typical of sickle cell disease.
Picture frame vertebraEnlarged vertebra with a thick cortical rim, typical of Paget disease.
Rugger jersey spineDense bands under the vertebral endplates in renal osteodystrophy.
Looser zonePseudofracture perpendicular to the cortex in osteomalacia.
Brown tumorLytic lesion of hyperparathyroidism made of fibrous tissue and giant cells.
Abdominal aortic aneurysmDilation of the abdominal aorta to 3 cm or more, often outlined by wall calcification on the lateral lumbar film.
PhlebolithNormal calcified pelvic vein with a lucent center, a common mimic of a ureteral stone.
Pancoast tumorLung cancer at the apex that can destroy upper ribs and cause C8 to T1 arm pain and Horner syndrome.
Deep sulcus signAbnormally deep costophrenic angle on a supine film caused by pneumothorax.

Check yourself

A hand film shows symmetric MCP and PIP joint space loss, periarticular osteopenia and marginal erosions with no osteophytes. What is the likely diagnosis, and which spinal region must be evaluated before any adjustment?
Answer. Rheumatoid arthritis. The upper cervical spine must be assessed for atlantoaxial instability (ADI over 3 mm, dens erosion, cranial settling) with lateral films, because instability is an absolute contraindication to cervical manipulation.
A 66 year old diabetic man has flowing ossification along the right anterolateral thoracic spine from T6 to T11, normal disc heights and normal SI joints. Name the condition and the main safety concern.
Answer. DISH (diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis). The ossified segment is rigid and fractures with minor trauma; such fractures are unstable, so new pain after a fall needs CT, and the fused segment should not be thrust upon.
How do the syndesmophytes of ankylosing spondylitis differ from degenerative osteophytes on a lateral film?
Answer. Syndesmophytes are thin, vertical and arise from the vertebral body margins (corners), bridging the disc; osteophytes arise a few millimeters from the margin, project horizontally and then curve, and accompany disc narrowing and endplate sclerosis.
Which gout finding on film distinguishes it from rheumatoid arthritis?
Answer. Punched out erosions with sclerotic overhanging edges, often away from the joint, with preserved joint space and normal bone density, plus asymmetric tophi. RA shows uniform narrowing, marginal erosions without overhanging edges, and periarticular osteopenia.
On a lateral cervical film, C5 and C6 are fused with a narrow, concave anterior waist at the fused disc level. What is this, and what does it mean for treatment?
Answer. A congenital block vertebra (the wasp waist distinguishes it from acquired fusion). The fused level does not move and adjacent segments are prone to hypermobility and degeneration, so assess and treat neighboring segments with that in mind and do not thrust on the block.
An 11 year old girl has a 32 degree right thoracic curve and Risser grade 0. What is the recommendation?
Answer. Referral to a pediatric orthopedist for bracing evaluation, because the curve is in the bracing range and much growth remains (high risk of progression), with periodic low dose PA films. A left thoracic curve, pain or neurologic signs would also call for MRI.
An AP lumbar film of a 70 year old woman shows a missing left pedicle at L2. What does this suggest and what should you do?
Answer. The winking owl sign, strongly suggesting metastatic disease. No manipulation of the region; neurologic exam; MRI, laboratory tests and urgent referral, with emergency instructions for signs of cord or cauda equina compression.
A lateral lumbar film shows narrowing of the L2 to L3 disc with erosion of the inferior L2 and superior L3 endplates. How does this pattern separate infection from metastasis?
Answer. Destruction of the disc and both adjacent endplates indicates discitis and vertebral osteomyelitis; metastasis usually spares the disc. Recommend MRI, ESR or CRP, CBC and blood cultures, and urgent referral.
Name the vertebral appearance: (a) enlarged body with a thick cortical rim; (b) dense bands under both endplates; (c) square central endplate depressions; (d) smooth biconcave endplates with thin cortex.
Answer. (a) Picture frame vertebra of Paget disease; (b) rugger jersey spine of renal osteodystrophy (secondary hyperparathyroidism); (c) H shaped vertebra of sickle cell disease; (d) codfish vertebra of osteoporosis.
A lateral lumbar film of a 74 year old smoker shows calcified aortic walls in front of L3 measuring 4.2 cm. The patient's pain is mechanical and the abdomen is not tender. What is the recommendation?
Answer. Abdominal aortic aneurysm (3 cm or more). Confirm with ultrasound and refer to his physician or a vascular surgeon for surveillance; avoid forceful lumbar thrusts until evaluated. A painful or tender aneurysm would be urgent, and pain with hypotension or fainting is a 911 emergency.
Chapter 5 · Case Management

The History in a Standardized Patient Encounter

In a case management station the history is where most of the diagnosis is made and where most of the points are quietly lost. Candidates who know their orthopedic tests cold still fail history stations because they forget to introduce themselves, ask leading questions, skip the cauda equina screen or run out of time before the red flags. This chapter turns the history into a repeatable script you can run under a clock with a standardized patient, so that the diagnosis, the safety screen and the professional behaviors examiners score all happen every time.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Open a standardized patient encounter correctly: hand hygiene, introduction, patient identification with two identifiers, consent to proceed and an agreed agenda.
  • Read a door card in seconds and turn it into a short list of working hypotheses that steer the questions you ask.
  • Run a focused history of present illness with OPQRST, moving from open to closed questions without using leading questions.
  • Ask the discriminating questions that separate disc, facet, sacroiliac, radicular, myelopathic, inflammatory and visceral pain.
  • Screen every case for the red flags of cancer, infection, fracture, cauda equina syndrome, vascular emergencies and visceral disease, including the medication and anticoagulant questions.
  • Take a brief, purposeful past, family, social and occupational history and explain why each item matters to diagnosis and to the safety of manual therapy.
  • Recognize yellow flags and functional limitations and record them with simple outcome questions.
  • Summarize the history back to the patient, check understanding, invite corrections and transition cleanly into the examination with consent.
  • Avoid the classic history station errors: jargon, stacked questions, interrupting, ignoring cues and running out of time.

Section 1Opening the encounter

What a history station is testing

Practical exams of this kind usually place you in a small room with a standardized patient (SP), an actor trained to portray a case consistently and, in many formats, to score or help score your performance. You read a door card outside the room that gives the patient's name, age, sex, the reason for the visit and sometimes vital signs, then you enter and perform a task under a time limit. Some stations ask only for a history; others combine history and examination; still others follow with written items or a patient note. Scoring generally combines checklist items (did you ask about bladder function, did you ask about night pain), communication and professionalism ratings (introduction, respect, plain language, empathy), and critical actions, the small number of behaviors whose omission can sink the station regardless of everything else, such as failing to screen for a red flag that the case was written around. The exact number of stations, their timing and the weighting of each domain change over time, so read the current official candidate materials and practice to whatever timing they describe.

Think of three overlapping scores: content (the facts that matter), process (how you collected them) and safety (catching what would hurt the patient if missed). Charm without the saddle numbness question fails; a complete checklist delivered as an interrogation loses process points.

The door card: your first 30 seconds of thinking

The door card is the only information you get before the clock is running in the room, so use it. Read it for four things: who (age and sex shift the probabilities more than anything else), what (the chief complaint), the task (history only, history and exam, or focused exam) and any data (vitals, a medication, a prior diagnosis). Then build a working list of three to five hypotheses, including at least one serious condition that must not be missed. A 68 year old man with new thoracic pain should make you think of compression fracture, metastasis, aortic aneurysm or dissection, cardiac disease and herpes zoster before you think of a rib subluxation. A 24 year old woman with neck pain after a rear end collision suggests whiplash associated disorder, facet sprain, muscle strain, and a must not miss list of fracture, ligamentous instability and cervical artery dissection.

Door card elementWhat it should triggerExample
Age over 50Raise priority of cancer, fracture, vascular disease and degenerative causesNew back pain at 62: ask cancer history, weight loss, night pain, AAA symptoms
Trauma in the complaintMechanism, fracture rules, neurological symptomsFall, collision, sport: ask force, position, immediate symptoms, ability to walk or move the neck
Abnormal vital signSystemic illness or a contraindicationFever: infection; BP very high: refer before manual care; tachycardia: anxiety, pain, infection, cardiac
Medication listedBleeding, bone, tendon or symptom masking riskWarfarin or a direct oral anticoagulant, long term prednisone, bisphosphonate, fluoroquinolone
Task wordingWhat will be scored"Obtain a focused history" means do not start an examination; "history and examination" means budget time for both

The first minute in the room

The opening is the most predictable part of the station and the easiest place to earn reliable points. Do it the same way every time so that it costs no thought.

  1. Knock and enter. Make eye contact and smile appropriately to the situation (a patient in severe pain does not want a grin).
  2. Hand hygiene. Sanitize or wash your hands in view of the patient, or say that you are doing so if the setting is simulated.
  3. Introduce yourself with your name and role: "Hello, I am Dr. Patel, one of the chiropractors here."
  4. Identify the patient with two identifiers, usually full name and date of birth: "Can you tell me your full name and date of birth?" Asking the patient to state them, rather than reading them aloud and waiting for a nod, is the safer habit.
  5. Ask how they prefer to be addressed and use that name.
  6. Attend to comfort. Offer a seat or position of ease, notice obvious distress, and adjust the gown or drape if needed.
  7. State the purpose and get consent to proceed: "I would like to ask you some questions about your back and then, with your permission, examine you. Is that all right?"
  8. Set the agenda: "Is there anything else you were hoping we would address today?" This one question surfaces hidden concerns (a fear of cancer, a work form) that otherwise appear at the end and wreck your timing.
Shape of a history station (illustrative proportions) Door card Opening and consent History of present illness open question, then OPQRST Red flags and systems PMH, FH, SH, work Sum and exit Outside the room Time runs out Process points earned throughout Introduction, two identifiers, consent Open questions, no leading questions Plain language, empathy statements Listening without interrupting Critical actions not to miss Red flag screen that fits the case Bladder, bowel, saddle sensation Anticoagulants and steroids Act on an emergency, do not continue
Figure 5.1 The shape of a history station. The widths are illustrative, not official timings: the history of present illness takes the largest share, the red flag screen must always fit inside the clock, and process points are earned in every phase, not only at the start.

Consent at the start of a history

Consent in a history station is lighter than consent for an adjustment, but it still exists. You are asking permission to collect personal information and, usually, to examine afterward. A short statement of purpose with a question ("Is that all right with you?") is enough. If the SP hesitates, explore it: "You seem unsure. What worries you about that?" Never proceed over an objection. Respect for autonomy is a scored professional behavior, and an SP may be scripted to test it by declining part of the encounter. If a patient declines the examination, acknowledge it, explain what you will not be able to determine without it, offer alternatives, and document the refusal.

Rapport inside a time limit

Rapport is not small talk; there is no time for it. In a station, rapport comes from a handful of fast behaviors: using the patient's preferred name, sitting at eye level, an open posture, a brief empathy statement when the patient expresses pain or worry, and visibly listening. The most efficient empathy technique is naming and validating: "That sounds really frightening, waking up unable to move your leg" takes three seconds and earns credit on most communication scales. Avoid false reassurance ("I am sure it is nothing") before you have any data; it is both unprofessional and potentially unsafe.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. EnterKnock, enter, make eye contact"Good morning."
2. HygieneSanitize hands in view"I am just going to clean my hands first."
3. IntroduceName and role"I am Dr. Lee, a chiropractor here at the clinic."
4. IdentifyTwo identifiers stated by the patient"Could you tell me your full name and date of birth, please?"
5. Preferred nameAsk and then use it"What would you like me to call you?"
6. ComfortOffer position, notice distress"Are you comfortable sitting, or would you rather stand?"
7. Purpose and consentExplain the plan, ask permission"I would like to ask about your back pain and then examine you. Is that all right?"
8. AgendaElicit all concerns early"Before we start, is there anything else you would like us to cover today?"
9. Open questionHand the floor to the patient"Tell me what has been happening."
Board tip. The opening is checklist gold because it is identical in every station. Rehearse it until it takes well under a minute and happens even when you are nervous. Candidates most often drop the second identifier, the hand hygiene and the agenda question; all three are cheap points and the identifier is a patient safety behavior, not a courtesy.
Case. Door card: Marisol Ortega, 41, female. "My lower back went out yesterday." Task: obtain a focused history. Vital signs: BP 128/82, pulse 88, respirations 16, temperature 98.4°F.
Reasoning: Before entering, list hypotheses: acute mechanical low back pain (muscle strain, facet or sacroiliac sprain), discogenic pain or radiculopathy, and the must not miss group of cauda equina syndrome, infection (she is afebrile, which lowers but does not exclude it), fracture and visceral causes such as kidney stone or a gynecologic source. Enter, sanitize hands, introduce yourself, ask her to state her full name and date of birth, ask what she prefers to be called, notice she is standing and leaning on the table and say "You look really uncomfortable; please stay in whatever position is easiest." State the plan, ask permission, and ask "Is there anything else you want to make sure we talk about today?" She says she is worried she will lose her job if she cannot lift. Acknowledge it ("That is a real worry, and we will come back to work before you leave"), then open with "Tell me what happened yesterday." Critical actions: two identifiers, consent, the agenda question that surfaced a yellow flag, and a plan to screen bladder, bowel and saddle sensation later in the history.
Key point

The opening is a fixed routine: door card hypotheses, hand hygiene, introduction, two identifiers stated by the patient, preferred name, comfort, purpose with consent, and an agenda question. It costs little time, earns reliable process points, protects the patient, and sets up the rapport that makes the rest of the history fast and honest.

Section 2The focused history under time

Start open, then funnel

The history of present illness begins with an open question and a short period of uninterrupted listening. Patients who are allowed to finish their opening statement typically take well under two minutes and volunteer much of the history; interrupting early makes the history longer, not shorter, because you then have to retrieve what they would have told you. Use facilitators ("Go on," "And then?", a nod, a brief silence) to keep the story moving. When the opening statement ends, ask "Anything else?" once, then move to focused questions to fill in what is missing, and finish with closed questions for specific yes or no facts such as red flags. This open to closed movement is the question funnel.

The question funnel Open patient's own story Focused OPQRST Discriminating test hypotheses Closed red flags "Tell me what has been happening." Listen without interrupting "Where exactly is the pain? Does it travel?" Onset, provocation, quality, region, severity, timing "What happens to it when you cough?" Disc versus facet versus visceral "Any numbness between your legs?" Specific yes or no safety questions
Figure 5.2 The question funnel. Start wide so the patient tells the story, narrow to OPQRST, then ask the few discriminating questions that separate your hypotheses, and close with direct red flag questions. Closed questions are not leading questions: "Any numbness?" is closed but neutral.

The chief complaint

Record the chief complaint in the patient's words and confirm its location by asking the patient to point with one finger. "My back" can mean the thoracolumbar junction, the lumbosacral junction, the sacroiliac joint or the flank; the one finger test localizes it instantly and differentiates a focal source (a finger pointing to the posterior superior iliac spine suggests the sacroiliac joint, the Fortin finger sign) from a diffuse one (a sweeping hand over the whole region). If there is more than one complaint, list them all and ask which matters most today.

OPQRST, done efficiently

Most graduates know OPQRST; the station skill is asking each element in one natural question and not missing any. Some programs teach the variant OPPQRST (with palliative and provocative separated) or add A for associated symptoms and U for "what do you think it is" (understanding). Associated symptoms should never be skipped, because they are where numbness, weakness, bladder change, fever and visceral clues appear.

ElementNatural one line questionWhat answers point toward
Onset"When did this start, and what were you doing?"Specific event: strain, sprain, disc or fracture; insidious: degenerative, inflammatory, neoplastic; sudden without cause: disc, vascular, visceral
Provocation"What makes it worse?"Flexion, sitting, coughing: disc; extension, rotation, standing: facet or stenosis; walking with relief on sitting or bending forward: neurogenic claudication; nothing changes it: nonmechanical
Palliation"What makes it better? Have you tried anything?"Rest relief: mechanical; exercise relief: inflammatory; no relief at all: red flag; medication response
Quality"How would you describe the pain?"Dull ache: somatic; sharp shooting or electric: radicular; burning: neuropathic; tearing: dissection; colicky: visceral hollow organ
Region and radiation"Show me where it is. Does it go anywhere else?"Below the knee or elbow in a band: radicular; diffuse above the knee: somatic referred; flank to groin: kidney stone
Severity"On a scale of 0 to 10, where is it now, at best and at worst?"Baseline for outcomes; severity out of proportion to findings raises suspicion of serious disease or central sensitization
Timing"Is it constant or does it come and go? Is it worse at any time of day or night?"Morning stiffness over 30 minutes: inflammatory; end of day: mechanical or degenerative; constant night pain not eased by position: tumor or infection
Associated symptoms"Have you noticed anything else with it, like numbness, tingling or weakness?"Neurological involvement, systemic illness, visceral symptoms

Prioritizing questions that change the diagnosis

Under time, every question should earn its place by changing the probability of a hypothesis or clearing a danger. Experienced clinicians ask far fewer questions than novices but ask the discriminating ones. A useful habit is to ask yourself, before each question, "If the answer is yes, what would I do differently?" If the answer is nothing, skip it or save it for the end.

Hypotheses to separateDiscriminating questionWhy it helps
Disc versus facet"Is it worse sitting and bending forward, or standing and leaning back?"Flexion and sitting load the disc; extension and rotation load the facets
Radicular versus somatic referred"Does the pain go below your knee? Is it worse in the leg or the back?"Radicular pain is usually leg dominant and often below the knee; somatic referral usually stays above it
Radiculopathy"Any numbness or weakness, like catching your toe or dropping things?"Objective deficit changes the urgency and the examination
Neurogenic versus vascular claudication"When your legs hurt on walking, does standing still help or do you have to sit or bend forward?"Vascular claudication eases on standing still; neurogenic claudication needs flexion or sitting and is often easier walking uphill or leaning on a cart
Inflammatory versus mechanical"How long are you stiff in the morning? Does exercise help or hurt?"Prolonged stiffness that improves with movement suggests spondyloarthritis
Myelopathy"Any clumsiness in the hands, trouble with buttons, or a change in how you walk?"Cord signs change management to referral
Musculoskeletal versus visceral"Does moving or changing position change the pain at all?"Visceral pain is largely unaffected by movement and linked to organ function such as eating, urination or exertion

Mechanism of injury questions

When trauma is involved, mechanism predicts injury and drives the fracture screen. For a collision ask direction of impact, seat belt and headrest, head position at impact, loss of consciousness, ability to walk at the scene and when symptoms began; for a fall ask height and what landed first; for lifting ask load and posture (flexion with rotation is the classic disc mechanism). Inability to bear weight, midline tenderness, neurological symptoms or a dangerous mechanism flag possible fracture and imaging before manual care.

Avoiding leading questions

A leading question suggests the answer: "The pain is worse when you bend forward, right?" or "You have not had any bladder problems, have you?" Leading questions corrupt the data, and standardized patients are often trained to respond to them in a way that exposes the error, for example by simply agreeing. Neutral phrasing gives the patient room to answer either way: "What happens to the pain when you bend forward?" A related trap is the stacked question, several questions in one breath ("Any fever, chills, weight loss or night sweats?"). The patient answers only the last item, or says "no" to the bundle, and you have screened nothing. Ask red flag items one at a time or in small clusters with a pause for each answer.

AvoidProblemBetter
"It is a sharp pain, isn't it?"Leading"How would you describe the pain?"
"No bladder problems?"Leading toward no"Have you noticed any change in how your bladder works?"
"Any fever, chills, sweats or weight loss?"Stacked"Have you had a fever?" pause, "Have you lost weight without trying?" pause
"Do you have radiculopathy symptoms?"Jargon"Does the pain shoot down your leg? Any numbness or tingling?"
"It is probably just a pulled muscle."Premature closure and false reassurance"I will have a better idea once I examine you."
Board tip. Closed is not the same as leading. "Have you had any numbness in the area you would sit on a saddle?" is closed but neutral and is exactly how a red flag should be asked. "You haven't had any saddle numbness, have you?" is leading. Examiners listen for the difference.

Responding to cues

Standardized patients are often scripted with cues, small verbal or nonverbal hints that should prompt a follow up: a pause before answering, "well, my dad had something like this," a wince, a comment about stress or about losing weight "but I have been dieting." A cue you ignore is usually a checklist item you lose. Pick it up immediately: "You mentioned your dad. What happened to him?" Many cases hinge on a single cue that converts a mechanical story into a red flag.

Case. Door card: Thomas Grant, 56, male. "Pain down my right leg for three weeks." Task: history and focused examination.
Reasoning: Hypotheses: L5 or S1 radiculopathy from disc herniation, lateral recess or foraminal stenosis, piriformis or deep gluteal syndrome, hip pathology, and the must not miss group of metastasis (age over 50), cauda equina syndrome and vascular claudication or aneurysm. After the opening, ask "Tell me about the pain in your leg." He describes burning pain from the buttock to the outside of the calf and the top of the foot, worse sitting. Funnel: "Does it go below your knee?" (yes, to the foot), "Is the leg or the back worse?" (leg), "What happens when you cough or sneeze?" (shoots down the leg), "Any numbness?" (top of the foot), "Any weakness, like catching your toe?" (he trips on curbs). That pattern is L5. Now the closed screen one item at a time: saddle sensation, bladder and bowel function, sexual function, both legs or one, progression of weakness, cancer history, weight loss, night pain, fever. Pick up any cue (he mentions "my PSA was a little high last year"): that is a cancer cue at age 56 with nerve root pain and must be explored and documented. Critical actions: neutral wording, single item red flag questions, the cancer cue followed, and a transition that plans heel walking, great toe extension strength and dermatomal testing in the examination.
Key point

Open, listen, funnel. Let the patient tell the story, fill gaps with OPQRST including associated symptoms, then spend your remaining questions on the few that separate your hypotheses. Phrase questions neutrally, ask one thing at a time, chase every cue, and protect the time you need for the red flag screen.

Section 3Red flag and system questions that must not be skipped

Why the red flag screen is the core of the station

Most spinal and extremity complaints seen by chiropractors are mechanical and benign, which is exactly why the board tests the exceptions. A case management station is often written around one serious condition hidden inside an ordinary story: the "muscle strain" that is a compression fracture in a patient on long term prednisone, the "sciatica" with a new urinary hesitancy, the "upper back pain" that is an aortic dissection. The red flag screen is what proves you are safe to practice as a primary contact provider. Individually, most red flags have modest diagnostic accuracy and many patients with benign pain have one or two; their value lies in combinations, in the context of the whole story, and in the fact that missing the few true positives is catastrophic. In a station, ask the screen every time, ask it neutrally and one item at a time, and follow up any positive answer.

The red flag families

Organize the screen into families so that it is fast and complete. For a spinal complaint, every history should touch cancer, infection, fracture, cauda equina or cord compromise, vascular causes, visceral causes and medications. Extremity and headache cases have their own additions.

FamilyQuestions to ask (one at a time)High risk answers
Cancer"Have you ever been diagnosed with cancer?" "Have you lost weight without trying?" "Does the pain wake you or stay at night no matter how you lie?" "Have you tried treatment that has not helped?"Prior cancer (breast, lung, prostate, kidney, thyroid, myeloma), unexplained weight loss (about 10 lb or 5 percent in 6 months), age over 50, constant night pain, failure of conservative care after about a month
Infection"Any fever, chills or sweats?" "Any recent infection, surgery, dental work or procedure?" "Any conditions or medicines that lower your immunity?" "Have you ever injected drugs?"Fever, recent urinary or skin infection, spinal procedure, diabetes, immunosuppression, injection drug use, indwelling catheter
Fracture"Did you fall or have any injury?" "Have you been told you have thin bones?" "Have you taken steroid tablets for a long time?"Significant trauma, minor trauma in an older or osteoporotic patient, prolonged corticosteroids, age over 70, sudden onset after a cough or bend in an older woman
Cauda equina and cord"Any numbness around your bottom or between your legs?" "Any change in passing urine, like difficulty starting, not feeling it, or leaking?" "Any change in bowel control?" "Any change in sexual function?" "Is the pain or numbness in one leg or both?" "Is any weakness getting worse?" For the neck: "Any clumsy hands or trouble walking?"Saddle anesthesia, urinary retention or incontinence, fecal incontinence, sexual dysfunction, bilateral sciatica, progressive motor loss, gait disturbance or hand clumsiness
VascularAbdominal aorta: "Any throbbing or pulsing in your belly?" "Do you smoke or have high blood pressure?" Cervical arteries: "Any dizziness, double vision, trouble speaking or swallowing, drop attacks, facial numbness or unsteadiness?" "Is this headache or neck pain different from anything before?"Tearing or ripping pain, pulsatile abdominal mass, older male smoker, new severe unilateral neck pain with headache, any brainstem or hemispheric neurological symptom
Visceral"Does the pain change with eating, passing urine or bowel movements?" "Any burning on urination or blood in the urine?" "Any chest pain or breathlessness with exertion?" For women: "When was your last period? Could you be pregnant? Any unusual bleeding or discharge?"Pain unrelated to movement, colicky flank pain to the groin, hematuria, exertional chest, jaw or arm pain, postprandial pain, abnormal menstrual or pregnancy history
Medications"What medicines do you take, including over the counter and supplements?" "Do you take any blood thinners?" "Any steroids?"Anticoagulants, long term corticosteroids, recent fluoroquinolone, statin with myalgia, bisphosphonate (thigh pain and atypical femoral fracture), opioids masking symptoms
Every spine case ask each family Cancer history, weight loss, night Infection fever, IVDU, immune Fracture trauma, steroids, age Cauda equina saddle, bladder, bowel Vascular AAA, dissection, 5 D's Visceral pain ignores movement Medications anticoagulant, steroid Ask one item at a time, neutrally, and follow up every yes
Figure 5.3 The red flag families. Every spinal history touches all seven, even briefly; the case's age, sex and story decide which family deserves the deepest questioning. A single positive answer is followed up before you move on.

Cauda equina syndrome: ask it every lumbar case

Cauda equina syndrome (CES) is compression of the lumbosacral nerve roots below the conus medullaris, most often by a large central disc herniation at L4 to L5 or L5 to S1; tumor, epidural abscess, hematoma and fracture are other causes. Its early features (bilateral or alternating sciatica, altered saddle sensation, a subtle change in urinary stream or sensation) are easy to miss, and outcomes depend heavily on how quickly decompression occurs, especially before established urinary retention. That makes the CES questions a classic critical action. Ask about saddle or perineal numbness, urinary change (hesitancy, poor stream, loss of the sensation of a full bladder, retention, overflow incontinence), bowel change (loss of control or sensation), sexual dysfunction, bilateral leg symptoms and progressive weakness. Use plain anatomical words the patient understands: "the area you would sit on a bicycle seat," "when you wipe after the toilet, does it feel normal?"

If any of these are new, the station has changed from a history to an emergency: stop, explain your concern honestly and calmly, do not examine further than needed or treat, and arrange same day emergency evaluation with MRI and surgical assessment. Do not send the patient home to "see how it goes." Document the time, what was found and to whom the patient was referred.

Board tip. The single most common critical omission in low back pain stations is the bladder and bowel question. Make it automatic: in every lumbar or leg pain history, ask about saddle sensation, bladder, bowel and both legs, one item at a time, and say the answers aloud in your summary so the examiner hears that they were covered.

Cervical spine and headache red flags

Neck pain and headache cases add vascular and neurological screens. Cervical artery dissection (vertebral or internal carotid) classically presents as new, severe, often unilateral neck pain or headache that the patient describes as unlike any previous pain, sometimes after minor trauma or sudden neck movement, and it may be followed by ischemic signs. The posterior circulation symptoms are often remembered as the 5 D's and 3 N's: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia and drop attacks; nausea, numbness (often facial or perioral) and nystagmus, plus ataxia. Internal carotid dissection may add a partial Horner syndrome (ptosis and miosis), pulsatile tinnitus or hemispheric signs. A patient who describes these symptoms is a referral, not a treatment candidate.

For headache, the SNOOP list organizes the red flags: Systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss, cancer, immunosuppression), Neurological signs or symptoms (confusion, weakness, visual loss, papilledema), Onset sudden (thunderclap, maximal within a minute: subarachnoid hemorrhage until proven otherwise), Older age at onset (new headache after 50: consider giant cell arteritis, with jaw claudication, scalp tenderness and visual symptoms), and Pattern change (progressive, positional, worse with Valsalva, or a change in a long standing headache). Ask about pregnancy and the postpartum period, recent head trauma and anticoagulant use as well.

For neck pain after trauma, the fracture questions follow the logic of the Canadian C-spine rule: high risk factors (age 65 or more, a dangerous mechanism such as a fall from height, high speed collision, rollover or ejection, or limb paresthesias) and whether the patient could sit up, walk or rotate the neck afterward. Upper motor neuron symptoms (hand clumsiness, gait change, Lhermitte sign) raise the question of cervical myelopathy.

Thoracic and visceral screens

Thoracic pain carries the highest density of visceral mimics, so the history must ask whether pain relates to breathing (pleuritic pain from pleurisy, pulmonary embolus or pneumothorax), exertion (angina), eating (gallbladder, peptic ulcer, pancreas) and position (mechanical). Ask about cough, breathlessness, sweating, nausea, a rash (herpes zoster may begin with dermatomal pain days before the rash), and risk factors for cardiac and vascular disease. Sudden severe tearing chest or interscapular pain is aortic dissection until proven otherwise; this is an emergency services call.

Musculoskeletal complaintVisceral mimicHistory clue
Left shoulder, arm or jaw painMyocardial ischemiaComes with exertion, eases with rest, sweating, breathlessness, nausea
Right shoulder or scapular painGallbladder diseaseAfter fatty meals, right upper quadrant discomfort, nausea
Midthoracic painPeptic ulcer, pancreatitis, aortic disease, esophageal diseaseRelation to meals or alcohol, tearing quality, dysphagia
Flank or low back painKidney stone, pyelonephritisColicky pain to the groin, restlessness, hematuria, fever and dysuria
Low back pain in an older smokerAbdominal aortic aneurysmDeep pulsing or tearing pain, pulsatile abdominal mass, unrelated to movement
Low back or pelvic pain in womenEndometriosis, ovarian cyst, ectopic pregnancy, pelvic inflammatory diseaseCyclic pattern, abnormal bleeding, possible pregnancy, fever and discharge
Sacral or low back pain in older menProstate disease or cancerUrinary symptoms, elevated PSA, weight loss

Medications and anticoagulants

The medication history is both a diagnostic clue and a safety screen for manual therapy. Ask for every prescription, over the counter drug and supplement, then ask the high yield classes by name, because patients forget them. Anticoagulants do not automatically forbid all manual care, but they change force, technique and the threshold for imaging after trauma, and a patient on one with a new severe headache or neurological sign needs emergency evaluation for bleeding. Ask about allergies at the same time.

Medication classClinical relevance in the station
Anticoagulants (warfarin, apixaban, rivaroxaban, dabigatran)Bleeding risk; modify force and technique; low threshold for imaging after trauma; new headache or deficit is an emergency
Corticosteroids (long term)Osteoporosis and fracture, infection risk, masked fever, avascular necrosis
FluoroquinolonesTendinopathy and tendon rupture, especially Achilles
StatinsMyalgia, rarely rhabdomyolysis
BisphosphonatesAtypical femoral fracture with prodromal thigh pain
Case. Door card: Evelyn Moore, 72, female. "Sudden mid back pain since yesterday." Task: focused history. BP 142/86, pulse 84.
Reasoning: At 72 with sudden thoracic pain, the hypotheses are osteoporotic compression fracture, metastasis or myeloma, herpes zoster, aortic disease, cardiac or pulmonary pain, and mechanical thoracic pain last. After the opening and open question, she says the pain started when she lifted a laundry basket. OPQRST: sharp band like pain at the level of her bra strap, worse with standing and turning in bed, eased lying still, no radiation down the legs. Now the families, one item at a time. Fracture: "Have you been told you have thin bones?" (yes, osteopenia) "Have you taken steroid tablets?" (prednisone for polymyalgia for two years). Cancer: prior breast cancer 15 years ago, no weight loss, pain at night only when turning. Infection: no fever. Vascular: "Is the pain tearing or ripping? Does it go to your chest?" (no). Visceral: no relation to eating or breathing. Neurological: no leg weakness, no bladder change, no band of numbness. Medications: prednisone, calcium, apixaban for atrial fibrillation. Critical actions: identify the steroid and osteopenia history as a high probability of compression fracture, note the past breast cancer that keeps metastasis on the list, flag the anticoagulant as a manual therapy safety issue, and plan imaging before any thoracic manipulation.
Key point

Screen every spinal case across seven families: cancer, infection, fracture, cauda equina and cord, vascular, visceral and medications. Ask one item at a time in plain words, give cauda equina and the anticoagulant question special priority, and treat any new positive as a change of plan, not a box to tick.

Section 4Past, family, social and occupational history in brief

Purpose, not completeness

The past, family and social history (PFSH) is where a station history differs most from a real new patient intake. In clinic you collect all of it; in a station you ask the items that change the diagnosis, the safety of care or the plan, and you ask them fast. Signpost the shift ("I would like to ask a little about your health in general"), then move briskly through each part with one or two questions. Many checklists award points for touching each domain, so a brief question in each is better than a long excursion into one.

Past medical history Prior episodes and their treatment Surgery, fractures, hospitalizations Cancer, diabetes, osteoporosis, heart, clotting or bleeding disorder Why: risk and recurrence Family history Inflammatory arthritis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease Cancer, aneurysm, early heart disease, connective tissue disorder Why: heritable disease Social history Tobacco (pack years), alcohol Recreational and injected drugs Exercise, sleep, stress, support Mood and fear of movement Why: risk and yellow flags Occupational history Job title and actual physical tasks Lifting, sitting, driving, vibration Work injury, time off, modified duty Job satisfaction and claim status Why: cause, goals, return to work
Figure 5.4 The four parts of a brief past, family, social and occupational history. One or two well chosen questions per quadrant are usually enough in a station; each quadrant answers a different question about risk, cause or prognosis.

Past medical history

Ask about prior episodes of the same problem ("Have you had this before? What helped?"), then surgeries, fractures, hospitalizations and the chronic conditions that alter diagnosis or the safety of care, summarized below. Ask about allergies with the medications.

Past history itemWhy it matters in a chiropractic station
Prior episodes and response to careRecurrence pattern, likely prognosis, what to repeat or avoid
Spinal surgery or fusion, hardwareContraindication to manipulation at the fused or instrumented level; altered biomechanics above and below
CancerMetastasis risk; bone involvement changes technique and imaging
OsteoporosisFracture risk; low force techniques, imaging after minor trauma
Rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndromeAtlantoaxial instability; upper cervical manipulation contraindicated until stability is established
Ankylosing spondylitisFused spine fractures after minor trauma; manipulation of ankylosed segments contraindicated
DiabetesInfection risk, peripheral neuropathy confusing the neurological exam, vascular disease
Bleeding or clotting disorderHemarthrosis, epidural hematoma, deep vein thrombosis
Cardiovascular disease, hypertensionVisceral mimics, vascular risk, vital sign thresholds for care

Family history

Family history is short but occasionally decisive. Ask about inflammatory arthritis and its relatives (ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, uveitis), since HLA-B27 associated disease clusters in families; then cancer, aneurysm, early cardiovascular disease, connective tissue disorders and a parent with hip fracture (a FRAX risk factor). One screening question covers most of it; unbundle any yes.

Social history

Tobacco in pack years (disc degeneration, delayed healing, osteoporosis, lung cancer with spinal metastasis, aneurysm), alcohol (falls, fractures, pancreatitis, avascular necrosis), drugs including injection use (spinal infection), activity and sport, sleep, and home support. Mood and beliefs are where the yellow flags appear, and a station patient may be scripted with them.

Ask about the patient's understanding and expectations: "What do you think is causing this?" and "What are you hoping we can do?" These two questions surface fear avoidance beliefs ("I think my spine is crumbling, so I have stopped moving"), catastrophizing, unrealistic expectations and hidden worries such as cancer. They also give you the language for the explanation at the end of the encounter.

Flag typeWhat it isStation question
YellowPsychological factors predicting chronicity: fear avoidance, catastrophizing, low mood, passive coping"How is this affecting your mood?" "What do you think will happen if you keep moving?"
BluePerceptions about work: feeling that work causes harm, low support, high demand"How do you feel about going back to work?"
BlackSystem and contextual obstacles: compensation rules, litigation, employer policy"Is there a work claim or legal case connected with this?"
OrangePsychiatric illness needing specialist care"Have you had thoughts of harming yourself?" when mood is clearly low

If a patient discloses suicidal thoughts or abuse, the station has changed again. Respond with empathy, ask directly about intent, plan and safety, do not leave the patient alone if risk is immediate, and follow the referral pathway for urgent mental health or safety support. Examiners score this as a safety critical action just as they would a cauda equina finding.

Occupational history

Ask the job title and, more importantly, what the patient actually does physically: lifting (how much, how often, from what height), sustained sitting or standing, driving (whole body vibration), overhead work, repetitive hand use, keyboard and screen set up. Ask whether the problem began at work (a work injury has reporting and documentation implications), whether they are working now, on modified duty or off work, and what they need to be able to do to return. This shapes functional goals ("lift 40 lb from floor to waist" is a measurable goal for a warehouse worker) and identifies occupational risk factors and blue flags.

Board tip. Two questions in the social history do double duty: "What do you think is causing this?" and "What are you hoping for?" They score as patient centered communication, surface yellow flags and hidden fears, and hand you the words to use in your explanation and plan.
Case. Door card: Darnell Hayes, 27, male. "Low back stiffness for six months." Task: history.
Reasoning: A young man with months of back stiffness: think axial spondyloarthritis early, alongside mechanical back pain, spondylolysis and disc disease. OPQRST gives insidious onset, morning stiffness lasting about an hour, improvement after a shower and exercise, worse with rest, waking in the second half of the night, alternating buttock pain. That is an inflammatory back pain profile. Now let the PFSH confirm it: past history of a painful red eye treated with drops (anterior uveitis), a swollen Achilles tendon last year (enthesitis); family history: "My dad has a really stiff back and psoriasis"; social history: smokes half a pack a day for eight years (four pack years; smoking worsens progression in spondyloarthritis); occupation: forklift driver with long sitting. Critical actions: picking up the eye and heel cues instead of moving on, asking the family history question that revealed the hereditary clue, and the bowel question (inflammatory bowel disease is associated). Plan to transition to an examination including chest expansion, Schober test and sacroiliac assessment, and to explain that blood work and imaging will likely be needed with rheumatology co management.
Key point

In a station the past, family, social and occupational history is brief and purposeful: prior episodes and serious conditions that alter safety, heritable disease, smoking, alcohol and drugs, the physical demands and status of work, function, and the patient's own beliefs and expectations. Touch every domain, chase every cue, and treat disclosures of self harm or abuse as safety emergencies.

Section 5Summarizing and transitioning to the exam

Why the summary earns points

The summary is where the examiner hears your reasoning: two or three sentences of key positives and key negatives prove you collected the right data, and the patient gets a chance to correct an error before it reaches your diagnosis and note. Checklists often score "summarized" and "checked accuracy" as separate items.

Structure of a station summary

  1. Signpost: "Let me make sure I have understood everything correctly."
  2. Restate the story in plain language: who, what, since when, how it started, the main pattern.
  3. State the important negatives aloud, especially the red flags you cleared: "You have not noticed any numbness between your legs or changes with your bladder or bowels, and you have had no fever or weight loss."
  4. Include the patient's concern and goals: "And you are worried about getting back to lifting at work."
  5. Check accuracy: "Did I get that right? Is there anything I have missed or anything you would like to add?"
  6. Respond to any correction or new information, which may send you back to a red flag question.

Keep the summary short. A long recitation of every answer wastes the clock and sounds like reading a list. The summary should contain what you would put in the first lines of the patient note: the working impression in lay terms and the facts that support it, plus the safety negatives.

Signpost "Let me check" Summarize positives, negatives Check "Did I get it right?" Explain exam plan Consent drape, chaperone Patient corrects or adds: clarify, then re-summarize Begin examination narrate as you go If a red flag emergency emerged Stop the routine. Explain the concern honestly. Arrange emergency or same day referral. Do not treat. Document time and actions.
Figure 5.5 From summary to examination. The check step loops back whenever the patient corrects you; the consent step includes draping and a chaperone offer. A red flag emergency breaks the chain entirely and the encounter becomes a referral.

Explaining what comes next

The transition to the examination needs three things: an explanation of what the examination involves, a check on comfort and modesty, and consent. Say which areas you will examine and whether clothing needs to be adjusted, offer a gown and drape, and offer a chaperone for any sensitive examination or whenever the patient would prefer one. Explain that some tests may reproduce the pain and that the patient should tell you immediately if anything is too uncomfortable, and that they can ask you to stop at any time.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. SignpostPause and face the patient"Let me make sure I have understood you correctly."
2. Summarize positivesRestate the core story in lay terms"For two weeks you have had low back pain that shoots down the back of your right leg to the foot, worse with sitting and coughing."
3. Summarize negativesState the cleared red flags"No numbness between the legs, no bladder or bowel change, no fever, no weight loss, no history of cancer."
4. Concern and goalsReflect the patient's agenda"And you want to get back to coaching your son's team."
5. Check accuracyInvite correction"Did I get that right? Anything to add?"
6. Explain the examinationSay what and why"Next I would like to examine your back, check the nerves to your legs and do some tests that may reproduce the pain."
7. Modesty and chaperoneOffer gown, drape and chaperone"You will need to change into a gown; I will step out. Would you like someone else present?"
8. Consent and stop ruleObtain consent, set the stop signal"Is that all right? Tell me right away if anything is too painful and I will stop."

When the history changes the plan

If the history has revealed an emergency, the transition is to referral, not to an examination. Minimal assessment that does not delay care (vital signs, a quick neurological screen) is reasonable; provocative tests and treatment are not. Explain the concern plainly, arrange the right level of care, do not let a patient with possible stroke or dissection drive, and document. Chapter 7 develops these scenarios.

History findingTransitionWhat you say
Routine mechanical presentation, red flags negativeProceed to the planned examination"Thank you, that is very helpful. Next I would like to examine you."
Possible fracture, cancer or infection, stable patientCareful examination, no provocative or manipulative procedures, plan imaging or labs and referral"Some of what you have told me means I want to rule out a few things before any treatment."
New saddle anesthesia, urinary retention or progressive weaknessSame day emergency referral"These symptoms can mean the nerves at the bottom of your spine are under pressure, which needs to be checked in the emergency department today."
Stroke or dissection symptoms, thunderclap headache, tearing chest painCall emergency services, stay with the patient"I am concerned this may involve a blood vessel. I am calling for emergency help now."
Disclosed suicidal intent or abuseSafety assessment and urgent appropriate referral"Thank you for telling me. Your safety matters most right now. Let us work out together who can help today."
Board tip. Say your red flag negatives aloud in the summary. Examiners score what they hear, and a summary that states "no saddle numbness, no bladder or bowel change, no fever, no weight loss, no cancer history" both proves you asked and gives the SP a final chance to correct you if you misheard.
Case. Door card: Priya Raman, 38, female. "Neck pain and headache since a car accident four days ago." Task: history, then transition to examination.
Reasoning: The history reveals a rear end collision at moderate speed, head turned left at impact, headrest low, neck pain starting that evening, occipital headache, no loss of consciousness, walking at the scene. Red flags: no midline bony tenderness she is aware of, no arm numbness or weakness, no dizziness, no double vision, no trouble speaking or swallowing, no drop attacks, no facial numbness, the headache is not the worst of her life and not worsening, no anticoagulants. Summary aloud: "So since the collision four days ago you have had neck pain and a headache at the back of your head, worse turning your head, with no numbness or weakness in your arms, no dizziness, vision or speech problems, and the headache is steady rather than getting worse. You are worried about missing work as a dental hygienist. Did I get that right?" She adds: "Actually, yesterday the left side of my face felt funny for a few minutes." That correction converts the station: transient facial numbness after a neck injury is a possible posterior circulation symptom of vertebral artery dissection. Critical actions: do not proceed to provocative cervical testing or manipulation, take vital signs and a quick neurological and cranial nerve screen if it does not delay care, explain your concern calmly, arrange urgent emergency evaluation with vascular imaging, advise her not to drive herself, and document. The summary was what exposed the missing fact.
Key point

End the history with a short summary of the key positives and the red flag negatives, the patient's concerns and goals, and an explicit accuracy check. Then explain the examination, offer gown, drape and chaperone, and obtain consent with a stop signal. If the history has uncovered an emergency, the transition is to referral, not to testing.

The chapter in one breath

  • History stations score content (the right facts), process (communication and professionalism) and safety (critical actions); aim for all three every time and check official candidate materials for current format and timing.
  • Use the door card to build three to five hypotheses, including a must not miss diagnosis, before you enter.
  • Open the same way every time: hand hygiene, introduction, two identifiers stated by the patient, preferred name, comfort, purpose with consent, and an agenda question.
  • Start with an open question and listen, then funnel through OPQRST with associated symptoms, then ask the discriminating questions that separate your hypotheses.
  • Closed questions are fine; leading and stacked questions are not. Ask red flags one at a time in plain words.
  • Pick up every cue: a parent with a similar problem, an old cancer, a "funny feeling" in the face, a recent infection.
  • Screen seven red flag families in every spine case: cancer, infection, fracture, cauda equina and cord, vascular, visceral and medications.
  • The cauda equina questions (saddle sensation, bladder, bowel, sexual function, both legs, progressive weakness) are the most common critical omission in low back stations.
  • Neck and headache cases add the 5 D's and 3 N's of vertebrobasilar ischemia and the SNOOP headache red flags.
  • Always ask about anticoagulants and long term corticosteroids, which change both diagnosis and the safety of manual care.
  • Keep the PFSH brief and purposeful: prior episodes, serious conditions, heritable disease, smoking and alcohol, work demands, function and the patient's own beliefs and yellow flags.
  • Summarize positives and red flag negatives aloud, check accuracy, then explain the exam, offer drape and chaperone, and obtain consent; an emergency turns the transition into a referral.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Standardized patientA trained actor who portrays a scripted clinical case consistently for teaching or assessment and may help score the encounter.
Door cardThe brief written information posted outside a station: patient details, the reason for the visit, sometimes vital signs, and the task to perform.
Critical actionA behavior so important to patient safety or the case that its omission can fail the station regardless of other performance.
Two identifiersTwo independent pieces of patient information, usually full name and date of birth, used to confirm identity before care.
History of present illnessThe detailed chronological account of the current problem, organized with a framework such as OPQRST.
OPQRSTMnemonic for onset, provocation and palliation, quality, region and radiation, severity and timing of a symptom.
Leading questionA question worded to suggest the expected answer, which biases the history.
CueA verbal or nonverbal hint from the patient that signals information worth exploring.
Discriminating questionA question whose answer meaningfully raises or lowers the probability of one hypothesis over another.
Fortin finger signThe patient points with one finger to an area just inferomedial to the posterior superior iliac spine, suggesting sacroiliac joint pain.
Red flagA history or examination feature that raises suspicion of serious pathology needing urgent investigation or referral.
Cauda equina syndromeCompression of the lumbosacral nerve roots below the conus, producing saddle anesthesia, bladder, bowel and sexual dysfunction and leg weakness; a surgical emergency.
Saddle anesthesiaNumbness of the perineum, buttocks and inner thighs in the S3 to S5 distribution.
Neurogenic claudicationLeg pain or heaviness with walking or standing from lumbar spinal stenosis, relieved by sitting or flexing the spine.
Vascular claudicationExertional calf or leg pain from arterial insufficiency, relieved by simply standing still.
5 D's and 3 N'sMemory aid for posterior circulation ischemia: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks; nausea, numbness, nystagmus.
Cervical artery dissectionA tear in the wall of a vertebral or internal carotid artery that can cause neck pain, headache and stroke.
SNOOPHeadache red flag mnemonic: systemic symptoms, neurological signs, sudden onset, older age at onset, pattern change.
Direct oral anticoagulantAn anticoagulant such as apixaban, rivaroxaban or dabigatran that acts directly on factor Xa or thrombin.
PFSHPast, family and social history, the background history that follows the present illness.
Yellow flagsPsychosocial factors such as fear avoidance, catastrophizing and low mood that predict persistent pain and disability.
Fear avoidanceThe belief that activity will cause harm, leading the patient to avoid movement and become more disabled.
Inflammatory back painBack pain with insidious onset before about age 40, morning stiffness, improvement with exercise and not with rest, and night pain.
Teach backAsking the patient to explain information in their own words to confirm understanding.
ChaperoneA third person present during an examination to support the patient's comfort and safety and protect both parties.

Check yourself

You enter a station and say, "You are Mr. James Holt, right?" The patient nods. What is wrong with this identification, and what should you do instead?
Answer. It is a leading identification with only one identifier, and a nod can come from a distracted or confused patient. Ask the patient to state two identifiers, usually full name and date of birth, and compare them with the record.
A candidate asks, "Any fever, chills, night sweats or weight loss?" and the patient says no. Has the infection and cancer screen been completed?
Answer. No. That is a stacked question; the patient may have answered only the last item. Ask each one separately with a pause for the answer, and add the other items in each family (cancer history, night pain, immunosuppression, recent procedures, injection drug use).
Rewrite the question "Your pain gets worse when you sit, doesn't it?" so that it is not leading.
Answer. "What happens to your pain when you sit?" or "What positions make the pain worse?" Neutral wording lets the patient answer either way and keeps the data honest.
A 45 year old with three days of right sciatica says the pain is now in both legs and that he "has not been able to go much" when urinating since yesterday. What should happen next in the station?
Answer. This suggests cauda equina syndrome (bilateral sciatica and new urinary hesitancy or retention). Ask about saddle sensation and bowel control, stop routine testing and any treatment, explain the concern, arrange same day emergency evaluation with MRI and surgical assessment, and document.
Which two questions in the social history most efficiently surface yellow flags and the patient's hidden worries?
Answer. "What do you think is causing this?" and "What are you hoping we can do?" They reveal beliefs such as fear avoidance or fear of cancer and the patient's expectations, and they supply the language for your later explanation.
A 66 year old man reports leg pain on walking two blocks that eases if he sits down or leans forward on a shopping cart, but not if he simply stands still. Which type of claudication is this?
Answer. Neurogenic claudication from lumbar spinal stenosis. Flexion widens the canal and foramina; vascular claudication eases with standing still and is related to muscle oxygen demand, not posture.
Name the posterior circulation symptoms summarized by the 5 D's and 3 N's.
Answer. Dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia and drop attacks; nausea, numbness and nystagmus (with ataxia often added). Any of these with new neck pain or headache suggests vertebrobasilar ischemia or dissection and calls for emergency referral, not manipulation.
Why does the medication history matter so much before manual therapy? Give three classes and their relevance.
Answer. Anticoagulants increase bleeding risk and lower the threshold for imaging after trauma; long term corticosteroids cause osteoporosis, fracture and masked infection; fluoroquinolones are linked to tendon rupture (also acceptable: bisphosphonates and atypical femoral fracture, statins and myalgia).
A 29 year old man has two years of low back pain with an hour of morning stiffness that improves with exercise. Which past and family history questions are most useful?
Answer. Ask about uveitis (painful red eye), enthesitis such as heel pain, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, and a family history of ankylosing spondylitis or psoriasis. These support axial spondyloarthritis, an HLA-B27 associated inflammatory disease.
What should a station summary contain, and why include the negatives?
Answer. The key positives of the story in lay terms, the red flag negatives, the patient's concerns and goals, and an accuracy check. Stating negatives proves to the examiner that the screen was done and gives the patient a final chance to correct something important.
Chapter 6 · Case Management

Performing the Examination in a Station

An examination station rewards what the examiner can see and hear: a test performed with the correct hand placement, in the correct position, explained to the patient, and finished with the finding stated aloud. Knowing that Spurling test suggests a cervical radiculopathy earns nothing if you do it with the head in flexion and then say nothing. This chapter turns the vital signs, orthopedic and neurological examinations into performance routines you can run under time, safely, with the reasoning that tells you which tests deserve the minutes you have.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Measure blood pressure, pulse and respiration with correct technique, recognize the common measurement errors, and interpret values against current adult categories.
  • Perform an efficient general inspection, posture and gait screen and state findings aloud in plain clinical language.
  • Perform the core cervical, thoracic, lumbar and pelvic orthopedic tests correctly and say what a positive finding is and what it suggests.
  • Perform the core shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand, hip, knee and ankle tests with correct positioning, and apply the Ottawa rules.
  • Run a regional neurological screen of dermatomes, myotomes and deep tendon reflexes, grade the findings, and check for upper motor neuron signs.
  • Perform rapid cranial nerve and cerebellar screens and know when they are mandatory.
  • Use sensitivity and specificity (SnNout and SpPin) and test clusters to choose a short, hypothesis driven test list.
  • Maintain draping, consent, communication and safety throughout, and stop testing when a finding changes the plan.

Section 1Vital signs and general examination performance

Why vital signs are scored

Vital signs are the first screen for systemic illness and the first safety check before manual care. A fever turns back pain into a possible infection, a very high blood pressure turns a neck adjustment into a referral, and a fast irregular pulse may be atrial fibrillation in a patient whose "dizziness" you were about to attribute to the neck. In a station, vitals may be given on the door card or you may be asked to measure them. When you measure them, examiners score technique step by step, so the routine must be exact. When they are given, read them and act on any abnormal value.

Blood pressure technique

Correct technique matters because small errors produce large, predictable distortions. Prepare the patient: seated with the back supported, feet flat, legs uncrossed, quiet for a few minutes, no talking during the reading, ideally no caffeine, exercise or smoking in the previous 30 minutes. Bare the upper arm (a sleeve pushed up can act as a tourniquet). Support the arm so the cuff is at heart level (mid sternum).

  1. Choose the cuff size. The bladder length should encircle about 80 percent of the arm and its width about 40 percent of the arm circumference. A cuff that is too small overestimates pressure; too large underestimates it.
  2. Place the cuff snugly with the bladder center (often marked with an arrow) over the brachial artery on the medial arm and the lower edge about 2 to 3 cm above the antecubital crease.
  3. Estimate systolic pressure by palpation. Palpate the radial (or brachial) pulse, inflate until it disappears, note that value, and deflate fully. This prevents missing an auscultatory gap, a silent interval in some hypertensive patients that can cause systolic pressure to be underestimated.
  4. Auscultate. Place the stethoscope bell or diaphragm lightly over the brachial artery in the antecubital fossa, not tucked under the cuff. Inflate to 20 to 30 mmHg above the palpated systolic value.
  5. Deflate at 2 to 3 mmHg per second. Faster deflation underestimates systolic and overestimates diastolic pressure.
  6. Read the Korotkoff sounds. The first appearance of repetitive tapping sounds (phase I) is systolic; the disappearance of sounds (phase V) is diastolic in adults. Record to the nearest 2 mmHg.
  7. Deflate fully, wait about a minute before repeating, and average two or more readings. At a first visit, measure both arms and use the higher arm thereafter; a consistent difference over about 10 to 15 mmHg suggests subclavian or aortic disease and is noteworthy in a patient with arm or neck symptoms.
Cuff and stethoscope position 2 to 3 cm Antecubital crease Bladder center over brachial artery Brachial artery Stethoscope Arm supported, cuff at heart level, bare arm, back supported, feet flat Korotkoff sounds Cuff pressure Time (2 to 3 mmHg per second) Phase I: first tapping = systolic Phase V: sounds vanish = diastolic (adults) Sounds
Figure 6.1 Blood pressure technique. The bladder center sits over the brachial artery with the lower edge 2 to 3 cm above the crease and the arm at heart level. As cuff pressure falls steadily, the first repetitive tapping (phase I) marks systolic pressure and the disappearance of sounds (phase V) marks diastolic pressure.
ErrorEffect on reading
Cuff too small for the armFalsely high
Cuff too largeFalsely low
Arm below heart levelFalsely high (hydrostatic pressure)
Arm above heart levelFalsely low
Unsupported arm or back, legs crossedFalsely high (isometric muscle work)
Talking during the reading, full bladder, recent caffeine or nicotineFalsely high
Cuff over clothingUnreliable, usually high
Deflating too fastSystolic underestimated, diastolic overestimated
No palpatory estimate, auscultatory gap presentSystolic underestimated
Single reading, no rest periodOften high (white coat effect, anxiety)

Interpreting blood pressure

The adult categories most commonly taught in the United States are: normal under 120/80; elevated 120 to 129 systolic with diastolic under 80; stage 1 hypertension 130 to 139 systolic or 80 to 89 diastolic; stage 2 hypertension 140 or higher systolic or 90 or higher diastolic. A reading over 180 systolic and/or 120 diastolic is a hypertensive crisis: with signs of target organ damage (chest pain, breathlessness, neurological deficit, visual change, confusion, severe headache) it is an emergency for which you call emergency services; without symptoms it calls for prompt medical evaluation and you should not proceed with manual therapy that day. Recheck any abnormal value after rest before acting, unless the patient is symptomatic. Very low blood pressure with dizziness, fainting or postural change also needs attention; orthostatic hypotension is a fall of 20 mmHg systolic or 10 mmHg diastolic within about three minutes of standing.

Pulse, respiration and temperature

Pulse: palpate the radial artery with the pads of the index and middle fingers (never the thumb, which has its own pulse). If the rhythm is regular, count for 30 seconds and double; if irregular, count a full 60 seconds and note whether it is regularly irregular or irregularly irregular (the latter suggests atrial fibrillation, a stroke risk factor). Normal resting adult rate is 60 to 100 beats per minute; note rate, rhythm and volume. Respiration: count for 30 to 60 seconds while appearing to still take the pulse, because patients change their breathing when they know it is being watched; normal adult rate is 12 to 20 breaths per minute. Note effort, accessory muscle use and pattern. Temperature: normal oral temperature is about 97.8 to 99.1°F (36.5 to 37.3°C), and 100.4°F (38.0°C) or higher is the usual threshold for fever. Pulse oximetry, height, weight and body mass index may also be part of the vitals in some stations.

Vital signAdult reference valueStation action if abnormal
Blood pressureUnder 120/80 normalRecheck; over 180/120 do not treat that day; with symptoms call emergency services
Pulse60 to 100 per minute, regularIrregularly irregular: suspect atrial fibrillation, ask about palpitations, anticoagulation, refer
Respirations12 to 20 per minuteTachypnea with chest pain or breathlessness: consider pulmonary embolus, pneumothorax, cardiac cause
TemperatureAbout 97.8 to 99.1°F100.4°F or higher with spine pain: infection screen, no manipulation, refer
Oxygen saturation95 percent or higher on room airUnder about 92 percent or falling: urgent medical evaluation

General inspection

Inspection starts when you enter the room: how the patient sits, stands, moves and speaks. Describe what you see in neutral, specific terms. Look at general appearance (distress, pallor, sweating, body habitus), posture in three views (head carriage, shoulder and iliac crest levels, scoliosis, kyphosis, lordosis, antalgic lean), gait (antalgic, Trendelenburg, steppage, ataxic, spastic, shuffling), skin (scars, bruising, rashes such as the dermatomal vesicles of herpes zoster, cafe au lait spots, hair tufts over the spine) and muscle bulk (atrophy of the thenar eminence, quadriceps or calf, fasciculations). An antalgic lean away from the painful side has traditionally been linked to a disc lesion lateral to the nerve root and a lean toward it to a medial (axillary) lesion; treat that rule as a teaching heuristic rather than a reliable localizer.

Then palpate and assess range of motion: active range first (willingness and pattern), then passive range where needed (end feel), and resisted isometric testing to separate contractile from inert tissue. Palpate for midline bony tenderness (a fracture screen after trauma), step offs, muscle spasm, trigger points, temperature and swelling.

Verbalizing findings

Examiners cannot score a finding they do not hear. As you finish each test, state the result in one sentence that names the test, the side and the finding: "Right Kemp test produces local right low back pain without leg radiation, suggesting a facet source." Normal findings are stated too: "Blood pressure 124 over 78, right arm, seated. Pulse 72 and regular. Respirations 14. No midline bony tenderness from T10 to the sacrum." In a station where the SP cannot simulate a sign (an absent reflex, a fever), the examiner may hand you a card or tell you the finding when you perform the test correctly; you then state its significance.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. Explain and consentDescribe the blood pressure check"I am going to check your blood pressure. The cuff will squeeze your arm for a moment. Is that all right?"
2. PositionSeat, support back and arm, feet flat, bare arm"Please sit back, keep your feet flat and let your arm rest here."
3. CuffSize, place over brachial artery, 2 to 3 cm above crease"This is the right size cuff for your arm."
4. Palpatory estimateInflate until radial pulse disappears, deflate"First I will feel your pulse as the cuff inflates."
5. AuscultateInflate 20 to 30 above estimate, deflate 2 to 3 per second(Silent while listening)
6. ReportState reading, arm, position"Your blood pressure is 136 over 84 in the right arm while seated. That is in the stage 1 range, so I would like to recheck it."
7. Pulse and respirationRadial pulse 30 seconds; count respirations without announcing it"Pulse 76 and regular. Respirations 16."
Board tip. The two most tested blood pressure errors are cuff size (too small reads high) and arm position (below heart level reads high). The most tested step that candidates skip is the palpatory estimate before auscultation, which protects against the auscultatory gap.
Case. Door card: Gerald Whitman, 63, male. "Neck pain and stiffness for a week." Task: measure vital signs and perform a focused examination.
Reasoning: Explain the blood pressure check and get consent. Seat him with back and arm supported, feet flat, bare the arm, choose a large cuff for his muscular arm, palpate the systolic estimate (about 190), inflate to 220, deflate at 2 to 3 mmHg per second: 186/112. Say it aloud. Pulse is 88 and irregularly irregular; respirations 16. Ask about headache, chest pain, breathlessness, visual change, weakness or confusion: he has a mild headache only. After a few minutes of rest the recheck is 182/110. Critical actions: do not proceed to cervical manipulation; explain that the blood pressure is in the crisis range and the pulse is irregular, that both need medical evaluation today, and that if any chest pain, breathlessness, weakness, speech or vision change occurs he should call emergency services; arrange same day medical assessment; document the readings, arm, position and advice. Had he reported a neurological symptom or chest pain, the action would be an immediate emergency call.
Key point

Vital signs are both a skill station and a safety screen. Prepare the patient, choose the right cuff, place it over the brachial artery at heart level, estimate systolic by palpation, deflate at 2 to 3 mmHg per second, and read phases I and V. Count pulse and respiration properly, inspect systematically, and say every finding, normal or abnormal, out loud.

Section 2Spinal orthopedic test performance

The performance rules for every orthopedic test

Every test has the same five beats: explain what you will do and that it may reproduce symptoms, position the patient correctly, perform the maneuver with correct hand placement and controlled force, ask a neutral question ("What do you feel, and where?"), and state the result and its meaning. Test the uninvolved side first when practical, so the patient knows what to expect and you have a comparison. Stop immediately if the test produces severe pain, neurological symptoms, dizziness or any sign of vascular compromise. Never force a provocative cervical test in a patient whose history suggests instability, fracture or vascular disease; the safest test is the one you do not need.

Cervical tests

TestHow to perform itPositive findingSuggests
Foraminal compressionSeated, head neutral or laterally flexed toward the symptomatic side; press straight down on the vertexRadiating arm pain on that side; local pain only is less specificForaminal encroachment, nerve root irritation; local pain suggests facet
Spurling (maximal foraminal compression variants)Extend, laterally flex and rotate the head toward the symptomatic side, then apply gentle axial pressure; stop at symptom reproductionReproduction of radiating arm pain in a dermatomal patternCervical radiculopathy; high specificity, modest sensitivity
Jackson compressionLaterally flex the head to each side and press downRadiating pain on the side of flexionNerve root compression; local pain suggests facet
DistractionOne hand under the occiput, one under the chin; lift gentlyRelief of arm or neck pain (positive); increased pain suggests muscle or ligament strainRelief supports foraminal or root compression
Shoulder depressionLaterally flex the head away and depress the opposite shoulderRadiating pain on the stretched side; pain on the compressed side suggests foraminal encroachmentDural sleeve adhesion, root tension, brachial plexus traction
Bakody (shoulder abduction relief)Patient places the palm of the symptomatic arm on top of the headRelief of arm painRoot compression, often around C5 to C6, rather than a shoulder lesion
ValsalvaSeated, patient bears down as if strainingSpinal or radiating painSpace occupying lesion: disc, osteophyte, tumor
Upper limb tension test A (median nerve bias)Supine; scapular depression, shoulder abduction, forearm supination, wrist and finger extension, shoulder external rotation, elbow extension, then contralateral neck side bendReproduction of symptoms, side to side difference, change with neck positionNeural tension; high sensitivity for cervical radiculopathy
Lhermitte signSeated or supine; passively flex the neck (with or without hip flexion)Electric shock sensation down the spine or into the limbsCervical cord lesion: myelopathy, multiple sclerosis
Soto HallSupine; stabilize the sternum and passively flex the neckLocalized posterior painPosterior ligament or vertebral body injury; positive after trauma means stop and image

The Wainner clinical prediction rule for cervical radiculopathy combines four findings: a positive upper limb tension test A, a positive Spurling test, a positive distraction test, and cervical rotation under 60 degrees toward the involved side. Three positives make radiculopathy considerably more likely, and four positives make it very likely. Use the cluster as the frame for your cervical neurological examination.

Vertebral artery screening. Positional tests that hold the neck in sustained extension and rotation (often called George test, Maigne or DeKleyn variants) have poor diagnostic accuracy and do not reliably predict who will suffer an adverse event; current guidance emphasizes the history (new severe neck pain or headache, brainstem symptoms), vital signs, the cranial nerve and cerebellar screen and clinical reasoning. If your program or the station expects a positional test, perform it gently, in a position you would use for treatment, watching the eyes for nystagmus and asking about dizziness, and stop at the first symptom. Do not present a negative test as clearance for cervical manipulation.

0 to about 35° slack taken up About 35 to 70° maximal root tension: radiating leg pain suggests disc / root Over about 70° hamstring, sacroiliac or lumbar joint pain Braggard: lower below pain, then dorsiflex Supine, knee straight, raise passively; ask where the pain is felt and at what angle. Back or buttock pain alone is not a positive radicular test.
Figure 6.2 The straight leg raise. Commonly taught zones: up to about 35 degrees of hip flexion takes up slack, about 35 to 70 degrees places maximal tension on the L5 and S1 roots so reproduction of radiating leg pain here suggests root irritation, and pain beyond about 70 degrees is more often from hamstrings, the sacroiliac joint or lumbar joints. Braggard sensitizes the test with dorsiflexion.

Thoracic tests

TestHow to perform itPositive finding and meaning
Adams forward bendStanding, feet together, bend forward with arms hanging; view from behind at eye levelRib hump or paraspinal prominence: structural scoliosis with vertebral rotation; a curve that disappears suggests functional scoliosis
Chest expansionTape at the fourth intercostal space; measure full exhalation and full inspirationExpansion under about 2.5 cm (1 inch) suggests costovertebral restriction, as in ankylosing spondylitis; normal adult is roughly 5 cm or more
Rib springing (rib motion)Prone or side lying; spring each rib angleLocalized pain or restriction: rib fracture, costovertebral dysfunction; avoid in suspected fracture or osteoporosis
SchepelmannSeated, arms overhead, bend laterally each wayPain on the concave side: intercostal neuritis; pain on the convex side: intercostal muscle or fibrous pleural irritation
Beevor signSupine, partial sit up with arms crossed; watch the umbilicusUmbilicus moves upward: weak lower abdominals from a lesion around T10 to T12
AdsonSeated; palpate radial pulse, extend and rotate the head toward the tested side, deep breath heldDiminished pulse with symptom reproduction: scalene compression of the subclavian artery (thoracic outlet)
Eden (costoclavicular)Shoulders drawn back and down (military posture), pulse monitoredDiminished pulse and symptoms: costoclavicular compression
Wright (hyperabduction)Arm hyperabducted overhead, pulse monitoredDiminished pulse and symptoms: pectoralis minor compression
Roos elevated arm stress testArms abducted 90 degrees with elbows flexed 90 degrees; open and close the hands for up to 3 minutesEarly fatigue, heaviness, paresthesia: thoracic outlet syndrome (neurogenic or vascular)

Pulse diminution alone is common in healthy people during the thoracic outlet tests; the finding that counts is reproduction of the patient's symptoms. In the thoracic region, remember the visceral mimics from Chapter 5: if the examination does not reproduce thoracic pain mechanically, say so and consider a nonmusculoskeletal source.

Lumbar tests

TestHow to perform itPositive finding and meaning
Straight leg raise (Lasegue)Supine, knee straight, raise the leg passively by the heelRadiating pain below the knee, usually between about 35 and 70 degrees: L5 or S1 root tension, disc herniation; high sensitivity
BraggardAfter a positive SLR, lower the leg until pain eases, then dorsiflex the footReturn of radiating pain: sciatic nerve tension rather than hamstring
Crossed (well leg) SLRRaise the asymptomatic legPain in the symptomatic leg: large or medial (axillary) disc herniation; high specificity
SlumpSeated; slump the thoracolumbar spine, flex the neck, extend the knee, dorsiflex the foot; release neck flexionSymptom reproduction that eases when the neck is extended: neural tension
BechterewSeated; extend one knee, then the other, then bothRadiating pain or leaning back to avoid it: sciatic tension, disc lesion
KempStanding or seated; extend, rotate and laterally bend toward each side, with gentle downward pressure through the shouldersLocal pain: facet; radiating leg pain: foraminal or lateral disc encroachment
MilgramSupine; raise both straight legs about 2 inches and hold up to 30 secondsInability to hold or pain: intrathecal or intradiscal pressure lesion (also affected by abdominal strength)
ValsalvaSeated, bear downLow back or leg pain: space occupying lesion
Femoral nerve stretch (prone knee bend)Prone; flex the knee, optionally extend the hipAnterior thigh pain: L2 to L4 root irritation; distinguish from rectus femoris tightness
Schober (modified)Mark the lumbosacral junction (dimples of Venus line) and points 10 cm above and 5 cm below; measure in full flexionIncrease under about 5 cm: reduced lumbar flexion, as in ankylosing spondylitis

Pelvic and sacroiliac tests

No single sacroiliac test is reliable, but a cluster is useful. The commonly taught Laslett cluster uses five provocation tests: distraction, thigh thrust, compression, sacral thrust and Gaenslen. Three or more positives of five (or two of the first four, with the thigh thrust included) support the sacroiliac joint as the pain source, particularly when centralization with repeated movements is absent.

TestHow to perform itPositive finding and meaning
Distraction (gapping)Supine; press posterolaterally on both anterior superior iliac spinesReproduction of sacroiliac pain
CompressionSide lying; press down on the uppermost iliac crestReproduction of sacroiliac pain
Thigh thrust (posterior shear)Supine, hip flexed 90 degrees; axial pressure down the femur with the sacrum supportedReproduction of buttock pain on that side
Sacral thrustProne; downward pressure on the sacrumReproduction of sacroiliac pain
GaenslenSupine at the table edge; flex one hip to the chest and lower the other leg off the edge into extensionPain in the sacroiliac joint of the extended side
Patrick FABERESupine; figure four position, press down on the flexed knee and opposite ASISGroin pain: hip joint; posterior pain: sacroiliac joint
YeomanProne; flex the knee and extend the hipSacroiliac pain: anterior sacroiliac ligament; lumbar pain: lumbar facet; anterior thigh: femoral or rectus
HooverSupine; hands under both heels while the patient lifts the symptomatic legNo downward pressure from the opposite heel: incomplete effort; a nonorganic sign, not proof of malingering

The Waddell signs (nonorganic tenderness, simulation, distraction, regional disturbance, overreaction) suggest a nonorganic contribution when three or more of five categories are present. They indicate that psychosocial factors deserve attention; they do not mean there is no pathology and they are not a lie detector. Say so if you use them.

Board tip. Positive means the patient's own symptom is reproduced in the expected location. Local back pain on a straight leg raise is not a positive radicular test; radiating pain below the knee is. Likewise, relief with distraction is the positive finding for that test. State the location of the pain every time.
Case. Door card: Ana Lucero, 39, female. "Neck pain with tingling into my left thumb for two weeks." Task: perform a focused cervical orthopedic examination.
Reasoning: Hypothesis: left C6 radiculopathy (thumb), with differential of carpal tunnel syndrome, thoracic outlet syndrome and a double crush. Explain and consent. Inspect: head held slightly away from the left. Active range: left rotation about 50 degrees with reproduction of arm symptoms. Perform foraminal compression and Spurling to the left gently, stopping at symptom reproduction: "Left Spurling reproduces pain and tingling into the left lateral forearm and thumb, consistent with left C6 nerve root irritation." Distraction: "Distraction relieves the arm symptoms." Upper limb tension test A: positive on the left with a side to side difference. Bakody: relief with hand on head. State the Wainner cluster: four of four positive, making radiculopathy very likely. Then neurological screen of C5 to T1 (Section 4) and a Phalen and Tinel at the wrist to address the differential. Critical actions: test the uninvolved side first where relevant, stop at symptom reproduction, verbalize each finding, and screen for myelopathy (Hoffmann, gait) before concluding.
Key point

Every spinal test is explain, position, perform, ask, and state. Know the correct positioning and what counts as positive, use clusters (Wainner for the neck, Laslett for the sacroiliac joint) rather than single tests, avoid provocative cervical testing when the history suggests instability or vascular disease, and always say where the pain was reproduced.

Section 3Extremity orthopedic test performance

Structure of an extremity examination

Extremity stations follow the same order every time: inspect (swelling, bruising, deformity, atrophy) with both sides exposed for comparison, palpate the specific structures implicated by the history, test active, passive and resisted range of motion, then perform the special tests chosen for your hypotheses, and finish with a neurovascular check distal to the injury (pulses, capillary refill, sensation, strength). Always clear the joint above and below and the relevant spinal region: shoulder pain may come from the cervical spine, knee pain from the hip, and a slipped capital femoral epiphysis in an adolescent classically presents as knee pain. Compare with the uninvolved side throughout.

Shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand

TestHow to perform itPositive finding and meaning
Neer impingementStabilize the scapula; passively flex the internally rotated arm fully overheadAnterolateral shoulder pain: subacromial impingement
Hawkins KennedyShoulder and elbow flexed 90 degrees; passively internally rotate the shoulderPain: subacromial impingement; sensitive
Empty can (Jobe)Arms in 90 degrees abduction in the scapular plane, thumbs down; resist downward pressureWeakness or pain: supraspinatus tendinopathy or tear
Drop armPassively abduct to 90 degrees; patient slowly lowers the armArm drops or cannot be lowered smoothly: full thickness rotator cuff tear; specific
External rotation lagElbow at side flexed 90 degrees; passively externally rotate near end range and ask the patient to holdArm drifts back: infraspinatus or supraspinatus tear
Lift off or belly pressHand behind the back lifted away, or palm pressed into the abdomen with the elbow forwardInability: subscapularis tear
Apprehension and relocationSupine; abduct 90 degrees and externally rotate; then apply posterior pressure on the humeral headApprehension that is relieved by posterior pressure: anterior glenohumeral instability
SpeedElbow extended, forearm supinated; resist forward flexion of the shoulderPain in the bicipital groove: biceps tendinopathy
YergasonElbow flexed 90 degrees, forearm pronated; resist supination and external rotationPain or tendon snapping in the groove: biceps tendinopathy or transverse humeral ligament tear
O'Brien active compressionShoulder flexed 90 degrees, adducted 10 to 15 degrees, thumb down; resist downward force, repeat palm upDeep pain thumb down relieved palm up: labral (SLAP) lesion; pain on top of the shoulder: acromioclavicular joint
Cross body adductionArm flexed 90 degrees and adducted across the chestPain at the acromioclavicular joint
CozenElbow extended, forearm pronated, fist radially deviated; resist wrist extensionLateral epicondyle pain: lateral epicondylopathy
MillPassively pronate the forearm, flex the wrist and extend the elbowLateral epicondyle pain: lateral epicondylopathy
Medial epicondylitis testResist wrist flexion and pronation, or passively supinate and extend the wrist and elbowMedial epicondyle pain: medial epicondylopathy
Valgus and varus stress (elbow)Elbow flexed about 20 to 30 degrees; apply valgus then varus forcePain or laxity: ulnar or radial collateral ligament injury
Elbow flexion test and Tinel at the cubital tunnelFull elbow flexion with wrist extension held; or tap the ulnar grooveParesthesia in the little and ring fingers: cubital tunnel syndrome
PhalenHold both wrists in full flexion for up to 60 secondsParesthesia in the median distribution: carpal tunnel syndrome
Tinel at the wrist and carpal compression (Durkan)Tap over the carpal tunnel; or press the thumbs over it for up to 30 secondsMedian distribution paresthesia: carpal tunnel syndrome; carpal compression is among the more sensitive
Finkelstein (Eichhoff variant)Thumb tucked in a fist, then ulnar deviate the wristPain over the radial styloid: de Quervain tenosynovitis of abductor pollicis longus and extensor pollicis brevis
AllenPatient makes a fist; occlude radial and ulnar arteries; open hand; release one arterySlow return of color (over about 5 to 7 seconds): impaired flow in the released artery

Hip, knee and ankle

TestHow to perform itPositive finding and meaning
Patrick FABERFigure four; press the knee toward the table and stabilize the opposite ASISGroin pain: hip joint; posterior pain: sacroiliac joint
FADIRSupine; flex the hip to 90 degrees, adduct and internally rotateAnterior groin pain: femoroacetabular impingement or labral tear
ThomasSupine at the table end; hug one knee to the chestOpposite thigh lifts: hip flexor contracture; knee extends: rectus femoris tightness
OberSide lying, lower hip and knee flexed; extend and abduct the upper hip, then let it dropLeg stays abducted: iliotibial band or tensor fasciae latae tightness
TrendelenburgStand on one leg for about 30 secondsPelvis drops on the opposite (unsupported) side: weak gluteus medius of the stance leg (superior gluteal nerve, L5)
Log rollSupine; roll the relaxed leg into internal and external rotationGroin pain: intra-articular hip pathology; a useful first test in a painful hip
LachmanSupine, knee flexed 20 to 30 degrees; stabilize the distal femur, draw the proximal tibia forwardIncreased anterior translation with a soft end point: ACL tear; most sensitive ACL test
Anterior and posterior drawerKnee flexed 90 degrees, foot stabilized; pull the tibia forward, then push it backAnterior translation: ACL; posterior translation: PCL
Posterior sag (Godfrey)Hips and knees flexed 90 degrees; view from the sideTibia sags backward: PCL tear
Valgus and varus stressAt 0 and 30 degrees of knee flexionLaxity at 30 degrees only: isolated MCL or LCL; laxity at 0 degrees: collateral plus cruciate or capsular injury
McMurrayFully flex the knee; externally rotate the tibia with valgus stress and extend (medial meniscus), then internally rotate with varus stress and extend (lateral)Painful click or catch on the joint line: meniscal tear
ThessalyStanding on one leg with the knee flexed 20 degrees, rotate the body three times each wayJoint line pain or catching: meniscal tear
Apley compression and distractionProne, knee flexed 90 degrees; compress and rotate, then distract and rotatePain with compression: meniscus; pain with distraction: ligament
Patellar apprehensionKnee slightly flexed; push the patella laterallyApprehension or quadriceps contraction: lateral patellar instability
Bulge (stroke) test and ballottementMilk fluid from the medial gutter upward then stroke the lateral side; or tap the patellaFluid wave or patellar tap: knee effusion
Ankle anterior drawerAnkle slightly plantar flexed; stabilize the tibia, draw the heel forwardExcess translation: anterior talofibular ligament tear
Talar tiltAnkle neutral; invert the calcaneusExcess tilt: calcaneofibular ligament injury
Squeeze and external rotation (Kleiger)Compress the tibia and fibula at mid calf; or externally rotate the foot with the knee flexedDistal leg or ankle pain: syndesmosis (high ankle) sprain
ThompsonProne, foot off the table; squeeze the calfNo plantar flexion: complete Achilles tendon rupture
Draw tibia forward (anterior translation) Hand stabilizes distal femur ACL Femur Tibia Knee flexed about 20 to 30°, patient relaxed Positive: more translation than the other side, soft end point ACL (red) resists the glide; test the other knee first
Figure 6.3 The Lachman test. With the knee in slight flexion, one hand stabilizes the femur while the other draws the proximal tibia forward. The ACL normally gives a firm end point; increased translation with a soft end point compared with the other knee indicates a tear.

Decision rules for imaging after extremity trauma

Two rules are high yield because they combine examination findings into an imaging decision. The Ottawa ankle rules: ankle radiographs are indicated if there is pain in the malleolar zone and either bone tenderness along the distal 6 cm of the posterior edge or tip of the lateral or medial malleolus, or inability to bear weight for four steps both immediately and at the examination. Foot radiographs are indicated if there is midfoot pain and tenderness at the base of the fifth metatarsal or the navicular, or the same inability to bear weight. The Ottawa knee rule: radiographs if age 55 or older, isolated patellar tenderness, fibular head tenderness, inability to flex to 90 degrees, or inability to bear weight for four steps. Both rules are highly sensitive, so a negative rule makes fracture unlikely (Section 5).

Board tip. For the ACL, Lachman is the most sensitive office test and the pivot shift is the most specific but is hard to perform on a guarding patient. For the rotator cuff, the drop arm and external rotation lag point to a full thickness tear; Hawkins Kennedy and Neer are sensitive for impingement but not specific. Matching each test to "rule in" or "rule out" is a common item.
Case. Door card: Kayla Mendez, 22, female soccer player. "Twisted my right knee yesterday; heard a pop." Task: focused knee examination.
Reasoning: A noncontact pivot with a pop and rapid swelling suggests ACL tear, with meniscal tear and MCL sprain as companions, and fracture to exclude. Explain, consent, and drape with shorts. Inspect both knees: right effusion. Apply the Ottawa knee rule aloud: she can bear weight four steps with a limp, no patellar or fibular head tenderness, flexion past 90 degrees, age under 55, so radiographs are not required by the rule. Bulge test positive. Test the left knee first, then the right: "Right Lachman shows increased anterior translation with a soft end point compared with the left, consistent with ACL tear." Anterior drawer positive; valgus stress at 30 degrees mild pain without laxity; McMurray limited by guarding. Check distal pulses and sensation. Critical actions: compare sides, apply the decision rule, avoid forceful testing on an acutely swollen knee, recommend MRI and orthopedic referral, and protect the knee (crutches as needed) in the meantime.
Key point

Run every extremity station as inspect, palpate, range of motion, special tests, neurovascular check, and clear the joint above and below. Know the exact positioning of each test, compare sides, apply the Ottawa rules after trauma, and match tests to their roles: sensitive tests to rule out and specific tests to rule in.

Section 4Neurologic examination performance

The regional neurological screen

For any limb symptom, the neurological screen tests three things for each root level: sensation (the dermatome), strength (the myotome) and the deep tendon reflex. Test both sides, compare, and state the findings by level. Use light touch and sharp versus dull (pinprick with a clean disposable pin) in the center of each dermatome (the autonomous zone, where overlap from adjacent roots is least), and add vibration with a 128 Hz tuning fork and joint position sense at the great toe or index finger when large fiber or dorsal column disease is possible.

RootDermatome (test point)Myotome (key muscle test)Reflex
C5Lateral arm over the deltoidShoulder abduction (deltoid), elbow flexionBiceps
C6Lateral forearm, thumb and index fingerWrist extension, elbow flexionBrachioradialis
C7Middle fingerElbow extension (triceps), wrist flexion, finger extensionTriceps
C8Little finger and medial forearmFinger flexion (grip)None reliable
T1Medial armFinger abduction (interossei)None
L2 and L3Anterior and medial thigh to the medial kneeHip flexion (iliopsoas), hip adductionNone reliable
L4Medial leg and medial malleolusKnee extension, ankle dorsiflexion (tibialis anterior)Patellar
L5Lateral leg, dorsum of the foot and great toeGreat toe extension (extensor hallucis longus), hip abduction; heel walkingMedial hamstring (less reliable)
S1Lateral foot, little toe and soleAnkle plantar flexion and eversion; toe walkingAchilles
Left lower leg, front view Medial Lateral L4 L5 Great toe S1 lateral border, little toe Medial malleolus L4 Ankle dorsiflexion, knee extension Reflex: patellar L5 Great toe extension, hip abduction Heel walk; no reliable reflex S1 Plantar flexion, eversion Toe walk; reflex: Achilles
Figure 6.4 Lower limb root screen, simplified. L4 supplies the medial leg to the medial malleolus, L5 the lateral leg, dorsum of the foot and great toe, and S1 the lateral border of the foot and little toe. Pair each sensory test with its key muscle and reflex, and compare sides. Dermatome maps vary between sources and overlap in reality.

Motor testing and grading

Test strength with the joint in a mid range position, stabilize proximally, and apply resistance gradually ("Don't let me push you down"). Compare sides. Grade on the 0 to 5 Medical Research Council scale: 0 no contraction, 1 flicker or trace contraction, 2 movement with gravity eliminated, 3 movement against gravity only, 4 movement against some resistance, 5 normal strength. Functional tests are fast and sensitive in the lower limb: heel walking (L4 and L5 dorsiflexors), toe walking or repeated single leg heel raises (S1 plantar flexors), and a squat and rise (L3 and L4 quadriceps).

Reflexes and their grading

Position the limb relaxed with the tendon on slight stretch, strike briskly with the hammer swinging freely, and compare sides. Grade on the 0 to 4 scale: 0 absent, 1+ diminished or present only with reinforcement, 2+ normal, 3+ brisker than average, possibly with spread, 4+ very brisk with sustained clonus. If a reflex seems absent, use reinforcement (the Jendrassik maneuver: patient hooks the fingers together and pulls just as you strike for lower limb reflexes; clenching the teeth or a fist for upper limb reflexes) before calling it absent. An isolated reduced reflex with dermatomal and myotomal findings at the same level indicates a lower motor neuron root lesion; generalized hyperreflexia indicates an upper motor neuron problem.

FeatureUpper motor neuron lesionLower motor neuron lesion
LocationBrain or spinal cord (corticospinal tract)Anterior horn cell, root, plexus or peripheral nerve
ReflexesIncreased (3+ to 4+), clonusDecreased or absent
ToneIncreased (spasticity, velocity dependent)Decreased (flaccid)
AtrophyMild, from disuse, lateMarked, early
FasciculationsAbsentMay be present
Pathological reflexesBabinski, Hoffmann, clonus presentAbsent
DistributionPatterns below a level, often bilateralRoot, plexus or nerve distribution

Pathological reflexes

  • Babinski: stroke the lateral sole firmly with a blunt object from the heel toward the ball of the foot, curving medially. Positive (upgoing plantar response): extension of the great toe with fanning of the other toes, an upper motor neuron sign in anyone past infancy.
  • Oppenheim (downward stroke along the tibial crest) and Chaddock (stroke around the lateral malleolus) elicit the same upgoing toe response.
  • Hoffmann: hold the middle finger and flick its distal phalanx downward. Positive: flexion of the thumb and index finger, suggesting cervical cord compression (myelopathy) when asymmetric or with other signs.
  • Ankle clonus: briskly dorsiflex the foot and hold. More than a few beats, or sustained clonus, indicates an upper motor neuron lesion.
  • Superficial abdominal reflexes: stroke each quadrant toward the umbilicus; the umbilicus moves toward the stimulus. Upper quadrants test about T8 to T10, lower about T10 to T12. Loss may accompany upper motor neuron lesions.

Cranial nerve screen

A fast screen is mandatory for headache, dizziness, facial symptoms, neck trauma and any suspected vascular presentation, and useful whenever the cervical spine is examined.

NerveRapid station test
I OlfactoryIdentify a familiar scent with each nostril (often omitted unless indicated)
II OpticVisual acuity, visual fields by confrontation, pupillary light reflex (afferent)
III, IV, VIPupils (III efferent), eye movements in an H pattern, look for diplopia, nystagmus and ptosis
V TrigeminalLight touch on forehead, cheek and jaw; clench the jaw (masseter); corneal reflex if indicated
VII FacialRaise eyebrows, close eyes tightly, smile, puff cheeks
VIII VestibulocochlearFinger rub or whisper at each ear; Weber and Rinne with a 512 Hz fork if hearing differs
IX, XSay "ah": uvula midline, palate rises symmetrically; gag reflex if indicated; voice and swallowing
XI AccessoryShrug shoulders and turn the head against resistance
XII HypoglossalProtrude the tongue: deviation toward the weak side

Cerebellar and coordination screen

Finger to nose (alternating between your finger and the patient's nose, with your target moving): intention tremor and past pointing indicate ipsilateral cerebellar dysfunction. Heel to shin: run the heel down the opposite shin. Rapid alternating movements: pronation and supination of the hand on the thigh; slowness and irregularity is dysdiadochokinesia. Tandem gait (heel to toe) reveals truncal ataxia. The Romberg test (standing with feet together, eyes open and then closed, guarding the patient) is a test of proprioception: a patient who is steady with eyes open but sways or falls with eyes closed has a sensory (dorsal column or peripheral) ataxia, whereas cerebellar ataxia is unsteady even with eyes open. Always stand close enough to catch the patient.

Board tip. The reflex root pairs are a classic: biceps C5, brachioradialis C6, triceps C7, patellar L4, Achilles S1. L5 has no reliable reflex, so test great toe extension, hip abduction and heel walking instead. And Romberg tests proprioception, not the cerebellum.
Case. Door card: Howard Kim, 58, male. "Neck stiffness, and my hands feel clumsy; I keep dropping my keys." Task: focused neurological examination.
Reasoning: Clumsy hands in a man in his late fifties suggest cervical spondylotic myelopathy until proven otherwise; differential includes bilateral carpal tunnel syndrome, peripheral neuropathy and motor neuron disease. Explain and consent. Inspect for intrinsic hand wasting and fasciculations. Test upper limb dermatomes, myotomes and reflexes: "Biceps and triceps reflexes are 3+ bilaterally." Hoffmann: "Positive on the right and left." Lower limbs: patellar 3+, three beats of ankle clonus on the left, Babinski upgoing on the left. Gait: broad based, unsteady tandem walk; Romberg sway with eyes closed (dorsal column involvement). State the conclusion: upper motor neuron signs in all four limbs with hand clumsiness and gait disturbance, consistent with cervical myelopathy. Critical actions: no cervical manipulation, no provocative compression testing, prompt referral for MRI and spine surgical evaluation, and safety advice about falls and about new bladder change or rapid worsening, which would require emergency care.
Key point

Screen each root with a dermatome, a myotome and a reflex, grade strength 0 to 5 and reflexes 0 to 4+, and use reinforcement before calling a reflex absent. Separate lower motor neuron root lesions from upper motor neuron signs (hyperreflexia, clonus, Babinski, Hoffmann), add the cranial nerve and cerebellar screens whenever the head, neck or balance is involved, and say every finding by level and side.

Section 5Choosing which tests to perform

Hypothesis driven examination

A station rarely has time for every test in this chapter, and examiners do not reward a scattershot battery. They reward an examination that follows from the history: each test chosen to confirm or exclude a specific hypothesis, plus the safety screens that the case requires. Before you touch the patient, name your leading diagnosis, the main alternatives and the dangerous possibility. Then select a short sequence: a regional screen (inspection, palpation, range of motion), the two or three special tests that best separate the hypotheses, the neurological screen if any limb symptom or red flag exists, and any safety test the case demands (vital signs, cranial nerves, myelopathy signs, pulses).

Sensitivity, specificity and clusters

Sensitivity is the proportion of people with the condition who test positive; a highly sensitive test that is negative helps rule out (SnNout). Specificity is the proportion of people without the condition who test negative; a highly specific test that is positive helps rule in (SpPin). Likelihood ratios combine both: a positive likelihood ratio above about 5 to 10 meaningfully raises probability, and a negative likelihood ratio below about 0.1 to 0.2 meaningfully lowers it. Single orthopedic tests are often only moderately accurate, which is why validated clusters outperform them.

HypothesisSensitive test to rule outSpecific test or cluster to rule in
Lumbar disc herniation with radiculopathyStraight leg raiseCrossed straight leg raise; matching neurological deficit
Cervical radiculopathyUpper limb tension test ASpurling; Wainner cluster (3 or 4 of 4)
Sacroiliac joint painNegative provocation clusterLaslett cluster (3 or more of 5)
ACL tearLachmanPivot shift
Full thickness rotator cuff tearPainful arc and weakness absentDrop arm, external rotation lag
Ankle or midfoot fracture after traumaOttawa ankle rules negativeRadiographs
Cervical myelopathyNormal gait, reflexes and Hoffmann (reassuring, not definitive)Hyperreflexia, Hoffmann, Babinski, clonus, gait ataxia together
Hypotheses leading, alternative, dangerous Safety screen vitals, red flag signs, consent and draping Regional screen inspect, palpate, range of motion 2 or 3 special tests sensitive: rule out specific: rule in Neurological screen dermatome, myotome, reflex, UMN signs State findings test, side, result, meaning At any step: a red flag finding stops provocative testing Crisis blood pressure, fever, progressive deficit, UMN signs, saddle loss, vascular signs Explain, refer at the right urgency, document
Figure 6.5 A hypothesis driven examination. The history sets the hypotheses, safety comes first, the regional screen narrows the field, a few chosen special tests and the neurological screen decide between hypotheses, and every result is stated aloud. A red flag finding at any point ends provocative testing.

What examiners look for

  • Relevance: tests that match the complaint and the hypotheses, including at least one test aimed at the dangerous alternative.
  • Correct technique: positioning, hand placement, force and sequence as described in this chapter.
  • Bilateral comparison, uninvolved side first where it makes sense.
  • Communication: an explanation before each maneuver, a neutral question after it, and the finding stated aloud.
  • Safety and dignity: consent, draping, chaperone offer, stopping when symptoms escalate, and no provocative testing when red flags are present.
  • Efficiency: grouping tests by position (all standing tests, then seated, supine, side lying, prone) so the patient moves as few times as possible.
PositionTypical lumbopelvic and lower limb tests grouped there
StandingInspection, gait, range of motion, Kemp, Trendelenburg, Adams, heel and toe walk, Romberg
SeatedSlump, Bechterew, Valsalva, reflexes, upper and lower limb sensation and strength
SupineStraight leg raise, Braggard, crossed SLR, FABER, FADIR, Thomas, Gaenslen, distraction, thigh thrust, Babinski, pulses
Side lyingCompression, Ober
ProneSacral thrust, Yeoman, femoral nerve stretch, palpation of spinous processes and paraspinals

Safety and draping

Expose only the area being examined and keep the rest covered. Explain why clothing must be moved, offer a gown, step out or turn away while the patient changes, and use a drape to cover the pelvis and breasts during lumbar, pelvic, hip and thoracic examination. Ask before touching sensitive areas, offer a chaperone for any sensitive examination, and never examine the breast, genitalia or perineum in a station unless the task explicitly requires it; for suspected cauda equina, saddle sensation testing and rectal examination belong in the emergency setting. Throughout, set and honor a stop signal. If a test causes severe pain, new neurological symptoms, dizziness, nausea, visual change or a vasovagal reaction, stop, help the patient into a safe position, monitor vital signs, and change the plan.

Board tip. Sequence tests by patient position rather than by region or alphabet. Standing, seated, supine, side lying, prone saves time, reduces discomfort for a patient in pain and is visible evidence to an examiner that you planned the examination.
Case. Door card: Lorraine Patel, 47, female. "Right buttock pain for six weeks, sometimes into the back of the thigh." Task: focused examination; you have time for a limited number of tests.
Reasoning: Hypotheses: sacroiliac joint pain (leading), L5 or S1 radicular pain, lumbar facet pain, hip joint pathology, and the dangerous possibility of a sacral stress fracture or tumor. Choose: standing inspection, lumbar range of motion and Kemp (facet), heel and toe walk; seated reflexes and slump; supine straight leg raise (sensitive for root tension), FABER (hip versus sacroiliac), distraction, thigh thrust and Gaenslen; side lying compression; prone sacral thrust. State: "Straight leg raise to 80 degrees produces only hamstring tightness, slump negative, reflexes 2+ and symmetric, strength 5 of 5: radiculopathy unlikely. Kemp produces no local pain. FABER produces posterior right sacroiliac pain, not groin pain. Thigh thrust, distraction, compression and sacral thrust are positive on the right: four of five provocation tests positive, supporting right sacroiliac joint pain." Critical actions: a sensitive test to rule out radiculopathy, a validated cluster to rule in the sacroiliac joint, grouping by position, draping for pelvic tests, and asking about night pain and trauma so the stress fracture possibility is addressed.
Key point

Choose tests from your hypotheses, not from a memorized list: a safety screen, a regional screen, two or three special tests chosen for sensitivity or specificity (or a validated cluster), a neurological screen when indicated, and each finding stated aloud. Group tests by position, drape and communicate throughout, and stop provocative testing as soon as a red flag appears.

The chapter in one breath

  • Every test has five beats: explain, position, perform, ask, state; examiners score what they see and hear.
  • Blood pressure: right cuff size, bladder over the brachial artery 2 to 3 cm above the crease, arm at heart level, palpatory estimate, deflate 2 to 3 mmHg per second, phase I systolic and phase V diastolic.
  • A small cuff or a low arm reads high; over 180/120 means no manual care that day, and with symptoms an emergency call.
  • Count the pulse a full minute if irregular and respirations without announcing it; 100.4°F or higher is fever.
  • Cervical: Spurling is specific, ULTT A sensitive, and the Wainner cluster combines them with distraction and rotation; positional vertebral artery tests do not clear a patient for manipulation.
  • Lumbar: SLR is sensitive, the crossed SLR specific; sacroiliac pain is best supported by the Laslett cluster.
  • Extremities: inspect, palpate, range, special tests, neurovascular check, clear the joint above and below; Lachman for the ACL, drop arm and lag signs for full thickness cuff tears, and the Ottawa rules after trauma.
  • Neurological screen: dermatome, myotome and reflex per root (biceps C5, brachioradialis C6, triceps C7, patellar L4, Achilles S1); L5 is tested by great toe extension and hip abduction.
  • Upper motor neuron signs (hyperreflexia, clonus, Babinski, Hoffmann) mean cord or brain involvement and referral, not manipulation.
  • Cranial nerve and cerebellar screens are mandatory for headache, dizziness and neck trauma; Romberg tests proprioception.
  • Choose tests by hypothesis: SnNout, SpPin, clusters, grouping by position, draping, consent and a stop signal throughout.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Korotkoff soundsSounds heard over the brachial artery as cuff pressure falls; phase I marks systolic and phase V marks diastolic pressure.
Auscultatory gapA silent interval between systolic and diastolic sounds that can cause systolic pressure to be underestimated if the cuff is not inflated high enough.
Hypertensive crisisBlood pressure over 180 systolic and/or 120 diastolic; an emergency when target organ symptoms are present.
Orthostatic hypotensionA drop of at least 20 mmHg systolic or 10 mmHg diastolic within about three minutes of standing.
Spurling testExtension, lateral flexion and rotation of the neck toward the symptomatic side with axial pressure; radiating arm pain suggests radiculopathy.
Upper limb tension test AA sequence of shoulder, elbow, wrist and neck positions that tensions the median nerve and roots; sensitive for cervical radiculopathy.
Wainner clusterFour findings (ULTT A, Spurling, distraction, rotation under 60 degrees) whose combination predicts cervical radiculopathy.
Lhermitte signElectric shock sensation down the spine on neck flexion, suggesting a cervical cord lesion.
Straight leg raisePassive hip flexion with the knee straight; radiating leg pain between about 35 and 70 degrees suggests lumbosacral root tension.
Crossed straight leg raiseRaising the asymptomatic leg reproduces pain in the symptomatic leg; specific for disc herniation.
Laslett clusterFive sacroiliac provocation tests; three or more positives support the sacroiliac joint as the pain source.
Waddell signsFive categories of nonorganic findings; three or more suggest psychosocial contribution, not malingering.
Lachman testAnterior translation of the tibia with the knee in 20 to 30 degrees of flexion; the most sensitive office test for ACL tear.
McMurray testKnee flexion with rotation and varus or valgus stress during extension; a painful click suggests meniscal tear.
Ottawa ankle rulesClinical rule using malleolar, navicular and fifth metatarsal tenderness and weight bearing to decide on radiographs.
Thompson testSqueezing the calf of a prone patient; absent plantar flexion indicates Achilles rupture.
DermatomeThe area of skin supplied by the sensory fibers of a single spinal nerve root.
MyotomeThe group of muscles supplied mainly by a single spinal nerve root.
Jendrassik maneuverReinforcement by having the patient pull hooked fingers apart while a lower limb reflex is tested.
Babinski signGreat toe extension with fanning of the toes on stroking the lateral sole; an upper motor neuron sign.
Hoffmann signThumb and index flexion when the distal phalanx of the middle finger is flicked; suggests cervical cord compression.
ClonusRhythmic involuntary contractions after a sudden sustained stretch, indicating an upper motor neuron lesion.
Romberg testStanding with feet together and eyes closed; increased sway with eyes closed indicates impaired proprioception.
SensitivityThe proportion of people with a condition who test positive; a negative highly sensitive test helps rule out (SnNout).
SpecificityThe proportion of people without a condition who test negative; a positive highly specific test helps rule in (SpPin).

Check yourself

A candidate uses a standard adult cuff on a patient with a large, muscular arm and lets the arm hang by the patient's side. In which direction will both errors push the reading?
Answer. Both falsely raise it. A cuff too small for the arm needs more pressure to occlude the artery, and an arm below heart level adds hydrostatic pressure.
Why should you estimate systolic pressure by palpation before auscultating?
Answer. To make sure you inflate high enough to avoid an auscultatory gap, which could otherwise lead you to record a falsely low systolic value.
Describe the correct performance of Spurling test and what counts as positive.
Answer. With the patient seated, extend, laterally flex and rotate the head toward the symptomatic side and apply gentle axial pressure, stopping at symptom reproduction. Positive is reproduction of radiating arm pain in a dermatomal pattern; local neck pain alone suggests a facet source.
A straight leg raise reproduces low back pain at 50 degrees but no leg pain. Is the test positive for radiculopathy?
Answer. No. A positive radicular SLR reproduces radiating leg pain, usually below the knee, in roughly the 35 to 70 degree range. Back pain alone is nonspecific.
Which sacroiliac findings make the sacroiliac joint the likely pain source?
Answer. Three or more positives of the five Laslett provocation tests (distraction, thigh thrust, compression, sacral thrust, Gaenslen), ideally including the thigh thrust, with radiculopathy ruled out.
A 19 year old rolls her ankle and can walk four steps with a limp. She is tender at the tip of the lateral malleolus. Are ankle radiographs indicated by the Ottawa rules?
Answer. Yes. Bone tenderness at the posterior edge or tip of either malleolus within the distal 6 cm is enough, even when the patient can bear weight.
How do you perform a Lachman test, and why is it preferred over the anterior drawer?
Answer. Supine, knee flexed 20 to 30 degrees, stabilize the distal femur and draw the proximal tibia forward, comparing sides. It is more sensitive because hamstring guarding and the posterior horn of the meniscus block translation less in slight flexion than at 90 degrees.
A patient has weak great toe extension, numbness over the dorsum of the foot and normal patellar and Achilles reflexes. Which root is involved?
Answer. L5. It has no reliable deep tendon reflex, so normal patellar (L4) and Achilles (S1) reflexes are expected; confirm with heel walking and hip abduction strength.
A 60 year old with neck pain has 3+ reflexes in all limbs, a positive Hoffmann and sustained ankle clonus. What does this mean for the station?
Answer. Upper motor neuron signs suggest cervical myelopathy. Stop provocative cervical testing, do not manipulate, explain the concern, and refer for MRI and spine surgical evaluation, urgently if deficits are progressing.
A patient sways and nearly falls when closing the eyes with feet together but is steady with eyes open. What does this indicate?
Answer. A positive Romberg test, indicating impaired proprioception (sensory ataxia from dorsal column or peripheral nerve disease). Cerebellar ataxia causes unsteadiness even with the eyes open.
Chapter 7 · Case Management

Diagnosis, Orders and Management Decisions

A case management station is where the examiner finds out whether you can think like a primary contact doctor: take a set of findings, name what is wrong, decide what else could be wrong, order only the tests that change the plan, and choose between treating, co-managing and referring. Candidates who perform the history and examination well still lose the station when the impression is vague, the orders are a shotgun list, or a red flag is noticed but never acted on. This chapter turns those decisions into a repeatable routine you can run under time pressure.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • State a specific working diagnosis and a ranked differential diagnosis, and link each to the findings that support or argue against it.
  • Apply clinical decision rules (Canadian C-spine rule, NEXUS, Ottawa ankle and knee rules) and the red flag screen to decide whether imaging is indicated.
  • Choose the right imaging modality (radiographs, MRI, CT, bone scan, DEXA, ultrasound) and the right laboratory panel for the suspected condition, and justify the order aloud in one sentence.
  • Decide whether to treat, co-manage or refer, and write a treatment plan with measurable goals, frequency, duration, outcome measures and a re-examination date.
  • Recognize the absolute and relative contraindications to manipulation that a station is designed to test.
  • Manage cauda equina syndrome, suspected fracture, spinal infection, cervical artery dissection, stroke, cardiac and aortic emergencies with the correct level of urgency and the correct words.
  • Run a complete case station walk through for neck pain, low back pain, headache, extremity complaints and visceral mimics of musculoskeletal pain.
  • Avoid the classic critical action misses: adjusting through a red flag, ordering tests without a reason, and closing a station without a safety net.

Section 1Forming the diagnosis in a station

What the examiner is listening for

Case management stations on practical exams generally share a structure: a door card outside the room gives the patient's name, age, sex, chief complaint, sometimes vital signs, and the task. Inside, a standardized patient (SP) gives consistent answers and may reproduce findings such as pain on a provocative test. An examiner or the SP records performance on a checklist, and some stations add a written component. Check the current official candidate materials for the exact format, timing and scoring rules; this book does not reproduce them.

Whatever the scoring detail, checklists of this kind reward an impression that is specific ("lumbar disc herniation with left L5 radiculopathy," not "low back pain"), defensible (you can name the findings behind it) and safe (you have actively considered and excluded the dangerous causes, and you say so). Many stations also contain critical actions, items that weigh far more than ordinary points, such as recognizing a stroke sign and calling for emergency care. A polished candidate can still fail a station by missing the one critical action it was built around.

Working diagnosis versus differential diagnosis

The working diagnosis (also called the primary diagnosis or clinical impression) is the single condition that best explains the chief complaint and the findings. It drives the plan. The differential diagnosis is the short, ranked list of other conditions that could explain the same picture and that you have either ruled out, made less likely, or cannot yet exclude. A useful station differential has two to four items and always includes at least one "cannot miss" condition when the presentation allows it, even if your findings argue against it. Naming the dangerous alternative and explaining why you think it is unlikely shows the examiner that your safety screen was deliberate, not accidental.

Build the working diagnosis with four parts whenever the findings support them: tissue or structure (disc, facet joint, muscle, ligament, nerve root, peripheral nerve), region and level (C6, L4 to L5, right sacroiliac joint), side, and qualifiers such as acuity (acute, subacute, chronic), severity, neurologic involvement and mechanism. "Acute right C6 radiculopathy secondary to a probable C5 to C6 disc herniation, with intact strength" is a complete board impression. When you cannot be that specific, say what you can: "mechanical neck pain without neurologic deficit, most consistent with cervical facet syndrome at C5 to C6, right."

Weak impressionWhy it loses pointsBoard ready version
Low back painA symptom, not a diagnosis; no tissue, level or neurologic statusLeft L5 radiculopathy from a probable L4 to L5 disc herniation, no cauda equina signs
SubluxationMay be part of chiropractic language but does not stand alone as the impression in a case stationRight L5 to S1 facet syndrome with segmental dysfunction (hypomobility) at L5
SciaticaDescribes pain distribution, not the causeRight S1 radiculopathy (diminished Achilles reflex, lateral foot hypesthesia, weak plantar flexion)
HeadacheIgnores type and red flag screenCervicogenic headache, right, from upper cervical dysfunction; no SNOOP red flags

Linking findings to the impression

The habit that separates strong candidates is explicit linking: attach the two or three findings that carry the impression. "Your pain runs down the back of the leg to the outside of the foot, the straight leg raise reproduced it at 40 degrees, and your ankle reflex is reduced on the left. That pattern points to irritation of the S1 nerve root, most likely from a disc." This proves the exam was purposeful and teaches the patient.

Think in terms of pertinent positives (findings that support your impression) and pertinent negatives (absent findings that argue against an alternative). In a low back case, normal saddle sensation, normal bladder function and symmetric strength are pertinent negatives against cauda equina syndrome; their absence from your summary looks as if you never checked. In a neck case, the absence of dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia and drop attacks are pertinent negatives against vertebrobasilar ischemia. Say them.

Door cardage, sex, complaint, vitals HistoryOPQRST and red flag screen Examinationtests that rule in or out Impressionworking dx and 2 to 4 ddx Differential list L5 radiculopathykept: SLR +, EHL weak Facet syndromeless likely: leg signs Cauda equinaunlikely: saddle, bladder normal Hip pathologyless likely: FABER, hip ROM normal Each step narrows the list; say the findings that keep or drop each item
Figure 7.1 The diagnostic funnel in a station. The impression is only as strong as the findings you link to it, and each differential should leave the list for a stated reason (a positive or negative finding), not by being forgotten.

A fast reasoning routine

While reading the door card, list three things: the most likely diagnosis for that age, sex and complaint; the cannot miss diagnoses; and the common mimics. A 68 year old man with new low back pain should trigger malignancy (prostate, myeloma), compression fracture and abdominal aortic aneurysm before you open the door; a 24 year old woman with right flank pain should trigger kidney stone, pyelonephritis and ectopic pregnancy. Use the history to rank the lists and the examination to test the top two or three.

  1. Anatomic localization. Is the problem local (joint, muscle, ligament), radicular (dermatome, myotome, reflex), peripheral nerve (a single nerve territory), central (upper motor neuron signs, bilateral symptoms, gait) or referred from a viscus?
  2. Mechanical versus non-mechanical. Mechanical pain changes with position, movement and load and eases with rest. Constant pain unchanged by position, night pain that wakes the patient, and pain with systemic features suggest inflammatory, infectious, neoplastic or visceral causes.
  3. Acuity and trajectory. Improving, stable or worsening? A progressive neurologic deficit changes urgency immediately.
  4. Red flags. Any flag changes the plan from "treat" to "investigate or refer" until it is cleared.
  5. Yellow flags. Fear avoidance, catastrophizing, depression, work dissatisfaction and passive coping predict chronicity and shape the plan, not the diagnosis.
Board tip. A positive orthopedic test is a finding, not a diagnosis. Kemp's test reproducing local low back pain suggests facet involvement, but Kemp's reproducing radiating leg pain suggests nerve root compression. Always say which pain the test reproduced (local, radiating, the patient's familiar pain) and where, because the same test name can support two different impressions.

Using test accuracy without doing statistics in the room

You need not calculate likelihood ratios in a station, but know which tests rule in and which rule out. A negative result on a highly sensitive test helps rule a condition out (SnNout); a positive result on a highly specific test helps rule it in (SpPin). Clusters perform better than single tests: the commonly taught cervical radiculopathy cluster combines a positive upper limb tension test, rotation toward the symptomatic side under 60 degrees, a positive distraction test and a positive Spurling's test.

QuestionBetter at ruling OUT when negative (sensitive)Better at ruling IN when positive (specific)
Lumbar disc herniation with radiculopathyStraight leg raise (ipsilateral)Crossed straight leg raise; dermatomal deficit with matching reflex change
Cervical radiculopathyUpper limb tension test (median bias)Spurling's test; distraction relieving arm pain; the four test cluster
Anterior cruciate ligament tearLachman testPivot shift test
Sacroiliac joint painThree or more of five provocation tests negative argues againstThree or more of five provocation tests positive (distraction, thigh thrust, compression, sacral thrust, Gaenslen)
Case. Door card: Marcus, 41 year old male warehouse worker, left buttock and leg pain for 9 days after lifting. BP 128/82. Task: focused history and examination, then give the patient your impression.
Reasoning: Before entering, list the likely (L5 or S1 radiculopathy), the cannot miss (cauda equina syndrome, fracture, malignancy, infection) and the mimics (piriformis, hip, sacroiliac, vascular claudication). Introduce yourself, confirm identity, wash hands and ask permission to examine. Ask directly about saddle numbness, bladder and bowel change, worsening weakness, fever, weight loss, cancer and trauma: all negative. Exam: left SLR reproduces leg pain at 40 degrees, crossed SLR negative, great toe extension 4/5, reduced sensation over the dorsum of the foot, reflexes symmetric. Impression aloud: "Left L5 radiculopathy, most likely from an L4 to L5 disc herniation. The pain pattern, the positive straight leg raise and the weakness lifting your big toe all fit, and the nerves to your bladder and bowel test normal." Differentials: facet syndrome (less likely with neurologic signs), sacroiliac pain, piriformis syndrome. Critical actions: the cauda equina screen, a recorded baseline motor grade, and a safety net ("numbness between your legs, trouble passing urine or new weakness means the emergency department right away").
Key point

Name one specific working diagnosis (tissue, level, side, qualifiers), two to four ranked differentials that include the dangerous alternatives, and the pertinent positives and negatives that put each where it is. An impression without linked findings is a guess; an impression without a red flag screen is unsafe.

Section 2Ordering imaging and laboratory tests

The rule: order what changes management

Every order must answer "what will I do differently depending on the result?" Most acute, uncomplicated spinal pain without red flags needs no imaging at the first visit; routine imaging there does not improve outcomes, adds cost and radiation, and finds incidental degeneration that frightens patients. Examiners reward withholding unnecessary imaging and explaining why as much as ordering the right study when it is indicated.

Justify each order aloud in one sentence that contains the suspected condition and the trigger: "Because you are 72, have had steroid treatment and your pain started suddenly after a minor bump, I want lumbar radiographs today to look for a compression fracture." That sentence is the station equivalent of a clinical indication on a requisition, and it is exactly what an examiner checklist item such as "orders appropriate imaging with rationale" is looking for.

Clinical decision rules

Decision rules are validated shortcuts that tell you when imaging is unlikely to show a significant injury. Learn them in the form you can recite.

RuleUseImaging indicated ifImaging not needed if
Canadian C-spine ruleAlert (GCS 15), stable adult after traumaAny high risk factor: age 65 or older, dangerous mechanism (fall from 3 feet or 5 stairs, axial load, high speed or rollover collision, ejection, bicycle collision), or paresthesias in the extremities; or no low risk factor allowing safe assessment; or unable to actively rotate the neck 45 degrees left and rightNo high risk factor, a low risk factor is present (simple rear end collision, sitting position in the emergency setting, ambulatory at any time, delayed onset of neck pain, no midline tenderness), and active rotation reaches 45 degrees both ways
NEXUS criteriaBlunt neck traumaAny criterion is absentNo posterior midline tenderness, no intoxication, normal alertness, no focal neurologic deficit, no painful distracting injury
Ottawa ankle rulesAcute ankle injuryMalleolar zone pain plus bone tenderness at the posterior edge or tip of either malleolus (distal 6 cm), or inability to bear weight four steps both immediately and at the examNone of the above
Ottawa foot rulesAcute midfoot injuryMidfoot zone pain plus tenderness at the base of the fifth metatarsal or the navicular, or inability to bear weight four stepsNone of the above
Ottawa knee ruleAcute knee injuryAge 55 or older, isolated patellar tenderness, fibular head tenderness, inability to flex to 90 degrees, or inability to bear weight four stepsNone of the above
Board tip. In the Ottawa ankle rule the tenderness must be along the posterior edge or tip of the malleolus, because that is where avulsion and fracture lines occur. Tenderness over the anterior talofibular ligament in front of the lateral malleolus is the typical inversion sprain and does not by itself call for films. If the patient walked in, but limps for four steps only with help, that still counts as unable to bear weight.

Red flags that justify imaging in spinal pain

For low back and neck pain without trauma, the indications for early imaging come from red flags. Each flag points at a specific dangerous condition, and the condition determines the modality.

Red flag clusterSuspected conditionFirst orderNext step if positive or suspicion persists
Saddle anesthesia, urinary retention or overflow incontinence, fecal incontinence, bilateral leg symptoms, progressive weaknessCauda equina syndromeNo outpatient order: same day emergency referral for MRI and surgical evaluationEmergency decompression
History of cancer, unexplained weight loss, age over 50 with new pain, night pain, failure to improve in about a monthMetastasis, multiple myelomaRadiographs plus ESR or CRP and CBC; MRI if cancer history or neurologic signsMRI with contrast, oncology referral
Fever, IV drug use, recent infection or procedure, immunosuppression, diabetes, focal spinous tendernessVertebral osteomyelitis, discitis, epidural abscessESR, CRP, CBC, blood cultures by the physician; urgent MRI with contrastUrgent medical referral; abscess with neurologic signs is an emergency
Significant trauma, or minor trauma with age over 50 to 70, osteoporosis, chronic corticosteroid useFracture (including compression fracture)Radiographs of the regionCT for bony detail; MRI to date a fracture or check the cord; DEXA later
Young adult, insidious onset, morning stiffness over 30 minutes, better with exercise, night pain in the second half of the nightAxial spondyloarthritisRadiographs of the sacroiliac joints, ESR or CRP, HLA-B27MRI of the sacroiliac joints; rheumatology referral
Severe or progressive motor deficit, or radicular pain not improving after about 6 weeks of conservative care in a surgical or injection candidateDisc herniation or stenosis needing interventionMRI without contrastSurgical or interventional referral
Low back pain station Red flag? Yes No Cancer history,weight loss, age 50+ Radiographs, ESR,CRP, CBC; MRI Fever, IV drug use,immunosuppression ESR, CRP, CBC;urgent MRI Trauma, steroids,osteoporosis Radiographs;CT if unclear Saddle anesthesia,retention, weakness Emergency:ED now for MRI No imaging nowtrial of care 4 to 6 weeks Reassessoutcome measures, neuro exam Not improving or new deficitimaging or referral Each red flag points to a condition; the condition chooses the test
Figure 7.2 Imaging decisions in low back pain. With no red flag, the right order is usually no order plus a reassessment date; each red flag maps to a specific suspected condition and test, and cauda equina signs bypass outpatient ordering entirely.

Choosing the modality

ModalityBest forLimits and cautions
Plain radiographsFracture, alignment, instability (flexion and extension views), advanced bone destruction, spondylolisthesis, congenital anomalies, arthritis patternsInsensitive to early infection and metastasis (about 30 to 50 percent of trabecular bone must be lost before a lytic lesion shows); radiation; pregnancy screening needed
MRIDisc herniation, nerve root and cord compression, cauda equina syndrome, infection, marrow replacement by tumor, soft tissue and ligament injury, occult fracture edemaPacemakers and some implants, claustrophobia, cost; findings like disc bulges are common in people without pain; contrast (gadolinium based agents) for infection, tumor and postoperative spine
CTComplex fractures, posterior element detail, bony stenosis, patients who cannot have MRI (CT myelography)Higher radiation dose; less soft tissue contrast than MRI
Radionuclide bone scanMultifocal metastasis survey, occult or stress fracture, osteomyelitisSensitive but not specific; multiple myeloma is often cold (normal) on bone scan
DEXABone mineral density (T-score of -2.5 or lower indicates osteoporosis)Not a fracture study; spinal degenerative change can falsely raise lumbar values
Diagnostic ultrasoundRotator cuff tears, tendinopathy, effusions, abdominal aortic aneurysm screening, deep vein thrombosis (duplex)Operator dependent; cannot see through bone
Electrodiagnosis (EMG and NCS)Radiculopathy versus peripheral entrapment, severity of carpal tunnel syndrome, polyneuropathyDenervation changes may take about 3 weeks after onset to appear

Gadolinium contrast for MRI is used with caution in severe renal impairment, and iodinated contrast for CT requires attention to kidney function and allergy history.

Laboratory tests a chiropractic station expects you to know

Chiropractic scope for ordering laboratory tests varies by jurisdiction, but every candidate is expected to know which test answers which question, and to say so whether you order it yourself or recommend it in a referral. Tests are adjuncts to a clinical suspicion; never order a panel and hope.

SuspicionTestsWhat supports it
Infection or inflammation (screen)ESR, CRP, CBC with differentialRaised ESR and CRP; leukocytosis with left shift in bacterial infection (may be absent in spinal infection)
Multiple myelomaCBC, ESR, calcium, creatinine, total protein, serum protein electrophoresis, urine for Bence Jones proteinAnemia, very high ESR, hypercalcemia, renal impairment, M spike (the CRAB features plus monoclonal protein)
Bone metastasis or Paget diseaseAlkaline phosphatase, calcium; PSA in men with suspected prostate primaryHigh alkaline phosphatase with blastic lesions or Paget; high PSA
Rheumatoid arthritisRheumatoid factor, anti-CCP antibodies, ESR, CRPAnti-CCP is more specific than rheumatoid factor
Axial spondyloarthritisHLA-B27, ESR, CRPHLA-B27 positive in most patients but also in many healthy people; supportive only
GoutSerum uric acid; joint aspiration by the physicianNegatively birefringent needle shaped crystals; serum urate can be normal during an attack
Giant cell arteritisESR, CRP, plateletsESR commonly very high; diagnosis confirmed by temporal artery biopsy or imaging
Kidney stone, pyelonephritisUrinalysisHematuria in stone; pyuria, leukocyte esterase, nitrites and bacteria in infection
Case. Door card: Ruth, 74 year old female, sudden mid back pain for 5 days after lifting a laundry basket. On prednisone for 2 years. Task: discuss your diagnostic plan with the patient.
Reasoning: The card hands you three fracture risks: age over 70, chronic corticosteroid use and sudden onset with a trivial load. Confirm (height loss, prior fractures, cancer, weight loss, fever), percuss spinous processes gently, screen lower extremity neurology and gait, and perform no thoracic thrust or provocative loading. Say the order with its reason: "Because you take prednisone and the pain began suddenly with a light lift, I want x-rays of your mid back today to look for a compression fracture." Add the next steps: if a fracture is found, a DEXA scan and a bone health discussion with her physician; MRI and blood tests (CBC, ESR or CRP) if the fracture looks unusual or warning signs appear. Critical actions: no manipulation until fracture is excluded, a neurologic screen, a stated reason for the order, and osteoporosis follow up. New leg weakness would make it a same day emergency.
Key point

Order only what will change management, and say why in one sentence that names the suspected condition and the trigger. Use decision rules for trauma, red flags for non-traumatic spine pain, and match the modality and laboratory test to the condition you are trying to find.

Section 3Management decisions

Treat, co-manage or refer

After the impression, the station asks the central management question: is this patient appropriate for chiropractic care alone, appropriate for chiropractic care alongside another provider, or in need of referral before (or instead of) chiropractic care? Saying the decision out loud, with its reason, is usually a checklist item in itself.

  • Treat when the presentation is a neuromusculoskeletal condition within scope, the pain behaves mechanically, the findings support the diagnosis, there are no red flags (or they have been cleared), there is no contraindication to the planned procedures, and the condition is expected to respond to conservative care.
  • Co-manage when chiropractic care is appropriate but another provider must manage part of the problem: a stable radiculopathy that may need medication or an injection, a patient with diabetes or on anticoagulants whose comorbidity affects technique choice and healing, osteoporosis needing medical therapy, inflammatory arthritis under rheumatology care, chronic pain with depression or anxiety needing behavioral health support, or pregnancy under obstetric care.
  • Refer when the complaint is not a neuromusculoskeletal condition (visceral, systemic or psychiatric), when a red flag needs investigation outside your scope, when there is an absolute contraindication to the care you would provide, when the condition is worsening or a neurologic deficit is progressing, or when a properly conducted trial of care has failed.

Referral is not abandonment, and you can say so: "I want your doctor to see you today about the fever and back pain together. Once infection is ruled out, I am happy to help with the back pain."

TREATCO-MANAGEREFER Mechanical pain patternNo red flags, or clearedFindings fit an NMS dxExpected to improve Stable radiculopathyDiabetes, anticoagulantOsteoporosis, arthritisChronic pain with mood Red flag or emergencyVisceral or systemicProgressive deficitNo gain after a trial Reassess every visit: a patient can move between lanes in either direction
Figure 7.3 The three management lanes. State which lane the patient is in and why; a new red flag moves the patient to the right, and a cleared workup can move a referred patient back to treatment.

The treatment plan

A treatment plan said aloud in a station should be short but complete. Use the same order every time so you never leave out an element:

ElementWhat to sayExample (acute mechanical neck pain)
DiagnosisThe working diagnosis in plain words"Irritated joints in the lower neck with tight surrounding muscles."
ProceduresWhat you will do and to which regions"Gentle adjustments of the neck and upper back, soft tissue work, and exercises."
Frequency and durationVisits per week and length of the trial"About two visits a week for two to three weeks, then we recheck."
GoalsShort and long term, measurable and functional"In two weeks, turning your head to check the car's blind spot without sharp pain; in six weeks, working a full day at the computer with pain under 2 out of 10."
Outcome measuresThe baseline numbers you will repeatNumeric pain rating, Neck Disability Index, rotation range of motion
Home careActive self managementHourly posture breaks, chin tuck and deep neck flexor exercise, heat or ice as preferred, stay active
Re-examinationWhen and what triggers change"Recheck at visit four or in two weeks; if we are not clearly improving, we change the approach or I refer you."
Safety netWhat to watch for and do"If you get dizziness, double vision, trouble speaking or swallowing, or a sudden severe headache, call 911."

Frequency is highest in the acute phase and tapers as function improves; a common pattern for an acute uncomplicated case is two to three visits per week for two weeks, then reassessment. Chronic cases use lower frequency and more active care. A trial of care (commonly about two weeks) must produce measurable change; if a second trial with a different approach also fails (roughly four weeks overall), change the plan, investigate further or refer.

Outcome measures and meaningful change

Measurable goals require baseline numbers. Use a validated measure suited to the region, record it at the first visit and repeat it at every re-examination.

MeasureRegion or useCommonly cited meaningful change
Numeric pain rating scale (0 to 10)Any painAbout 2 points, or about 30 percent
Oswestry Disability IndexLow backAbout 10 percentage points
Neck Disability IndexNeckAbout 5 to 7 points of 50 (10 to 14 percentage points)
Patient Specific Functional ScaleAny region; patient names 3 to 5 activitiesAbout 2 points (average score)
STarT Back screening toolLow back risk stratificationClassifies low, medium or high risk of poor outcome, guiding how much psychologically informed care is needed
Board tip. A goal must be functional and measurable with a time frame. "Reduce pain" fails; "sit through a 90 minute class with pain no higher than 3 of 10 within 3 weeks" passes. When an examiner asks how you will know the plan is working, name the outcome measure, the baseline and the reassessment date.

Home care and active management

Guidelines for spinal pain favor reassurance, staying active and exercise, with manual therapy as part of a multimodal plan. Home care should include an activity modification (not bed rest), a diagnosis specific exercise (repeated extension for a directional preference disc presentation, deep neck flexor training for neck pain, eccentric loading for tendinopathy) and a self care measure. Teach and check: "Show me how you will do that exercise." When yellow flags appear, explain that hurt does not equal harm, set graded activity goals, and consider behavioral health co-management for high risk patients.

Address yellow flags when they appear: explain that hurt does not equal harm, set graded activity goals, and consider screening tools such as STarT Back. Patients at high risk of chronic disability benefit from more education and psychologically informed care, and sometimes from a referral to behavioral health; this is co-management, not dismissal of the physical problem.

Case. Door card: Denise, 36 year old female office worker, low back pain for 4 days after gardening, no leg symptoms. Examination complete. Task: discuss diagnosis and management.
Reasoning: Link the impression to findings: "Your pain is on the right low back, worse bending backward and twisting, pressing on the joints at the bottom of your spine reproduced it, and your nerve tests are normal. This is an irritated facet joint at L5 to S1 with muscle guarding, common and very treatable." Then the plan in order: lumbar and sacroiliac adjustments, soft tissue work and exercise; two to three visits a week for two weeks; goals (a full work day with pain under 3 of 10 in two weeks, gardening in four to six weeks); baselines (pain 7 of 10, Oswestry 32 percent); home care (walk twice daily, gentle mobility exercises, heat, no bed rest); re-examination at two weeks. Obtain consent (Chapter 8) and give a safety net. Critical actions: no imaging, with the reason (no red flags, it would not change the plan), a measurable goal, and consent before care.
Key point

Choose a lane (treat, co-manage or refer) and give the reason. A complete plan names the procedures, frequency and duration, measurable functional goals, outcome measures with baselines, home care, the re-examination date and a safety net. A failed trial of care is a reason to change course, not to continue.

Section 4Contraindications and urgent referral scenarios

Contraindications to manipulation

A contraindication is a condition that makes a procedure inadvisable. An absolute contraindication means do not perform that procedure in that region at all (other care may still be possible elsewhere or with different methods). A relative contraindication means the procedure can be modified (lower force, different technique, avoid the region, avoid end range, avoid rotation) with appropriate caution and consent. Stations test whether you notice the condition and whether you choose an appropriate modification or referral.

CategoryAbsolute (do not thrust the region)Relative (modify, reduce force, co-manage)
VascularSuspected acute cervical artery dissection, aortic aneurysm with symptoms, active bleeding disorder with acute bleedingAnticoagulant therapy, stable small aneurysm under surveillance, uncontrolled hypertension (defer until controlled), vertebrobasilar insufficiency history
BoneAcute fracture, tumor in the region, active infection (osteomyelitis, discitis), severe osteoporosis at the segmentOsteopenia or treated osteoporosis (low force methods), healed fracture, Paget disease (stable)
Joint and ligamentAtlantoaxial instability (rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome, os odontoideum), acute inflammatory arthritis flare at the region, ligamentous rupture, unstable spondylolisthesisHypermobility syndromes, stable spondylolisthesis, inflammatory arthritis in remission
NeurologicCauda equina syndrome, cord compression or myelopathy signs, rapidly progressive deficitStable radiculopathy (avoid positions that peripheralize symptoms), prior spinal surgery or fusion (avoid fused segments)
OtherPatient refusal or no consent; a diagnosis you cannot make (no working diagnosis)Pregnancy (positioning and modified technique), recent surgery, anxiety about manipulation
Board tip. The classic instability traps on board exams: rheumatoid arthritis (transverse ligament laxity and atlantoaxial subluxation, an atlantodental interval over 3 mm in adults is abnormal), Down syndrome (ligamentous laxity), os odontoideum, and chronic corticosteroid use (osteoporosis and ligament weakness). For any of these, upper cervical high velocity thrust is contraindicated until flexion and extension radiographs or further imaging clear instability.

Urgency levels and what to say

The response to a red flag must match its urgency. Use four levels and decide which one applies before you speak. In the station, stop any further examination or treatment that could worsen the condition, stay with the patient when the problem is an emergency, explain what you are doing and why, and document.

UrgencyTypical station triggers 1 Call 911 now2 Emergency dept4 Routine referral stay with the patienttoday, same dayletter, days to weeks 3 Prompt referralphone and letter, days Stroke or dissection signs, thunderclap headache,cardiac chest pain, shock with pulsatile mass Cauda equina signs, suspected unstable fracture,fever with spine pain, giant cell arteritis signs Suspected cancer without neurologic compromise,inflammatory arthritis, stable aneurysm found Failed trial of care, medication needs,co-management of stable comorbidity Decide the level first, then the words; never let an emergency patient drive themselves
Figure 7.4 The urgency ladder. Matching the response to the threat is the critical action in red flag stations: under-reacting endangers the patient, and over-reacting to a routine finding wastes resources and frightens people.

Cauda equina syndrome

Cauda equina syndrome (CES) is compression of the lumbosacral roots below the conus, usually by a large central disc herniation at L4 to L5 or L5 to S1, less often by tumor, abscess, hematoma or severe stenosis. Key features: saddle anesthesia, urinary retention (the earliest and most consistent sphincter sign, later overflow incontinence), fecal incontinence or reduced anal sensation, sexual dysfunction, bilateral or alternating sciatica, and leg weakness with reduced ankle reflexes. Outcome depends on early decompression, so the response is same day emergency evaluation for MRI and surgical consultation: no outpatient MRI and waiting, no manipulation, no driving home. Call ahead and send a brief written summary.

What to say: "The numbness between your legs and the change in your bladder tell me the nerves at the bottom of your spine may be squeezed. That is an emergency, because the sooner the pressure is relieved, the better those nerves recover. I am not going to treat your back today. I am calling the emergency department now. Is someone here who can drive you, or should I call an ambulance?"

Fracture and infection

For suspected fracture, use the Section 2 decision rules. A suspected unstable cervical fracture (midline tenderness, dangerous mechanism, neurologic signs) means immobilize the neck, do not move the patient unnecessarily, and call emergency services; a suspected stable compression fracture needs radiographs before any manipulation of the region. Suspected spinal infection (fever, IV drug use, recent bacteremia or procedure, diabetes, unrelenting pain with focal spinous tenderness) needs same day medical evaluation, because an epidural abscess can progress to paralysis within hours to days.

Vascular emergencies: dissection and stroke

Cervical artery dissection (vertebral or internal carotid) often presents first with neck pain and headache, which is why patients with an early dissection may seek chiropractic care before any neurologic signs appear. Suspect it when neck or occipital pain is sudden, severe and unusual for the patient, especially after minor trauma or sudden neck movement, and when accompanied by any posterior circulation sign: the 5 Ds and 3 Ns (dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks; nausea, numbness, nystagmus) plus ataxia. Internal carotid dissection can produce a partial Horner syndrome (ptosis and miosis), pulsatile tinnitus, and pain around the eye or temple.

Stroke signs follow BE FAST: Balance loss, Eyes (vision loss or double vision), Face drooping, Arm weakness, Speech difficulty, Time to call 911. In the station, a patient with any of these signs (during history, examination or after a procedure) needs: immediate cessation of examination and treatment, a call to 911, notation of the time last known well, monitoring of airway, breathing and level of consciousness, keeping the patient lying down or seated safely (nothing by mouth), and staying with them until care arrives. Do not drive the patient yourself and do not send them home to call their physician.

Case. Door card: Priya, 39 year old female, severe right sided neck pain and headache since yesterday after a sudden head turn while reversing her car. "Worst headache of my life." BP 152/94. Task: assess and manage.
Reasoning: Sudden, severe, unusual neck pain and headache after a minor movement is dissection until proven otherwise, and "worst headache of my life" raises subarachnoid hemorrhage. Ask about dizziness, double vision, slurred speech, swallowing trouble, falls, numbness, nausea, pulsatile tinnitus, a drooping eyelid. Check pupils and eyelids (partial Horner syndrome), eye movements and nystagmus, facial symmetry, speech, arm drift and coordination. Perform no provocative cervical tests and no adjustment. Any posterior circulation symptom or focal sign: "I am concerned one of the arteries in your neck may be injured. That needs emergency imaging now. I am calling 911 and I will stay with you." Even with a normal neurologic screen, the sudden worst ever headache needs same day emergency evaluation. Document onset time, findings and actions. Critical actions: no manipulation, no provocative testing, recognition of the pattern, emergency transfer.

Cardiac, aortic and other visceral emergencies

EmergencyStation cluesAction
Acute coronary syndromeLeft arm, jaw, neck or interscapular pain with exertion, diaphoresis, dyspnea, nausea; risk factors; women and diabetics may have atypical symptomsStop, call 911, keep the patient seated and calm; follow emergency protocols on aspirin if no allergy and permitted in your setting
Ruptured or expanding abdominal aortic aneurysmOlder male smoker, sudden severe back or abdominal pain, pulsatile abdominal mass, hypotension, syncopeCall 911; no abdominal palpation beyond gentle assessment; no manipulation
Aortic dissectionSudden tearing chest pain radiating to the back, blood pressure difference between arms, hypertension history, connective tissue disorderCall 911
Subarachnoid hemorrhageThunderclap headache reaching maximum within a minute, neck stiffness, vomiting, altered consciousnessCall 911
MeningitisFever, headache, neck stiffness, photophobia, rash, positive Kernig or Brudzinski signCall 911 or immediate emergency transfer
Ectopic pregnancyWoman of reproductive age, missed period, unilateral pelvic or low back pain, vaginal bleeding, shoulder tip pain, lightheadednessEmergency department now (911 if unstable)
Giant cell arteritisAge over 50, new temporal headache, scalp tenderness, jaw claudication, visual symptoms, polymyalgia symptomsSame day medical evaluation (ESR, CRP, steroids) to prevent permanent vision loss

If a problem appears after treatment

If a patient becomes dizzy, nauseated, confused, weak or develops a new neurologic symptom during or after care: stop, keep the patient lying or seated safely, check consciousness, airway, breathing, circulation and vital signs, perform a rapid neurologic screen (BE FAST, pupils, nystagmus), call 911 for any focal sign or failure to resolve promptly, note the time and stay with the patient. Then document exactly what happened and what you did, and tell the patient honestly. A brief vasovagal response that resolves lying down is managed by positioning and observation, but call it benign only after the neurologic screen.

Key point

Know the absolute and relative contraindications, and match every red flag to an urgency level before you speak. Emergencies (stroke and dissection signs, cauda equina, cardiac and aortic events, thunderclap headache, meningitis) mean stop, call or send immediately, stay with the patient, and document; no station is passed by adjusting through a red flag.

Section 5Common case management station patterns

One routine for every station

Case stations look different on the door card but share one skeleton. Practice a single routine until it is automatic so your attention is free for reasoning. The official instructions for each station always take priority, so read the task line twice.

1 Door card2 Greet, consent3 Focused history4 Targeted exam5 Impression complaint, vitals, taskID, hand hygiene, drapeOPQRST, red flagsneuro, special testsworking dx, ddx 6 Plan and closeorders, plan, safety net Throughout: screen red flags, explain before you touch, keep the patient safe
Figure 7.5 The case station routine. Steps 1 to 4 gather data; steps 5 and 6 are where decisions are scored, so protect time for them and never leave the room without a plan and a safety net.
StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
Door cardRead the task twice; list likely, cannot miss and mimic diagnoses(Nothing yet; plan your first three questions)
Greet and identifyKnock, introduce, confirm name and date of birth, hand hygiene"Hello, I am Dr. Lee, one of the chiropractors. Can you tell me your full name and date of birth?"
Characterize the complaintOPQRST (onset, provocation and palliation, quality, region and radiation, severity, timing), mechanism, prior episodes and care"Show me with one finger where it hurts most. Does it travel anywhere?"
Red flag screenAsk the region specific flags directly"Any fever, weight loss you cannot explain, history of cancer, numbness between the legs, trouble with your bladder?"
Consent to examineExplain the exam, offer gown and chaperone, drape"I would like to examine your back and check the nerves to your legs. Is that all right?"
ExaminationVitals if not given, inspection, palpation, range of motion, neurologic, orthopedic tests that test your hypothesesNarrate briefly: "I am going to check the strength in your ankles now."
ImpressionWorking diagnosis with linked findings; differentials with reasons"What I found points to..."
Orders and planImaging and labs with reasons (or why not), lane, plan elements, consent for treatment"I do not think x-rays will help today, because..."
CloseQuestions, teach back, safety net, follow up"What questions do you have? Tell me what you will do if..."
Board tip. Time runs out most often during an unfocused history. If the door card says "focused," ask what discriminates between your top diagnoses and the cannot miss list, then examine. A complete review of systems for a simple ankle sprain costs the minutes you need to state the plan. Leave enough time to speak the impression, the plan and the safety net, because those items are usually the heaviest.

Neck pain walk through

Case. Door card: Tom, 52 year old male, neck pain with tingling into the right thumb for 3 weeks. Task: focused history and physical; discuss findings and plan.
Reasoning: Likely: C6 radiculopathy. Cannot miss: cervical myelopathy, Pancoast tumor (smoker, Horner syndrome), dissection (sudden onset), cardiac referral. Mimics: carpal tunnel syndrome, de Quervain tenosynovitis, thoracic outlet syndrome. Ask about hand clumsiness, gait and bladder change (myelopathy), smoking, weight loss and the 5 Ds and 3 Ns. Exam: rotation right reduced, Spurling's right reproduces thumb tingling, distraction eases it, upper limb tension test positive, biceps and brachioradialis reflexes reduced, wrist extension 4/5, thumb hypesthesia; Hoffmann negative, normal tandem gait, Phalen and Tinel negative. Impression: "Right C6 radiculopathy, most likely from a C5 to C6 disc or foraminal narrowing." No imaging now (no trauma, no red flag, mild stable weakness); MRI if weakness progresses, no improvement by about 6 weeks, or injection or surgery is considered. Lane: treat with low force cervical care that avoids peripheralizing positions, co-manage if pain control is inadequate. Outcomes: Neck Disability Index and wrist extension strength. Safety net: increasing weakness, symptoms in both arms or legs, balance or bladder change.

Low back pain walk through: neurogenic versus vascular claudication

Case. Door card: Helen, 71 year old female, bilateral leg aching and heaviness when walking for 6 months, eased by sitting. Task: history and examination, impression and plan.
Reasoning: Discriminate neurogenic claudication (lumbar stenosis) from vascular claudication (peripheral arterial disease), and screen the cannot miss list for her age (malignancy, compression fracture, aneurysm). Stenosis eases with sitting or bending forward, is easier uphill or leaning on a cart, and tolerates cycling; vascular pain eases with standing still and worsens with any effort. Examine lumbar extension, lower extremity neurology and the vascular exam (pedal pulses, skin and hair changes, capillary refill, ankle brachial index of 0.9 or lower suggests arterial disease). With good pulses and flexion relief, the impression is lumbar spinal stenosis with neurogenic claudication. Radiographs are reasonable for new chronic symptoms at 71; MRI if she becomes an injection or surgical candidate or deficits progress. Plan: flexion based exercise, cycling, a walking program, low force care, co-management with her physician, and a safety net for bladder change, saddle numbness or worsening weakness.

Headache walk through

Every headache station is first a red flag screen. Use SNOOP: Systemic symptoms or illness (fever, weight loss, cancer, immunosuppression), Neurologic signs (focal deficit, confusion, papilledema), Onset sudden (thunderclap), Older age at onset (new headache over 50), and Pattern change (progressive, positional, triggered by Valsalva or exertion, a change from a prior pattern). Then classify the primary headache.

FeatureCervicogenicTension typeMigraineCluster
LocationUnilateral, does not shift sides, occipital spreading forwardBilateral, band likeOften unilateral, may alternate sidesStrictly unilateral, orbital or temporal
QualityNon throbbing achePressing or tighteningPulsatingSevere boring or stabbing
AssociatedReduced neck motion, provoked by neck posture or pressure on upper cervical jointsNo nausea; mild photophobia or phonophobia only one of the twoNausea, photophobia and phonophobia, aura in some; worse with activityLacrimation, rhinorrhea, ptosis, miosis on the same side; restlessness
DurationHours to days, fluctuating30 minutes to 7 days4 to 72 hours15 to 180 minutes, in clusters, often at night
Case. Door card: Linda, 63 year old female, new right sided headache for 3 weeks, "my scalp is sore when I brush my hair." Task: history and examination; discuss your impression.
Reasoning: New headache after 50 with scalp tenderness triggers giant cell arteritis. Ask about jaw claudication, visual changes, fever, weight loss and shoulder and hip girdle stiffness (polymyalgia rheumatica). Palpate the temporal arteries, check visual acuity, fields and cranial nerves. Say: "Your headache and sore scalp could come from inflamed arteries in your head, which can threaten your eyesight. I want you to see a physician today for blood tests and treatment." Any visual loss makes it an emergency department referral now. Critical actions: the age and pattern red flags, jaw and vision questions, and same day referral rather than treating the neck.

Extremity walk through

Case. Door card: Kayla, 27 year old female runner, inversion injury of the right ankle 1 day ago, walked in limping. Task: examine and manage.
Reasoning: Apply the Ottawa ankle and foot rules first: palpate the posterior edge and tip of both malleoli over the distal 6 cm, the base of the fifth metatarsal and the navicular, and watch four steps. Tenderness is over the anterior talofibular ligament only and she takes four steps: no radiographs, and say why. Grade the sprain (anterior drawer, talar tilt, squeeze and external rotation tests for a high ankle sprain) and check distal neurovascular status. Impression: grade II lateral ankle sprain (ATFL). Plan: brace, early protected weight bearing, ice and elevation, mobilization as pain allows, then strength and balance training with graded return to running. Safety net: worsening pain, inability to bear weight, numbness, a cold pale foot or calf swelling.

Visceral mimic walk through

Visceral pain is referred to the body wall through shared spinal segments. Stations hide a visceral cause behind a musculoskeletal complaint; the clues are pain unchanged by movement or position, constant or colicky pain, systemic symptoms, links to meals, urination, menstruation or exertion, and abnormal vital signs.

OrganReferred pain siteDistinguishing clues
HeartLeft arm, jaw, neck, interscapularExertional, with dyspnea or diaphoresis; not reproduced by palpation or movement
GallbladderRight upper quadrant, right scapula or shoulderAfter fatty meals, Murphy sign, fever in cholecystitis
PancreasEpigastric through to the mid backAlcohol or gallstones, eased by leaning forward, nausea
Kidney and ureterFlank to groin, costovertebral angleColicky in stone (cannot lie still), hematuria; fever, dysuria and CVA tenderness in pyelonephritis
Abdominal aortaLow back, abdomen, flankOlder male smoker, pulsatile mass, abdominal bruit
Uterus, ovary, ectopic pregnancyLow back, sacrum, pelvisMenstrual relation, pregnancy possible, vaginal bleeding
ProstateLow back, perineum, sacrumUrinary symptoms, older man, metastatic risk
Diaphragm (spleen, liver, subphrenic)Shoulder tip (C3 to C5)Kehr sign after trauma (splenic rupture), abdominal findings
Lung (Pancoast tumor, pneumonia, embolus)Shoulder, medial arm, chest wallSmoker, cough, hemoptysis, Horner syndrome, dyspnea
Case. Door card: Ahmed, 34 year old male, sudden severe left flank pain for 6 hours radiating to the groin. Restless, pacing. T 37.0 °C, HR 104. Task: history and examination; impression and plan.
Reasoning: A patient who cannot keep still with colicky flank to groin pain suggests ureteral colic; mechanical back pain makes patients keep still. Ask about blood in the urine, prior stones, nausea, fever and chills (an infected obstructed kidney is an emergency), and urinary burning. Lumbar movement and palpation do not change the pain; costovertebral angle percussion is tender on the left. Impression: probable left ureteral calculus, differentials pyelonephritis and (in older patients) aortic aneurysm. Refer the same day to the emergency department or his physician for analgesia and imaging (noncontrast CT); fever or rigors make it an emergency. Do not treat the spine for this complaint.
Key point

Run the same station routine every time: door card lists, focused history with a red flag screen, an examination that tests hypotheses, a linked impression, justified orders, a management lane with a full plan, and a safety net. The scenario changes; the skeleton and the critical actions (recognize the dangerous pattern, act on it, explain it) do not.

The chapter in one breath

  • A board ready working diagnosis names the tissue, level, side and qualifiers, and is spoken with the findings that support it.
  • A useful differential diagnosis has two to four ranked items, including the cannot miss conditions, each kept or dropped for a stated reason.
  • Pertinent negatives (normal saddle sensation, no 5 Ds and 3 Ns) prove your safety screen was deliberate; say them.
  • Sensitive tests rule out when negative (SnNout); specific tests rule in when positive (SpPin); clusters beat single tests.
  • Order only tests that change management and justify each in one sentence; use the Canadian C-spine rule, NEXUS and the Ottawa rules for trauma and red flags for non-traumatic spine pain.
  • Match the modality to the question: radiographs for fracture and alignment, MRI for disc, nerve, cord, infection and marrow, CT for bony detail, DEXA for bone density, labs such as ESR, CRP, CBC and protein electrophoresis for inflammation, infection and myeloma.
  • Choose a lane (treat, co-manage, refer) and give the reason; a referral can lead back to care once the workup is clear.
  • A complete plan has procedures, frequency and duration, measurable functional goals, outcome measures with baselines, home care, a re-examination date and a safety net.
  • Know the absolute and relative contraindications, especially fracture, tumor, infection, instability (rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome) and acute dissection.
  • Cauda equina syndrome, stroke and dissection signs, thunderclap headache, cardiac and aortic emergencies call for stopping care and immediate emergency referral; giant cell arteritis needs same day medical care.
  • Visceral mimics reveal themselves by non-mechanical pain, systemic symptoms and organ specific triggers; the station rewards noticing them and referring.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Door cardThe written card outside a station giving the patient's basic details, chief complaint, sometimes vital signs, and the task to perform.
Critical actionA checklist item of high weight, such as recognizing an emergency or withholding contraindicated care, that can decide a station on its own.
Working diagnosisThe single most likely diagnosis that explains the complaint and findings and drives the plan.
Differential diagnosisThe ranked list of other conditions that could explain the presentation and must be considered or excluded.
Pertinent negativeAn expected finding that is absent and argues against an alternative diagnosis.
SensitivityThe proportion of people with a condition who test positive; a negative result on a highly sensitive test helps rule the condition out.
SpecificityThe proportion of people without a condition who test negative; a positive result on a highly specific test helps rule the condition in.
Red flagA history or examination feature suggesting serious pathology (fracture, cancer, infection, neurologic compromise, vascular or visceral disease).
Canadian C-spine ruleA decision rule for alert, stable trauma patients that uses high risk factors, low risk factors and active rotation to decide on cervical imaging.
NEXUS criteriaFive criteria (no midline tenderness, no intoxication, normal alertness, no focal deficit, no distracting injury) that, if all met, make cervical imaging unnecessary.
Ottawa ankle rulesA decision rule using malleolar and midfoot bone tenderness and weight bearing to decide whether ankle or foot radiographs are needed.
Trial of careA defined period of treatment, commonly about two weeks, after which measurable progress must be shown to continue the same plan.
Outcome measureA validated scale, such as the Oswestry Disability Index or Neck Disability Index, used to quantify function and track change.
Minimal clinically important differenceThe smallest change in an outcome score that patients perceive as meaningful.
Co-managementShared care of a patient by the chiropractor and another provider, each managing part of the problem with communication between them.
Absolute contraindicationA condition in which a procedure must not be performed in that region.
Cauda equina syndromeCompression of the lumbosacral nerve roots causing saddle anesthesia, sphincter dysfunction and leg weakness; a surgical emergency.
Cervical artery dissectionA tear in the wall of the vertebral or internal carotid artery that can cause neck pain, headache and stroke.
5 Ds and 3 NsPosterior circulation warning signs: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, nausea, numbness and nystagmus.
BE FASTStroke recognition mnemonic: balance, eyes, face, arm, speech, time to call emergency services.
SNOOPHeadache red flag mnemonic: systemic signs, neurologic signs, onset sudden, older age at onset, pattern change.
Giant cell arteritisInflammation of medium and large arteries in people over 50, causing temporal headache, jaw claudication and risk of blindness.
Neurogenic claudicationLeg pain or heaviness with walking from lumbar spinal stenosis, relieved by sitting or flexing forward.
Visceral referred painPain felt in the body wall or limbs from an internal organ that shares spinal segment innervation.
Safety netClear instructions to the patient about warning signs and exactly what to do if they appear.

Check yourself

A 45 year old with left leg pain has a positive left straight leg raise at 35 degrees, weak great toe extension and reduced sensation over the dorsum of the foot. State a board ready working diagnosis.
Answer. Left L5 radiculopathy, most likely from an L4 to L5 disc herniation (posterolateral), without cauda equina signs if saddle and sphincter screens are normal. It names the root, side, probable cause and the safety status, and the findings (EHL weakness, dorsum of foot sensory change, positive SLR) are the L5 pattern.
After a low speed rear end collision, a 40 year old is alert, walked in, has delayed onset neck pain, no midline tenderness, no paresthesias and can rotate the neck 50 degrees each way. Are radiographs indicated by the Canadian C-spine rule?
Answer. No. There is no high risk factor (age under 65, no dangerous mechanism, no paresthesias), low risk factors are present (simple rear end collision, ambulatory, delayed onset, no midline tenderness), and active rotation exceeds 45 degrees in both directions.
Which test result helps you rule out lumbar disc herniation with radiculopathy, and why?
Answer. A negative ipsilateral straight leg raise. The SLR is highly sensitive, so a negative result makes the condition less likely (SnNout). The crossed SLR is specific and is better for ruling the condition in.
A 69 year old man with prostate cancer treated 4 years ago has new constant thoracolumbar pain that wakes him at night. What do you order and how do you justify it?
Answer. Radiographs of the region plus ESR or CRP, CBC, alkaline phosphatase and PSA (directly or through his physician), with MRI because of the cancer history, and no manipulation of the region meanwhile. Justification: "Because of your history of prostate cancer and pain at night, I need to rule out spread of cancer to the spine." A neurologic deficit would make it urgent.
Name four elements a complete station treatment plan contains beyond the diagnosis and procedures.
Answer. Any four of: frequency and duration (trial of care), measurable functional goals with a time frame, outcome measures with baselines, home care and active self management, the re-examination date and what will change the plan, consent, and a safety net. These turn treatment into an accountable plan.
A 30 year old with Down syndrome presents with neck pain. What is the key safety concern before any cervical manipulation?
Answer. Atlantoaxial instability from ligamentous laxity. Upper cervical high velocity thrust is contraindicated until instability is excluded (typically with flexion and extension radiographs or further imaging), and myelopathy signs should be checked.
During a lumbar station, the patient mentions new difficulty passing urine and numbness when wiping. What are the critical actions?
Answer. Recognize possible cauda equina syndrome; test saddle sensation and lower extremity neurology; do not manipulate; explain the emergency in plain words; arrange immediate same day emergency evaluation (call ahead), ensure safe transport rather than letting the patient drive, and document times and findings.
A patient with neck pain develops slurred speech and nystagmus while you take the history. What do you do?
Answer. Stop the examination, call 911, note the time last known well, keep the patient safely seated or lying, nothing by mouth, monitor airway, breathing and consciousness, and stay with the patient. Dysarthria and nystagmus are posterior circulation signs suggesting vertebrobasilar ischemia or dissection.
A 66 year old has leg heaviness when walking that eases with standing still; pedal pulses are weak and the skin is shiny and hairless. Which condition fits, and how does it differ from spinal stenosis?
Answer. Vascular claudication from peripheral arterial disease. It eases with standing still, is worse uphill and with cycling, and shows reduced pulses and trophic changes; neurogenic claudication from stenosis eases with sitting or flexing forward, is easier uphill or leaning on a cart, and has normal pulses. Refer for vascular assessment (ankle brachial index).
A 58 year old woman has right shoulder blade pain after fatty meals with nausea; shoulder and thoracic movements do not change it. What is the likely source and the management?
Answer. Gallbladder disease (biliary colic or cholecystitis) referring to the right scapula. The non-mechanical pattern and meal relation are the clues. Check for Murphy sign and fever, and refer to her physician (same day if fever, persistent pain or jaundice) rather than treating the thoracic spine.
Chapter 8 · Case Management

Documentation, Consent, Communication and Referral

The best examination and the soundest plan are worth little if they are not written down clearly, agreed to by an informed patient, explained in words the patient understands, and passed accurately to the next clinician. Case management stations score these communication tasks as heavily as the clinical ones, and in practice they are where most complaints and legal claims begin. This chapter gives you the scripts, structures and documentation habits that let you do all of it well inside a timed station.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Write a concise SOAP note that records pertinent positives and negatives, a specific assessment and a complete plan, using accepted abbreviations and correction rules.
  • Explain the elements of valid informed consent (capacity, disclosure, understanding, voluntariness, documentation) and the material risk standard.
  • Deliver a PARQ consent conversation for spinal manipulation, including an accurate, calm discussion of cervical artery dissection and common benign reactions.
  • Give a structured report of findings in plain language and confirm understanding with teach-back.
  • Write a referral letter and give a telephone handoff using SBAR, matched to the urgency of the problem.
  • Use SPIKES and NURSE to deliver unwelcome news and respond to emotion.
  • Handle informed refusal, boundary challenges, chaperones and draping professionally.
  • Work with professional interpreters and practice cultural humility in a station.

Section 1The patient note

Why the note matters in a station

Some case stations are followed by a written task: a patient note, a set of short answers, or both. Others score documentation indirectly by asking you to state what you would record. Either way, the note is judged on the same standard used in practice: could another clinician pick it up, understand what you found and why you decided what you did, and continue care safely? In practice the record is also a legal document, the basis for billing and the evidence that consent was obtained and red flags were considered. If it is not documented, for legal and audit purposes it was not done. Check the current official candidate materials for the format and length of any written component; the structure below works for any of them.

SOAP structure

The SOAP format divides the note into Subjective, Objective, Assessment and Plan. Its strength is that each part feeds the next: subjective and objective findings support the assessment, and the assessment justifies the plan. A reader should be able to trace every plan item back to a finding.

SOAP Subjective: what the patient reportsObjective: what you measure and observeAssessment: what you concludePlan: what happens next CC, OPQRST, red flag answers, history, outcome scorevitals, inspection, palpation, ROM, ortho and neuro findingsdiagnosis with ICD code, differentials, severity, prognosisprocedures, frequency, goals, home care, orders, referral, re-exam findings lead to the plan
Figure 8.1 The SOAP note. Each block feeds the next: the assessment must be supported by the subjective and objective entries, and every plan item must follow from the assessment.
SectionIncludeCommon errors
SubjectiveChief complaint in the patient's words; onset, mechanism, location, radiation, quality, severity (0 to 10), timing, aggravating and relieving factors; red flag screen answers; relevant past history, medications (especially anticoagulants, steroids), allergies, social and occupational history; baseline outcome scoreOmitting negative red flag answers; recording interpretations ("disc pain") instead of symptoms
ObjectiveVital signs; observation and posture; palpation findings with level and side; range of motion with degrees or percent and the pain response; orthopedic tests named with the result and which pain was reproduced; neurologic findings (motor grades, reflexes graded 0 to 4+, dermatomal sensation); imaging or lab results"Ortho tests positive" without naming them; no side or level; missing neurologic grades
AssessmentWorking diagnosis with level and side, differentials, neurologic status, severity and acuity, prognosis, complicating factors, response since the last visitA symptom as the diagnosis; no differential; no mention of red flags considered
PlanProcedures and regions treated (including technique), frequency and duration, measurable goals, home care, orders with indication, referral or co-management, consent obtained, re-examination date, safety net instructions givenNo frequency or goals; orders without reasons; consent not recorded

Writing findings so they can be read

Good findings are specific, measurable and lateralized. Write "Cervical rotation R 50° with R neck pain, L 75° pain free" rather than "decreased ROM." Write "Spurling's R: reproduced R arm pain to the thumb" rather than "Spurling's +." For neurologic findings use standard grades: muscle strength 0 to 5 (5 normal, 4 movement against some resistance, 3 against gravity only) and deep tendon reflexes 0 to 4+ (2+ normal). Record pertinent negatives explicitly, for example "Denies saddle anesthesia, bladder or bowel change; no fever or weight loss." These lines carry your safety screen into the record and are often what an examiner reads first.

Use only accepted abbreviations. Avoid abbreviations on safety "do not use" lists (such as "QD," "U" for units, trailing zeros) and ambiguous shorthand. Common accepted ones in musculoskeletal notes: CC, HPI, ROS, PMH, ROM, SLR, DTR, NRS, ODI, NDI, WNL (use carefully: "within normal limits" must mean you tested it), R and L, bilat, Dx, DDx, Tx, Rx, HEP (home exercise program), f/u, w/o.

Weak entryBetter entry
Neck pain, worse latelyCC: R neck pain x 3 wks, insidious onset, 6/10, worse w/ computer use, radiates to R upper trapezius, no arm sx
Neuro WNLMyotomes C5 to T1 5/5 bilat; DTR biceps, brachioradialis, triceps 2+ bilat; light touch intact C5 to T1
Low back sprainDx: Acute R L5 to S1 facet syndrome; DDx: SI joint dysfunction (provocation cluster 1/5), discogenic pain (no peripheralization); no red flags
Adjusted, return next weekTx: diversified HVLA L5 (R side posture), SI mobilization; HEP: walking 20 min bid, cat camel 10 reps tid; f/u 2x/wk x 2 wks; re-exam visit 4 (ODI, NRS); consent PARQ obtained, questions answered

Documentation rules

  • Timeliness. Write the note at the visit or as soon as possible. Entries made later are labeled as late entries with the current date and time and the date of the visit they describe.
  • Corrections. Draw a single line through the error so it remains legible, write the correction, and date and initial it. Never erase, use correction fluid, overwrite or remove pages. In electronic records, use the amendment function, which keeps the original visible in the audit trail.
  • Objectivity. Record facts and quotations, not judgments of the patient ("patient is difficult" is a judgment; "patient declined lumbar radiographs after the risks of not imaging were explained" is a fact).
  • Identification. Every page carries the patient's name and a second identifier (date of birth or record number), the date, and your signature or electronic authentication.
  • Confidentiality. Disclose only the minimum necessary for the purpose, except to other treating providers for treatment, and follow privacy law for release of records.
  • Adverse events and refusals. Record what happened, the time, what you did, who you notified and what you told the patient. Record refusals with the risks explained.
Board tip. In a written station, the assessment is the section most often underwritten. Even under time pressure, write a full working diagnosis (structure, level, side, neurologic status), at least two differentials, and one line on red flags considered. A short subjective section costs little; a missing assessment can cost the station.
Case. Door card (post-encounter task): Write a patient note for the 44 year old woman you just examined with low back and right buttock pain. Findings: pain 6/10 for 10 days after moving furniture, no leg symptoms below the knee, no bladder or bowel change, no saddle numbness, no fever, weight loss or cancer history. Flexion 60° with pain at end range, extension 15° with R low back pain, R Kemp's reproduces local pain only, SLR negative bilaterally, neurologic exam normal, R SI provocation cluster 1 of 5.
Reasoning: Write it in SOAP order. S: "44 yo F, R LBP and buttock pain x 10 d after lifting, 6/10, worse extension and rotation, no radiation below knee. Denies saddle anesthesia, bladder or bowel change, fever, wt loss, CA hx. ODI 34%." O: "Flexion 60° end range pain; ext 15° R LBP; R Kemp's local pain only; SLR neg bilat; L2 to S1 myotomes 5/5, patellar and Achilles 2+ bilat, sensation intact; SI provocation 1/5." A: "Acute R lumbar facet syndrome L4 to S1. DDx: SI joint dysfunction (cluster negative), discogenic pain (no peripheralization, SLR neg). No red flags; no imaging indicated." P: "HVLA lumbar, soft tissue, 2 to 3x/wk x 2 wks; goals: sit 60 min at work w/ pain under 3/10 in 2 wks; HEP walking and mobility; no imaging (no red flags); consent obtained after PARQ; re-exam in 2 wks with ODI and NRS; safety net given for leg sx, saddle numbness, bladder change." Critical elements: documented red flag negatives, a specific assessment, a reason for not imaging, consent and a re-exam date.
Key point

A good SOAP note lets another clinician continue care safely: specific, measurable, lateralized findings; pertinent negatives that record the red flag screen; a specific assessment with differentials; and a plan that names procedures, frequency, goals, orders, consent and re-examination. Correct errors with a single line, date and initials; never obliterate.

Elements of valid consent

Informed consent is a process of shared decision making, of which the signed form is only the record. Valid consent requires five things. The patient must have capacity; must receive adequate disclosure; must understand what was disclosed; must decide voluntarily, free from coercion or undue pressure; and the process must be documented. Consent is specific to the procedures and regions discussed, and it is renewed when the plan, technique or risk profile changes.

1 Capacity2 Disclose3 Understanding4 Voluntary choice5 Document understand, reason, choosePARQ in plain wordsteach-backfree of pressurenote, form, signature renew whenplan changes Consent isa process,not a form
Figure 8.2 Consent as a cycle. A signature without capacity, disclosure, understanding and a free choice is not valid consent, and consent obtained for one plan must be renewed when the plan changes.

Capacity is decision specific and is presumed in adults unless there is reason to doubt it. A patient has capacity for a decision when they can understand the relevant information, appreciate how it applies to them, reason about the options, and communicate a choice. Intoxication, acute confusion, severe pain or distress, and some cognitive impairments may reduce capacity temporarily. Minors generally need consent from a parent or legal guardian, with the child's assent sought in age appropriate language; local law governs exceptions (emancipated minors, specific statutes). For adults lacking capacity, a legally authorized representative decides. In a true emergency, care needed to prevent serious harm may proceed under implied consent, which does not extend to elective manipulation.

The disclosure standard in most jurisdictions is the material risk or reasonable patient standard: disclose what a reasonable person in this patient's position would want to know to make the decision, including rare but serious risks. The older professional standard asked what a reasonable practitioner would disclose. Treating without consent can constitute battery even if the care was skillful; failing to disclose a material risk that then occurs can support a negligence claim.

PARQ: the disclosure script

ElementContentWhat you say aloud (lumbar example)
ProcedureWhat you will do, where, how it feels, the sound of cavitation, any sensitive contacts or positions"I recommend an adjustment to your lower back: a quick, controlled push on one joint while you lie on your side. You may hear a pop, which is gas releasing from the joint."
AlternativesOther manual or low force methods, exercise, medication through your physician, referral to another provider, no treatment and the likely natural history"Other options include gentle mobilization without the quick push, exercise alone, medicine from your physician, or waiting, since many back strains improve over several weeks."
RisksCommon benign reactions and rare serious ones, in plain numbers where possible, plus the risks of the alternatives"About a third to a half of people feel some soreness or stiffness for a day or two. Serious problems such as a disc injury or nerve compression are very rare."
QuestionsInvite questions, check understanding, confirm the right to decline or stop at any time"What questions do you have? You can ask me to stop at any time. Would you like to go ahead?"
Board tip. The PARQ elements are the most predictable checklist items in any station that ends in treatment. Say all four, then ask a clear yes or no question ("Would you like to go ahead?"). Consent obtained after you have already positioned the patient for a thrust, or a nod in response to "OK?", will not satisfy an examiner.

Discussing cervical artery dissection

For cervical manipulation, the material rare risk patients most need to hear about is stroke associated with cervical artery dissection. The evidence is debated: dissection is rare, estimates of manipulation associated cases vary widely between studies, and population studies show that people with an early dissection often seek care for neck pain and headache from both chiropractors and primary care physicians before the stroke occurs, which makes a causal relationship difficult to establish. A balanced disclosure states that the risk is rare, that it cannot be reduced to zero, that you screen for warning signs, and that alternatives without cervical thrust exist. Avoid both minimizing ("it never happens") and alarming exaggeration.

A station ready script: "With neck adjustments there is a very rare risk of a stroke related to a tear in an artery in the neck. Research has not settled whether the adjustment causes these tears or whether people with an early tear come in because of the neck pain and headache it produces, but I take it seriously. I have asked you about warning signs, and I will check in with you during treatment. If you prefer, I can treat your neck without the quick thrust, using mobilization, soft tissue work and exercise. If you ever notice dizziness, double vision, trouble speaking or swallowing, or sudden severe headache, call 911."

Reaction typeExamplesHow to describe frequency
Common, benign, short livedLocal soreness or stiffness, headache, fatigue, transient radiating discomfortCommon: about a third to a half of patients, usually starting within a day and resolving within 24 to 48 hours
UncommonRib or muscle strain, temporary worsening of radicular symptomsUncommon; reported more often with higher force and in vulnerable patients
Rare, seriousCervical artery dissection with stroke, cauda equina syndrome, fracture in osteoporotic boneRare; estimates vary widely and most are in the range of one in many hundreds of thousands of manipulations or less

Documenting consent

Record that consent was obtained, what was discussed (each PARQ element, including the specific rare risks named), that questions were invited and answered, the patient's decision, the use of an interpreter (name or identification number) when applicable, and the presence of a chaperone where relevant. A signed form supplements this note but does not replace it. For sensitive procedures (contacts near the breast, groin or coccyx, internal coccyx work where permitted) obtain specific consent, explain draping and offer a chaperone, and document both. Consent can be withdrawn at any time, including mid procedure; stop and record it.

Case. Door card: Sophie, 33 year old female, mechanical neck pain with upper cervical restriction. History and exam completed; no red flags, no vascular warning signs. Task: obtain informed consent for your proposed treatment.
Reasoning: Start by confirming capacity informally (alert, oriented, engaged) and her understanding of the diagnosis. Then PARQ in plain language: the procedure (cervical and upper thoracic adjustments, what she will feel and hear), alternatives (mobilization without thrust, instrument assisted adjusting, exercise, medication through her physician, no treatment), risks (common soreness or headache for a day or two; very rare stroke related to an artery tear, with an honest statement that the causal link is debated; warning signs and what to do), and questions. Use teach-back: "So I know I explained it well, can you tell me what the choices are and what you would watch for afterward?" Ask a direct question: "Would you like the adjustment, or would you prefer the gentler approach?" If she hesitates, offer the alternative without pressure. Document the elements discussed, her questions and her decision. Critical actions: all four PARQ elements, the dissection risk named and framed accurately, a clear voluntary decision, and documentation.
Key point

Valid consent needs capacity, disclosure of material risks, understanding, a voluntary choice and documentation. Use PARQ every time, name the rare serious risks (including cervical artery dissection for neck manipulation) accurately and calmly, offer real alternatives, ask a clear yes or no question, and renew consent when the plan changes.

Section 3Report of findings and patient education

What a report of findings contains

The report of findings (ROF) is the conversation in which you tell the patient what you found, what it means, what you recommend and what they can do. In practice it often happens at a second visit after results are back; in a station it is usually compressed into the last part of the encounter, immediately before consent. A good ROF follows a predictable order so nothing is lost: findings, diagnosis, prognosis, recommendation, risks and alternatives (leading into consent), the patient's role, and warning signs.

Report of findings order 1 What we found2 What it means (diagnosis)3 What we recommend4 Risks and alternatives5 Your part at home6 What to watch for Teach-back loop 1 Explain a chunk 2 Say it back?3 Clarify gaps Teach-back repeat until the patient can explain it Plain words, one idea at a time, check before moving on
Figure 8.3 A report of findings in a fixed order, with teach-back used after each chunk rather than once at the end. Step 4 leads straight into the consent conversation, and step 6 is the safety net.

Plain language

Explain at roughly a sixth to eighth grade reading level, whatever the patient's education, because people under stress and in pain retain little. Replace jargon with everyday words, use analogies and models, show the area on a spine model or the patient's own body, and give numbers in natural frequencies ("about 1 in 3 people") rather than percentages or relative risk. Avoid language that creates fear or dependence (the nocebo effect): phrases such as "your spine is out of place," "degeneration," "crumbling disc" or "bone on bone" can increase pain, fear avoidance and disability even when the imaging finding is a normal age related change.

AvoidSay instead
Radiculopathy at L5"A nerve in your lower back is irritated, and that nerve supplies the side of your leg and the top of your foot."
Facet syndrome with hypomobility"One of the small joints at the back of your spine is irritated and not moving freely."
Degenerative disc disease"Your discs show the normal changes most people your age have, like gray hair on the inside. They do not mean your back is damaged."
Your spine is out of alignment"Some joints are stiff and sore. Treatment and exercise help them move and feel better."
Prognosis is favorable"Most people with this problem are much better within four to six weeks."
Contraindicated"That treatment is not safe for you right now, so here is what we will do instead."

Checking understanding

Teach-back asks the patient to explain in their own words what you said. It tests your explanation, not the patient: "I want to make sure I explained this clearly. Can you tell me what you will do if the numbness spreads?" If the answer is incomplete, re-explain differently and check again. Ask-tell-ask frames each chunk: ask what the patient already knows or believes, tell the new information, ask how it lands. Chunk and check means giving two or three pieces of information at a time. Close with an open invitation ("What questions do you have?") rather than a closed one ("Any questions?"), and support the conversation with written home care instructions.

Patient education extends beyond the diagnosis: explain the expected course (including the likelihood of a flare up and how to handle it), how activity helps, the home exercise (demonstrated and then performed by the patient), and the specific warning signs that warrant urgent contact. Reassurance must be honest; never promise a cure or a fixed number of visits.

Board tip. Teach-back is a scored communication behavior in many standardized patient checklists, and it is easy to perform under time pressure: one sentence, used once for the diagnosis or plan and once for the safety net. "Does that make sense?" is not teach-back, because it invites a reflexive "yes."
Case. Door card: Frank, 66 year old male, low back pain for 6 weeks. His physician ordered lumbar radiographs, which show disc space narrowing and osteophytes at L4 to L5 and L5 to S1. He says, "My doctor's report says my spine is degenerating. Am I going to end up in a wheelchair?" Task: explain your findings and plan.
Reasoning: Start with ask-tell-ask: "What have you been told so far, and what worries you most?" Acknowledge the fear before giving information. Then explain the films in plain language: "The x-rays show changes that are very common at your age, similar to gray hair or wrinkles on the inside. Many people with the same pictures have no pain at all. They do not mean your spine is crumbling, and they do not mean a wheelchair." Link to the examination: no nerve signs, strength normal, movements stiff but improving with motion. Give the plan (manual therapy, a graded walking and strengthening program, re-examination with an outcome measure) and the realistic prognosis. Teach-back: "Can you tell me in your own words what the x-ray shows and what we are going to do?" Safety net for leg weakness, numbness in the groin, bladder change, fever or weight loss. Critical actions: addressing the fear, avoiding nocebo language, linking imaging to function, and confirming understanding.
Key point

Give the report of findings in a fixed order (findings, diagnosis, recommendation, risks and alternatives, the patient's role, warning signs), in plain non-threatening language, in small chunks, and confirm understanding with teach-back, not "does that make sense?"

Section 4Referral letters and co-management communication

Match the channel to the urgency

Referral communication must reach the right person in time. For emergencies, the first communication is a telephone call (to emergency services or the receiving department), and the written summary follows with the patient or immediately after. For urgent problems, call the receiving clinician or office and send the letter the same day. Routine referrals and co-management updates go by letter or secure electronic message. Whatever the urgency, tell the patient what you are doing, why, and what to do if they cannot get the appointment in the stated time.

UrgencyExampleChannelPatient instruction
EmergencyStroke signs, cauda equina syndrome, suspected unstable fracture911 or direct call to the emergency department, then a written summary"Go now; do not drive yourself."
Urgent (same day)Suspected giant cell arteritis, fever with back pain, suspected DVTPhone the physician's office and send the letter today"If you cannot be seen today, go to urgent care or the emergency department."
Prompt (days)Suspected malignancy without neurologic signs, new inflammatory arthritisLetter plus a phone call to confirm receipt"You should be seen within a few days; call me if you do not have an appointment by Friday."
RoutineFailed trial of care, medication review, co-management updateLetter or secure message"Book with your physician in the next few weeks."

What a referral letter contains

Letterhead, date, recipientRe: patient name, DOBReason and urgencyHistory, examinationfindings, resultsYour impressionSpecific requestYour care, contact, signature Who it goes to, and whenTwo identifiersFirst lines: why, how soonPertinent positives, negativesWorking dx and differentialsOne clear question or actionPlan, callback number
Figure 8.4 Anatomy of a referral letter. The reason and urgency belong at the top, and the letter ends with a specific request and a direct callback number, so a busy reader can act after reading only the first and last lines.

A good letter is short (often one page), professional and specific. Lead with the purpose and urgency: "I am referring Mr. Ortiz, 67, for same day evaluation of suspected giant cell arteritis." Then summarize the relevant history, examination findings (pertinent positives and negatives with numbers), any results, your impression and differentials, the care you have provided and how the patient responded, and the specific question or request ("Please evaluate for temporal arteritis, including ESR and CRP, and advise whether chiropractic care for his neck may continue"). Close with your availability for discussion, a direct phone number, and a statement of whether you will continue to see the patient. Attach or offer relevant records with the patient's authorization where required. Use the same professional tone with every discipline: no jargon unique to chiropractic, no criticism of previous care, and no request beyond what you need.

SBAR for the phone call

SBAR structures a telephone handoff so the receiver hears the most important facts first. Situation: who you are, who the patient is, and the problem in one sentence. Background: brief relevant history. Assessment: your findings and what you think is happening. Recommendation: what you want and how fast. Read back the receiver's instructions and record the call (time, person, content) in the note.

SBARExample (suspected cauda equina syndrome)
Situation"This is Dr. Patel, a chiropractor. I am sending you Gerald Moss, 58, with suspected cauda equina syndrome."
Background"Chronic low back pain; two days of bilateral sciatica and difficulty passing urine since yesterday."
Assessment"Reduced sensation in the saddle area, absent ankle reflexes bilaterally, ankle plantar flexion 4/5 bilaterally. I am concerned about acute compression."
Recommendation"He needs emergency MRI and surgical evaluation. His wife is driving him now; he will arrive in about 20 minutes with a written summary."

Co-management communication

When you share care, send an initial letter that explains your diagnosis and plan, what you will and will not do, and what you need from the other clinician; send updates at re-examination or when something changes; and ask a direct question when you need a decision, such as whether an anticoagulated patient's dose is stable, whether a postoperative patient may begin spinal manipulation above the fusion, or whether a pregnant patient has any obstetric contraindication. Respect the other provider's role, and keep the patient informed of what is shared, within privacy law.

Board tip. A referral that says only "Please see and treat" fails. Examiners look for the reason, the urgency, the key findings and a specific request, and for confirmation that the patient knows what to do if the appointment does not happen in time.
Case. Door card: Dennis, 69 year old male smoker with hypertension, low back pain for 3 weeks. On examination you palpate a pulsatile, nontender, expansile mass to the left of the umbilicus, about 5 cm wide. Vital signs stable, pain unchanged by movement. Task: explain your findings to the patient and write a referral.
Reasoning: A pulsatile expansile mass in an older male smoker suggests an abdominal aortic aneurysm. Stable vital signs and no severe pain argue against rupture, so this is an urgent rather than 911 referral, but the patient must know the warning signs of rupture. Stop abdominal palpation and do not manipulate the lumbar spine. Explain: "I can feel a pulsing in your abdomen that may be a widening of the main artery. That needs an ultrasound and a doctor's assessment quickly. If you get sudden severe pain in your belly or back, feel faint or very weak, call 911." Phone his physician and send a letter the same day: reason and urgency first ("urgent evaluation of a suspected abdominal aortic aneurysm"), history (smoker, hypertension, back pain for 3 weeks unchanged by movement), findings (pulsatile expansile mass about 5 cm left of the umbilicus, BP and pulse), impression and differentials (AAA; mechanical low back pain as a separate or secondary problem), request (abdominal ultrasound and vascular referral as indicated; advice before any lumbar manipulation), your contact number. Document the call and the safety net.
Key point

Choose the channel by urgency (phone first for anything urgent or emergent), structure phone handoffs with SBAR, and write letters that open with the reason and urgency and close with a specific request and a callback number. Professional, jargon free communication is what makes co-management work.

Section 5Difficult conversations and professionalism

Delivering unwelcome news

Stations sometimes require you to tell a patient something they do not want to hear: you suspect a serious disease, you will not adjust them today, they need surgery referral, or chiropractic care is not the answer. The SPIKES protocol gives a reliable structure, and it works in a few minutes.

SPIKES SettingPerceptionInvitationKnowledgeEmotionsStrategy private, seated, no rush,offer a support personask what they alreadyknow or suspectask how much detailthey want nowwarning shot, thenplain words, small chunkspause, name the feeling,respond with empathysummary, plan, nextsteps, follow up date NURSE for emotion: Name, Understand, Respect, Support, Explore
Figure 8.5 SPIKES in six steps. The two most often skipped are Perception (ask before you tell) and Emotions (stop and respond before giving more facts); NURSE supplies the words for the Emotions step.

A warning shot ("I am afraid the findings are more concerning than a simple back strain") gives the patient a moment to prepare. After giving the news, stop talking. Silence lets the patient react; information given during strong emotion is not retained. Respond to emotion with NURSE statements: Name ("You seem worried"), Understand ("It makes sense that this is frightening"), Respect ("You have been dealing with a lot of pain"), Support ("I will help you get this looked at quickly"), Explore ("Tell me more about what worries you most"). Never give false reassurance ("I am sure it is nothing") when you are referring because it might be something.

Case. Door card: Gloria, 61 year old female, mid back pain for 2 months, constant, worse at night, 6 kg unintended weight loss, breast cancer treated 5 years ago. Exam: focal T8 spinous tenderness, neurologic exam normal. Task: discuss your findings and plan with the patient.
Reasoning: This is a suspected metastasis conversation, and it must not become a diagnosis you cannot make. Setting: sit down, face her, ask if she would like anyone with her. Perception: "What have you been thinking might be causing the pain?" Invitation: "Would it help if I explain what I am concerned about?" Knowledge with a warning shot: "Some things about your pain concern me. Pain that is worse at night, weight loss and your history of breast cancer mean we must check that the cancer has not come back in the bone of your spine. I do not know that it has, but this needs to be checked quickly." Then stop and respond to emotion with NURSE. Strategy: "I will call your oncologist's office today and send a letter. You need an MRI and blood tests. I am not going to adjust your mid back until we know the bone is healthy, but I will stay in touch and help with the pain in safe ways." Safety net: new leg weakness, numbness, balance or bladder problems mean the emergency department immediately (cord compression). Critical actions: no manipulation, honest but not definitive language, empathy, prompt referral with phone and letter, and the cord compression safety net.

Refusals and informed refusal

A competent adult may refuse any recommended test, referral or treatment, even when you think the choice is unwise. Your duty is to make the refusal informed: explain the reason for your recommendation, the risks of declining in specific terms, the alternatives, and that the patient can change their mind. Explore the reason (cost, fear, past experience, transport, beliefs), because the barrier is often solvable. Then document the informed refusal: what you recommended, the risks explained, the patient's stated reason, alternatives offered, and that the patient understood. Refusal of an emergency referral is the hardest version: stay calm, restate the danger in plain words, involve a family member if the patient agrees, offer to call emergency services yourself, and never proceed with treatment that the red flag contraindicates simply because the patient refuses referral.

The reverse situation, a patient demanding something inappropriate, is handled the same way. A patient who insists on lumbar radiographs without indication gets an explanation of why imaging will not change care and could cause harm (radiation, incidental findings), plus the conditions under which you would order it. A patient who demands a neck adjustment despite a contraindication gets a clear refusal with the reason and a safe alternative: "I understand you feel better after adjustments, but with the dizziness you described, a neck adjustment is not safe until you have been checked. Here is what I can do today."

Boundaries, chaperones and draping

  • Draping and gowns. Explain why an area must be exposed, expose only what is needed, provide a gown, leave the room or turn away while the patient changes, and knock before re-entering.
  • Chaperones. Offer a chaperone for sensitive examinations and procedures and whenever the patient or you would prefer one; record the offer and the response.
  • Narrate touch. Say where you are going to touch before you do it ("I am going to press along the muscles beside your spine now"), and stop immediately if the patient asks.
  • Romantic or sexual advances. Decline clearly and kindly, redirect to the clinical task, and if the behavior persists end the encounter, document it and arrange transfer of care as appropriate. A relationship with a current patient is never acceptable.
  • Gifts, social media and dual relationships. Follow professional codes; avoid relationships that compromise objectivity.
  • Angry patients. Stay calm, listen without interrupting, acknowledge the emotion, apologize for the experience where appropriate ("I am sorry you have waited so long"), focus on what you can do, and keep yourself and staff safe; leave the room if there is a threat of violence.
Station promptProfessional responseAvoid
"Just crack my neck, I do not need all these questions."Explain that the questions keep the patient safe; continue the screen briefly; offer treatment once it is completeSkipping the red flag or vascular screen to please the patient
"My other chiropractor said my spine was badly misaligned."Explain your own findings neutrally; do not criticize another clinicianDisparaging prior care or confirming fear inducing language
"I do not want to go to the hospital; just fix my back."Explain the danger plainly, explore barriers, offer to call, document informed refusal; do not treat through the red flagTreating anyway, or dismissing the patient without a plan
"Can I have your personal number? We should get coffee."Polite, clear decline; redirect to the clinic number and the clinical taskAmbiguous replies, personal contact, continuing as if nothing happened if it persists
"I cannot afford all these visits."Prioritize the most effective elements, emphasize home care, adjust frequency, discuss options honestlyPressuring prepaid plans or implying care will fail without full frequency

Cultural humility and interpreters

Cultural humility is a stance of curiosity and self reflection rather than a list of facts about groups. Ask rather than assume: "Is there anything about your beliefs or background that would help me care for you?" Some patients prefer a same gender clinician or chaperone, may wish to involve family in decisions, may have specific modesty needs during examination, or may hold explanatory models of pain that differ from yours. Respect these preferences where possible and negotiate the plan around them. Address the patient by the name and pronouns they prefer.

For patients with limited English proficiency, use a qualified professional interpreter (in person, video or telephone). Do not use family members, and never children, for clinical interpreting except in an emergency until a professional is available, because they may filter information, lack medical vocabulary and compromise confidentiality, especially for sensitive questions and consent. When working with an interpreter: brief them first, face and speak to the patient in the first person ("Where does it hurt?" not "Ask her where it hurts"), use short sentences and pause for interpretation, avoid idioms, use teach-back through the interpreter, and record the interpreter's name or identification number. Patients who are deaf may need a qualified sign language interpreter; lip reading alone is insufficient for consent.

Board tip. In an interpreter station, the most common scored errors are speaking to the interpreter instead of the patient ("Tell him..."), using a relative as the interpreter for consent, and failing to check understanding through the interpreter. Look at the patient, speak in the first person, and use teach-back.
Case. Door card: Mrs. Nguyen, 72 year old female, neck pain for 2 weeks. Speaks Vietnamese; her 14 year old grandson is with her and offers to translate. Task: take a history and obtain consent for your plan.
Reasoning: Thank the grandson and explain that a professional interpreter is used for medical visits so he does not have to carry that responsibility; arrange a telephone or video interpreter. Introduce yourself and the interpreter, ask the patient whether she would like her grandson to stay, and speak directly to her in the first person with short sentences. Take the history including red flag and vascular screens (dizziness, double vision, speech or swallowing difficulty, drop attacks, numbness), medications (anticoagulants), osteoporosis risk and falls. Ask about preferences: modesty, a female chaperone, family involvement in decisions. Given her age and osteoporosis risk, propose low force care if no red flags emerge, and give PARQ through the interpreter, followed by teach-back. Document the interpreter's identification number, the consent discussion and her decision. Critical actions: not using a minor as the interpreter, first person communication with the patient, checking understanding, and documentation.
Key point

Use SPIKES to deliver unwelcome news and NURSE to respond to emotion, make every refusal an informed refusal that is documented, never treat through a red flag because a patient insists, keep clear professional boundaries with draping, chaperones and narration of touch, and use professional interpreters while speaking directly to the patient.

The chapter in one breath

  • The SOAP note runs Subjective, Objective, Assessment, Plan; each part must support the next, and findings must be specific, measurable and lateralized.
  • Record pertinent negatives (no saddle anesthesia, no 5 Ds and 3 Ns) so the red flag screen is visible in the record.
  • Correct records with a single line, date and initials; label late entries; never obliterate; disclose only the minimum necessary.
  • Valid informed consent needs capacity, disclosure, understanding, voluntariness and documentation; most jurisdictions use the material risk standard.
  • PARQ (procedure, alternatives, risks, questions) is the disclosure script; finish with a clear yes or no question and renew consent when the plan changes.
  • Discuss cervical artery dissection as a rare, debated risk with warning signs and a non-thrust alternative; describe common soreness as affecting about a third to a half of patients for a day or two.
  • A report of findings follows a fixed order in plain, non-threatening language; avoid nocebo phrases and confirm understanding with teach-back.
  • Match referral channel to urgency, structure phone handoffs with SBAR, and write letters that lead with the reason and urgency and end with a specific request.
  • Deliver bad news with SPIKES and respond to emotion with NURSE; avoid false reassurance.
  • Competent adults may refuse; make the refusal informed, document it, and never treat through a red flag on request.
  • Use professional interpreters, not family or children, speak to the patient in the first person, and practice cultural humility.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
SOAP noteA clinical note organized into Subjective, Objective, Assessment and Plan sections.
Pertinent negativeA relevant symptom or sign that is absent and is recorded because it argues against an important diagnosis.
Late entryA note written after the visit it describes, labeled with the current date and time and the visit date.
AmendmentA correction to a record that leaves the original entry visible, with the date and author of the change.
Minimum necessaryThe privacy principle of disclosing only the health information needed for a given purpose.
Informed consentA patient's voluntary agreement to care after receiving and understanding information about it, its alternatives and its risks.
CapacityThe ability to understand information, appreciate its relevance, reason about options and communicate a choice for a specific decision.
Material risk standardThe disclosure standard requiring information a reasonable patient would want in order to decide.
Professional standardAn older disclosure standard based on what a reasonable practitioner would customarily disclose.
Implied consentConsent presumed in an emergency when the patient cannot consent and delay would cause serious harm.
AssentA minor's agreement to care, sought in addition to the parent's or guardian's consent.
PARQThe consent disclosure framework: procedure, alternatives, risks and questions.
BatteryIntentional touching without consent; treating a patient without consent can constitute battery.
Informed refusalA competent patient's decision to decline recommended care after being told the risks of declining, recorded in the chart.
Report of findingsThe structured explanation to the patient of examination results, diagnosis, prognosis and recommended plan.
Teach-backAsking the patient to explain information in their own words to confirm that the explanation was understood.
Ask-tell-askA communication pattern of asking what the patient knows, giving information, then asking for their response.
Nocebo effectWorse symptoms or outcomes caused by negative expectations, often triggered by threatening language.
SBARA handoff structure: situation, background, assessment, recommendation.
Co-managementShared care of one patient by two or more providers with clear roles and regular communication.
SPIKESA six step protocol for delivering bad news: setting, perception, invitation, knowledge, emotions, strategy and summary.
NURSEEmpathic responses to emotion: name, understand, respect, support, explore.
Warning shotA brief statement that prepares a patient for unwelcome news before it is delivered.
ChaperoneA trained third person present during an examination or procedure to support the patient and clinician.
Cultural humilityAn ongoing practice of self reflection and curiosity about each patient's values and background, rather than assumptions about groups.
Limited English proficiencyLimited ability to read, speak, write or understand English well enough for clinical communication.
Professional interpreterA trained, qualified person who conveys spoken or signed language accurately and confidentially in clinical encounters.

Check yourself

In which SOAP section does "Right L5 radiculopathy secondary to probable L4 to L5 disc herniation; DDx piriformis syndrome" belong, and what else should accompany it there?
Answer. Assessment. It should also state neurologic status, severity and acuity, prognosis and red flags considered (for example, "no cauda equina signs"), so a reader can see why the plan follows.
You notice an error in yesterday's paper note. How do you correct it?
Answer. Draw a single line through the error so it stays legible, write the correction, and date and initial it. Never erase, use correction fluid or remove the page; in electronic records use the amendment function so the original remains in the audit trail.
List the five requirements of valid informed consent.
Answer. Capacity, adequate disclosure, understanding, voluntariness and documentation. A signature alone does not establish consent if any element is missing.
What disclosure standard do most jurisdictions apply, and what does it require?
Answer. The material risk (reasonable patient) standard: disclose what a reasonable person in the patient's position would want to know to make the decision, including rare but serious risks such as stroke associated with cervical artery dissection.
A patient asks, "Can a neck adjustment cause a stroke?" Give a balanced, accurate response.
Answer. Acknowledge a very rare association with artery tears in the neck, explain that research has not settled whether manipulation causes these tears or whether people with an early tear seek care for the neck pain and headache it produces, describe the screening you have done, offer a non-thrust alternative, and give the warning signs and the instruction to call 911. Avoid both "never happens" and alarmist language.
Why is "Does that make sense?" not an adequate check of understanding, and what should replace it?
Answer. It invites a reflexive "yes" and does not reveal gaps. Use teach-back: "So I know I explained it clearly, can you tell me in your own words what you will do if the numbness spreads?"
Give the four parts of SBAR with one sentence each for a patient with suspected stroke signs after a neck complaint.
Answer. Situation: "Dr. Ruiz, chiropractor, calling about a 45 year old woman with new slurred speech and left arm weakness." Background: "Neck pain for 2 days, no prior stroke; symptoms began at 10:40." Assessment: "Dysarthria and left arm drift; I suspect a stroke, possibly from vertebral artery dissection." Recommendation: "She needs emergency stroke evaluation now; I have called 911 and am staying with her."
During SPIKES, which step comes before giving the medical information, and why does it matter?
Answer. Perception and then Invitation: ask what the patient already understands or suspects and how much detail they want. This lets you correct misunderstandings, start from their level and respect their wish for information.
A patient with saddle numbness refuses to go to the emergency department and asks you to adjust her back instead. What do you do?
Answer. Do not adjust. Explain the danger plainly (possible cauda equina compression with permanent bladder, bowel and leg damage), explore her reasons and barriers, offer to call emergency services or involve a family member with her permission, and if she still refuses as a competent adult, document an informed refusal with the risks explained and the safety net given.
A patient's adult daughter offers to interpret for the consent discussion. What is the best response?
Answer. Thank her and use a qualified professional interpreter (in person, video or phone), because family members may filter information, lack medical vocabulary and compromise confidentiality. Speak directly to the patient in the first person, use teach-back through the interpreter, and record the interpreter's identification.
Chapter 9 · Chiropractic Technique

Technique Station Principles and Scoring

A technique station gives you a door card, a standardized patient and a few minutes to prove that you can turn a listing into a safe, specific set up and explain it as you go. Examiners are not watching for a dramatic thrust; they are scoring a chain of small, observable decisions, and one broken link (the wrong side, the wrong contact, a missed safety screen) can cost the whole station. This chapter breaks that chain into its parts so that every set up you perform, on the exam and in practice, is deliberate and defensible.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • List the scored elements of a technique station: listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact point, segmental contact, stabilization and line of drive.
  • Run a technique station in a fixed order, from door card to debrief, while verbalizing each step.
  • Translate a Palmer Gonstead spinous listing into a National body motion listing and a motion palpation restriction, and choose the side of contact from it.
  • Explain how facet plane orientation and the listing together set the direction of the line of drive in each spinal region.
  • Describe preload, tissue pull and the high velocity, low amplitude thrust, and state why the station stops at preload.
  • Perform and verbalize pre technique screening, informed consent, draping and a stop rule for new symptoms.
  • Recognize the absolute and relative contraindications that turn a technique station into a "do not adjust" decision.
  • Identify and correct the most common station errors: wrong contact, wrong line of drive, poor stabilization, poor table use and failure to verbalize.

Section 1What a technique station tests

The station in outline

Practical exams of this kind are usually built as a circuit of timed stations. At a technique station you read a door card before entering: it typically gives the patient's age and complaint, the region, the relevant findings (a listing, a motion palpation result or both) and the task, such as "set up and verbalize an adjustment for the listed segment." Inside, a standardized patient (a trained person who plays the role consistently for every candidate) waits on the table or a stool, and one or more examiners score a checklist. Format details, timing and scoring rules vary and change over time, so read the current official candidate materials for the exam you are taking and practice to those instructions. What follows is how stations of this type are generally structured and what they generally reward.

The examiner is checking whether your hands and words match a correct plan. That means the score is built from observable behaviors: where the patient lies, where you stand, which part of your hand touches which part of the vertebra, what your other hand is doing, which way you intend to drive, and whether you said it clearly. A technically elegant set up performed silently can lose points that a slightly slower, fully narrated set up earns.

The seven elements of every set up

Every diversified style set up, in any region, can be described with the same seven elements. Learn to say them in the same order every time so that nothing is skipped under pressure.

ElementDefinitionWhat the examiner looks for
ListingThe named position or motion fault of the segment to be adjustedCorrect segment and side read from the door card or your palpation, stated aloud in a recognized system
Patient positionProne, supine, seated or side posture, with the head, arms and legs placed for the regionSafe, comfortable position suited to the region; headpiece, face paper and table pieces set correctly
Doctor stanceWhere you stand and how (fencer, square, at the head, at the side)Body weight behind the line of drive, balanced base, table at a usable height
Contact pointThe part of the doctor's hand that touches the patient (pisiform, thenar, index MCP, thumb, digital pad)The correct, firm, bony part of the hand, not a soft finger tip pressing on muscle
Segmental contactThe part of the patient's vertebra that is contacted (spinous, transverse process, lamina, articular pillar, mammillary process, rib angle)Correct level and side; contact on bone, not on soft tissue between levels
StabilizationWhat the other hand (or the table or the patient's own position) does to fix the region not being movedThe indifferent hand placed and actively holding, not floating
Line of driveThe direction of the intended thrust, described in anatomical terms (P to A, L to M, I to S)Direction consistent with the listing and with the facet plane of the region, stated aloud

Two more items wrap around these seven: the safety screen at the start (red flags, contraindications, consent) and the preload and verbalization at the end. Together they make the sequence shown in Figure 9.1.

1 Door card2 Screen, consent3 Patient position4 Doctor stance5 Contact6 Stabilize7 Preload8 Verbalize listing, region,taskred flags, history,permissiontable, headpiece,drapefencer or square,table heightcontact point onsegmental contactother hand fixesthe regionslack out, tissuepull, line of drivedescribe thrust,reassess, debrief Safety runs through every step: stop, release, reassess and refer if a new symptom appears
Figure 9.1 The technique station as a fixed sequence. The top row prepares the patient and you; the bottom row is the set up itself. Saying each step aloud as you perform it is what turns correct hands into scored points, and the safety band is never finished: it applies from the door card to the debrief.

Reading the door card

Use the reading time to make three decisions before you touch the door handle. First, what is the listing and what does it mean in motion terms (for example, "T6 PR" means the spinous has rotated right and the body has rotated left, so right rotation is restricted). Second, which set up fits the region and the patient (prone, supine, seated or side posture, and whether anything on the card, such as age, osteoporosis or pregnancy, changes your choice). Third, is there anything that says do not adjust: a red flag in the history, a neurologic sign, trauma, anticoagulation, or symptoms that suggest a cervical artery problem. If the card holds a red flag, the station may be testing whether you recognize it, and the correct performance is to explain why you would not adjust and what you would do instead.

A standard station script

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. IntroduceKnock, enter, wash or sanitize hands, make eye contact"Hello, I'm Dr. ___, a chiropractic intern. May I confirm your name?"
2. ScreenAsk brief targeted safety questions for the region"Before I adjust, have you had any recent injury, dizziness, double vision, trouble speaking or swallowing, or any new severe headache?"
3. Explain and consentDescribe the procedure, common and rare risks, alternatives; obtain verbal consent"I'd like to perform a gentle adjustment to the middle of your back. You may hear a pop. Some people are sore for a day or two; serious problems are rare. Do I have your permission?"
4. PositionSet table pieces, face paper, gown, draping; place patient"Please lie face down with your arms at your sides. Tell me if anything is uncomfortable."
5. StanceTake your stance and adjust table height"I am standing on the patient's left in a fencer stance, with my body over the line of drive."
6. ContactFind the level by landmark, place the contact point"My contact point is my right pisiform; my segmental contact is the left transverse process of T6."
7. StabilizePlace and activate the indifferent hand"My left hand reinforces the contact (or stabilizes at ___)."
8. PreloadTake tissue pull and slack, reach joint tension, hold"I have taken out the tissue slack and brought the joint to tension."
9. Verbalize the thrustDo not thrust; hold and describe"At this point I would deliver a high velocity, low amplitude thrust, posterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior."
10. Release and reassessRelease slowly, help the patient up, ask how they feel"I would recheck motion at T6. How are you feeling? Any new symptoms?"
Board tip. Say the seven elements in the same order every time: listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact point, segmental contact, stabilization, line of drive. A memorized order is the best defense against the most common scoring loss, which is not a wrong element but a missing one that you performed and simply never said.
Case. Door card: 34 year old office worker with mid back pain for two weeks after moving house. No trauma, no neurologic symptoms, no night pain. Motion palpation: T6 restricted in right rotation. Task: set up and verbalize a prone adjustment for T6.
Reasoning: Translate first: a right rotation restriction means the body is held in left rotation, so the left transverse process is posterior and the spinous has swung right (Palmer Gonstead PR). Enter, introduce yourself, confirm identity, and ask the screening questions (trauma, osteoporosis, fever, weight loss, chest pain or shortness of breath, since mid back pain can be visceral). Explain the procedure, say that soreness is common and rib injury rare, and obtain consent. Patient prone, arms at the sides, face paper on the headpiece, table lowered to about mid thigh. Stand on the patient's left side in a fencer stance (or on either side for a unilateral contact, as taught). State: "Contact point, right pisiform; segmental contact, left transverse process of T6; stabilization, left hand over the contact hand (or a cross bilateral on the right TP of T5 if that is the taught variant); line of drive, P to A and slightly I to S, which induces right rotation." Take tissue pull, preload to tension, state the thrust without delivering it, release, and say you would reassess motion. Critical actions: screening, consent, correct side (left TP), correct level and verbalized line of drive.

How stations are generally scored

Checklist scoring is typical of standardized practical exams. Items are written as observable yes or no behaviors ("identified correct segmental contact," "stated line of drive"). Some programs and exams also mark certain items as critical, meaning that missing them (for example, adjusting a patient with a stated contraindication, or causing pain without stopping) can outweigh everything else that was done well. Exact weights, pass points and the list of critical items are set by the examining body and can change; the safest preparation is to treat every safety step as critical and every set up element as something you must both do and say.

A practical consequence: partial credit exists only if the examiner can see or hear it. If you change your plan mid station ("I realize the contact should be on the left"), say so clearly and correct the hands. Silent correction is invisible; a spoken correction shows reasoning.

Key point

A technique station scores a chain of observable decisions: screen and consent, then listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact point, segmental contact, stabilization and line of drive, then preload and a spoken description of the thrust. Do every element, say every element, and treat every safety step as if it were the one that decides the station.

Section 2Listings and segmental analysis for the station

Why the listing system matters

A listing is shorthand for the direction a segment has moved or the direction it cannot move. The same vertebral fault can be written three ways: as a static position of the spinous process (Palmer Gonstead), as a position of the vertebral body in standard orthopedic terms (National, sometimes called the body motion or Diversified system), or as a restriction of motion found on motion palpation. Door cards may use any of these, and many examiners expect you to translate between them aloud. The translation is mechanical once you remember one fact: the spinous process and the vertebral body rotate in opposite directions.

Palmer Gonstead listings (C2 to L5)

The Palmer Gonstead system describes where the spinous process has moved relative to the segment below. A typical listing has up to three letters:

  • P (posterior): the vertebral body has moved posterior relative to the one below, the basic misalignment assumed in this system.
  • R or L: the side toward which the spinous process has rotated. PR means the spinous is to the right, so the body has rotated to the left.
  • S or I: describes the lateral flexion (wedging) component, written as whether the disc space is opened superiorly or closed inferiorly on the side of spinous rotation. PRS means the spinous is right and the side of spinous rotation is open (the body has laterally flexed away from the spinous side); PRI means the spinous is right and that side is closed.

Some Gonstead cervical analysis names the side of posterior body rotation rather than the spinous side, because cervical spinous processes are short and bifid. Learn the convention your door card is using; if a card is ambiguous, state your interpretation aloud before you set up ("I am reading PR as spinous right, body rotated left").

Atlas and occiput listings

The atlas has no true spinous process, so its Palmer Gonstead listing describes the whole ring. The first letters describe the tilt of the anterior tubercle in the sagittal plane: AS (anterior superior) or AI (anterior inferior). Next comes laterality, the side toward which the atlas has slipped (R or L). The last letter gives rotation on that same side: A if the side of laterality has rotated anterior, P if it has rotated posterior. So ASRP reads "anterior superior, laterality right, and the right side has rotated posterior." In National terms, the same atlas is laterally translated right and rotated right (the right lateral mass posterior). Occiput faults are usually written in body motion terms (occiput flexion or extension, lateral flexion, or posterior rotation on one side) or as a restriction found on motion palpation.

National and motion palpation listings

The National system describes the vertebral body with the same words used for any joint: flexion, extension, lateral flexion left or right, rotation left or right, and sometimes lateral or anteroposterior translation. A motion palpation listing names the motion that is restricted (also called fixation or hypomobility): "T6 right rotation restriction" means T6 cannot rotate right on T7, which is what you would expect if it is held in left rotation. The correction is to induce the restricted motion.

Palmer GonsteadSpinous positionNational (body position)Expected motion restrictionTypical thoracic contact side
PRSpinous rightBody rotated leftRight rotationRight side of spinous (push R to L) or left transverse process (P to A)
PLSpinous leftBody rotated rightLeft rotationLeft side of spinous (push L to R) or right transverse process (P to A)
PRSSpinous right, right side openLeft rotation with left lateral flexionRight rotation and right lateral flexionAs for PR, with the S or I component set by the system taught
PRISpinous right, right side closedLeft rotation with right lateral flexionRight rotation and left lateral flexionAs for PR, with the S or I component set by the system taught
P (no side)Spinous posterior, no rotationFlexion malpositionExtensionBilateral transverse contacts, P to A
Anterior (often written as an anterior or "A" thoracic)Spinous approximated, body anteriorExtension malpositionFlexionSupine anterior thoracic contact below the segment
Vertebral body(anterior)TransverseprocessSpinous process Left TP now posterior:contact here, P to AOr contact right side ofspinous, push R to L NeutralSpinous right: PR (Palmer Gonstead)= body rotated left (National) = right rotation restricted LRLR Superior view, anterior at the top; R and L are the patient's sides. Dashed line: midline.
Figure 9.2 One misalignment, three names. When the spinous swings to the right (PR), the body turns left and the left transverse process becomes posterior, so the segment resists right rotation. Either contact shown (left TP driven P to A, or the right side of the spinous pushed R to L) induces right rotation and corrects the same listing.

From listing to contact side: the rotation rules

Almost every side of contact question reduces to two rules:

  1. Transverse process, lamina, articular pillar and mammillary contacts go on the side of posterior body rotation, which is the side opposite the spinous rotation. Driving that posterior side forward (P to A) rotates the body back toward neutral.
  2. Spinous process contacts go on the side toward which the spinous has rotated, and push it back toward the midline (lateral to medial). This is the logic of the Gonstead spinous contact and the diversified spinous push.

For lateral flexion restrictions in the cervical spine, the contact goes on the side toward which you want to induce lateral flexion, the head is laterally flexed over the contact, and the drive is lateral to medial. Chapter 10 applies these rules to each region.

Motion palpation and end feel at the station

Some stations give you the finding; others ask you to palpate first and then set up. Motion palpation tests the segment through each plane while you feel the interspinous or facet region: flexion and extension (spinous processes separate and approximate), lateral flexion (the interspinous space opens on the convex side), and rotation (the spinous moves toward the side opposite body rotation). Joint play (end play) is tested at the end of passive range by springing the segment; a normal joint has a slightly springy end feel, while a fixated joint has a hard, abrupt end feel with reduced play. Pain, muscle guarding, or a soft, boggy end feel suggests an acute or inflammatory process, and an empty end feel (the patient stops you before any tissue resistance) suggests a serious lesion and is a reason to stop and evaluate further.

RegionApproximate facet orientationMain motionsCoupling pattern usually taughtEffect on line of drive
Upper cervical (C0 to C2)Occipital condyles cupped in atlas facets; C1 to C2 facets nearly horizontalC0 to C1 flexion and extension; C1 to C2 rotation (about half of cervical rotation)Variable; C1 to C2 rotation is coupled with small vertical translationRotation and lateral drives with minimal force and minimal rotation of the head
Lower cervical (C2 to C7)About 45 degrees to the horizontal, facing up and backFlexion, extension, lateral flexion, rotationLateral flexion and rotation to the same sideP to A and slightly I to S, along the facet plane ("toward the opposite eye")
Thoracic (T1 to T12)About 60 degrees to the horizontal, close to the frontal planeRotation and lateral flexion, limited by ribs; flexion and extension modestVariable, often taught as same side in the upper thoracic and variable belowP to A and slightly I to S, following the kyphosis
Lumbar (L1 to L5)Near the sagittal plane, curvedFlexion and extension; little rotationCommonly taught as opposite side, but inconsistentSide posture with rotational and P to A components
Board tip. The quickest way to check yourself under time: "Spinous goes one way, body goes the other; transverse contacts go on the body side, spinous contacts go on the spinous side." If a door card says PR at T7 and you find your pisiform on the right transverse process, stop and correct it aloud.
Case. Door card: 41 year old with neck stiffness after a long drive. Neurologic and vascular screen negative. Findings: C5 Palmer Gonstead listing PL (spinous left). Task: state the National listing, the restricted motion and the contact for a supine rotary set up.
Reasoning: Spinous left means the body has rotated right, so the right articular pillar is posterior and left rotation is restricted. State: "In National terms C5 is in right rotation; on motion palpation I would expect left rotation restriction." For a supine rotary set up, the contact goes on the side of posterior body rotation, the right articular pillar of C5, with the index MCP (lateral surface of the proximal phalanx). The head is rotated to the left, away from the contact, only far enough to bring tension to the segment (never to end range), and the line of drive is P to A and slightly I to S along the facet plane toward the patient's left eye, which induces left rotation. Stabilize by cradling the occiput and the opposite side of the head with the other hand. Critical actions: screen for dissection symptoms first, avoid end range rotation and extension, and say the line of drive aloud.
Key point

Listings are three languages for one fault: spinous position (Palmer Gonstead), body position (National) and restricted motion (motion palpation). The spinous and body always rotate in opposite directions; contacts on the transverse process, lamina, pillar or mammillary go on the posterior body side, spinous contacts go on the spinous side, and the facet plane of the region sets the angle of the line of drive.

Section 3Preloading, tissue pull and the thrust

The phases of a manipulative thrust

A high velocity, low amplitude (HVLA) adjustment has a predictable force profile. During positioning the patient and the segment are placed so that the target joint, and as few other joints as possible, are brought toward the end of their passive range. During preload the doctor adds a steady compressive force through the contact until the soft tissue slack is gone and the joint is at tension, the edge of the elastic barrier. The thrust (impulse) is a brief, fast increase in force along the line of drive, followed by resolution, a quick release back toward the preload level and then off. In laboratory measurements the impulse usually lasts on the order of a tenth of a second or a little more, and preload and peak forces vary widely by region and by clinician: cervical forces are far smaller than thoracic or lumbar forces. What matters for the board is the qualitative pattern: a controlled preload, a fast impulse of small amplitude, and no wind up or rebound.

Station stops here:hold preload, say the thrust Thrust impulse (HVLA),drawn dashed: notdelivered in the station Preload:slack out, at tension Tissue pull,positioning PositioningPreloadThrustResolution Time Force through the contact
Figure 9.3 Force profile of an HVLA adjustment. Force rises during positioning and tissue pull, levels off at preload with the joint at tension, then spikes briefly in the thrust and falls during resolution. At a practical station you perform everything up to the dashed vertical line and then describe the thrust in words.

Taking out slack and tissue pull

Slack is the give in the skin, fascia and muscle between your contact point and the bone, plus the free play in the joint before tension is felt. If you thrust through slack, the force is absorbed by soft tissue, the contact slides, and the patient feels a skin pinch instead of a joint movement. Tissue pull is the deliberate drawing of the skin and superficial tissue with the contact hand as it settles on the bone, usually in the direction of the intended correction, so that the contact sits firmly on the segmental contact with the skin already stretched. Gonstead teaching places particular emphasis on tissue pull; diversified teaching folds it into "take the slack out." Either way, the observable behavior at the station is the same: settle the contact, draw the tissue, then add pressure along the line of drive until the joint is at tension.

  • Too little preload: the thrust starts from slack, amplitude increases to compensate, and the move becomes long, uncomfortable and less specific.
  • Too much preload: the patient braces, the joint is compressed, and some patients find the hold itself painful. In the neck, excessive preload often comes with excessive rotation.
  • Correct preload: firm but comfortable, the patient can breathe and relax, and you feel the joint's elastic barrier.

Depth, speed and amplitude

The adjustive impulse is fast (high velocity) and short (low amplitude). Amplitude is kept small so that the joint is taken just through the elastic barrier into the paraphysiological space, not beyond the limit of anatomical integrity. Depth is the distance the contact travels in the thrust; it is set by region (shallow in the neck, a little more in the thoracic and lumbar spine), by tissue thickness, and by the patient's size and bone quality. Speed comes from a quick contraction of the doctor's chest and arm muscles, often combined with a body drop (a short, controlled drop of body weight through extended arms) in prone thoracic and pelvic work. Good technique keeps the elbows slightly flexed and locked, the shoulders over the contact and the body weight behind the line of drive, so that the impulse comes from the trunk rather than from pushing with the hands.

TermWhat happensWhat you do or say at the station
PositioningPatient and segment placed so the target joint approaches end rangePlace patient, rotate or flex the region as the set up requires, minimal rotation in the neck
Tissue pullSkin and superficial tissue drawn with the contact"I am taking a tissue pull in the direction of the line of drive."
PreloadSteady force to joint tension; soft tissue slack removed"I have taken the joint to tension." Hold; watch the patient's face and breathing
Thrust (impulse)Fast, short force along the line of driveDo not deliver; say "I would now deliver a high velocity, low amplitude thrust, ___ to ___."
ResolutionForce released; patient relaxesRelease slowly, return the patient to neutral, help them up
ReassessmentRetest the finding that justified the adjustment"I would recheck motion and tenderness at the segment and ask about symptoms."

Cavitation and what it does and does not mean

An audible release (cavitation) during an HVLA thrust comes from rapid pressure change within the synovial fluid as the joint surfaces separate, producing a gas bubble. Once a joint has cavitated it usually cannot do so again for roughly 15 to 20 minutes, the refractory period. The sound tells you that a joint gapped, but not necessarily the joint you targeted, and clinical improvement does not depend on hearing it. Telling a patient "you may hear a pop; it is gas in the joint, not bones cracking" is a standard part of explaining the procedure. Chasing cavitation with repeated thrusts at the same level is poor practice.

Why the station does not deliver a real thrust

Standardized patients are examined by many candidates in a day. Repeated real thrusts would expose them to cumulative risk and soreness, would make the patient's responses inconsistent, and would add nothing that an examiner cannot score from the set up, the preload and the spoken description. Practical exams of this type therefore generally instruct candidates to set up to preload and then verbalize the thrust; candidates who actually thrust risk a serious scoring penalty and, more importantly, patient harm. Read the current candidate instructions to confirm exactly what is expected, and practice stopping cleanly at preload until it is automatic. Verbalizing well means naming the type of thrust, its direction in anatomical terms, and the depth or amplitude in qualitative words ("a shallow, high velocity, low amplitude impulse, P to A and slightly I to S").

Board tip. Never thrust at the station, but never stop short of preload either. A set up held with slack still in the tissues looks the same as an incorrect contact to an examiner. Settle the contact, take the tissue pull, add pressure to tension, hold, then speak.
Case. Door card: 52 year old with low grade mid back ache, no trauma, no red flags; bone density normal. Finding: T8 restricted in extension (Palmer Gonstead P listing). Task: set up a prone bilateral transverse adjustment and verbalize the thrust.
Reasoning: Screen (including visceral causes of mid back pain: cardiac, pulmonary, gallbladder, renal), explain and consent. Patient prone, arms at sides or hanging off the table, thoracic piece flat or slightly dropped. Stand at the side in a square or slight fencer stance, table about mid thigh. Find T8 by counting from the inferior angle of the scapula (about T7) and confirm by palpation; remember that the transverse processes of T8 lie roughly at the level of the spinous of T7 (rule of threes). Place both pisiforms on the right and left transverse processes of T8 with arms crossed, take a tissue pull superiorly, ask the patient to breathe in and out, and at the end of exhalation add pressure to tension. Say: "At end exhalation I would deliver a shallow body drop thrust, P to A and slightly I to S, to induce extension at T8." Release, reassess. Critical actions: correct level, contact on bone not between levels, preload before verbalizing, no actual thrust.
Key point

An HVLA adjustment is positioning, tissue pull, preload to joint tension, a fast short impulse along the line of drive, and resolution. At a practical station you complete everything through preload, hold, and describe the thrust in anatomical terms; cavitation is incidental, slack is the enemy, and the force always comes from the body, not the hands.

Section 4Patient safety and communication during technique

Screening before any set up

Every technique station is also a safety station. Before touching the region, ask the questions that would change your decision. The cervical spine needs a screen for cervical artery dissection and upper cervical instability; the thoracic spine needs a screen for visceral referral and bone fragility; every region needs a screen for fracture, infection, malignancy and neurologic compromise.

CategoryExamplesStation response
Absolute contraindications to HVLA at the regionAcute fracture or dislocation; ligamentous instability (for example upper cervical instability in rheumatoid arthritis or Down syndrome, os odontoideum); suspected cervical artery dissection; primary or metastatic tumor or infection (osteomyelitis, discitis) at the site; acute myelopathy; cauda equina syndromeDo not adjust the region; say so and state the referral or work up
Relative contraindications (modify or choose another method)Osteoporosis or osteopenia; anticoagulant therapy or bleeding disorder; acute inflammatory arthritis flare; recent surgery or fusion; disc herniation with progressive deficit; pregnancy (positioning); hypermobility syndromesModify force, choose low force or instrument methods, avoid the region, or co manage
Red flags that need medical evaluation firstUnexplained weight loss, fever, night pain, history of cancer, progressive neurologic deficit, saddle anesthesia, bowel or bladder change, chest pain or dyspnea with thoracic painStop, explain, refer with appropriate urgency
Possible cervical artery dissection or vertebrobasilar symptomsSudden, unusual neck pain or headache, especially after minor trauma; dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks (the "5 Ds"); nausea, numbness, nystagmus (the "3 Ns"); ataxia; Horner signsNo cervical manipulation; neurologic screen; emergency referral when acute

Provocative positional tests that hold the neck in extension and rotation (for example the classic vertebrobasilar tests) have poor sensitivity and do not rule out dissection, and some programs no longer teach them as screening tools. History and a focused neurologic screen are the key. If your program or the station asks for them, perform them gently and say what a positive finding would mean, but do not claim that a negative test makes manipulation safe.

Read door card,brief history,screen Red flags orcontraindication?Dissection orVBI warning signs? No to both:explain, consent,drape, set up Monitor face,breathing andwords to preload New symptom:stop, release,reassess, refer Do not adjust this region.Say why aloud, then refer orchoose another approach nonoyesyes Red flags: fracture, instability,infection, tumor, myelopathy,cauda equina, visceral pain.VBI signs: the 5 Ds and 3 Ns.
Figure 9.4 The safety logic of a technique station. Screening comes before positioning, a yes at either decision point turns the station into a "do not adjust" performance, and monitoring continues through preload with a firm stop rule if anything changes.

Explaining and obtaining consent

Informed consent at the station is short but complete. The patient should hear what you plan to do (in plain words), why, what they may feel (pressure, a pop), the common risks (local soreness or stiffness for a day or two, occasionally headache after neck work), the rare serious risks relevant to the region (for cervical manipulation, the rare association with cervical artery dissection and stroke; for thoracic and rib work, rib fracture, especially with low bone density), the alternatives (mobilization, soft tissue work, instrument adjusting, exercise, no treatment), and that they may decline or stop at any time. Then ask a direct question and wait for an answer: "Do you have any questions? Is it all right if I proceed?" Document consent in practice; at the station, saying "I would document informed consent" can be a scored item.

Draping, touch and dignity

Explain before you touch, especially near the chest, ribs, gluteal region or pelvis. Use a gown and drape so that only the area needed is exposed, and use a flat hand or a pillow barrier for contacts near breast tissue. For supine thoracic and rib work, ask the patient to cross their own arms and tell them where your hand will go. Offer a chaperone for sensitive areas according to local policy. These behaviors are often explicit checklist items and are always part of professional practice.

Monitoring and the stop rule

Watch the patient's face, breathing and words throughout positioning and preload. Stop immediately if the patient reports dizziness, visual change, nausea, numbness, sharp or radiating pain, or simply asks you to stop. Release slowly, return the head or trunk to neutral, keep the patient lying down if they are dizzy, and reassess: vital signs, a brief neurologic screen (cranial nerves, coordination, speech, pupils), and the symptom itself. If signs suggest a vascular or neurologic event, call emergency services and do not leave the patient. At the station, a candidate who notices a scripted reaction and stops appropriately usually demonstrates exactly the behavior being scored.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
Patient reports dizziness during cervical set upRelease the preload, return the head to neutral, keep the patient supine"I'm stopping now. Stay lying down and keep your eyes open for me."
AssessCheck speech, pupils, eye movements, facial symmetry, coordination; take vital signs"Follow my finger. Can you tell me your name and today's date?"
DecideAny neurologic sign or persisting symptom: emergency referral; transient positional symptom with a normal exam: do not proceed with cervical manipulation that day, document and re evaluate"I won't adjust your neck today. I'd like you checked by a medical doctor, and I'll write down what happened."
DocumentRecord the event, findings and actions"I would document the event, the exam and the referral."
Board tip. A safe "no" is a correct answer. If the door card describes a sudden new headache with neck pain after a minor twist, dysarthria, or a positive Babinski, the station may be testing whether you recognize that the right action is not to adjust. Say what you would not do, why, and what you would do instead.
Case. Door card: 37 year old with sudden right sided upper neck pain and an unusual headache that began yesterday while turning to reverse her car. Today she reports brief double vision and feels unsteady. Task: perform a cervical set up for C1 right rotation restriction.
Reasoning: The task is a trap. Sudden unusual neck pain and headache with diplopia and unsteadiness after minor rotation is a classic presentation of possible vertebral artery dissection, which is a contraindication to cervical manipulation. Introduce yourself, take a focused history, and perform a brief neurologic screen (cranial nerves, cerebellar tests, pupils for Horner signs, speech). Say aloud: "Because of these symptoms I will not perform cervical manipulation. I am concerned about a possible cervical artery dissection and I am referring her for emergency evaluation today." Explain to the patient calmly, arrange transport, and document. Critical actions: no manipulation, recognition of the red flag, urgent referral, clear explanation.
Key point

Safety is scored before, during and after the set up: screen for contraindications and red flags, explain and obtain consent with region specific risks, drape and touch respectfully, watch the patient through preload, and stop, reassess and refer the moment anything changes. Declining to adjust for a good reason is a correct performance, not a failure.

Section 5Common technique station errors

Errors of analysis: wrong segment, wrong side

The most expensive errors happen before the hands move. Candidates count levels from the wrong landmark, misread PR as "contact right TP," or confuse the side of restriction with the side of malposition. Protect yourself with a fixed habit: count from two landmarks (for example C7 by the extension test and the inferior angle of the scapula at about T7), remember the thoracic rule of threes for transverse process position, and say the translation aloud before contacting.

Thoracic spinous processesTip lies roughly at the level ofPractical effect on transverse contacts
T1 to T3The transverse processes of the same vertebraTPs beside the palpated spinous
T4 to T6Halfway between its own TPs and those of the vertebra belowTPs about half a level above the spinous tip
T7 to T9The transverse processes of the vertebra belowTPs about one full level above the spinous tip
T10The transverse processes of the vertebra belowAs T7 to T9
T11HalfwayAs T4 to T6
T12Its own transverse processesAs T1 to T3

Errors of contact

  • Soft contact point: finger pads or the soft palm instead of the pisiform, thenar, index MCP or thumb. The force spreads and the segment is not specific.
  • Contact on soft tissue: between transverse processes, on the paraspinal muscle belly, or on the wrong part of the vertebra (on the spinous when the plan was a transverse contact).
  • Wrong level: often one level off in the thoracic spine because of spinous angulation.
  • Wrong hand position: wrist not extended for a pisiform contact, so the contact rolls; elbow straight and locked in hyperextension, so the thrust cannot be controlled.

Errors of line of drive

The line of drive must agree with both the listing and the joint plane. Pushing straight down into the table in the neck, or with an inferior angle against a 45 degree cervical facet, compresses the joint rather than gliding it. In the thoracic spine, a line that ignores the kyphosis (straight down at T3 or T10, where the spine slopes away) wastes force and can jam the joint. Figure 9.5 shows the principle.

Upper pillarLower pillarUpperLower Correct: alongthe plane, P to A,slightly I to S Wrong: into theplane, jams thejoint Correct: P to A,slightly I to S AnteriorAnteriorPosterior Cervical: plane about 45°Thoracic: plane about 60° Lateral view, anterior to the left. Dashed line: joint plane.
Figure 9.5 The line of drive follows the joint plane. In the lower cervical spine the facets slope about 45 degrees, so the drive is P to A and slightly I to S (toward the opposite eye in a rotary set up); in the thoracic spine the drive is mainly P to A, with a small I to S component and an angle adjusted to the kyphosis at that level, so the upper facets ride up the steep plane rather than being driven down into it. A drive perpendicular to the plane compresses the joint instead of gliding it.

Errors of stabilization and stance

The indifferent hand is not a passenger. In a prone thoracic set up it reinforces the contact or fixes the adjacent segment; in a supine cervical set up it cradles the occiput and controls the head so that the thrust is local; in side posture it fixes the shoulder or pelvis. A floating stabilizing hand lets the whole region move with the thrust, which is both nonspecific and less safe. Stance errors include standing too far from the table (so you push with the arms), standing on the wrong side for the contact, a narrow base that cannot absorb a body drop, and shoulders that are not over the line of drive.

Errors of table use and patient handling

  • Table height: too high and you cannot get your body over the contact; too low and you bend at the waist. A common guide is about mid thigh to fingertip height for prone work, adjusted to the patient's size.
  • Table pieces: headpiece not lowered or angled for comfort, chest or pelvic piece left cocked when a drop is not intended, face paper missing.
  • Positioning: the neck left in extension on a flat headpiece, arms dangling awkwardly, a large patient placed off center.
  • Handling: moving the patient's head abruptly, rotating to end range before contact, or not supporting the head when helping the patient up.

Errors of communication

Failure to verbalize is the most common silent error. Many candidates perform every element correctly but never say the line of drive, the segmental contact or the consent. Others speak in jargon to the patient ("I'm going to adjust your PRS") or speak only to the examiner and ignore the patient. The fix is a two track script: plain words to the patient ("I'm going to place my hand on your mid back"), precise terms to the examiner ("contact point right pisiform, segmental contact left TP of T6").

ErrorHow it looks to the examinerFix
Wrong side of contactPisiform on the TP on the spinous side for a rotation listingSay the translation aloud: "spinous right, body left, contact left TP"
Contact one level offHand on T7 TPs for a T8 listing because of spinous angulationUse two landmarks and the rule of threes
Line of drive against the facet planeStraight down in the neck, or inferior angle in the cervical spinePicture the facet plane; cervical drive is P to A and slightly I to S
Excessive cervical rotationHead turned to end range before preloadRotate only to take up slack at the target level, combine with lateral flexion
Floating stabilizationOther hand resting lightly, region moves with the contactState and activate the stabilization: "my left hand fixes the occiput"
No preloadContact placed but slack obvious, then a verbal "thrust"Take tissue pull and preload to tension before speaking
Actual thrust deliveredStandardized patient moved by an impulseStop at preload; describe the thrust in words
Missing screen or consentHands on the patient within seconds of enteringScript the first minute: introduce, screen, explain, consent
No reassessmentStation ends at the thrustClose with "I would recheck motion and ask about symptoms"
Board tip. If you realize mid station that you made an error, correct it out loud: "I am moving my contact to the left transverse process, because the spinous is right and the left side of the body is posterior." Examiners can credit a corrected, explained decision; they cannot credit a silent one.
Case. Door card: 28 year old with neck stiffness; screen negative. Finding: C4 left lateral flexion restriction. Task: supine lateral flexion set up. A classmate practicing this station placed the contact on the right articular pillar, turned the head 70 degrees to the left and described the drive as "straight down toward the table."
Reasoning: Three errors. First, side: for a lateral flexion move the contact goes on the side toward which you want to induce lateral flexion, so a left lateral flexion restriction calls for a left articular pillar contact with the head laterally flexed to the left over the contact. Second, rotation: a lateral flexion set up uses only slight rotation (often a little away from the contact), never 70 degrees, which approaches end range and adds unnecessary vascular and joint stress. Third, line of drive: the correct drive is lateral to medial (left to right) through the pillar, not posterior to anterior into the table. The corrected verbalization: "Contact point, left index MCP; segmental contact, left articular pillar of C4; stabilization, right hand cradling the occiput; head laterally flexed left over the contact with slight right rotation; line of drive L to M, inducing left lateral flexion." Precede it with dissection screening and consent.
Key point

Most technique station losses come from a short list: wrong level or side, a soft or misplaced contact, a line of drive that fights the joint plane, a passive stabilizing hand, poor table height or positioning, no preload, and above all failure to say what you are doing. A fixed script, two landmarks, and a spoken translation of the listing prevent nearly all of them.

The chapter in one breath

  • A technique station scores observable behaviors: screening and consent, then listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact point, segmental contact, stabilization and line of drive, then preload and a spoken thrust.
  • Use the door card time to translate the listing, choose the set up, and look for anything that says do not adjust.
  • Palmer Gonstead names spinous position (PR = spinous right); National names body position (left rotation); motion palpation names the restriction (right rotation). The spinous and body always rotate opposite ways.
  • TP, lamina, pillar and mammillary contacts go on the posterior body side; spinous contacts go on the spinous side. Lateral flexion contacts go on the side toward which lateral flexion is induced.
  • Atlas listings read sagittal tilt (AS or AI), laterality (R or L), then rotation of that side (A or P): ASRP.
  • The facet plane sets the angle: about 45 degrees in the lower cervical spine (P to A, slightly I to S), about 60 degrees in the thoracic spine (P to A, slightly I to S along the kyphosis).
  • An HVLA adjustment is positioning, tissue pull, preload to tension, a fast short impulse and resolution; at the station you stop at preload and verbalize the thrust.
  • Cavitation is gas release from joint gapping, has a refractory period, and is not the goal.
  • Screen every region: fracture, instability, infection, tumor, myelopathy, cauda equina, visceral referral, and for the neck the 5 Ds and 3 Ns of vertebrobasilar compromise.
  • Consent includes the procedure, sensations, common and rare serious risks (including cervical artery dissection and rib fracture), alternatives and the right to stop.
  • Stop at once for any new symptom: release, keep the patient lying down, reassess neurologically, refer as needed, document.
  • Common errors: wrong level or side, soft contact, line of drive against the plane, end range cervical rotation, floating stabilization, poor table height, no preload, and not verbalizing.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Technique stationA timed practical exam station in which the candidate sets up and verbalizes an adjustment for a standardized patient.
Door cardThe written brief read before entering a station, giving the patient, findings and task.
Standardized patientA trained person who portrays a patient in the same way for every candidate.
ListingA shorthand description of a segment's misalignment or motion restriction.
Palmer Gonstead listingA listing system based on the position of the spinous process (for example PR, PRS, PLI) and, for the atlas, on the whole ring (for example ASRP).
National listingA listing system describing the vertebral body's position with standard terms such as flexion, extension, lateral flexion and rotation.
Restriction (fixation)Reduced motion of a segment in a given direction, found on motion palpation and corrected by inducing that motion.
Motion palpationPalpation of a segment while it is moved through its ranges, to detect hypomobility or hypermobility.
Joint play (end play)The small passive movement available at the end of a joint's range, tested by springing the joint.
End feelThe quality of resistance at the end of passive range, such as springy, hard, boggy or empty.
Contact pointThe part of the doctor's hand that applies the adjustive force, such as the pisiform, thenar, index MCP or thumb.
Segmental contactThe part of the patient's vertebra or rib that receives the contact, such as the spinous, transverse process, lamina or articular pillar.
StabilizationFixing the adjacent region with the other hand, the table or the patient's position so that the force stays local.
Indifferent handThe hand that does not make the contact; it stabilizes or reinforces.
Line of driveThe direction of the intended thrust, stated in anatomical terms such as P to A or L to M.
Fencer stanceA staggered stance with one foot forward, used to put body weight behind an oblique line of drive.
Square stanceA stance facing the table with feet level, used for straight P to A drives such as bilateral thoracic contacts.
Facet planeThe orientation of a zygapophyseal joint surface, which determines the direction the joint can glide.
Coupled motionA secondary motion that occurs automatically with a primary motion, such as rotation with lateral flexion in the cervical spine.
Tissue pullDrawing the skin and superficial tissue with the contact hand so that the contact sits firmly on bone with slack removed.
PreloadSteady force applied through the contact until the joint reaches tension before the thrust.
HVLA thrustA high velocity, low amplitude adjustive impulse applied along the line of drive.
Body dropA short, controlled drop of body weight through extended arms that powers prone thrusts.
Paraphysiological spaceThe zone of joint motion beyond the elastic barrier and short of the anatomical limit, entered during manipulation.
CavitationThe audible release from gas bubble formation as joint surfaces separate under a thrust.
Refractory periodThe interval after cavitation, roughly 15 to 20 minutes, during which the same joint does not cavitate again.
Absolute contraindicationA condition in which HVLA to the region should not be performed at all, such as fracture, instability or suspected dissection.
Relative contraindicationA condition that calls for modified force, a different method or co management, such as osteoporosis or anticoagulation.
Cervical artery dissectionA tear in the wall of a vertebral or internal carotid artery that can cause neck pain, headache and stroke.
5 Ds and 3 NsA memory aid for vertebrobasilar symptoms: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks, nausea, numbness, nystagmus.
Informed consentAgreement given after the patient hears the procedure, its risks, its alternatives and the right to decline.
Rule of threesA guide to how far each thoracic spinous tip lies below its own transverse processes.
VerbalizationSaying each step of the set up aloud so the examiner can score it.

Check yourself

A door card lists T5 PL. Which transverse process would you contact for a unilateral P to A adjustment, and which motion are you inducing?
Answer. The right transverse process, inducing left rotation. Spinous left means the body has rotated right, so the right TP is posterior and left rotation is restricted.
Name the seven elements a candidate should state for every set up, in a usable order.
Answer. Listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact point, segmental contact, stabilization and line of drive. Saying them in a fixed order prevents the common loss of an element performed but never verbalized.
What is the difference between a contact point and a segmental contact?
Answer. The contact point is the part of the doctor's hand (for example the pisiform); the segmental contact is the part of the patient's vertebra it touches (for example the left transverse process of T6).
Read the atlas listing ASLA in words.
Answer. Anterior superior atlas, laterality left, and the left side has rotated anterior. The first two letters describe sagittal tilt of the anterior tubercle, then laterality, then rotation of the side of laterality.
Why does a lower cervical rotary adjustment use a line of drive that is P to A and slightly I to S rather than straight P to A?
Answer. The lower cervical facets slope about 45 degrees up and back; a drive parallel to the joint plane glides the facets, while a straight or inferiorly angled drive compresses them.
What should a candidate do at the moment the thrust would be delivered at a practical technique station?
Answer. Hold the preload at joint tension without thrusting and describe the thrust aloud: type (high velocity, low amplitude), direction in anatomical terms and qualitative depth, then release and state reassessment. Confirm the expected behavior in current official candidate instructions.
A patient hears a pop during an adjustment and asks you to do it again because "it didn't feel finished." What do you explain?
Answer. The pop is cavitation, gas released as the joint surfaces separate; it is not required for benefit, the joint has a refractory period of roughly 15 to 20 minutes, and repeated thrusts to chase a sound are not good practice.
A 66 year old woman with long term corticosteroid use is the patient at a thoracic station. What changes?
Answer. Suspect osteoporosis, a relative contraindication to forceful thoracic and rib HVLA. Choose low force methods (mobilization, instrument, drop with light force), avoid body drops and supine anterior thoracic thrusts over the ribs, include fracture risk in consent, and consider bone density assessment.
During preload for a supine cervical set up the patient says, "I feel dizzy." List your immediate actions in order.
Answer. Stop and release the preload, return the head to neutral, keep the patient supine, observe and talk with them, check speech, eye movements, pupils, facial symmetry and coordination plus vital signs, refer urgently if any neurologic sign persists, do not manipulate the neck that day, and document.
At T8, how does the rule of threes affect where you place a bilateral transverse contact relative to the palpated T8 spinous tip?
Answer. From T7 to T10 the spinous tip lies about one full level below its own transverse processes, so the T8 transverse processes sit about level with the T7 spinous tip, roughly one level above the T8 spinous tip.
Chapter 10 · Chiropractic Technique

Cervical and Thoracic Set Ups

The neck and upper back are where most technique stations live, and they are where a few degrees of extra rotation, a contact one finger off, or a line of drive aimed at the table instead of along the facets matters most. This chapter walks region by region from the occiput to the ribs, giving each standard diversified style set up as a checklist you can perform and say aloud under time. Learn these as patterns: the same seven elements, adapted to the anatomy of each level.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Set up and verbalize occiput and atlas adjustments in supine and seated positions, translating a Palmer Gonstead atlas listing such as ASRP into a contact and line of drive.
  • Explain why upper cervical set ups use minimal rotation and no combined end range rotation and extension, with reference to the vertebral artery and the atlantoaxial joint.
  • Perform the lower cervical rotary and lateral flexion set ups, choosing the side of contact on the articular pillar or lamina from the listing.
  • Use locking by opposite coupling to focus a cervical set up on one segment.
  • Choose among prone and supine cervicothoracic junction set ups, including the prone thumb move and supine lateral flexion contact.
  • Set up prone bilateral transverse, crossed bilateral and unilateral spinous thoracic adjustments and the supine anterior thoracic adjustment, stating contacts and lines of drive.
  • Describe rib anatomy and motion (pump handle and bucket handle) and set up prone and supine rib angle contacts and the first rib adjustment.
  • Apply region specific screening and modifications (instability, dissection, osteoporosis, visceral referral, breast tissue) to every set up.

Section 1Upper cervical set ups

Anatomy that shapes every upper cervical set up

The upper cervical complex (occiput, atlas and axis) is built for motion, not for load. The atlanto-occipital joints are cup shaped: the convex occipital condyles sit in concave superior atlas facets, and the joint moves mainly in flexion and extension (the "yes" motion) with small amounts of lateral flexion. The atlantoaxial joints are three joints: the median joint between the dens and the anterior arch (held by the transverse ligament) and two lateral joints whose nearly flat, biconvex surfaces allow large rotation, about half of all cervical rotation (roughly 40 degrees to each side). The alar ligaments check rotation and lateral flexion.

The vertebral artery runs up through the transverse foramina (usually entering at C6), passes through the atlas transverse foramen, then loops posteriorly and medially across the groove on the upper surface of the posterior arch before piercing the atlanto-occipital membrane to enter the skull. Rotation, especially combined with extension, stretches the contralateral artery at this loop. Upper cervical set ups therefore use minimal rotation, avoid end range, avoid combining rotation with extension, and rely on precise contact and a short, shallow impulse. They also demand screening for instability: rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome, inflammatory spondyloarthropathy, recent trauma, os odontoideum and congenital anomalies can all weaken the transverse ligament or the dens, making HVLA at this level contraindicated.

Listings at the occiput and atlas

Occiput faults are usually written as a motion restriction or a body position: occiput flexion or extension restriction, lateral flexion restriction to one side, or a posterior occiput on one side (rotation). The Palmer Gonstead atlas listing reads, in order, the sagittal tilt of the anterior tubercle (AS or AI), the side of laterality (R or L) and the rotation of that side (A or P). ASRP is therefore an atlas whose anterior tubercle is tipped superior, which has slipped to the right, and whose right side is posterior. In diversified terms you would contact the right side of the atlas, correct the right laterality with a lateral to medial component, and correct the right posterior rotation with a posterior to anterior component.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Occiput flexion restriction (C0 to C1)Supine, head in neutral on the headpieceAt the head of the table, square stanceFingers and palms cupping the occiput bilaterally (occipital lift)Both hands share the contact; chin slightly tuckedI to S (cephalad traction) with slight flexion
Occiput lateral flexion restriction (for example right)SupineAt the head of the table, fencer stance on the contact sideLateral surface of the index MCP or thenar on the right mastoid or lateral occiputOther hand cradles the opposite side of the occiputL to M, inducing right lateral flexion, with minimal rotation
Posterior occiput on one side (rotation)SupineAt the head, slightly toward the contact sideIndex MCP or digital contact on the occipital ridge just behind the mastoid on the posterior sideOther hand cradles the opposite occiput and controls the headP to A, a short arc toward the opposite eye
Atlas rotation (posterior on one side)Supine, head rotated away from the contact only to take up slack (about 30 degrees, never to end range)At the head, fencer stance on the contact sideLateral index MCP on the posterior arch of C1 on the posterior side, in the soft groove between the occiput and the C2 spinousOther hand cradles the opposite side of the head and occiputP to A, slightly lateral to medial, toward the opposite eye
Atlas laterality (for example right)Supine or seated, head slightly laterally flexed toward the contactAt the head or behind the seated patientIndex finger or MCP on the right atlas transverse process (between the mastoid and the angle of the jaw), applied gently because the area is tenderOther hand supports the opposite side of the headL to M (right to left), shallow
Atlas combined listing (for example ASRP), seatedSeated on a stool or cervical chair, head uprightStanding behind and slightly to the side of lateralityIndex finger or MCP on the right posterior arch and transverse processOther hand on the opposite side of the head, head braced against the doctor's trunkL to M with a P to A component; any S or I component per the analysis system taught

Two other upper cervical approaches appear in practice and on exams. In toggle recoil (Palmer upper cervical), the patient lies on the side with the head on a firm headpiece and the doctor delivers a very fast, very shallow thrust with recoil through a pisiform contact on the atlas transverse process along a line calculated from the listing. Instrument and low force methods apply a brief mechanical impulse to the same contacts and are a common choice when HVLA is relatively contraindicated or the patient declines it.

Anterior arch and tubercleDens of C2Canal (cord) Lateral massTransverse processPosterior arch(vertebral artery groove) Contact: index MCP onthe right posterior archLine of drive: P to A,slightly R to L Other hand cradles theleft occiput Anterior (face)LR
Figure 10.1 Supine atlas rotary contact seen from above. For an atlas whose right side has rotated posterior, the lateral surface of the index MCP sits on the right posterior arch, the head is turned only enough to take up slack, and the drive is P to A and slightly R to L. The vertebral artery crosses the upper surface of the posterior arch, one reason the contact is light and rotation minimal.

The supine atlas station, step by step

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
ScreenAsk about trauma, sudden unusual headache or neck pain, the 5 Ds and 3 Ns, inflammatory arthritis, Down syndrome, anticoagulants"Have you had any dizziness, double vision, trouble speaking or swallowing, or a recent neck injury?"
ConsentExplain the procedure, soreness, the rare risk of artery injury and stroke, alternatives"Serious complications are rare, but they include injury to an artery in the neck. Do you have questions? May I proceed?"
PositionPatient supine, headpiece flat or slightly raised so the neck is neutral, not extended"Please lie on your back and let your head rest in my hands."
StanceAt the head of the table, fencer stance with the forward foot on the contact side"I am at the head of the table in a fencer stance."
ContactSlide the lateral index MCP into the groove below the occiput onto the posterior arch of C1 on the listed side"Contact point, right index MCP; segmental contact, right posterior arch of the atlas."
Stabilize and positionOther hand cradles the opposite occiput; rotate the head away about 30 degrees with slight lateral flexion toward the contact"My left hand cradles the occiput. I am using minimal rotation, not end range."
Preload and verbalizeTake tissue pull, preload to tension, hold"At tension I would deliver a shallow HVLA thrust, P to A and slightly R to L, toward the left eye."
Release and reassessReturn head to neutral slowly, ask about symptoms"How do you feel? I would recheck atlas rotation."
Board tip. At the atlas, laterality is corrected with an L to M drive on the side the atlas has slipped toward, and rotation is corrected with a P to A drive on the side that is posterior. In ASRP both point to the right side of the atlas, which is why right sided contacts are standard for that listing.
Case. Door card: 29 year old graphic designer with suboccipital headaches and upper neck stiffness. No trauma, no neurologic or vascular symptoms, no history of inflammatory arthritis. Palpation: right atlas transverse process prominent and tender; right side of C1 posterior. Listing given as ASRP. Task: supine atlas set up.
Reasoning: Translate: anterior superior, laterality right, right side posterior. Screen aloud (5 Ds and 3 Ns, sudden headache, injury, inflammatory disease, Down syndrome, anticoagulants), explain and obtain consent including the rare risk of arterial injury. Position supine with the neck neutral. Stand at the head in a fencer stance on the right. Contact point, lateral surface of the right index MCP; segmental contact, right posterior arch of C1 near the transverse process. The left hand cradles the left occiput. Rotate the head left only about 30 degrees, laterally flexing slightly to the right over the contact; never combine end range rotation with extension. Preload and say: "I would deliver a shallow, high velocity, low amplitude thrust, P to A and R to L, toward the left eye, correcting right laterality and right posterior rotation." Release, return the head to neutral, ask about symptoms, and state reassessment. Critical actions: screening including instability, minimal rotation, right sided contact, verbalized line of drive.
Key point

Upper cervical set ups use the anatomy of the occiput and atlas: flexion and extension at C0 to C1, rotation at C1 to C2, and a vertebral artery looping over the atlas. Screen for dissection and instability, keep rotation minimal and avoid extension with rotation, contact the posterior arch or transverse process on the side the listing names, and drive shallowly P to A for rotation and L to M for laterality.

Section 2Lower cervical set ups

Contacts on the lower cervical vertebra

From C2 to C7 the useful segmental contacts are the articular pillar (the column formed by the superior and inferior articular processes, palpable about 1.5 to 2 cm lateral to the spinous processes, posterior to the transverse processes), the lamina (between the spinous and the pillar, used particularly in seated Gonstead style work) and, less often, the short bifid spinous process. The transverse processes are anterior and lateral, carry the vertebral artery in their foramina, and are not used as contacts for HVLA in the lower cervical spine. The usual contact point is the lateral surface of the proximal phalanx of the index finger at the MCP (the index MCP contact), with the forearm aligned behind the line of drive.

Vertebral bodyTransverse processand foramenArticular pillarLaminaBifid spinous Lateral flexion: L to MContact: index MCPon the right pillarRotary: P to A,slightly I to S Superior view of C5, anterior at the topLR Rotary: pillar on the posterior body side;head rotated away about 30 to 45 degrees;drive P to A, slightly I to S.Lateral flexion: pillar on the side to belaterally flexed; head bent over the contact;drive L to M.
Figure 10.2 Lower cervical contacts and the two basic drives. The articular pillar is the standard segmental contact; the rotary set up drives it P to A along the 45 degree facet plane (the I to S component is out of the plane of this drawing), and the lateral flexion set up drives it L to M. The transverse processes carry the vertebral artery and are not HVLA contacts.

The rotary set up

The supine rotary set up (often called the rotary break) induces rotation. The contact goes on the articular pillar on the side of posterior body rotation, which is the side opposite the spinous listing: for C5 PR (spinous right, body rotated left) the left pillar is posterior, so the contact is on the left pillar and the drive rotates C5 to the right. The head is rotated away from the contact only far enough to bring tension to the target level, usually about 30 to 45 degrees and never to end range, and is laterally flexed slightly toward the contact. The line of drive is P to A and slightly I to S along the facet plane, often described as "toward the opposite eye."

The lateral flexion set up

The lateral flexion set up (lateral break) induces lateral flexion. The contact goes on the articular pillar on the side toward which lateral flexion is restricted, the head is laterally flexed over the contact so that the contact becomes a fulcrum, a little rotation away from the contact takes up slack, and the drive is lateral to medial through the pillar. Because it uses less rotation, many clinicians prefer it for patients in whom rotation is uncomfortable, and it is a natural choice when the listing is primarily a lateral flexion restriction or a Gonstead S or I wedge.

Locking with opposite coupling

In the lower cervical spine, lateral flexion and rotation couple to the same side. If you combine lateral flexion toward one side with rotation toward the other, the segments above the contact reach tension sooner because you are asking them for a non physiological combination. This locking confines motion to the level under the contact, which lets you use less total rotation and less force. It is the reason the rotary set up adds slight lateral flexion toward the contact while rotating away.

Set upPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Supine rotary (C2 to C7), example C5 left rotation restrictionSupine, head rotated left (away from the contact) about 30 to 45 degrees with slight right lateral flexionHead of the table, fencer stance on the contact sideRight index MCP on the right articular pillar of C5 (the posterior body side)Left hand cradles the occiput and left side of the headP to A, slightly I to S, toward the left eye
Supine lateral flexion, example C4 left lateral flexion restrictionSupine, head laterally flexed left over the contact, slight right rotationHead of the table, fencer stance on the leftLeft index MCP on the left articular pillar of C4Right hand cradles the occiput and right side of the headL to M (left to right), inducing left lateral flexion
Seated cervical (Gonstead style), example C5 with posterior body on the rightSeated upright on a stool or chair, head neutralStanding behind and to the side opposite the contact, patient's head braced against the doctor's trunkIndex or middle finger pad on the right lamina pedicle junction of C5Other hand cups the opposite side of the headP to A along the facet plane, with lateral flexion toward the contact used as needed
Supine extension restriction, example C6Supine, slight flexion of the head above the levelHead of the tableIndex MCP or digital contacts on both laminae or pillars of C6Both hands share the headP to A and I to S, a short glide into extension
Board tip. Rotary set up: contact the pillar on the side of the posterior body (opposite the spinous). Lateral flexion set up: contact the pillar on the side you want to flex toward, head bent over the contact. If you remember nothing else about the cervical spine at the station, remember those two sentences and "minimal rotation, no extension."
Case. Door card: 46 year old teacher with right sided neck pain after sleeping awkwardly. Screen negative; neurologic examination normal. Motion palpation: C5 right lateral flexion restricted; the patient is anxious about "neck cracking." Task: set up and verbalize an appropriate cervical adjustment.
Reasoning: Address the anxiety first: explain the procedure, the pop as gas release, the common and rare risks, and offer alternatives (mobilization, instrument adjusting, soft tissue work). If the patient consents, a lateral flexion set up suits both the listing and the anxiety because it uses little rotation. Patient supine, head neutral. Stand at the head in a fencer stance on the right. Contact point, right index MCP; segmental contact, right articular pillar of C5. Stabilize with the left hand cradling the occiput and left side of the head. Laterally flex the head to the right over the contact with slight left rotation to lock above, preload, and say: "I would deliver a shallow HVLA thrust, L to M from right to left, inducing right lateral flexion at C5." Release, reassess motion and comfort. If the patient declines, say you would document the refusal and offer the alternative, which is a correct performance.
Key point

Lower cervical set ups use the articular pillar (or lamina) as the segmental contact and the index MCP as the contact point. The rotary set up contacts the posterior body side and drives P to A and slightly I to S toward the opposite eye; the lateral flexion set up contacts the side to be flexed and drives L to M. Lock above with opposite coupling, keep rotation moderate, and never combine end range rotation with extension.

Section 3Cervicothoracic junction set ups

Why the junction is its own region

From C6 to T3 the spine changes character. The mobile, lordotic cervical spine meets the stiff, kyphotic thoracic spine braced by the first ribs; the facet planes steepen; the large C7 and T1 spinous processes become reliable landmarks; and the shoulders and upper trapezius pile up soft tissue over the contacts. Pure cervical set ups struggle to reach this area without excessive rotation, and pure thoracic set ups struggle to get past the shoulders, so the junction has its own family of set ups. The first rib, the brachial plexus and the subclavian vessels also pass through this region, so ask about arm symptoms and screen for thoracic outlet signs before adjusting.

Find the levels carefully. C7 is usually the most prominent spinous process (vertebra prominens), but T1 can be as prominent. On passive extension of the neck the C6 spinous moves anteriorly and becomes hard to feel, C7 moves slightly, and T1 does not move; on rotation C7 moves more than T1. Use two of these tests before contacting.

Prone set ups

The prone thumb move (a spinous push at the junction) is the classic station set up for a rotated C7, T1 or T2. The patient lies prone with the face in the headpiece and the arms at the sides. The doctor stands at the side of the table at the level of the patient's shoulders, on the side of spinous rotation. The thumb of the caudal hand contacts the lateral surface of the spinous process on the side to which it has rotated; the other hand rests on the side of the patient's head and laterally flexes it toward the contact, which brings tension down to the junction and stabilizes the segments above. The line of drive is lateral to medial (pushing the spinous back toward the midline), with a slight P to A component. Variations include the swimmer's position, in which the patient's arm on one side is raised overhead to rotate the scapula out of the way and take up slack, and a prone pisiform spinous push with the head rotated slightly away.

For extension restrictions at T1 to T3, a prone bilateral transverse contact (as in the mid thoracic spine) works if the headpiece is lowered so that the upper thoracic spine is not forced into flexion and if the doctor's arms are angled to clear the shoulders.

C7T1T2T3 Thumb contact on the rightside of the T1 spinousLine of drive: R to L(L to M), slight P to A Other hand laterally flexesthe head toward the contact Patient prone,face in headpiece,arms at the sides Doctor stands on thepatient's right atshoulder level LR
Figure 10.3 Prone cervicothoracic thumb move for T1 with the spinous rotated right (PR). The thumb pushes the spinous back toward the midline (R to L) while the other hand laterally flexes the head toward the contact to bring tension to the junction and fix the segments above.

Supine and seated set ups

The supine cervicothoracic lateral flexion set up extends the lower cervical lateral break down to C7 and T1. The patient is supine; the doctor stands at the head of the table. The index MCP (or the thumb web) contacts the lamina or transverse process region of T1 (or the C7 pillar) on the side to be laterally flexed, the head is laterally flexed toward the contact with slight rotation away, and the drive is lateral to medial, with a slight superior to inferior angle to reach down to the junction. The other hand cradles the occiput. The supine upper thoracic set up adapts the anterior thoracic technique: the patient clasps the hands behind the neck with the elbows together, the doctor's contact hand lies under T1 to T3, and the drive goes A to P through the elbows. A seated junction set up is also used (doctor behind the patient, thumb or pisiform on the spinous, other hand laterally flexing the head), particularly for patients who cannot lie prone.

Set upPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Prone thumb move (T1 PR)Prone, face in headpiece, arms at sidesSide of the table on the right, at shoulder level, facing cephalad or acrossThumb pad on the right lateral surface of the T1 spinousOther hand on the head, laterally flexing it toward the contactR to L (L to M), slight P to A
Swimmer's position (C7 to T2)Prone, one arm raised overhead, head turned toward the raised armSide of the tableThumb or pisiform on the lateral spinous on the side of rotationOther hand on the head or shoulderL to M, slight P to A
Supine lateral flexion (C7 or T1)Supine, head laterally flexed toward the contact, slight rotation awayHead of the table, fencer stance on the contact sideIndex MCP on the lamina or transverse process region of T1 (or the C7 pillar) on the side to be flexedOther hand cradles the occiputL to M, slight S to I
Prone bilateral transverse (T1 to T3 extension restriction)Prone, headpiece loweredSide of the table, square stanceBoth pisiforms on the transverse processes of the involved vertebraHands cross and reinforce each otherP to A, slightly I to S
Supine upper thoracic (T1 to T3 flexion restriction)Supine, hands clasped behind the neck, elbows togetherSide of the tableContact hand (fist or open hand) under the lower vertebra of the restricted segmentDoctor's chest on the patient's elbowsA to P through the elbows, angled toward the contact
Board tip. In the thumb move, the contact goes on the side toward which the spinous has rotated and pushes it back to the midline, the same rule as any spinous contact. The head is laterally flexed toward the contact to bring tension down to the junction; rotating the head to end range to "reach" T1 is both unnecessary and unsafe.
Case. Door card: 55 year old carpenter with pain at the base of the neck and between the shoulder blades after a week of overhead work. No arm numbness, weakness or color change; no trauma; neurologic screen normal. Findings: T1 spinous rotated right (PR); right C7 to T1 tenderness. Task: set up a prone adjustment for T1.
Reasoning: Screen for neurologic and vascular arm symptoms (thoracic outlet), cardiac warning signs (interscapular pain with exertional symptoms can be cardiac) and the usual red flags; explain and obtain consent. Confirm T1 with the extension test (C6 disappears, C7 moves slightly, T1 does not move). Patient prone, face in the headpiece, arms at the sides. Stand on the patient's right at shoulder level. Contact point, left (or caudal hand) thumb pad; segmental contact, right lateral surface of the T1 spinous. Stabilization, the other hand on the patient's head, laterally flexing it to the right. Preload and say: "I would deliver a shallow HVLA thrust, R to L with a slight P to A component, pushing the T1 spinous toward the midline." Release, return the head to neutral, reassess. If the patient reported hand tingling with arm elevation, you would examine for thoracic outlet syndrome first and avoid the swimmer's variation.
Key point

The cervicothoracic junction needs its own set ups because the neck's mobility, the thorax's stiffness and the shoulders all meet there. Confirm C7 and T1 with two landmark tests, use a prone thumb move or swimmer's position for rotated spinous processes, a supine lateral flexion contact or prone bilateral transverse contact for other restrictions, and screen the arm for neurovascular symptoms first.

Section 4Thoracic set ups

Thoracic anatomy for the set up

The thoracic facets lie at about 60 degrees to the horizontal, close to the frontal plane, so the region favors rotation and lateral flexion, with flexion and extension limited by the ribs and the overlapping spinous processes. The spinous processes are long and angled downward, most steeply in the mid thoracic spine, so the tip of a spinous often lies at the level of the transverse processes of the vertebra below (the rule of threes, Chapter 9). The ribs articulate with the bodies and transverse processes, so a thoracic thrust always loads the costal joints too. The thoracic spine is also the most common site of osteoporotic compression fracture, and mid back pain is a classic presentation of visceral disease (myocardial ischemia, aortic dissection, pulmonary embolism, gallbladder, peptic ulcer and renal disease). Screen accordingly.

T5T6T7 Bilateral transverseCrossed bilateralSpinous push Both TPs of T6:extension restriction,P to A, slightly I to SLeft TP of T6 and right TPof T7 (T6 PR): turns T6right on T7, P to ARight side of T6 spinous(T6 PR): push R to Lwith slight P to A Posterior view: the patient's left is on the left. Gold circles: contacts.
Figure 10.4 Three prone thoracic contacts. Bilateral transverse contacts on one vertebra induce extension; crossed bilateral contacts on the posterior TP of the involved vertebra and the opposite TP of the vertebra below induce rotation; a spinous push on the side of spinous rotation also induces rotation. Note how far each spinous tip overlaps the level below.

Prone set ups

Prone bilateral transverse (often called the double transverse or "butterfly" when the hands are crossed): the patient lies prone with the arms at the sides or hanging over the table edge; the doctor stands at the side in a square or slight fencer stance; the pisiforms (hands crossed, wrists extended, fingers pointing in opposite directions) contact both transverse processes of the involved vertebra. Ask the patient to breathe out, take up slack at end exhalation, and drive P to A with a slight I to S component using a body drop. It induces extension and is used for extension restrictions or a Palmer Gonstead posterior listing without rotation.

Crossed bilateral: one pisiform on the transverse process of the involved vertebra on the side of posterior body rotation and the other pisiform on the opposite transverse process of the vertebra below. The drive (P to A, slightly I to S) rotates the involved vertebra relative to the one below. For T6 PR (spinous right, body left), contact the left TP of T6 and the right TP of T7.

Unilateral transverse: a single pisiform contact on the posterior TP, reinforced by the other hand (the reinforcing hand grasps the contact wrist or overlies it). Unilateral spinous push: the pisiform or hypothenar contacts the lateral surface of the spinous on the side of rotation and drives L to M with a P to A component, while the other hand reinforces. In Gonstead style prone work the spinous contact is combined with a tissue pull and a line set by the listing.

The supine anterior thoracic set up

The supine set up (sometimes called the anterior thoracic adjustment) is used for flexion restrictions (a segment fixed in extension, sometimes listed as an anterior or "A" thoracic), for patients who cannot lie prone, and when a prone body drop would be too forceful for the ribs. The patient lies supine and crosses the arms over the chest, each hand to the opposite shoulder, elbows stacked. The doctor stands at the side of the table, rolls the patient toward them, and places the contact hand under the patient at the lower vertebra of the restricted motion segment: a loose fist or an open hand with the thenar eminence and the flexed fingers on the two transverse processes, the spinous lying in the gap. The patient is rolled back onto the hand, the upper trunk is flexed slightly over the fulcrum (often with the doctor's other hand supporting the head and neck), and the doctor places the chest or epigastrium on the patient's crossed elbows. The drive is A to P through the arms, angled slightly toward the contact (S to I) so that the force flows down the trunk into the fulcrum.

Line of drive: A to Pthrough the arms,slightly S to I Doctor's chest over thepatient's crossed elbows Arms crossed,hands to shoulders Contact hand under the lowervertebra of the segment tablePatient supine Doctor at the side of the table
Figure 10.5 Supine anterior thoracic set up, side view (head to the left). The contact hand under the lower vertebra is the fulcrum; the doctor's trunk drives A to P through the patient's crossed arms, angled slightly S to I toward the fulcrum, to induce flexion at the segment above.
Set upPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Prone bilateral transverse (T8 extension restriction)Prone, arms at sides or off the table, thoracic piece flatSide of the table, square stance, table about mid thighBoth pisiforms, hands crossed, on the left and right TPs of T8Hands reinforce each other; table supports the trunkP to A, slightly I to S, body drop at end exhalation
Crossed bilateral (T6 PR, right rotation restriction)ProneSide of the tablePisiform on the left TP of T6; other pisiform on the right TP of T7The T7 contact fixes the vertebra belowP to A, slightly I to S
Unilateral transverse (T9 PL, left rotation restriction)ProneSide of the table, fencer stancePisiform on the right TP of T9 (posterior body side)Other hand reinforces over the contact wristP to A, slightly I to S
Spinous push (T6 PR)ProneSide of the table, on the side of the spinous rotation or acrossPisiform or hypothenar on the right lateral surface of the T6 spinousOther hand reinforcesR to L (L to M), with slight P to A
Supine anterior thoracic (T5 to T6 flexion restriction)Supine, arms crossed over the chest, upper trunk slightly flexedSide of the table, facing the patientFist or open hand under the TPs of T6 (lower vertebra of the segment)Doctor's chest on the crossed elbows; other hand supports the headA to P through the arms, slightly S to I

Modifications and precautions

  • Osteoporosis or long term corticosteroid use: avoid body drops and supine thrusts through the ribs; use mobilization, drop pieces with light force, instruments or soft tissue methods.
  • Breast tissue and implants: place a pillow or towel under the chest for prone work, use a flat hand or pillow barrier in supine work, explain before touching.
  • Pregnancy: avoid prone positioning without a pregnancy support table or cushions; side lying or seated options are alternatives in later pregnancy.
  • Shoulder problems: a patient who cannot cross the arms may hold a rolled towel against the chest instead.
  • Visceral warning signs: chest pain, dyspnea, diaphoresis, pain unchanged by movement or palpation, or pain with fever or weight loss: stop and refer.
Board tip. In the supine anterior thoracic set up, the contact hand goes under the lower vertebra of the restricted segment, which acts as the fulcrum while the vertebra above moves. Putting the fulcrum at the listed vertebra itself is one of the most common errors on this set up.
Case. Door card: 47 year old accountant with mid back stiffness. History negative for trauma, fever, weight loss and exertional symptoms. Motion palpation: T9 restricted in left rotation (Palmer Gonstead PL). Task: prone thoracic set up.
Reasoning: Translate: spinous left, body rotated right, right TP posterior, left rotation restricted. Screen (include visceral causes of lower thoracic pain, such as renal and gallbladder) and consent, including rare rib injury. Locate T9 by counting from the inferior angle of the scapula at about T7, and remember that the T9 transverse processes lie about one level above the T9 spinous tip. Patient prone, table at mid thigh. Contact point, pisiform; segmental contact, right TP of T9. Stabilization: other hand reinforcing (or, for a crossed bilateral, the second pisiform on the left TP of T10). Take tissue pull, have the patient exhale, preload, and say: "At end exhalation I would deliver a body drop thrust, P to A and slightly I to S, inducing left rotation at T9." Alternatively, a spinous push on the left side of the T9 spinous, L to R, achieves the same correction.
Case. Door card: 61 year old woman with upper back ache; history of breast cancer treated five years ago; new constant thoracic pain that wakes her at night. Task: supine anterior thoracic set up for T5.
Reasoning: The history contains red flags (prior cancer, new constant night pain) that suggest possible metastasis, which is a contraindication to HVLA at the site. Take a focused history (weight loss, fatigue, neurologic symptoms), examine, and say: "Because of her cancer history and new night pain, I would not adjust the thoracic spine today. I would order imaging and refer to her oncologist or primary care physician." Explain to the patient calmly and document. Critical actions: recognizing the red flag and not adjusting.
Key point

Thoracic set ups use the transverse processes or spinous processes as segmental contacts and the pisiform or hypothenar as the contact point. Bilateral transverse contacts induce extension; crossed bilateral, unilateral transverse and spinous push contacts induce rotation; the supine anterior thoracic set up with its fulcrum under the lower vertebra induces flexion. Drive P to A with a slight I to S component in prone work, count levels with the rule of threes, and screen for osteoporosis and visceral disease.

Section 5Rib and costal set ups

Rib anatomy and motion

Each typical rib (2 to 9) has a head with two demifacets that articulates with the bodies of two vertebrae and the intervening disc (the costovertebral joint), a neck, and a tubercle that articulates with the transverse process of the lower of those two vertebrae (the costotransverse joint). Ribs 1, 10, 11 and 12 articulate with a single vertebral body, and ribs 11 and 12 have no costotransverse joint. Lateral to the tubercle, the shaft turns sharply forward at the rib angle, the most posterior point of the rib and the usual posterior contact. In the upper ribs the axis of motion through these two joints favors an anterior rise of the sternum, the pump handle motion; in the lower ribs it favors a lateral swing, the bucket handle motion; ribs 11 and 12 move in a caliper fashion.

Rib dysfunction is usually described by the phase of breathing in which the rib stops moving. In an inhalation restriction (exhaled rib) the rib is held down and does not rise with inspiration; in an exhalation restriction (inhaled rib) it is held up and does not fall. Posteriorly, a rib may be described as a posterior rib angle (prominent and tender) or a rib held in a subluxated position at the costotransverse joint. The most common station tasks are a prone posterior rib angle set up, a supine rib set up and the first rib.

Rib head:costovertebral jointTubercle onthe TP tipBodySpinous Rib angleContact: pisiform on the ribangle; drive P to A, angledto follow the rib shaftShaft NeckT1First rib, elevated:contact its superiorsurface, behind theclavicleS to I,slightlyL to MHead laterally flexed toward thecontact, slight rotation away Superior view, right ribPosterior view, right first rib
Figure 10.6 Rib contacts. Left: the rib head joins the vertebral bodies, the tubercle joins the transverse process, and the rib angle, just lateral, is the usual posterior contact, driven P to A along the curve of the rib. Right: the elevated first rib is contacted on its superior surface at the base of the neck and driven S to I and slightly L to M, toward the opposite hip.

Prone and supine rib set ups

For a prone posterior rib set up the patient lies prone, the doctor stands on the side opposite the rib (reaching across) or on the same side, and the pisiform or thenar contacts the rib angle, just lateral to the transverse process at the level of the rib. The other hand reinforces or stabilizes the opposite side of the thorax. The drive is P to A with a lateral and slightly inferior component, following the line of the rib as it curves forward and down from the angle, applied at the end of exhalation. For a contact closer to the costotransverse joint (rib head and neck), the drive is more purely P to A. A supine rib set up mirrors the anterior thoracic technique: arms crossed, the thenar eminence of the contact hand under the rib angle on the involved side, and a drive A to P through the patient's crossed arms.

The first rib

An elevated first rib is common with scalene tightness and upper trapezius strain and may contribute to neck, shoulder and thoracic outlet symptoms. The contact is on the superior surface of the first rib, felt at the base of the neck just anterior to the upper trapezius and posterior to the clavicle. In the supine set up the doctor stands at the head of the table, contacts the rib with the lateral index MCP or the web of the hand, laterally flexes the head toward the contact (to slacken the scalenes) with slight rotation away, and drives S to I and slightly L to M, toward the opposite hip. In the seated set up the doctor stands behind the patient, uses the same contact, and drives in the same direction. The brachial plexus and subclavian vessels cross the first rib between the anterior and middle scalenes, so ask about arm numbness, color change or swelling and use only a light, shallow impulse.

Set upPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Prone posterior rib angle (right rib 6)Prone, arms at sides or off the tableSide of the table, often the opposite side reaching acrossPisiform or thenar on the right rib 6 angleOther hand reinforces or stabilizes the opposite thoraxP to A with a lateral and slight inferior component along the rib, at end exhalation
Prone rib head (costotransverse region)ProneSide of the tablePisiform just lateral to the TP over the rib neckOther hand reinforcesP to A
Supine ribSupine, arms crossed over the chestSide of the tableThenar under the involved rib angleDoctor's chest on the crossed elbowsA to P through the arms
First rib, supine (elevated right first rib)Supine, head laterally flexed right, slight left rotationHead of the tableRight index MCP or web on the superior surface of the right first ribOther hand cradles the headS to I and slightly L to M, toward the left hip
First rib, seatedSeated, head laterally flexed toward the contactBehind the patientThumb web or index MCP on the superior surface of the first ribOther hand on the opposite side of the headS to I, slightly L to M

Red flags around the ribs

PresentationConcernStation response
Left chest, arm or jaw pain with exertion, diaphoresis or dyspneaMyocardial ischemiaDo not adjust; emergency referral
Sudden pleuritic pain with dyspnea, tachycardia, recent immobilization or a swollen calfPulmonary embolismEmergency referral
Sudden pleuritic pain and dyspnea in a tall, thin young person or after traumaPneumothoraxEmergency referral
Point tenderness after trauma, or minimal trauma with osteoporosisRib fractureNo HVLA; imaging
Band like pain along a dermatome, then a vesicular rashHerpes zosterMedical referral; adjusting will not help
Constant pain, night pain, cancer historyMetastasis or myelomaNo HVLA; imaging and referral
Board tip. The rib angle lies lateral to the transverse process, not on it. A pisiform placed on the TP adjusts the vertebra; slide laterally about two to three finger widths (more in the mid and lower ribs, less in the upper ribs, where the scapula covers the angles unless the patient protracts the shoulder) to reach the angle.
Case. Door card: 38 year old rower with sharp right posterior chest pain at about the level of the inferior angle of the scapula, worse with deep breaths and twisting, after a hard training session. No dyspnea at rest, no fever, normal vital signs. Palpation: tender, prominent right rib 7 angle. Task: set up a prone rib adjustment.
Reasoning: Screen for cardiac, pulmonary (embolism, pneumothorax) and fracture red flags; normal vital signs, mechanical aggravation and reproducible palpation tenderness support a musculoskeletal cause. Consent includes the rare risk of rib fracture. Patient prone, arms off the table to protract the scapulae. Stand on the left side reaching across. Contact point, pisiform; segmental contact, right rib 7 angle, lateral to the T7 transverse process. Other hand reinforces. Ask the patient to exhale, take the slack, and say: "At end exhalation I would deliver a shallow thrust, P to A with a slight lateral and inferior component along the rib." Release and reassess breathing pain. If the patient reported sudden breathlessness or had pain with no mechanical pattern, you would stop and refer.
Case. Door card: 33 year old violinist with right neck and upper shoulder tightness; the right first rib is elevated and tender. No arm weakness, color change or swelling; radial pulse normal. Task: supine first rib set up.
Reasoning: Screen for thoracic outlet symptoms, cervical radiculopathy and dissection symptoms; consent. Patient supine; stand at the head. Laterally flex the head to the right to slacken the scalenes, with slight left rotation. Contact point, lateral surface of the right index MCP; segmental contact, superior surface of the right first rib behind the clavicle. The left hand cradles the head. Preload and say: "I would deliver a shallow thrust, S to I and slightly L to M, toward the left hip." Release and reassess.
Key point

Ribs move in pump handle (upper) and bucket handle (lower) patterns through the costovertebral and costotransverse joints. Posterior rib set ups contact the rib angle lateral to the TP and drive P to A along the rib at end exhalation; supine rib set ups mirror the anterior thoracic technique; the first rib is contacted on its superior surface and driven S to I toward the opposite hip. Rule out cardiac, pulmonary, fracture and malignant causes before any rib thrust.

The chapter in one breath

  • Upper cervical: C0 to C1 is the flexion and extension joint, C1 to C2 provides about half of cervical rotation, and the vertebral artery loops over the atlas, so rotation stays minimal and extension is avoided.
  • Screen the upper neck for instability (rheumatoid arthritis, Down syndrome, trauma, os odontoideum) and for dissection symptoms before any set up.
  • ASRP: anterior superior, laterality right, right side posterior; contact the right atlas, drive L to M for laterality and P to A for rotation.
  • Lower cervical contacts are the articular pillar or lamina, with the index MCP as the contact point; the transverse processes are not HVLA contacts.
  • Rotary set up: pillar on the posterior body side, head rotated away 30 to 45 degrees, P to A and slightly I to S toward the opposite eye. Lateral flexion set up: pillar on the side to be flexed, head bent over the contact, L to M.
  • Locking with opposite coupling (lateral flexion toward the contact, rotation away) focuses force on one level.
  • Cervicothoracic junction: confirm C7 and T1 by the extension and rotation tests; use the prone thumb move (spinous push with the head laterally flexed toward the contact), swimmer's position or supine lateral flexion contacts.
  • Thoracic: bilateral transverse for extension, crossed bilateral, unilateral transverse or spinous push for rotation, all P to A and slightly I to S; count levels with the rule of threes.
  • Supine anterior thoracic: arms crossed, fulcrum hand under the lower vertebra, A to P through the arms angled slightly S to I.
  • Ribs: pump handle above, bucket handle below; contact the rib angle lateral to the TP and drive P to A along the rib at end exhalation.
  • First rib: superior surface behind the clavicle, head laterally flexed toward the contact, S to I toward the opposite hip; check the arm for thoracic outlet signs.
  • Rule out visceral disease, fracture, osteoporosis and malignancy before thoracic and rib work, and modify for breast tissue, pregnancy and shoulder limitations.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Atlanto-occipital jointThe joint between the occipital condyles and the atlas, moving mainly in flexion and extension.
Atlantoaxial jointThe median and lateral joints between C1 and C2, responsible for about half of cervical rotation.
Transverse ligamentThe ligament that holds the dens against the anterior arch of the atlas; its laxity causes upper cervical instability.
Alar ligamentsLigaments from the dens to the occipital condyles that check rotation and lateral flexion.
Vertebral artery loopThe part of the vertebral artery that crosses the groove on the atlas posterior arch, stretched by rotation and extension.
Occipital liftA supine traction maneuver in which both hands cup the occiput and draw it cephalad to address a flexion restriction.
ASRPA Palmer Gonstead atlas listing: anterior superior, laterality right, right side posterior.
LateralityThe side toward which the atlas has slipped, corrected with a lateral to medial drive.
Toggle recoilAn upper cervical technique using a side lying position and a very fast, shallow pisiform thrust with recoil on the atlas transverse process.
Articular pillarThe column formed by the cervical articular processes, the standard segmental contact for lower cervical set ups.
Lamina pedicle junctionThe posterior arch region just medial to the pillar, used as a contact in seated Gonstead style cervical work.
Index MCP contactA contact made with the lateral surface of the proximal phalanx of the index finger at the metacarpophalangeal joint.
Rotary breakA supine cervical set up that induces rotation by driving the posterior pillar P to A toward the opposite eye.
Lateral breakA supine cervical set up that induces lateral flexion by driving the pillar L to M with the head bent over the contact.
LockingCombining motions that do not couple naturally so that segments above reach tension first and force focuses on one level.
Vertebra prominensC7, usually the most prominent spinous process at the base of the neck.
Extension test for C6 and C7On neck extension the C6 spinous moves anteriorly and becomes hard to feel, while C7 moves little and T1 not at all.
Thumb moveA prone cervicothoracic spinous push with the thumb, the head laterally flexed toward the contact.
Swimmer's positionA prone junction set up with one arm overhead to rotate the scapula and take up slack.
Bilateral transverse contactBoth pisiforms on the transverse processes of one thoracic vertebra, used to induce extension.
Crossed bilateral contactPisiforms on the posterior TP of the involved vertebra and the opposite TP of the vertebra below, used to induce rotation.
Spinous pushA contact on the side of a rotated spinous process that pushes it back toward the midline.
Anterior thoracic adjustmentA supine thoracic set up with the patient's arms crossed and a fulcrum hand under the lower vertebra, used for flexion restrictions.
FulcrumThe fixed point (here the contact hand) around which the segment above moves.
Costovertebral jointThe joint between a rib head and the vertebral bodies (and disc) it meets.
Costotransverse jointThe joint between a rib tubercle and the transverse process, present on ribs 1 to 10.
Rib angleThe most posterior point of a rib, lateral to the tubercle, where the shaft turns forward; the usual posterior rib contact.
Pump handle motionRise of the upper ribs and sternum anteriorly during inspiration.
Bucket handle motionLateral swing of the lower ribs during inspiration that widens the chest.
Inhalation restrictionA rib held down that fails to rise with inspiration (an exhaled rib).
Exhalation restrictionA rib held up that fails to fall with expiration (an inhaled rib).
Thoracic outletThe space over the first rib, between the scalenes and under the clavicle, through which the brachial plexus and subclavian vessels pass.

Check yourself

Why do upper cervical set ups avoid combining end range rotation with extension?
Answer. That combination stretches the contralateral vertebral artery where it loops over the atlas posterior arch and stresses the atlantoaxial joint, so minimal rotation, no extension and a shallow impulse are used.
For an atlas listed ASLP, which side do you contact and what are the components of the line of drive in a diversified set up?
Answer. The left side of the atlas (posterior arch and transverse process region). Laterality left is corrected L to M (left to right) and left posterior rotation P to A, so the drive is P to A and left to right, toward the right eye.
C4 is listed PR (spinous right). Which pillar do you contact for a supine rotary set up, which way is the head turned, and what is the line of drive?
Answer. Spinous right means the body has rotated left, so the left pillar is posterior: contact the left articular pillar, turn the head right (away from the contact) about 30 to 45 degrees, and drive P to A and slightly I to S toward the right eye, inducing right rotation.
A patient with rheumatoid arthritis for 20 years has upper neck pain. What must you consider before any upper cervical set up?
Answer. Atlantoaxial instability from transverse ligament erosion. HVLA at the upper cervical spine is contraindicated until instability is excluded, typically with flexion and extension radiographs or other imaging and medical co management.
Describe the set up for a C5 right lateral flexion restriction.
Answer. Supine; doctor at the head; right index MCP on the right articular pillar of C5; head laterally flexed right over the contact with slight left rotation; left hand cradles the occiput; drive L to M (right to left), inducing right lateral flexion.
How do you tell C6 from C7 and T1 by palpation?
Answer. With the finger on the spinous processes, passively extend the neck: C6 glides anteriorly and becomes hard to feel, C7 moves slightly, and T1 does not move. On rotation C7 moves more than T1.
In a prone thumb move for T1 PL, where is the thumb and which way is the head laterally flexed?
Answer. The thumb is on the left lateral surface of the T1 spinous (the side of spinous rotation) pushing L to R, and the other hand laterally flexes the head to the left, toward the contact.
Name the contacts for a crossed bilateral adjustment of T7 PL.
Answer. Spinous left means the body has rotated right and the right TP is posterior: one pisiform on the right TP of T7 and the other on the left TP of T8, driving P to A and slightly I to S to induce left rotation of T7 on T8.
In the supine anterior thoracic set up for a T4 to T5 flexion restriction, where does the contact hand go and why?
Answer. Under the transverse processes of T5, the lower vertebra of the segment. It acts as a fulcrum so that the A to P drive through the crossed arms flexes T4 on T5.
State the contact and line of drive for an elevated left first rib and one safety question to ask first.
Answer. Contact the superior surface of the left first rib at the base of the neck behind the clavicle, with the head laterally flexed left and slightly rotated right; drive S to I and slightly L to M, toward the right hip. First ask about arm numbness, color change or swelling (thoracic outlet signs).
Chapter 11 · Chiropractic Technique

Lumbar, Pelvic and Sacroiliac Set Ups

The lumbar spine and pelvis are where most practical exam candidates feel at home, and that comfort is exactly where points leak away: a side posture set up done from habit, with no screening question, no consent, a vague contact and a line of drive that does not match the listing. This chapter rebuilds the lumbar, pelvic, sacroiliac and coccygeal set ups as station performances, so that every step you take on the table is one an examiner can see, hear and score. The same discipline protects real patients, because the low back is also where the dangerous mimics (cauda equina syndrome, aneurysm, fracture, metastasis) hide.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Perform and verbalize a lumbar side posture set up, including positioning, the lock to the segment, the doctor's stance and the body drop thrust.
  • Choose correctly among the mammillary push, spinous pull and general lumbar roll for a given lumbar listing, and state the matching contact and line of drive.
  • Recognize when side posture rotation is a poor choice and substitute prone drop, flexion distraction or low force methods, including the tolerance test.
  • Define the ilium listings PI, AS, IN and EX and the common sacral listings, and connect each to its palpation, leg check and radiographic signs.
  • Set up side posture, prone and drop corrections for the ilium and sacrum with the correct contact point, segmental contact and line of drive.
  • Describe external coccyx technique and the consent, chaperone and scope issues that surround any internal approach.
  • Modify lumbopelvic care for pregnancy, osteoporosis, spondylolisthesis, joint replacement, fusion and anticoagulation.
  • Screen every lumbopelvic station for red flags, obtain informed consent, and respond correctly if the patient reports a problem during the set up.

Section 1Lumbar side posture set ups

What the technique station is really scoring

Practical technique stations of this kind generally present a door card with a short history, a listing or a set of findings, and a task such as "demonstrate the set up for this listing and verbalize as you go." The thrust itself is usually not delivered on a standardized patient; you take the set up to tension and describe the thrust. Examiners therefore score what they can observe: whether you introduced yourself, confirmed identity, screened for contraindications, obtained consent, positioned the patient safely and modestly, located the correct segment, took the correct contact, stabilized properly, set the line of drive that matches the listing, and said all of this aloud. Check the current official candidate materials for exactly what is scored and whether any thrust is allowed; never assume.

Every set up in this chapter has six parts: listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact point and segmental contact, stabilization, and line of drive. Name all six aloud, in that order, and you will rarely miss a scored element.

The universal opening for any lumbopelvic station

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. Greet and identifyHand hygiene, introduce yourself, confirm name and date of birth"Hello, I'm Dr. ___. Can you tell me your full name and date of birth?"
2. ScreenAsk the red flag questions that matter for the low back and pelvis"Any numbness in the groin or saddle area, any change in bladder or bowel control, any recent fall, cancer history, fever, unexplained weight loss, or a pulsing feeling in the belly?"
3. Contraindications to the methodAsk about osteoporosis, blood thinners, surgery or fusion, joint replacements, pregnancy"Have you had any back or hip surgery, any joint replacement, do you take blood thinners, and is there any chance you are pregnant?"
4. ConsentExplain the procedure, the benefits, the common and rare risks, the alternatives, and invite questions"I'd like to adjust your lower back while you lie on your side. Most people feel relief; some feel soreness for a day or two. Rarely, symptoms can worsen. Alternatives include gentler table methods, exercise or no treatment. Do you have questions? Do I have your permission?"
5. Locate and confirmFind the level from landmarks (iliac crests near L4), confirm the listing by palpation"I'm locating L4 from the top of your hip bones and checking the joint I'll be adjusting."
6. Set upPosition, stance, contact, stabilization, line of drive, in that orderName each element as you take it
7. Check inPause at tension before any thrust"How are you doing in this position? Any pain down the leg?"
8. Post checkReassess and give aftercare"I'll recheck the motion now. Let me know if anything feels different over the next day."

Side posture positioning: building the lock

Side posture (often called the lumbar roll position) places the patient on one side with the segment to be adjusted positioned so that rotational and flexion tension localize at that level. The positioning is the same for every lumbar side posture variant; only the contact and the side the patient lies on change.

  1. Choose the side. For the mammillary push and the spinous pull, the patient lies with the side of posterior body rotation up. Because listings are named by the direction the spinous process has moved, the posterior body side is opposite the spinous direction: a spinous rotated right (body rotated left, left side posterior) is set up with the patient lying on the right side, left side up.
  2. Bottom leg straight, top leg flexed. The down leg stays extended in line with the trunk. The up hip and knee flex, and the up foot rests in or just behind the popliteal fossa of the down leg.
  3. Flex to the level. Monitor the interspinous space of the target segment with one hand while you flex the top hip with the other. When the space just begins to open at the target, stop: flexion has reached that level. More flexion moves tension higher; less leaves it lower.
  4. Rotate from above. Draw the down arm and shoulder gently toward you (or ask the patient to reach the down hand toward the ceiling end of the table), so the upper trunk rotates back. Tension from above now meets tension from below at the segment.
  5. Stance. Stand facing the patient in a split (fencer) stance, cephalad foot forward. Place your caudal thigh against the patient's flexed top knee, so your leg can roll the pelvis toward you and contribute to the thrust.
  6. Stabilize. Your cephalad hand rests on the patient's up shoulder or the anterior deltoid and pectoral region, holding the trunk counter rotation. It does not push hard; it maintains the lock.
  7. Take the contact with your caudal hand (see below), take out the remaining slack by rolling the patient slightly toward you, and set the line of drive.

The thrust in a lumbar side posture adjustment is a short, shallow impulse delivered by a body drop: the doctor's trunk drops through the contact arm while the thigh on the patient's knee drops toward the floor and the stabilizing hand holds the shoulder. A long, forceful rotation of the whole patient is not the goal; specificity comes from the lock, not from amplitude.

Caudal hand: pisiform on up side mammillary Head on pillow, neck neutral Bottom leg straight Top foot in popliteal fossa Doctor's thigh on top knee Cephalad hand stabilizes shoulder, holds trunk rotation Doctor, split stance Table
Figure 11.1 Lumbar side posture seen from above. The patient lies with the side of posterior body rotation up; the top hip is flexed until the target interspinous space just opens, and the trunk is rotated back from above so tension meets at the segment. The doctor's caudal thigh on the top knee, cephalad hand on the shoulder and contact hand on the segment act together in the body drop.

The three side posture variants

The mammillary push uses a pisiform (hypothenar) contact on the mammillary process of the up side, which is the side of posterior body rotation. The line of drive is posterior to anterior, following the plane of the lumbar facets, which are oriented close to the sagittal plane in the upper lumbar spine and turn more toward the coronal plane at L5 and S1. Because the push is on the posterior side of the body, it rotates the vertebral body back toward neutral and carries the spinous process back toward the midline.

The spinous pull contacts the down side of the spinous process with the fingertips or the pads of the middle and ring fingers (reinforced by the other fingers), and the thrust pulls the spinous process toward the ceiling, that is, back toward the midline. The patient lies with the spinous laterality side down, which is the same side choice as the mammillary push. The pull is often chosen when the patient is large, when the up side mammillary is too tender to contact, or when the doctor wants to emphasize rotation over posterior to anterior glide.

A spinous push (used in some systems) contacts the up side of the spinous process and pushes it away, so the side the patient lies on reverses. Use the variant your program teaches; the examiner scores internal consistency of side, contact and line of drive with the listing.

The general lumbar roll or pelvic roll uses a broad contact (forearm or hand over the posterior ilium or upper buttock) and a rotational body drop without segmental specificity. It is useful for general mobilization of the lower lumbar and sacroiliac region, for large patients and as a teaching foundation. It is less specific and should not be presented as a segmental correction for a named listing.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
L4 spinous right (body rotated left), mammillary pushLying on right side, left side up; bottom leg straight, top hip flexed to open L4/L5Facing patient, split stance, caudal thigh on top kneeRight pisiform on left L4 mammillary processLeft hand on patient's left shoulder holding trunk rotationPosterior to anterior along the facet plane, with body drop
L4 spinous right, spinous pullLying on right side (spinous side down), same positioningSameFinger pads of the caudal hand on the right (down) side of L4 spinousSameDown side to up side (right to left), pulling the spinous toward the midline
L3 spinous left (body rotated right), mammillary pushLying on left side, right side up; top hip flexed less, to open L3/L4SameLeft pisiform on right L3 mammillaryRight hand on right shoulderPosterior to anterior along the facet plane
L5 restriction with flexion fixationSide posture, top hip flexed more to localize L5/S1Same, often more caudalPisiform on up side L5 mammillary or spinousShoulder holdPosterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior to open the joint
Nonspecific lower lumbar and pelvic restriction (lumbar roll)Side postureSameForearm or hand over posterior ilium or upper buttockShoulder holdRotational, toward the floor in the plane of the table
Midline Body rotated left (left side posterior) Spinous rotated right: pull contact on right side Mammillary push on left: P to A Left Right Anterior View from above
Figure 11.2 A lumbar vertebra seen from above with a right spinous listing. The left side of the body is posterior, so the patient lies left side up. The mammillary push contacts the left mammillary and drives posterior to anterior; the spinous pull contacts the right side of the spinous and pulls it back to the midline. Both corrections use the same side lying position.
Board tip. Lumbar listings are named for the spinous process, but the side posture side is chosen by the body. Say it aloud as a two step translation: "spinous right means the body has rotated left, so the left side is posterior and goes up." Candidates who skip the translation are the ones who put the patient on the wrong side.

Safety inside the set up

Lumbar side posture manipulation has a very low rate of serious adverse events, but the events that do occur cluster in predictable patients. Do not thrust in side posture in suspected cauda equina syndrome (saddle anesthesia, new urinary retention or incontinence, bilateral or progressive leg weakness), which is an emergency referral; in suspected fracture after significant trauma or minor trauma in an older or osteoporotic patient; in known or suspected malignancy involving the spine; in infection (fever, intravenous drug use, recent procedure); with a pulsatile abdominal mass or known abdominal aortic aneurysm; or with progressive neurologic deficit. Relative cautions that change the method rather than forbid care include osteoporosis, anticoagulation, acute disc herniation with severe antalgia, spondylolisthesis and recent surgery.

If the patient reports sharp leg pain, new numbness or a sense of the leg "going dead" as you take the lock, stop, release the tension slowly, return the patient to a neutral comfortable position, reassess neurologic status (dermatomes, myotomes, reflexes, straight leg raise) and change approach. Say this sequence out loud on a station: it is a scored safety behavior.

Case. Door card: A 38 year old warehouse worker has had 5 days of right sided low back pain without leg symptoms after lifting. Motion palpation shows restricted left rotation at L4/L5 and a spinous process deviated to the right at L4. Task: demonstrate the side posture set up for this segment and verbalize.
Reasoning: Wash hands, introduce yourself and confirm identity. Screen aloud for saddle numbness, bladder or bowel change, leg weakness, fever, cancer history and trauma; ask about osteoporosis, blood thinners, surgery and pregnancy. Explain the side posture adjustment, its benefits, the common soreness and rare risks, and alternatives, then ask permission. Locate L4 from the iliac crests and confirm the right spinous. Translate aloud: spinous right, body rotated left, left side posterior, so the patient lies on the right side, left side up. Keep the right leg straight, flex the left hip until the L4/L5 interspinous space opens, rotate the upper trunk back by drawing the right shoulder. Stand in split stance with your caudal thigh on the patient's left knee; stabilize the left shoulder with your left hand; take a right pisiform contact on the left L4 mammillary. State the line of drive: posterior to anterior along the facet plane with a body drop. Pause at tension and ask about leg pain before any thrust, then describe post checks and aftercare. Critical actions not to miss: red flag screen, consent, correct side, and stopping if radicular symptoms appear.
Key point

Every lumbar side posture variant shares one positioning sequence: side of posterior body rotation up, bottom leg straight, top hip flexed to open the target space, trunk rotated back, doctor's thigh on the top knee. The variants differ only in contact (mammillary push, spinous pull, spinous push, general roll) and must agree with the listing; say the spinous to body translation aloud before you place the patient.

Section 2Lumbar prone and flexion distraction options

When side posture is not the right tool

Side posture is efficient, but it combines rotation, flexion and a thrust, and some patients tolerate none of those well. A candidate who recognizes this and switches methods earns credit for clinical judgment; a candidate who adjusts every lumbar listing in side posture loses it. The common reasons to choose another approach are listed below, along with the usual substitute.

SituationWhy side posture is a poor choiceUsual alternative
Acute disc herniation with radicular pain and antalgic leanRotation and flexion under load can increase annular stress and nerve root tensionFlexion distraction after a tolerance test, or prone positioning with pillows and gentle mobilization
Osteoporosis or osteopeniaRotational thrust and body weight through ribs and vertebrae risk fractureLow force: drop table with minimal tension, instrument assisted, flexion distraction, mobilization
Late pregnancyAbdomen limits flexion and rotation; ligament laxity; patient comfortSide lying with pillows and low force, pregnancy table or cushions prone, drop pieces
SpondylolisthesisThrust into extension at the slipped level can increase shearFlexion distraction, adjust above and below, avoid extension thrust at the level
Recent lumbar surgery or fusionFused levels do not move; adjacent levels may be hypermobileNo thrust at the fusion; low force or mobilization at adjacent levels after surgical clearance
Hip replacement (especially posterior approach)Top hip flexion beyond about 90 degrees with adduction and internal rotation risks dislocationProne methods, or side posture with a pillow between the knees and limited hip flexion
Patient fear or preferenceGuarding defeats the lock and increases riskProne drop, flexion distraction, instrument

Prone lumbar set ups

Prone lumbar techniques place the patient face down on a table with a face piece, arms at the sides or on arm rests, and a pillow under the abdomen if the patient's lordosis is large or extension is painful. The doctor stands on the side that suits the contact, usually in a fencer stance facing cephalad or at right angles to the table.

  • Prone unilateral mammillary or transverse contact. Pisiform on the mammillary process of the posterior body side; stabilizing hand over the contact wrist (reinforced) or on the opposite side of the pelvis. Line of drive posterior to anterior with a slight lateral to medial component, delivered as a short thrust from a locked elbow and body drop.
  • Prone spinous contact. Pisiform on the side of the spinous process, pushing it toward the midline (lateral to medial with a posterior to anterior component). Used when rotation is the main component.
  • Bilateral thenar or "butterfly" contact. Thenars over both mammillary or transverse regions, used for an extension restriction (segment fixed in flexion); line of drive posterior to anterior. Avoid in spondylolisthesis and in painful extension.
  • Drop table (Thompson style). The lumbar or pelvic drop piece is raised and its tension set just high enough to hold the patient's weight. The doctor takes the contact, pre loads lightly, and delivers a fast, shallow thrust that releases the drop piece; the abrupt stop of the piece completes the impulse. Drop reduces the force needed and is very comfortable, which makes it a common choice for older patients.

Prone thrusts load the abdomen and lower ribs, so ask about abdominal pain, recent abdominal surgery, pregnancy and any pulsing abdominal sensation first.

Flexion distraction

Flexion distraction (often taught as the Cox method) uses a table whose caudal section hinges downward and can also move laterally and in circumduction. The patient lies prone with the hips over the hinge, ankles secured in cuffs. The doctor stands at the patient's side, contacts the spinous process of the segment above the involved disc with the hypothenar (for an L4/L5 disc, the contact is on the L4 spinous), and slowly lowers the caudal section with the other hand. The contact hand holds the upper vertebra while the table draws the lower segments into flexion and long axis distraction, opening the posterior disc space and the intervertebral foramen.

The essential safety step is the tolerance test. Before the full procedure, the doctor applies a gentle contact and a small amount of flexion and asks whether leg pain changes. If radicular pain increases or peripheralizes (travels farther down the leg), the procedure is stopped and the patient is reassessed. If pain stays the same or centralizes (retreats toward the back), the treatment proceeds. Treatment for disc lesions is given as slow, gentle distractions in short sets, typically a few repetitions held for a few seconds each and repeated in two or three sets, never pushed to pain. Lateral flexion and circumduction motions are generally reserved for facet syndromes and for discs that are already improving, because they add load to the annulus.

Hypothenar on spinous above the disc (L4 spinous for an L4/L5 disc) Caudal section flexes down Head piece Hinge under the hips Ankle cuffs Tolerance test first: stop if leg pain increases or spreads
Figure 11.3 Flexion distraction. The contact holds the vertebra above the involved disc while the caudal section flexes downward, opening the posterior disc space and the foramen at that level. The procedure begins with a tolerance test, and any peripheralization of leg pain stops it.
Listing or findingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
L4/L5 disc bulge with right leg pain, tolerance test passedProne on flexion distraction table, ankles cuffed, hips over hingeStanding at the left side facing cephalad, or at the side of the tableHypothenar of the cephalad hand on L4 spinousCaudal hand on the caudal section handle controls flexionLong axis distraction with flexion; contact holds L4 and resists cephalad slide
L5 extension restriction, proneProne with abdominal pillowFencer stance facing cephaladBilateral thenars over L5 mammillary regionLocked elbows, body over contactPosterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior
L3 spinous left, prone dropProne, lumbar drop piece set to patient's weightStanding on the patient's left sidePisiform on the left side of L3 spinousOther hand reinforces the contact wristLeft to right (lateral to medial) and posterior to anterior; drop releases
Facet syndrome, L4/L5, no radiculopathyProne on flexion distraction tableAt the sideHypothenar on L4 spinousCaudal section controlFlexion, then lateral flexion and circumduction as tolerated
Board tip. In flexion distraction for a disc, the contact goes on the spinous process of the vertebra above the disc, not on the disc level's lower vertebra. The classic stop rule is peripheralization: if leg pain increases or spreads during the tolerance test, stop, reassess and refer if neurologic findings are progressive.

Instrument and low force options

Handheld adjusting instruments and graded mobilization suit osteoporotic, anxious, pediatric and frail patients. The set up still has a listing, a contact (the instrument tip on the mammillary, spinous or lamina), a stabilization and a line of drive, and an instrument never excuses skipping screening, consent or verbalization.

Case. Door card: A 46 year old man has 3 weeks of low back pain with pain down the back of the left leg to the heel, a left lateral list, positive straight leg raise at 40 degrees, reduced left ankle reflex and normal strength. No bladder or bowel change. Task: select and demonstrate an appropriate lumbar set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, and screen aloud for saddle anesthesia, bladder and bowel change, progressive weakness, fever and cancer history; the answers are negative, and strength is normal, so conservative care with monitoring is reasonable. State that the picture fits an L5/S1 disc with S1 radiculopathy and that side posture rotation is a poor first choice. Explain flexion distraction, its risks and alternatives, and obtain consent. Position prone on the table with the hips over the hinge and ankles cuffed. Contact the L5 spinous with your hypothenar (the vertebra above the L5/S1 disc). Perform a tolerance test: small flexion, ask about leg pain. Verbalize: "If the leg pain spreads or worsens, I stop." Proceed with gentle flexion distraction in short sets. Recheck reflex and straight leg raise afterward and document. Critical actions: cauda equina screen, choosing a non rotational method, contact above the disc, tolerance test, and a plan to refer for imaging and specialist opinion if weakness develops or symptoms fail to improve.
Key point

Choosing not to use side posture is a scored clinical decision. Acute disc with radiculopathy, osteoporosis, late pregnancy, spondylolisthesis, fusion and hip replacement push you toward prone drop, flexion distraction, instruments or mobilization. Flexion distraction contacts the spinous above the involved disc and always begins with a tolerance test; peripheralization stops it.

Section 3Pelvic and sacroiliac listings

Why the ilium gets its own vocabulary

The sacroiliac joint moves only a few degrees. Listing systems describe the ilium relative to the sacrum by where the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) has moved. Because the ilium rotates about an axis near S2, a change at the PSIS implies predictable changes at the ischial tuberosity and acetabulum, and therefore at leg length. Stations give you one or two of these findings and ask for the listing and the correction.

Ilium listings

ListingWhat movedPalpation findingsLeg check (prone, functional)Radiographic sign (AP pelvis, commonly taught)
PI (posterior inferior)Ilium rotated posteriorly about the sacral axis; PSIS moved posterior and inferiorPSIS low and prominent, ischial tuberosity relatively anterior, tenderness at the PSIS and sacral sulcusShort leg on the PI side (acetabulum carried superior)Ilium appears longer vertically on the involved side
AS (anterior superior)Ilium rotated anteriorly; PSIS moved anterior and superiorPSIS high and less prominent, ischial tuberosity relatively posteriorLong leg on the AS sideIlium appears shorter vertically on the involved side
IN (internal)Ilium rotated internally about a vertical axis; anterior ilium moved medial, PSIS moved lateralWider distance from PSIS to the sacral midlineUsually combined with PI or AS findingsIlium appears narrower horizontally
EX (external)Ilium rotated externally; anterior ilium moved lateral, PSIS moved medialNarrower distance from PSIS to the sacral midlineUsually combined with PI or AS findingsIlium appears wider horizontally

Listings are often combined, such as PI EX or AS IN; these pairings are the most frequently taught because the shape of the joint couples posterior rotation with external rotation and anterior rotation with internal rotation. The National (motion) system describes the same lesions as restrictions: a PI ilium behaves as a restriction of anterior rotation (flexion of the ilium), and an AS ilium as a restriction of posterior rotation. Know both vocabularies and translate aloud when a door card uses the one you did not train in.

Right side view, posterior to the left PI ilium (posterior rotation) Axis near S2 PSIS: posterior, inferior Ischium: anterior Acetabulum up: short leg Correct: PSIS contact, P to A, I to S ASIS Acet. AS ilium (anterior rotation) PSIS: anterior, superior Ischium: posterior Acetabulum down: long leg Correct: ischium contact, P to A ASIS PSIS Ischial tuberosity
Figure 11.4 Right innominate in side view, posterior to the left. In a PI ilium the bone has rotated posteriorly about an axis near S2, dropping the PSIS, swinging the ischium forward and lifting the acetabulum, so the leg checks short. An AS ilium is the reverse. The correction drives the bone back the other way through the contact that best reaches it.

Sacral listings

The sacrum is listed relative to the ilia (or to L5, depending on the system). The commonly taught descriptions are:

  • Base posterior on one side (Gonstead style P R or P L): the sacrum has rotated so one side of the base is posterior; the sacral base on that side palpates prominent and the sulcus shallow. Corrected with a contact on the posterior side of the base, line of drive posterior to anterior.
  • Base posterior bilaterally (sacral base posterior, sacral extension in motion terms): reduced lumbosacral lordosis, deep sacral apex. Corrected with a contact at the base, posterior to anterior.
  • Base anterior (sacral flexion): increased lumbosacral angle; corrected with a contact near the apex, posterior to anterior and inferior to superior, or by an approach that lifts the base.
  • Sacral torsions (in osteopathic and motion terminology): rotation about an oblique axis, named as forward torsion (left on left, right on right) or backward torsion (right on left, left on right). On a chiropractic station, translate a torsion into which side of the base is posterior and which inferior lateral angle is posterior, then choose the contact.
Board tip. The leg length rule for the ilium is a high yield chain: PI makes a short leg, AS makes a long leg, both on the involved side and both functional, not anatomic. If the door card says the leg is short and the PSIS is low and posterior, the listing is PI on that side. An anatomic short leg (a true bone length difference) does not change with position and is measured, not adjusted.

Confirming a pelvic lesion: the examination cluster

No single sacroiliac test is reliable on its own. Stations reward a cluster approach, and you should be able to name and briefly perform the usual pieces:

TestHow it is doneWhat a positive means
Gillet (stork) testStanding; thumb on PSIS and on the S2 tubercle; patient flexes the hip on that sidePSIS fails to move inferior relative to S2: fixation of that sacroiliac joint
Standing flexion testThumbs on both PSIS; patient bends forwardThe PSIS that rises higher is the side of restriction (ilium moving with sacrum)
Seated flexion testSame, seated (ilia fixed by the ischia)Asymmetry implicates the sacrum rather than the ilium
DistractionSupine, posteriorly directed pressure on both ASISFamiliar SI pain reproduced
CompressionSide lying, downward pressure on the up iliac crestFamiliar SI pain reproduced
Thigh thrustSupine, hip flexed 90 degrees, load along the femur posteriorlyFamiliar posterior pelvic pain; often the most sensitive single test
Gaenslen testSupine at edge of table, one hip hyperextended, other flexedSI pain on the extended side
Sacral thrustProne, posterior to anterior pressure on the sacrumFamiliar SI pain
FABER (Patrick)Supine, flexion, abduction, external rotation, pressure on the kneeGroin pain suggests hip; posterior pain suggests SI

A commonly taught rule is that three or more positive pain provocation tests out of the five (distraction, compression, thigh thrust, Gaenslen, sacral thrust) increase the likelihood that the sacroiliac joint is the pain source, particularly if lumbar centralization has been ruled out.

Case. Door card: A 29 year old runner reports 2 weeks of right buttock pain without leg symptoms. Prone, the right leg appears short; the right PSIS is low and prominent and tender; right Gillet test shows failure of the PSIS to drop. Thigh thrust and sacral thrust reproduce her pain. Task: state the listing and the correction, and screen.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, and screen aloud: trauma, fever, night pain, pregnancy, inflammatory back pain features (morning stiffness over 30 minutes that improves with exercise, age under 40 at onset, alternating buttock pain), bladder or bowel change. Note that alternating buttock pain with morning stiffness would raise concern for an inflammatory sacroiliitis needing laboratory and imaging workup. Name the listing: right PI ilium (low posterior PSIS, short leg on the same side, fixation, positive provocation cluster). State the correction: patient side posture with the right side up (or prone drop), pisiform on the right PSIS, line of drive posterior to anterior and inferior to superior to rotate the ilium anteriorly. Obtain consent, set up, check in at tension, and plan to recheck leg length and the Gillet test afterward. Critical actions: inflammatory and red flag screen, correct side up, PSIS contact and the I to S component.
Key point

Ilium listings describe where the PSIS has gone: PI (posterior rotation, low PSIS, short leg), AS (anterior rotation, high PSIS, long leg), IN (PSIS lateral) and EX (PSIS medial), usually paired as PI EX or AS IN. Sacral listings describe which side of the base is posterior. Confirm with a cluster of motion and provocation tests, and translate between listing and motion vocabularies aloud.

Section 4Sacroiliac and sacral set ups

Side posture ilium corrections

Side posture for the ilium uses the same general positioning as the lumbar set up, with three important differences. First, the involved ilium is up. Second, the lock is taken lower: the top hip is flexed more for an AS correction (often to about 90 degrees, so the ischium is accessible and the ilium can be rotated posteriorly) and less for a PI correction (so the PSIS faces the doctor and the ilium can be rotated anteriorly). Third, the trunk rotation is lighter, because the goal is to isolate the sacroiliac joint rather than a lumbar segment.

  • PI ilium. Pisiform contact on the PSIS (for PI EX, on the medial aspect of the PSIS; for PI IN, on its lateral aspect). Doctor's thigh on the top knee. Line of drive posterior to anterior and inferior to superior, with a medial to lateral component for EX or a lateral to medial component for IN, delivered by a body drop. The elbow of the contact arm is lowered so that the forearm points along the I to S line.
  • AS ilium. Pisiform or hypothenar contact on the ischial tuberosity, with the top hip flexed further. Line of drive posterior to anterior, with a slight inferior to superior component as commonly taught, which rotates the ilium posteriorly about the sacral axis. Care with modesty: explain before you touch, contact over the gown or drape, and use a broad, firm hand rather than fingertips.
  • IN or EX alone. Contact on the lateral (IN) or medial (EX) side of the PSIS or the posterior iliac crest, line of drive across the joint (lateral to medial or medial to lateral) with a posterior to anterior component.

Prone and drop corrections for the ilium

Prone pelvic adjustments are comfortable, quick and easy to verbalize, and drop tables reduce force. The patient lies prone, the pelvic drop piece is raised, and its tension set to the patient's weight. The doctor stands on the side opposite the involved ilium for a PSIS contact reached across the body, or on the same side, depending on the system taught.

  • PI on a drop table. Pisiform on the PSIS of the involved side; line of drive posterior to anterior and inferior to superior; a short, fast thrust releases the drop.
  • AS on a drop table. Contact on the ischial tuberosity (some programs teach this with the patient's knee flexed and a block or with a modified approach); line of drive posterior to anterior.
L5 PSIS contact: PI ilium P to A, I to S (arrow) Ischial tuberosity contact: AS ilium, P to A Sacral base contact: base posterior on that side Sacral apex contact: base anterior sacrum Coccyx: external, light Right ilium Left ilium Posterior view
Figure 11.5 Contact map for the pelvis in posterior view. The PSIS contact corrects a PI ilium with a posterior to anterior and inferior to superior line; the ischial tuberosity contact corrects an AS ilium; base and apex contacts address sacral base posterior and base anterior listings. Coccyx contacts are external and light.

Sacral set ups

Sacral contacts are made over the sacral base (just medial to the PSIS, over the first sacral tubercle region), the sacral body, or the apex. The commonly used set ups are:

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Right PI ilium (PI EX)Side posture, right side up, top hip moderately flexedFacing patient, thigh on top kneePisiform on the medial aspect of the right PSISHand on shoulder holding light trunk rotationP to A, I to S, slight M to L
Left AS ilium (AS IN)Side posture, left side up, top hip flexed to about 90 degreesSamePisiform or hypothenar on the left ischial tuberositySameP to A with slight I to S, slight L to M for IN
Right PI ilium, proneProne, pelvic drop piece setStanding at the left side, reaching across, or at the right sidePisiform on right PSISOther hand reinforces the wristP to A, I to S; drop releases
Sacral base posterior on the rightProne (with drop) or side posture right side upFencer stancePisiform or thenar on the right sacral base, medial to the PSISReinforced wrist or shoulder holdP to A
Bilateral base posterior (sacral extension)Prone with little or no abdominal pillowAt the side, facing caudalThenar or hypothenar across the sacral baseReinforcedP to A, slightly S to I at the base, encouraging nutation
Base anterior (sacral flexion)Prone, pillow under abdomenAt the side, facing cephaladHypothenar over the sacral apexReinforcedP to A at the apex, slightly I to S, encouraging counternutation
Board tip. For pelvic set ups the involved side is up in side posture, and the elbow position tells the examiner your line of drive: dropping the elbow sends the force inferior to superior, which is what a PSIS contact for PI needs. Say "my line of drive is posterior to anterior and inferior to superior" while you visibly lower the elbow.

Supine and other approaches

A supine sacroiliac approach uses the doctor's hand under the PSIS or sacrum as a fulcrum while force is applied down the flexed femur; muscle energy techniques (patient contraction against resistance, then taking up the new range) suit acute, anxious and pregnant patients.

Case. Door card: A 52 year old woman has left low back and groin ache after a slip on ice 3 days ago (she caught herself and did not fall). Prone, the left leg appears long; the left PSIS is high; the left ischial tuberosity palpates posterior. She has no history of osteoporosis. Task: demonstrate the side posture set up for the listing and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, and screen aloud: did she fall, hit her hip, have trouble bearing weight, or have groin pain with walking (hip fracture must be excluded); osteoporosis and steroid use; cancer history; bladder or bowel change. If she could not bear weight or had pain with hip rotation, stop and order imaging first. With a negative screen, name the listing: left AS ilium (high PSIS, long leg on the same side, posterior ischium). Explain the procedure, including that the contact will be on the sitting bone over the drape, and obtain consent. Position side posture, left side up, top hip flexed to about 90 degrees. Thigh on the top knee, hand on the shoulder, pisiform on the left ischial tuberosity. State the line of drive: posterior to anterior with a slight inferior to superior component, rotating the ilium posteriorly. Check in at tension, then plan to recheck leg length. Critical actions: fracture screen, consent that names the contact site, correct side up, ischial contact.
Key point

Ilium corrections put the involved side up in side posture or use prone drop: PSIS contact for PI (P to A, I to S, adding M to L for EX or L to M for IN) and ischial tuberosity contact for AS (P to A). Sacral base contacts promote nutation and apex contacts promote counternutation. Explain sensitive contact sites before you touch, and make the line of drive visible with your elbow.

Section 5Coccyx and pelvic special cases

Coccyx: listings, screening and external technique

Coccydynia is pain at the coccyx, usually worse on sitting and on rising from sitting, often after a fall onto the buttocks, after childbirth, or with prolonged sitting on hard surfaces. The coccyx is most often found flexed (anterior) after a fall, sometimes deviated laterally, and occasionally hypermobile. Dynamic sitting and standing lateral radiographs can show abnormal flexion, extension or subluxation, and are considered when symptoms persist.

Screening comes first. Fracture after a recent fall, a pilonidal cyst (tender, swollen, sometimes draining skin over the sacrococcygeal region), a perianal abscess, rectal or pelvic disease, and sacral tumors such as chordoma (slowly progressive pain, constipation, a presacral mass) can all present as tailbone pain. Night pain, weight loss, rectal bleeding, change in bowel habit or a palpable mass warrant referral.

External technique is the default and the only approach appropriate to demonstrate on a standardized patient. The patient lies prone with a pillow under the pelvis. The doctor explains exactly where the contact will be, offers a chaperone, and uses a drape. Contacts include a light thumb or pisiform contact on the sacrococcygeal junction or on the lateral border of the coccyx through the drape, with a gentle sustained pressure or a low force impulse in the direction that reduces the listing (for an anterior coccyx, a gentle lift of the sacral apex combined with release of the gluteal and pelvic floor soft tissues). Soft tissue work to the gluteus maximus, the sacrotuberous ligament and the coccygeus region, cushion advice (a wedge or cutout cushion) and sitting posture advice are part of the plan.

Internal (per rectum) coccygeal techniques exist, but whether they are within scope depends on the jurisdiction. They require specific, documented informed consent, a chaperone, gloves and lubricant, and a clear clinical reason. On a practical exam, do not perform or simulate an internal approach; state that you would use external technique, and that internal technique would require scope verification, specific written consent and a chaperone.

Case. Door card: A 31 year old woman has had 6 weeks of tailbone pain since slipping on stairs and landing in a seated position. Pain is worse when she sits and when she stands up from sitting. No bowel change, no fever, no swelling of the skin. Task: describe and demonstrate your approach, and verbalize consent.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, and screen aloud: rectal bleeding, bowel change, fever, a tender swelling or drainage near the tailbone (pilonidal cyst), night pain, weight loss, and pregnancy. Explain that you would like to examine and treat the tailbone region externally, that you will touch over the drape at the base of the spine, that she may have a chaperone, and that she can stop you at any time; obtain consent. Note that if the pain began with the fall and had not been imaged, or if there were point tenderness with a step, radiographs would come first. Position prone with a pillow under the pelvis; contact the sacrococcygeal junction with a light thumb contact over the drape; apply a gentle sustained correction with soft tissue release of the gluteal and sacrotuberous region. Advise a wedge cushion and leaning forward when sitting. Critical actions: red flag screen, a consent that names the site and offers a chaperone, external technique only, and modesty throughout.

Pregnancy

Pregnancy brings increasing lumbar lordosis, an anterior shift in the center of mass, and ligament laxity (related to relaxin and other hormones), and low back and pelvic girdle pain are very common. Manual care is widely used and generally well tolerated when it is modified.

  • Positioning. Use side lying with pillows between the knees and under the abdomen, or a pregnancy table or cushions that allow prone positioning without abdominal pressure. Avoid prolonged supine lying in later pregnancy, which can compress the inferior vena cava and cause dizziness and hypotension; tilt the patient to the left side if supine work is needed.
  • Force. Use lower force and less amplitude. Laxity means less force is needed and that hypermobile joints (especially the symphysis pubis and the sacroiliac joints) should not be pushed to end range.
  • Side posture. Reduce lumbar rotation and hip flexion, and keep the abdomen supported. Drop table and instrument methods are useful.

Red flags in pregnancy require immediate obstetric referral and no manipulation: vaginal bleeding, leakage of fluid, regular painful contractions before term, severe or constant abdominal pain, reduced fetal movement, and signs of preeclampsia (new hypertension, severe headache, visual disturbance, right upper quadrant or epigastric pain, sudden swelling of face or hands). Calf pain and swelling in pregnancy or postpartum must be treated as a possible deep vein thrombosis.

Osteoporosis and the older patient

Osteoporosis is a reason to change the method, not necessarily to withhold care. Risk factors to ask about include female sex and menopause, age, low body weight, long term corticosteroid use, smoking, heavy alcohol use, previous fragility fracture, rheumatoid arthritis, and a family history of hip fracture. A sudden onset of thoracolumbar pain after minimal stress in such a patient is a compression fracture until proven otherwise. Avoid rotational side posture thrusts and heavy prone posterior to anterior thrusts in significant osteoporosis; choose drop with minimal tension, instruments, flexion distraction, mobilization, soft tissue work and exercise.

Screen: red flags, history, consent questions Red flag present No thrust; refer or image (emergency for cauda equina, AAA, preeclampsia) Modifier present? pregnancy, osteoporosis, disc, listhesis, fusion, hip replacement Yes: modify low force, drop, instrument, flexion distraction, pillows, limit rotation and hip flexion No: standard set up side posture or prone, contact and line of drive matched to the listing Check in at tension; stop if symptoms spread; reassess and document
Figure 11.6 A decision path for any lumbopelvic station. Red flags end the technique pathway and trigger referral; modifiers change the method; and every path ends with a check in at tension and reassessment.

Other modifications to know

ConditionConcernModification
Spondylolisthesis (isthmic or degenerative)Shear at the slipped level, especially in extensionAvoid extension thrust at the level; flexion distraction; adjust adjacent segments; core stabilization; refer if progressive slip or neurologic signs
Lumbar fusion or instrumentationHardware; adjacent segment hypermobilityNo thrust at fused levels; surgical clearance; low force at adjacent levels
Total hip replacementDislocation, especially posterior approach with flexion, adduction and internal rotationLimit top hip flexion, pillow between knees in side posture, prefer prone or supine methods; no hip thrust
Anticoagulant therapyBleeding and hematomaLow force; avoid vigorous soft tissue work; watch for bruising
Ankylosing spondylitisFused, brittle spine; fracture with minor traumaNo thrust to fused segments; mobilization and exercise; any new pain after minor trauma needs imaging
Abdominal aortic aneurysmRupture riskNo lumbar thrust; urgent referral if pulsatile mass, tearing pain or hypotension
Board tip. In late pregnancy, prolonged supine lying can cause supine hypotensive syndrome from vena cava compression; the fix is to tilt the patient onto her left side. Signs of preeclampsia (hypertension with headache, visual change or epigastric pain) are an emergency referral, not a technique question.
Case. Door card: A 33 year old woman at 32 weeks of pregnancy has right sided sacroiliac pain worse with rolling in bed and climbing stairs. Blood pressure today is 118/74. Right PI ilium findings on palpation. Task: demonstrate a modified set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, and screen aloud for bleeding, fluid leakage, contractions, reduced fetal movement, severe headache, visual change, upper abdominal pain, sudden swelling, and calf pain. Confirm that her obstetric care is ongoing. Explain a gentle side lying adjustment of the right pelvis with pillows, the expected benefits, the rare risks and the alternatives (exercise, a sacroiliac belt, soft tissue care), and obtain consent. Position her on her left side, right side up, with a pillow between the knees and one supporting the abdomen; flex the top hip only moderately and keep trunk rotation minimal. Pisiform on the right PSIS, hand on the shoulder, line of drive posterior to anterior and inferior to superior with low force (or use a drop piece on a pregnancy table). Check in at tension. Avoid leaving her supine for long. Critical actions: obstetric red flag screen, positioning that protects the abdomen and vena cava, reduced force and rotation.
Key point

Special populations change the set up, not the logic: screen, consent, position safely, contact, line of drive, check in. Coccyx care on an exam is external, chaperone offered, with the contact site named in the consent. Pregnancy calls for supported side lying, low force and an obstetric red flag screen; osteoporosis, spondylolisthesis, fusion, hip replacement, anticoagulation and ankylosing spondylitis each have a specific modification you should be able to name.

The chapter in one breath

  • Every lumbopelvic station opens the same way: identify, screen for red flags (cauda equina, fracture, cancer, infection, aneurysm), ask method specific contraindications, then obtain informed consent naming benefits, risks and alternatives.
  • Name the six set up elements aloud in order: listing, patient position, doctor stance, contact, stabilization, line of drive.
  • Lumbar listings are named by the spinous; translate to the body: spinous right means body rotated left, so the left side is posterior and goes up in side posture.
  • Side posture: bottom leg straight, top hip flexed until the target space opens, trunk rotated back, doctor's thigh on the top knee, body drop thrust.
  • The mammillary push contacts the up side mammillary (P to A along the facet plane); the spinous pull contacts the down side of the spinous and pulls it to midline.
  • Choose prone drop, flexion distraction, instruments or mobilization for acute disc with radiculopathy, osteoporosis, late pregnancy, spondylolisthesis, fusion and hip replacement.
  • Flexion distraction contacts the spinous above the involved disc and begins with a tolerance test; peripheralization stops it.
  • PI ilium: low posterior PSIS, short leg, corrected through the PSIS (P to A, I to S). AS ilium: high PSIS, long leg, corrected through the ischial tuberosity (P to A).
  • IN moves the PSIS lateral and EX moves it medial; they add a lateral to medial or medial to lateral component to the line of drive.
  • Sacral base contacts promote nutation; apex contacts promote counternutation.
  • Coccyx care on an exam is external, with the contact site named in consent and a chaperone offered; internal approaches depend on scope and need specific written consent.
  • Pregnancy: supported side lying, low force, avoid prolonged supine lying, and refer immediately for bleeding, fluid leakage or preeclampsia signs.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Side postureSide lying set up used for lumbar and pelvic adjustments, with the bottom leg straight and the top hip flexed to localize tension.
LockThe combination of flexion from below and rotation from above that concentrates tension at the target segment before the thrust.
Body dropA thrust delivered by a quick drop of the doctor's trunk through a locked contact arm rather than by arm strength alone.
Mammillary pushSide posture lumbar adjustment with a pisiform contact on the up side mammillary process and a posterior to anterior line of drive.
Spinous pullSide posture lumbar adjustment with a finger contact on the down side of the spinous process, pulling it toward the midline.
Facet planeThe orientation of the zygapophyseal joint surfaces; near sagittal in the upper lumbar spine and more coronal at L5 and S1.
Flexion distractionProne table technique that flexes and distracts the lower segments under a spinous contact, used especially for disc lesions.
Tolerance testA small trial of flexion distraction to check that leg pain does not increase before full treatment.
PeripheralizationSpread of pain farther down the limb with a movement or procedure, a signal to stop and reassess.
PI iliumIlium rotated posteriorly with the PSIS posterior and inferior; associated with a functionally short leg on that side.
AS iliumIlium rotated anteriorly with the PSIS anterior and superior; associated with a functionally long leg on that side.
IN iliumIlium rotated internally so that the PSIS has moved laterally away from the sacral midline.
EX iliumIlium rotated externally so that the PSIS has moved medially toward the sacral midline.
NutationForward tilting of the sacral base relative to the ilia, with the apex moving posteriorly.
CounternutationBackward tilting of the sacral base relative to the ilia, with the apex moving anteriorly.
Gillet testStanding test in which hip flexion should carry the PSIS inferior relative to S2; failure suggests sacroiliac fixation.
CoccydyniaPain at the coccyx, typically worse with sitting and rising, often after a fall or childbirth.
ChordomaRare malignant tumor of notochord remnants, common at the sacrum and clivus, that can mimic chronic tailbone pain.
Pilonidal cystInfected skin and hair cyst over the sacrococcygeal cleft that can masquerade as coccyx pain.
Cauda equina syndromeCompression of the lumbosacral nerve roots causing saddle anesthesia, bladder or bowel dysfunction and leg weakness; a surgical emergency.
PreeclampsiaPregnancy disorder of new hypertension with organ involvement such as headache, visual change or upper abdominal pain; requires urgent obstetric care.
Supine hypotensive syndromeDrop in blood pressure in late pregnancy when the uterus compresses the vena cava in supine lying.
SpondylolisthesisForward slip of one vertebra on the one below, from a pars defect or degeneration.
Line of driveThe direction of the adjustive force through the contact, stated in anatomical terms such as posterior to anterior and inferior to superior.

Check yourself

An L3 listing shows the spinous process rotated to the left. For a mammillary push in side posture, which side does the patient lie on, and which mammillary do you contact?
Answer. Spinous left means the body rotated right, so the right side is posterior. The patient lies on the left side, right side up, and you contact the right L3 mammillary with a posterior to anterior line of drive along the facet plane.
During the side posture lock, the patient reports new tingling down the leg to the foot. What do you do?
Answer. Do not thrust. Release tension slowly, return the patient to a comfortable neutral position, recheck dermatomes, myotomes, reflexes and straight leg raise, and choose a different approach (or refer if deficits are new or progressive). Document what happened.
For flexion distraction of an L4/L5 disc, where is the contact and what is the first step?
Answer. The hypothenar contact is on the L4 spinous process, the vertebra above the disc. The first step is a tolerance test: gentle flexion while asking about leg pain, stopping if pain increases or peripheralizes.
A patient's left leg checks short prone, the left PSIS is low and posterior, and the left Gillet test is positive. Name the listing and the correction.
Answer. Left PI ilium. Correct with the left side up in side posture (or prone drop), pisiform on the left PSIS, line of drive posterior to anterior and inferior to superior to rotate the ilium anteriorly.
What is the contact point for an AS ilium in side posture, and how is the hip positioned?
Answer. The ischial tuberosity, with the involved side up and the top hip flexed to about 90 degrees so the ischium is accessible; line of drive posterior to anterior. Explain the contact site in the consent and contact over the drape.
What do IN and EX describe in ilium listings, and how do they modify the PSIS contact?
Answer. IN means internal rotation of the ilium with the PSIS moved lateral; EX means external rotation with the PSIS moved medial. For EX, contact the medial PSIS and add a medial to lateral component; for IN, contact the lateral PSIS and add a lateral to medial component.
Which sacral contact promotes nutation and which promotes counternutation?
Answer. A posterior to anterior contact on the sacral base promotes nutation (base forward). A posterior to anterior contact on the apex promotes counternutation (base backward).
A 70 year old woman on long term prednisone has sudden mid lumbar pain after bending to lift a laundry basket. Why is side posture inappropriate, and what comes first?
Answer. Steroid use, age and minimal trauma make a vertebral compression fracture likely. Imaging comes first, and rotational or forceful thrusts are avoided; low force methods are used only after fracture is excluded or managed.
A patient at 34 weeks of pregnancy becomes lightheaded while lying supine for an examination. What is happening and what do you do?
Answer. Supine hypotensive syndrome from compression of the inferior vena cava by the uterus. Roll her onto her left side, monitor her, and limit supine time for the rest of the visit.
On a practical exam, how should you handle a door card describing coccydynia after a fall?
Answer. Screen for fracture, pilonidal cyst, rectal or bowel symptoms and tumor features; consider radiographs; obtain consent that names the contact site and offer a chaperone; use external technique only over the drape; and state that internal technique depends on scope and would require specific written consent and a chaperone.
Chapter 12 · Chiropractic Technique

Extremity Set Ups

Extremity stations reward the candidate who can turn a restricted motion into a glide direction in one sentence, then build a set up that is safe, modest and easy for an examiner to follow. Every joint in this chapter is handled with the same logic: screen for fracture, instability and the conditions that mimic a simple joint restriction; apply the convex concave rule; place the joint in a position that allows play; then contact, stabilize and drive along the treatment plane. Get that logic right and the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee, ankle and foot all become variations on one performance.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Apply the convex concave rule to choose the glide direction for a restricted motion at any extremity joint.
  • State the loose packed and close packed positions that matter for set ups, and use the treatment plane to set the line of drive.
  • Perform and verbalize glenohumeral inferior, posterior and anterior glides, long axis distraction, and acromioclavicular and sternoclavicular set ups.
  • Set up corrections for the radial head, the humeroulnar joint, the carpals and the phalanges, and recognize the pulled elbow of a young child.
  • Perform hip long axis distraction and anterior and posterior glides, and identify hips that must not be thrust (replacement, avascular necrosis, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, fracture, infection).
  • Set up tibiofemoral glides, proximal fibular head corrections that protect the common fibular nerve, and patellar mobilization.
  • Perform talocrural distraction, the cuboid whip, navicular and metatarsal techniques after applying the Ottawa ankle and foot rules.
  • Screen, consent, check in and respond to adverse responses at every extremity station.

Section 1Shoulder and acromioclavicular set ups

The rule that runs every extremity station

Extremity adjustments restore joint play, the small passive accessory glides that a joint must have for its voluntary range to be normal. Joint play cannot be produced by the patient; it is assessed by the doctor with the joint in a relaxed position. When a voluntary motion is restricted, the missing accessory glide is predicted by the shape of the moving joint surface:

  • When a convex surface moves on a fixed concave surface, the roll and the glide go in opposite directions. The humeral head, femoral head, proximal carpal row on the radius, and the talus in the mortise are convex.
  • When a concave surface moves on a fixed convex surface, the roll and the glide go in the same direction. The tibial plateau on the femur, the ulna on the trochlea, the bases of the phalanges and the radial fovea on the capitulum are concave.

So if the humerus will not abduct (the shaft moves up), the convex head must glide down: the treatment is an inferior glide. If the knee will not extend (the tibia moves forward on the femur), the concave plateau must glide forward: the treatment is an anterior tibial glide. Say the rule aloud on a station; it is how the examiner hears that your line of drive is reasoned and not memorized.

Convex on concave: opposite Shaft moves up Head glides down e.g. humeral head: abduction needs inferior glide Concave on convex: same Fixed Fixed Shaft up Glide up Concave surface glides with the shaft e.g. tibia: extension needs anterior glide
Figure 12.1 The convex concave rule. A convex joint surface glides opposite to the movement of the bone's shaft; a concave surface glides in the same direction. Identify which partner is moving and its surface shape, and the glide direction follows.
JointMoving surfaceLoose packed (resting) positionClose packed position
GlenohumeralConvex humeral headAbout 55 degrees abduction, 30 degrees horizontal adduction (scapular plane)Full abduction and external rotation
AcromioclavicularClavicle on acromion (flat, variable)Arm resting at the sideAbout 90 degrees abduction
HumeroulnarConcave ulnaAbout 70 degrees flexion, 10 degrees supinationFull extension with supination
RadiocarpalConvex proximal carpal rowNeutral with slight ulnar deviationFull extension with radial deviation
HipConvex femoral headAbout 30 degrees flexion, 30 degrees abduction, slight external rotationFull extension, internal rotation and abduction
TibiofemoralConcave tibiaAbout 25 degrees flexionFull extension with external rotation of the tibia
TalocruralConvex talusAbout 10 degrees plantarflexion, midway between inversion and eversionFull dorsiflexion

Glenohumeral set ups

Before any shoulder set up, screen for dislocation and instability (a history of the shoulder "coming out," a positive apprehension test), fracture (trauma in an older patient, a fall on the outstretched hand, deformity, bruising), full thickness rotator cuff tear (weakness, drop arm sign), adhesive capsulitis in its painful freezing phase, and referred pain from the heart, lung apex (Pancoast tumor), diaphragm, gallbladder or cervical spine. Left shoulder pain with exertional chest pressure or dyspnea is cardiac until proven otherwise.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Restricted abduction (inferior glide needed)Supine, arm abducted to the start of restriction, elbow flexedAt the side of the table facing cephaladWeb of the hand or thenar on the superior humeral head just lateral to the acromionOther hand holds the distal humerus, maintaining abduction and slight tractionSuperior to inferior along the glenoid plane
Restricted flexion or internal rotation (posterior glide needed)Supine, arm at the side or in slight flexion, scapula supported by the tableAt the side facing the shoulderThenar or hypothenar on the anterior humeral headOther hand supports the elbow with light long axis tractionAnterior to posterior, slightly lateral, along the glenoid plane
Restricted extension or external rotation (anterior glide needed)Prone, arm hanging off the edge or resting, a small pad under the coracoidAt the side facing the shoulderThenar on the posterior humeral headOther hand holds the distal humerusPosterior to anterior, slightly medial; avoid with anterior instability
General capsular restrictionSupine, arm in the resting positionAt the side, facing cephalad or acrossBoth hands grasp the distal humerus above the elbowPatient's trunk held by the table or a beltLong axis distraction (lateral and inferior), gentle tug
Supine, right shoulder, front view Contact: web on superior head Clavicle Stabilizing hand on distal humerus Humeral head (convex): abduction needs inferior glide Line of drive: superior to inferior Scapula and glenoid
Figure 12.2 Glenohumeral inferior glide. With the arm abducted to the start of its restriction, the web of the contact hand sits on the superior humeral head just lateral to the acromion and drives superior to inferior, while the other hand holds the distal humerus. The convex head must glide down for the shaft to rise.

Acromioclavicular and sternoclavicular set ups

The acromioclavicular (AC) joint is a small plane joint that is commonly sprained by a fall on the point of the shoulder. Separations are graded: grades I and II (sprain of the AC ligaments, with partial coracoclavicular involvement in grade II) are managed conservatively; grade III and above (complete coracoclavicular rupture with obvious step deformity, or displacement posteriorly, superiorly or inferiorly) need orthopedic evaluation. Any visible step, a piano key sign, or displacement on comparison stress views is a reason to image and refer rather than adjust. After healing, AC restriction is usually found as a superior or posterior distal clavicle.

The sternoclavicular (SC) joint is a saddle joint with a disc. The common finding is an anterior medial clavicle. A posterior SC displacement can compress the trachea, esophagus and great vessels: hoarseness, dysphagia, dyspnea or venous congestion after trauma to the shoulder or chest is an emergency referral. Never apply posterior pressure to a medial clavicle that is already posterior.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Superior distal clavicle (AC)Supine or seatedAt the head or sideThenar or pisiform on the superior distal clavicle, medial to the joint lineOther hand supports the arm, slightly abducted, or the acromion from belowSuperior to inferior
Posterior distal clavicle (AC)Prone or seatedBehind or at the sideThenar on the posterior distal clavicleOther hand stabilizes the acromion anteriorlyPosterior to anterior
Anterior medial clavicle (SC)SupineAt the side, facing the patientThenar or pisiform on the anterior medial clavicle, paddedOther hand reinforces; patient's arm at the sideAnterior to posterior, gentle, slightly lateral
Superior medial clavicle (SC)SupineAt the headThumb or thenar on the superior medial clavicleOther hand lifts the arm slightly into abductionSuperior to inferior

Scapulothoracic mobilization (patient side lying, doctor cupping the scapula and gliding it superiorly, inferiorly, medially, laterally and in rotation) is a useful adjunct, especially when the scapula is held by tight upper trapezius, levator scapulae or pectoralis minor.

Board tip. The two shoulder traps are instability and the posterior sternoclavicular joint. Do not use an anterior glide (or an abducted, externally rotated position) on a patient with anterior instability, and never press posteriorly on a medial clavicle after trauma until a posterior SC dislocation has been excluded.
Case. Door card: A 48 year old office worker has 4 months of right shoulder stiffness with loss of abduction, no trauma, no night sweats, no chest symptoms. Abduction is limited to 110 degrees with a capsular end feel; strength is normal. Task: demonstrate an appropriate glenohumeral set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, wash hands. Screen aloud: trauma, dislocation history, numbness or weakness in the arm, chest pain or breathlessness with exertion, diabetes or thyroid disease (associated with adhesive capsulitis), cancer history and smoking. Check apprehension. Explain that you will gently glide the shoulder joint downward, the benefits, the possibility of soreness, and alternatives; obtain consent. Apply the rule aloud: "Abduction is restricted; the humeral head is convex, so it must glide inferiorly." Position supine, abduct the arm to the start of restriction. Stand facing cephalad, take a web contact on the superior humeral head just lateral to the acromion, and hold the distal humerus with the other hand. State the line of drive: superior to inferior along the glenoid plane. Check in at tension, then reassess abduction. Critical actions: cardiac and Pancoast screen, instability check, convex rule stated, contact lateral to the acromion (not on it).
Key point

The convex concave rule converts a restricted motion into a glide: the convex humeral head glides opposite to the shaft, so abduction needs an inferior glide, flexion and internal rotation a posterior glide, and extension and external rotation an anterior glide. Screen shoulder stations for instability, fracture, cuff tear and visceral referral, and treat a posterior sternoclavicular displacement as an emergency.

Section 2Elbow, wrist and hand set ups

Elbow: three joints in one capsule

The elbow contains the humeroulnar joint (a hinge: concave trochlear notch on the convex trochlea), the humeroradial joint (concave radial fovea on the convex capitulum) and the proximal radioulnar joint (convex radial head rim turning in the concave radial notch, held by the annular ligament). Flexion and extension happen mainly at the humeroulnar joint; pronation and supination at the radioulnar joints. A commonly taught arthrokinematic link is that the radial head glides posteriorly (dorsally) with pronation and anteriorly with supination, so a radial head fixed posterior tends to limit supination and one fixed anterior tends to limit pronation.

Screen the elbow for supracondylar fracture in children (a fall on the outstretched hand, swelling, refusal to move; check the radial pulse and the anterior interosseous, median, radial and ulnar nerves), radial head fracture in adults (lateral elbow tenderness, painful pronation and supination, a positive fat pad sign on the lateral radiograph), posterior dislocation, septic olecranon bursitis (warm, red, fever) and ulnar nerve symptoms at the cubital tunnel.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Posterior radial head (supination limited)Supine or seated, elbow near extension, forearm supinatedFacing the patient at the involved sideThumb or pisiform on the posterior radial head, just distal to the lateral epicondyleOther hand holds the distal forearm in supinationPosterior to anterior, with the elbow taken toward extension
Anterior radial head (pronation limited)Supine or seated, elbow partly flexed, forearm pronatedSameThumb or index finger pad on the anterior radial head in the cubital fossa, lateral to the biceps tendonOther hand holds the wrist and flexes the elbow over the contactAnterior to posterior, the contact acting as a fulcrum as the elbow flexes
Humeroulnar restriction (general)Supine, elbow in the resting position of about 70 degrees of flexionAt the sideHand on the proximal ulna on its anterior surfaceOther hand stabilizes the distal humerus on the tableLong axis distraction of the ulna (perpendicular to the joint surface)
Medial or lateral gapping restrictionSupine, elbow slightly flexedAt the sideHand on the medial or lateral distal humerusOther hand holds the distal forearmGentle valgus or varus gapping; screen ligaments first

The pulled elbow

Radial head subluxation (pulled or nursemaid's elbow) occurs in children roughly 1 to 4 years old when a sudden pull on the extended, pronated arm draws the radial head partly out of the annular ligament. The child stops using the arm and holds it slightly flexed and pronated, with little swelling. Reduction is by hyperpronation or by supination with flexion, often with a palpable click and rapid return of use. The critical judgment is the mechanism: a pull fits subluxation, but a fall, visible swelling, bruising or point tenderness suggests fracture and calls for radiographs first. If the child does not use the arm normally within a short time after a reduction attempt, refer for imaging.

Wrist and carpals

At the radiocarpal joint the convex proximal carpal row moves on the concave radius and articular disc, so wrist flexion requires a dorsal glide of the carpals and extension requires a palmar glide. Individual carpals are listed by the direction of their displacement, most often dorsal (posterior). The capitate, the keystone of the distal row, and the lunate are the carpals most often addressed.

Screen the wrist carefully. Scaphoid fracture follows a fall on the outstretched hand and causes tenderness in the anatomical snuffbox and over the scaphoid tubercle; initial radiographs may be normal, so the wrist is splinted and reimaged or scanned, because missed scaphoid fractures risk nonunion and avascular necrosis of the proximal pole. Lunate dislocation (usually palmar) can compress the median nerve and is an emergency. Kienböck disease (avascular necrosis of the lunate) causes dorsal central wrist pain. Distal radius fractures (Colles with dorsal displacement, Smith with palmar displacement) must be excluded after a fall. Do not thrust a wrist with rheumatoid arthritis and ligament laxity.

Right wrist, dorsal view Radial (thumb) side on the left Capitate: crossed thumbs, dorsal to palmar drive Triquetrum Hamate Lunate Ulna Radius Scaphoid Snuffbox (dashed) Trapezium Trapezoid Metacarpals
Figure 12.3 The right carpus in dorsal view. The proximal row (scaphoid, lunate, triquetrum) sits on the radius and disc; the distal row (trapezium, trapezoid, capitate, hamate) carries the metacarpals. A dorsal capitate is corrected with crossed thumbs and a dorsal to palmar drive. Snuffbox tenderness over the scaphoid means image first, not adjust.
ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Dorsal capitate (or other dorsal carpal)Seated or supine, forearm pronated, wrist relaxedFacing the patientThumbs crossed over the dorsal capitate; fingers wrap the palmar wristThe doctor's fingers cradle the palm; light long axis tractionDorsal to palmar with long axis traction, taking the wrist from slight extension to neutral (a "whip" or figure eight motion)
Palmar lunate (only after dislocation and Kienböck disease are excluded)Seated, forearm supinatedFacing the patientThumbs over the palmar lunateFingers on the dorsal wristPalmar to dorsal with long axis traction, gentle
Radiocarpal restriction of flexionSeated, forearm supinated on the table, wrist over the edgeAt the sideWeb or thenar on the palmar proximal carpal rowOther hand stabilizes the distal radius and ulnaPalmar to dorsal (a dorsal glide of the convex carpals restores flexion)
Carpal tunnel complaint (no thenar atrophy)Seated, forearm supinatedFacing the patientThumbs on the palmar thenar and hypothenar eminencesFingers on the dorsal wristSpreading mobilization of the carpal arch with gentle wrist extension

Hand and phalanges

At the metacarpophalangeal and interphalangeal joints the concave base of the distal bone moves on the convex head of the proximal bone, so flexion requires a palmar glide and extension a dorsal glide of the distal bone. The simplest and safest technique is long axis distraction: the doctor grasps the proximal bone with one thumb and index finger, the distal bone with the other, takes up slack along the axis and applies a gentle tug, often with a small cavitation. Dorsal and palmar glides and gentle rotation follow the same grip. The thumb carpometacarpal joint is a saddle joint; distraction and glides in its two planes help arthritic stiffness when applied gently.

Screen the hand for ulnar collateral ligament rupture of the thumb (skier's or gamekeeper's thumb; laxity on valgus stress, possible Stener lesion needing surgery), mallet finger (extensor tendon avulsion, needs continuous splinting), boutonnière deformity (central slip injury), flexor tenosynovitis (the Kanavel signs: fusiform swelling, flexed resting posture, tenderness along the sheath, pain on passive extension; a surgical emergency), and inflammatory arthritis.

Board tip. Two wrist red flags dominate: snuffbox tenderness after a fall means a scaphoid fracture until proven otherwise (splint and reimage even if the first film is normal), and a palmar lunate with median nerve symptoms is a dislocation that needs emergency reduction. Neither is adjusted.
Case. Door card: A 27 year old rock climber has dorsal central wrist pain and loss of wrist extension after a long climbing session, with no fall. A dorsal prominence over the capitate is tender; there is no snuffbox tenderness and grip is strong. Task: demonstrate the set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, wash hands. Screen aloud: falls, swelling, numbness in the thumb, index and middle fingers, night pain, inflammatory joint disease. Palpate the snuffbox and scaphoid tubercle and say they are nontender; check median nerve sensation. Explain the procedure, benefits, soreness risk and alternatives (rest, taping, exercise), and obtain consent. Position seated, forearm pronated, wrist relaxed. Cross your thumbs over the dorsal capitate and wrap your fingers around the palmar wrist. State the line of drive: dorsal to palmar with long axis traction, taking the wrist from slight extension toward neutral. Check in, then recheck extension. Critical actions: scaphoid and median nerve screen before contact, correct carpal identified, distraction combined with the glide. Kienböck disease remains on the differential if pain persists, so plan radiographs if there is no improvement.
Key point

The radial head glides posterior with pronation and anterior with supination; the convex carpals glide dorsally for flexion and palmarly for extension; the concave phalangeal bases glide with the movement. Exclude fracture first (supracondylar, radial head, scaphoid, distal radius), recognize the pulled elbow by its pull mechanism, and treat a palmar lunate with median nerve signs or flexor tenosynovitis as an emergency.

Section 3Hip set ups

Screen the hip before you touch it

Hip pain is a common door card because it hides serious conditions behind an ordinary complaint. Before any hip set up, you must be able to say why the hip in front of you is not one of these:

ConditionTypical patient and cluesAction
Hip fractureOlder adult after a fall; leg shortened and externally rotated; cannot bear weight; groin pain with log rollDo not move the leg; emergency imaging and referral
Occult or stress fracture of the femoral neckRunner, military recruit, low bone density; groin pain with activity, pain on hop testStop loading; imaging (MRI if radiographs are normal); no thrust
Avascular necrosis of the femoral headCorticosteroids, alcohol, sickle cell disease, prior trauma; deep groin pain, painful internal rotationImaging and referral; no thrust
Slipped capital femoral epiphysisAdolescent, often overweight; limp, groin, thigh or knee pain; obligatory external rotation with hip flexionNon weight bearing, urgent orthopedic referral; no manipulation
Legg Calvé Perthes diseaseChild about 4 to 8 years, more often boys; painless or mildly painful limp, reduced abduction and internal rotationImaging and orthopedic referral
Septic arthritisFever, refusal to bear weight, severe pain with any motion; child or immunocompromised adultEmergency referral
Total hip replacementSurgical history; posterior approach dislocates with flexion beyond 90 degrees, adduction and internal rotationNo hip thrust; respect precautions; gentle soft tissue and exercise with surgical guidance
Referred painLumbar radiculopathy, sacroiliac joint, hernia, aneurysm, gynecologic or urologic diseaseExamine the lumbar spine and abdomen; refer as indicated

The hip's capsular pattern is loss of internal rotation most, then flexion and abduction, with less loss of extension; early osteoarthritis is often found first as painful, limited internal rotation and a positive FADIR or FABER with groin pain. Femoroacetabular impingement in younger active adults produces groin pain with flexion, adduction and internal rotation.

Long axis distraction

Long axis distraction separates the femoral head from the acetabulum and is the foundation hip technique, useful for capsular stiffness and early degenerative change. The patient lies supine with the hip in its resting position (about 30 degrees of flexion, 30 degrees of abduction and slight external rotation). The doctor stands at the foot of the table and grasps the leg just above the malleoli, or, if the knee is unstable or painful, the distal femur above the knee with the patient's knee flexed over the doctor's shoulder or forearm. The doctor leans back to take up slack, holds for a breath, and then applies a quick, shallow tug along the long axis of the femur. A belt across the patient's pelvis or the patient holding the table edges keeps the trunk from sliding.

Hip in resting position: about 30 degrees flexion, 30 degrees abduction, slight external rotation Long axis tug along the femur Belt stabilizes the pelvis Femoral head (convex) in acetabulum Doctor grasps above the malleoli and leans back
Figure 12.4 Hip long axis distraction. The pelvis is stabilized, the hip rests in slight flexion, abduction and external rotation, and the doctor leans back to take up slack before a quick, shallow tug along the femur. Grasp the distal femur instead if the knee is unstable or painful.

Anterior and posterior glides

The convex femoral head glides opposite to the movement of the shaft. Flexion and internal rotation require a posterior glide; extension and external rotation require an anterior glide; abduction requires an inferior glide.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
General capsular restrictionSupine, hip in the resting position, pelvic beltAt the foot of the tableBoth hands above the malleoli (or distal femur if the knee is compromised)Belt or patient grips the tableLong axis distraction along the femur, caudal
Restricted flexion and internal rotation (posterior glide)Supine, hip flexed to about 90 degrees with slight adduction, knee flexedAt the side, facing the patientBoth hands interlaced over the flexed knee, or the doctor's chest on a pad over the kneeA hand or towel under the pelvis or ischium on that sideAlong the shaft of the femur, anterior to posterior (toward the table)
Restricted extension and external rotation (anterior glide)Prone, knee flexed, a pad under the ASISAt the side, facing the hipThenar or pisiform on the posterior proximal femur just below the gluteal fold, or over the posterior greater trochanterOther hand lifts the thigh slightly into extension from the distal femurPosterior to anterior
Restricted abduction or general stiffness (lateral distraction)Supine, hip flexed to 90 degreesAt the sideBelt or interlaced hands on the medial proximal thighOther hand on the lateral knee keeps the femur from abductingMedial to lateral, perpendicular to the acetabulum
Board tip. A posterior approach total hip replacement dislocates with flexion beyond 90 degrees, adduction and internal rotation, which is exactly the position of a posterior hip glide and of an uncushioned side posture lumbar lock. Ask about joint replacement before any hip or lumbar set up, and never thrust a prosthetic hip.
Case. Door card: A 61 year old retired carpenter has 8 months of right groin pain and stiffness, worse putting on socks. Internal rotation is limited to 10 degrees and flexion to 100 degrees, with groin pain at end range. No fever, no trauma, no steroid use. Radiographs show mild joint space narrowing. Task: demonstrate a hip set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, wash hands. Screen aloud: falls, weight bearing ability, fever, night pain, cancer history, corticosteroid or heavy alcohol use, previous hip surgery or replacement. Note that the findings fit early osteoarthritis (capsular pattern with internal rotation lost most). Explain long axis distraction, its benefits, the risk of soreness, and alternatives (exercise, weight management, activity modification), and obtain consent. Position supine, hip in about 30 degrees of flexion, 30 degrees of abduction and slight external rotation; apply a pelvic belt. Ask about knee problems; with a healthy knee, grasp above the malleoli. Lean back to take up slack; check in; describe a quick, shallow tug along the femur. Recheck internal rotation and add a home program of range of motion and strengthening. Critical actions: excluding replacement, avascular necrosis and fracture, the resting position, pelvic stabilization, and choosing the femoral grip if the knee is unstable.
Key point

Screen every hip for fracture, avascular necrosis, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, Perthes disease, infection, replacement and referred pain. Long axis distraction in the resting position is the core technique; the convex femoral head glides posteriorly for flexion and internal rotation and anteriorly for extension and external rotation. A prosthetic hip is never thrust.

Section 4Knee set ups

Tibiofemoral joint

At the tibiofemoral joint the concave tibial plateau moves on the convex femoral condyles, so the tibia glides in the same direction as the leg moves: extension requires an anterior glide of the tibia and flexion requires a posterior glide. Terminal extension is accompanied by external rotation of the tibia (the screw home mechanism), unlocked by the popliteus at the start of flexion; a knee that lacks the last few degrees of extension may be missing that rotation as well as anterior glide.

Screen the knee before any set up. The Ottawa knee rules call for radiographs after acute injury if the patient is 55 or older, has isolated tenderness of the patella, tenderness at the fibular head, cannot flex to 90 degrees, or cannot bear weight for four steps both immediately and at the examination. A tense effusion within about 2 hours of injury is a hemarthrosis, which suggests an anterior cruciate ligament tear, a fracture or a patellar dislocation. A knee that is locked (cannot extend fully, with a springy block) suggests a displaced bucket handle meniscal tear and needs orthopedic referral, not a thrust. Fever with a hot swollen knee is septic arthritis until proven otherwise. Calf pain and swelling raise concern for deep vein thrombosis, and a ruptured Baker cyst can mimic it.

Ligament tests come first because two of the knee glides are the drawer tests in disguise: never perform an anterior tibial glide on a knee with a torn anterior cruciate ligament, or a posterior glide on a knee with a torn posterior cruciate ligament.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Posterior tibia (extension limited; anterior glide needed)Supine, hip flexed about 45 degrees, knee flexed about 90 degrees, foot flatSeated lightly on the patient's foot or at the sideBoth hands around the proximal tibia, fingers in the popliteal fossa, thumbs on the tibial plateau marginsPatient's foot fixed by the doctor's thighPosterior to anterior along the plateau (only with an intact anterior cruciate ligament)
Anterior tibia (flexion limited; posterior glide needed)Supine, knee flexed about 90 degrees, foot flatSameThenar or heel of the hand on the anterior proximal tibia below the tubercleFoot fixed; other hand reinforcesAnterior to posterior (only with an intact posterior cruciate ligament)
General tibiofemoral restrictionProne, knee flexed to about 90 degreesAt the side, the doctor's knee or a hand stabilizing the distal posterior thighBoth hands around the distal leg above the malleoliStabilizing the distal femur on the tableLong axis distraction of the tibia toward the ceiling
Medial or lateral gapping restrictionSupine, knee in slight flexionAt the sideHand on the lateral (for medial gapping) or medial (for lateral gapping) distal femurOther hand at the distal legGentle valgus or varus gapping after collateral ligament testing

Proximal tibiofibular joint and the fibular head

The proximal tibiofibular joint is a plane synovial joint on the posterolateral tibial condyle. The fibula moves slightly with ankle motion: with ankle dorsiflexion the fibula rises and rotates, and inversion ankle sprains are commonly taught to disturb the fibula at both ends. A posterior fibular head is the most commonly taught listing, often after an inversion sprain or with lateral knee pain in runners; an anterior fibular head is less common.

The common fibular (peroneal) nerve winds around the fibular neck just below the head, where it is superficial and easily compressed. Contacts must sit on the fibular head itself, not on the neck, and the patient should be told to report any tingling into the lateral leg or dorsum of the foot. Foot drop, numbness of the first web space or weakness of ankle dorsiflexion and eversion after a knee injury suggests fibular nerve injury and requires referral.

Right knee, lateral view Posterior to the left, anterior to the right Femur Patella Tibia Contact: posterior fibular head (red), P to A drive Common fibular nerve around the fibular neck: do not compress Fibular head From sciatic nerve
Figure 12.5 Lateral view of the right knee. The fibular head sits on the posterolateral tibia, and the common fibular nerve curves around the fibular neck just below it. A posterior fibular head is corrected with a contact on the head (never the neck) and a posterior to anterior line of drive.
ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Posterior fibular headSupine, hip and knee flexedAt the involved side facing the patientIndex finger metacarpophalangeal joint (padded) behind the fibular head, the tendon of biceps femoris moved asideOther hand at the distal leg, flexing the knee over the contact with slight external rotation of the legPosterior to anterior, the contact acting as a fulcrum as the knee flexes
Posterior fibular head, prone optionProne, knee flexed about 90 degreesAt the sideThenar or pisiform on the posterior fibular headOther hand holds the anklePosterior to anterior and slightly lateral to medial
Anterior fibular headSupine, knee slightly flexed on a rollAt the sideThenar on the anterior fibular headOther hand stabilizes the medial tibiaAnterior to posterior

Patellar mobilization

The patella must glide inferiorly for full knee flexion and superiorly for full extension, and medial and lateral glides and tilts are needed for normal tracking. With the patient supine and the knee fully extended and relaxed (a small roll under the knee if the patient cannot relax), the doctor uses the thumbs and index fingers on the patellar borders or the heel of the hand on the patellar base or apex to apply superior, inferior, medial and lateral glides, held or oscillated. Avoid compressing the patella into the femur in patellofemoral pain, and avoid lateral glides after a patellar dislocation (lateral apprehension test positive). Quadriceps tightness (especially the vastus lateralis and the iliotibial band) and a weak vastus medialis are treated alongside.

Board tip. Before any knee set up, apply the Ottawa knee rules and the ligament tests. A tense effusion within 2 hours means hemarthrosis, a springy block to extension means a locked meniscus, and fibular neck pressure risks the common fibular nerve (foot drop). An anterior tibial glide on a torn anterior cruciate ligament is an anterior drawer you should not do.
Case. Door card: A 22 year old soccer player had an inversion ankle sprain 3 weeks ago; the ankle has improved, but he now has lateral knee pain with running and squatting. The fibular head is tender and restricted in anterior glide. Ottawa rules are negative, ligament tests are normal, and there is no numbness or weakness in the foot. Task: demonstrate the set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, wash hands. Screen aloud: swelling, locking, giving way, numbness on the top of the foot, weakness lifting the foot, calf pain. Test ankle dorsiflexion and eversion strength and first web space sensation to document fibular nerve function before you touch. Explain the procedure, benefits, soreness risk and alternatives, and obtain consent, asking him to tell you right away about any tingling down the leg. Name the listing: posterior fibular head. Position supine with hip and knee flexed. Place a padded index metacarpophalangeal contact behind the fibular head (not the neck), hold the distal leg with the other hand, and flex the knee over the contact with slight external rotation. State the line of drive: posterior to anterior, the contact acting as a fulcrum. Check in, then recheck fibular head motion and the ankle. Critical actions: nerve check before and after, contact on the head not the neck, and examining the ankle that started the problem.
Key point

The concave tibia glides with the leg: anterior for extension, posterior for flexion, and only after the cruciate ligaments are tested. A posterior fibular head is corrected posterior to anterior with a contact on the head while protecting the common fibular nerve at the neck. Patellar glides restore tracking and flexion. The Ottawa knee rules, hemarthrosis, locking, sepsis and thrombosis come before any set up.

Section 5Ankle and foot set ups

Screen with the Ottawa rules

After an acute ankle or midfoot injury, the Ottawa ankle and foot rules decide whether radiographs come before treatment. Ankle films are indicated with pain in the malleolar zone and bone tenderness along the posterior edge or tip of either malleolus (the distal 6 cm), or inability to bear weight for four steps both immediately and at the examination. Foot films are indicated with pain in the midfoot zone and tenderness at the base of the fifth metatarsal or the navicular, or the same weight bearing failure. Beyond the rules, screen for an Achilles tendon rupture (a palpable gap, weak plantarflexion, positive Thompson test), a high ankle (syndesmotic) sprain (pain with squeeze and external rotation tests), a Lisfranc injury (midfoot pain, plantar bruising, widening between the first and second metatarsal bases), stress fracture (point tenderness of a metatarsal shaft in a runner), Charcot neuroarthropathy (a warm, red, swollen foot in a person with diabetic neuropathy, often with little pain), gout at the first metatarsophalangeal joint, deep vein thrombosis and compartment syndrome. Check pulses and sensation in every diabetic foot before you touch it.

Talocrural and subtalar set ups

The convex talus rolls and glides in the concave mortise, so dorsiflexion requires a posterior talar glide and plantarflexion an anterior glide. After an inversion sprain the talus is commonly found anterior with restricted dorsiflexion, and the cuboid and fibula are often involved too. The foundation technique is talocrural long axis distraction (the "ankle tug"): patient supine, the doctor at the foot of the table interlaces the fingers over the dorsal talar neck with the thumbs on the plantar surface, takes the ankle into its resting position, leans back to take up slack and gives a quick, shallow tug along the long axis of the leg.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
General talocrural restrictionSupine, heel just off the table end, ankle in slight plantarflexionAt the foot of the table, leaning backInterlaced fingers over the dorsal talar neck, thumbs on the solePatient's weight on the table; a belt if neededLong axis distraction, caudal
Anterior talus (dorsiflexion limited)Supine, heel off the end of the tableAt the foot, facing cephaladWeb of the hand over the anterior talus at the ankle creaseOther hand under the distal tibia lifting slightlyAnterior to posterior with the ankle taken into dorsiflexion
Calcaneus restricted in eversion or inversion (subtalar)Prone, knee flexed about 90 degrees, or supineAt the footCupped hand around the calcaneusOther hand fixes the talus and malleoliMedial or lateral glide of the calcaneus, with distraction
Distal fibula anterior inferior after inversion sprainSupineAt the side of the footThenar on the anterior lateral malleolusOther hand stabilizes the medial tibiaAnterior to posterior and slightly inferior to superior
Right foot from above (dorsal view) Medial (big toe) side on the left Navicular: plantar thumb contact, plantar to dorsal Cuboid: plantar thumbs, whip, plantar to dorsal Base of 5th metatarsal: Ottawa point, palpate first Cuneiforms Talus Calcaneus Metatarsals: dorsal and plantar glides between heads
Figure 12.6 The right foot from above. The navicular sits on the medial column and the cuboid on the lateral column; both are commonly found plantar and are corrected with a plantar thumb contact driving plantar to dorsal. The base of the fifth metatarsal and the navicular are Ottawa foot rule points, palpated before any contact.

Cuboid, navicular and metatarsal techniques

Cuboid syndrome (a plantar, often medially rotated cuboid) causes lateral midfoot pain after an inversion sprain or with repetitive loading in dancers and runners; push off is painful and the plantar cuboid is tender. The classic correction is the cuboid whip: the patient lies prone with the knee flexed about 70 to 90 degrees; the doctor's thumbs overlap on the plantar medial aspect of the cuboid and the fingers wrap the dorsum; the doctor whips the foot from slight dorsiflexion into plantarflexion and, at end range, the thumbs deliver a thrust plantar to dorsal. A gentler alternative is a squeeze (sustained plantar to dorsal pressure). Do not perform a whip until fracture of the fifth metatarsal base and a Lisfranc injury have been excluded, and avoid it in an unstable ankle.

A plantar (inferior) navicular is associated with a dropped medial longitudinal arch and medial midfoot pain. The patient lies supine or prone; the doctor's thumb contacts the plantar navicular just behind its tuberosity, the other hand stabilizes the forefoot, and the line of drive is plantar to dorsal (with a slight medial to lateral component). Navicular stress fracture (point tenderness on the dorsal "N spot" in a jumping athlete) must be excluded first.

At the metatarsals, adjacent heads are glided against each other in dorsal and plantar directions (a "shear"), and the forefoot is spread gently. The first metatarsophalangeal joint follows the concave rule for the proximal phalanx: extension (needed for push off) requires a dorsal glide of the phalanx, so hallux limitus is treated with long axis distraction and dorsal glides, never in an acute gout flare. Avoid squeezing the forefoot over a Morton neuroma between the third and fourth heads.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Plantar cuboid (cuboid whip)Prone, knee flexed 70 to 90 degreesAt the foot of the table facing the soleOverlapped thumbs on the plantar medial cuboidFingers wrap the dorsum of the footPlantar to dorsal at the end of a quick plantarflexion whip
Plantar navicularSupine or proneAt the medial side of the footThumb on the plantar navicular behind the tuberosityOther hand holds the forefootPlantar to dorsal, slight medial to lateral
Metatarsal restrictionSupineAt the footThumb and fingers around one metatarsal headOther hand holds the adjacent headDorsal and plantar glides of one head against the next
First metatarsophalangeal restriction (hallux limitus)SupineAt the footThumb and index finger around the proximal phalanxOther hand fixes the first metatarsalLong axis distraction, then dorsal glide of the phalanx
Board tip. The Ottawa foot rule points are the base of the fifth metatarsal and the navicular, which are also the bones around the cuboid and navicular techniques. Palpate them, say "Ottawa negative" aloud, and only then take the contact. In a diabetic foot that is warm, red and swollen, think Charcot neuroarthropathy and refer.
Case. Door card: A 19 year old dancer has lateral midfoot pain for 10 days after rolling her ankle; she can walk but push off hurts. The plantar cuboid is tender; the base of the fifth metatarsal and the malleoli are nontender; she walked into the room without help. Task: demonstrate the set up and verbalize.
Reasoning: Introduce, confirm identity, wash hands. Apply the Ottawa ankle and foot rules aloud: no malleolar or posterior edge tenderness, no navicular or fifth metatarsal base tenderness, able to bear weight, so radiographs are not required by the rules. Screen for plantar bruising and midfoot instability (Lisfranc), numbness, calf pain and swelling. Explain the procedure (a quick flick of the foot with pressure under the outer midfoot), its benefits, soreness risk and alternatives (taping, a pad under the cuboid, rehabilitation), and obtain consent. Name the listing: plantar cuboid. Position prone with the knee flexed about 80 degrees. Overlap your thumbs on the plantar medial cuboid with fingers on the dorsum. State the line of drive: plantar to dorsal at the end of a quick plantarflexion whip. Check in, recheck push off, and add a cuboid pad and ankle rehabilitation. Critical actions: Ottawa rules stated before contact, Lisfranc screen, correct bone and contact, and addressing the ankle sprain itself.
Key point

The convex talus glides posteriorly for dorsiflexion; the ankle tug is the foundation technique. A plantar cuboid is corrected with the cuboid whip and a plantar navicular with a plantar thumb contact, both driving plantar to dorsal, and the concave phalanx glides dorsally for hallux extension. Ottawa rules, Lisfranc, Achilles rupture, stress fracture and the diabetic foot come first.

The chapter in one breath

  • The convex concave rule drives every extremity set up: convex surfaces glide opposite to the shaft, concave surfaces glide with it.
  • Glenohumeral: inferior glide for abduction, posterior glide for flexion and internal rotation, anterior glide for extension and external rotation (not with anterior instability).
  • AC restrictions are usually a superior or posterior distal clavicle; grade III or higher separations and any posterior sternoclavicular displacement are referred.
  • The radial head glides posterior with pronation and anterior with supination; a pulled elbow in a toddler reduces with hyperpronation or supination and flexion once fracture is excluded.
  • Carpals glide dorsally for flexion and palmarly for extension; snuffbox tenderness means scaphoid fracture until proven otherwise.
  • Phalangeal joints respond to long axis distraction and glides in the direction of the restricted motion.
  • Hip: screen for fracture, avascular necrosis, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, Perthes disease, infection and replacement; long axis distraction in the resting position is the core technique.
  • Knee: the tibia glides anterior for extension and posterior for flexion, after testing the cruciate ligaments and applying the Ottawa knee rules.
  • The posterior fibular head is corrected posterior to anterior with a contact on the head, protecting the common fibular nerve at the neck.
  • The talus glides posteriorly for dorsiflexion; the ankle tug, cuboid whip and plantar navicular contacts follow a negative Ottawa ankle and foot screen.
  • Every extremity station includes identification, screening, informed consent, a check in at tension and reassessment.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Joint playSmall passive accessory motions of a joint that cannot be produced voluntarily but are needed for normal active range.
Convex concave ruleA convex surface glides opposite to the bone's movement; a concave surface glides in the same direction.
Loose packed positionThe joint position of greatest laxity and least congruence, used for assessing and treating joint play.
Close packed positionThe joint position of greatest congruence and ligament tension, where joint play is minimal.
Treatment planeThe plane through the concave joint surface along which glides are directed.
Long axis distractionA pull along the length of a bone that separates the joint surfaces.
Capsular patternThe characteristic proportional loss of motion when the whole joint capsule is involved, such as internal rotation lost most at the hip.
Apprehension testAbduction and external rotation of the shoulder that provokes fear of dislocation in anterior instability.
AC separationSprain or rupture of the acromioclavicular and coracoclavicular ligaments, graded by displacement.
Posterior SC dislocationBackward displacement of the medial clavicle that can compress the trachea, esophagus or great vessels; an emergency.
Pulled elbowPartial slipping of the radial head out of the annular ligament in a young child after a pull on the arm.
Fat pad signElevation of the elbow fat pads on a lateral radiograph indicating an effusion, often from an occult fracture.
Anatomical snuffboxThe hollow on the radial dorsal wrist over the scaphoid; tenderness suggests scaphoid fracture.
Kienböck diseaseAvascular necrosis of the lunate causing dorsal central wrist pain.
Kanavel signsFour signs of flexor tendon sheath infection: fusiform swelling, flexed posture, sheath tenderness and pain on passive extension.
Skier's thumbInjury of the thumb ulnar collateral ligament at the metacarpophalangeal joint, also called gamekeeper's thumb.
Slipped capital femoral epiphysisDisplacement of the femoral head through the growth plate in an adolescent, presenting with limp and hip or knee pain.
Avascular necrosisBone death from loss of blood supply, common at the femoral head, scaphoid and lunate.
Ottawa knee rulesCriteria for radiographs after knee injury: age 55 or older, isolated patellar or fibular head tenderness, inability to flex to 90 degrees or to bear weight.
HemarthrosisBlood in a joint, suggested by rapid effusion after injury.
Screw home mechanismExternal rotation of the tibia on the femur in the final degrees of knee extension.
Common fibular nerveBranch of the sciatic nerve that winds around the fibular neck; injury causes foot drop.
Ottawa ankle and foot rulesCriteria for radiographs based on malleolar, navicular and fifth metatarsal base tenderness and weight bearing.
Cuboid syndromeLateral midfoot pain from a plantar, rotated cuboid, often after an inversion sprain.
Cuboid whipProne technique in which the foot is whipped into plantarflexion while the thumbs drive the cuboid plantar to dorsal.
Lisfranc injuryDisruption of the tarsometatarsal joint complex, suggested by midfoot pain and plantar bruising.
Charcot neuroarthropathyProgressive joint destruction in a neuropathic foot, presenting as a warm, red, swollen foot.
Hallux limitusRestricted extension of the first metatarsophalangeal joint, limiting push off.

Check yourself

A patient lacks shoulder abduction with a capsular end feel. Which glenohumeral glide do you choose, and why?
Answer. An inferior glide. The humeral head is convex, so it glides opposite to the shaft; as the arm rises in abduction the head must glide down.
Which shoulder glide should be avoided in a patient with a positive apprehension test?
Answer. The anterior glide (and set ups in abduction with external rotation), because the patient has anterior instability and the glide stresses the same direction in which the shoulder dislocates.
After a tackle, a football player has hoarseness and difficulty swallowing with medial clavicle pain. What is your concern and action?
Answer. Posterior sternoclavicular dislocation compressing the trachea, esophagus or great vessels. This is an emergency referral; no posterior pressure or adjustment.
A 3 year old will not use her right arm after being lifted by the hand; there is no swelling. What is the likely diagnosis and how is it reduced?
Answer. Radial head subluxation (pulled elbow). It is reduced by hyperpronation or by supination with flexion. A fall, swelling or bruising would call for radiographs before any reduction.
After a fall on the outstretched hand, a patient has anatomical snuffbox tenderness with normal radiographs. What do you do?
Answer. Treat as a scaphoid fracture: immobilize and reimage or obtain advanced imaging, because early films can miss it and nonunion or avascular necrosis can follow. Do not adjust the wrist.
Which glide restores hip flexion and internal rotation, and in which patient must you never apply it as a thrust?
Answer. A posterior glide of the femoral head. Never thrust a prosthetic hip; a posterior approach replacement is especially at risk in flexion, adduction and internal rotation.
An overweight 13 year old has a limp and knee pain; flexing his hip forces it into external rotation. What is the action?
Answer. Suspect slipped capital femoral epiphysis: make him non weight bearing and refer urgently to orthopedics. Do not manipulate the hip, and remember hip disease often presents as knee pain in children.
A knee lacks the last 5 degrees of extension. Which tibial glide is indicated, and what must you test first?
Answer. An anterior glide of the concave tibia, which moves in the same direction as the leg. Test the anterior cruciate ligament first, and rule out a locked meniscus if the block is springy.
Where is the contact for a posterior fibular head, and which structure must you avoid compressing?
Answer. On the posterior fibular head itself, with a posterior to anterior line of drive. Avoid the fibular neck, around which the common fibular nerve winds; compression can cause foot drop.
A runner has lateral midfoot pain after an inversion sprain. Which bones must be palpated before a cuboid whip, and why?
Answer. The base of the fifth metatarsal and the navicular (Ottawa foot rule points), along with the malleoli for the ankle rules. Tenderness or inability to bear weight calls for radiographs before any manipulation.
Chapter 13 · Station Practice

Practice Stations I: Imaging and Case Management Walk Throughs

Knowing the material and producing it on demand behind a closed door with a clock running are two different skills. This chapter is pure rehearsal: timed film cases and complete case management stations for the neck and head, the low back and pelvis, the extremities and the viscera, each walked through in the order you would actually perform it. Read a door card, cover the box, run the station in your head out loud, then check yourself against the reasoning.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Run a fixed film routine and state each answer as finding, location, view, impression and recommendation without wasting time.
  • Turn a door card into a working differential before you knock, and plan which history questions and tests will separate the possibilities.
  • Perform a complete neck and head station, including cervical radiculopathy testing, the Canadian C-spine rule and screening for cervical artery dissection.
  • Separate radicular, stenotic, sacroiliac and mechanical low back presentations, and recognize cauda equina syndrome and vascular mimics.
  • Work up common extremity complaints with high yield special tests and apply the Ottawa ankle and knee rules to imaging decisions.
  • Recognize visceral referred pain patterns that masquerade as musculoskeletal complaints and choose the right level of urgency for referral.
  • Close every station with a plain language report of findings, informed consent, a home plan, a follow up point and a concise patient note.
  • Name the critical actions in each case whose omission costs the most points or puts the patient at risk.

Section 1Imaging station walk throughs

How to use these film cases

Imaging tasks on a practical exam reward two things: seeing the finding and saying it in a usable form. The second is where prepared candidates still lose points. A correct impression with no location, or a correct finding with no recommendation, is a partial answer. Practice every case below with a timer set to the official time printed in your current candidate materials, or, if you are drilling before you know it, to a short fixed window such as two minutes per film. When time is short, the order of priority is: the most important finding, then the impression, then the recommendation, then the supporting observations.

Every film answer in this section uses the same five part template:

  1. Finding: what you see, in descriptive terms (lucency, sclerosis, loss of height, soft tissue swelling, malalignment).
  2. Location: the bone or level and the side (L5 bilateral pars interarticularis; right femoral neck).
  3. View: the projection on which it is best seen (lateral lumbar, AP open mouth, oblique cervical).
  4. Impression: the single most likely diagnosis in one line, with one or two differentials if they are reasonable.
  5. Recommendation: further imaging or labs, referral and its urgency, and the effect on chiropractic care (proceed, modify, or do not manipulate that region).

The 90 second film routine

A routine prevents the satisfaction of search error, in which the first abnormality you find ends your look. Use the same sequence on every film, whether it is spine or extremity: read the label (age, sex, side, view, date), then ABCS: Alignment and anatomy (lines, curves, counts), Bone (density, cortical outline, trabecular pattern, each vertebra or bone in turn), Cartilage and joint spaces (disc heights, joint widths, subchondral bone, erosions), and Soft tissues (prevertebral space, psoas shadows, calcifications, the aorta, lung apices, bowel gas). Finish with the corners of the film, because a rib lesion, an apical mass or an abdominal aortic calcification often sits away from the region of interest.

StepWhat you doWhat you say or write
1. OrientRead name tag, age, sex, view and side marker; hang the film correctly"Lateral lumbar film of a 16 year old male"
2. AlignmentTrace anterior and posterior vertebral body lines, spinolaminar line, George's line; count levels"Anterior translation of L5 on S1"
3. BoneScan each vertebra: cortex, pedicles, pars, endplates, density, trabeculae"Lucent defect across the L5 pars"
4. CartilageDisc heights, facet joints, SI joints, peripheral joint spaces"L5 disc height mildly reduced"
5. Soft tissuePrevertebral space, psoas, aorta, calcifications, lung apices"Soft tissues unremarkable"
6. AnswerCommit to the impression and recommendation"Isthmic spondylolisthesis, grade 1. Recommend flexion and extension views; modify care"
L4L5Sacrum S1 endplate Pars defect (lucent gap) Posterior arch stays behind Body slips forward Posteroinferiorcorner of L5 quarters of the endplate anteriorposterior Meyerding grade (slip %) Grade 1: up to 25; grade 2: 26 to 50Grade 3: 51 to 75; grade 4: 76 to 100Over 100: spondyloptosis
Figure 13.1 Isthmic spondylolisthesis on the lateral lumbar view. The L5 body and its pedicles move forward while the posterior arch stays behind, separated at the pars. Divide the S1 endplate into quarters and see where the posteroinferior corner of L5 sits to assign the Meyerding grade.

Film cases with answers

The table below is a rapid drill set. Cover the right four columns and say the answer aloud from the description in the first column. The cases emphasize findings that change management, because that is what an examiner is looking for in the recommendation.

Film and patientKey finding, location and viewImpressionRecommendation and effect on care
Lateral lumbar, 16 year old gymnastLucency across the L5 pars with anterior translation of L5 on S1 under 25 percent; best seen on lateral, pars "collar" on obliquesIsthmic spondylolisthesis, grade 1Flexion and extension views for instability; avoid extension loading and forceful P to A thrusts at L5; activity modification, core program; orthopedic referral if progressive or neurologic
Lateral cervical after a fall, 70 year oldPrevertebral soft tissue at C2 wider than about 7 mm; lucent line at the base of the densOdontoid fracture (type II pattern) until proven otherwiseStop; immobilize; emergency department and CT; absolute contraindication to cervical manipulation
AP pelvis, 24 year old male with morning stiffnessBilateral symmetric SI joint erosions, sclerosis and widening, best on AP and angled sacral viewsSacroiliitis, most consistent with ankylosing spondylitisESR, CRP and HLA-B27; rheumatology referral; extension and mobility program; no high velocity thrust to fused or osteoporotic segments
Lateral thoracolumbar, 74 year old woman on long term prednisoneAnterior wedging of T12 with loss of about 30 percent anterior height; diffuse osteopenia; posterior body wall intactOsteoporotic compression fracture of T12DEXA and metabolic workup; MRI if pain is new, if the posterior wall is involved or if malignancy is suspected; no thrust at or near the level; refer to primary care
AP lumbar, 66 year old with night pain and prior breast cancerAbsent right L3 pedicle outline (the winking owl sign)Lytic metastasisUrgent MRI and oncology referral; absolute contraindication to manipulation of the region
Lateral lumbar, 72 year old male smokerCurvilinear calcification anterior to L2 to L4 with the anterior and posterior walls more than 3 cm apartAbdominal aortic aneurysmAbdominal ultrasound and vascular referral; same day emergency care if pain, tenderness or hypotension; avoid lumbar thrust and side posture rotation
Lateral cervical flexion view, 58 year old with rheumatoid arthritisAtlantodental interval widening from 2 mm in neutral to 6 mm in flexionAtlantoaxial instabilityAbsolute contraindication to cervical manipulation; neurologic exam; urgent spine surgery referral; avoid end range flexion
Lateral thoracic, 68 year old male with stiff backFlowing ossification along the anterolateral margins of at least four contiguous thoracic bodies; disc heights and SI joints preservedDISH (diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis)Correlate with dysphagia and metabolic risk; mobility work; avoid thrust across bridged segments, which behave like long bones and fracture with minor trauma
Oblique cervical, 55 year old with arm paresthesiaUncovertebral osteophytes narrowing the right C5 to C6 intervertebral foramen; disc space narrowing at C5 to C6 on the lateralDegenerative disc and uncovertebral arthrosis with foraminal stenosisCorrelate with C6 neurologic findings; conservative care is appropriate; avoid end range positions that close the right foramen (extension, right rotation and right lateral flexion)
AP shoulder, 45 year old with acute shoulder painAmorphous homogeneous calcification superior to the greater tuberosityCalcific tendinitis of the supraspinatusConservative care, modalities and graded loading; ultrasound if needed; orthopedic referral for refractory cases
Frog leg lateral hips, 12 year old overweight boy with knee pain and a limpFemoral head slipped posteromedially; a line along the superior femoral neck (Klein's line) misses the headSlipped capital femoral epiphysisNon weight bearing (crutches) and same day orthopedic referral; no manipulation of the hip
AP hip, 50 year old on corticosteroidsSubchondral crescent lucency and patchy sclerosis in the superior femoral head with preserved joint spaceAvascular necrosis of the femoral headMRI (most sensitive early); protected weight bearing; orthopedic referral
Board tip. The recommendation is not an afterthought. For each film, decide which of three buckets it falls in: proceed (incidental or degenerative findings that do not change care), modify (avoid thrust at a level, use low force, add imaging), or stop and refer (fracture, instability, tumor, infection, aneurysm, slipped epiphysis). Saying the bucket out loud shows the examiner that you know what the film means for the patient in front of you.

How to word an answer under time

A clean spoken answer sounds like this: "On the lateral cervical view there is widening of the prevertebral soft tissue at C2 and a lucent line through the base of the dens. Impression: acute odontoid fracture. Recommendation: immobilize, no manipulation, and transfer to the emergency department for CT." That takes about fifteen seconds and contains every element. Avoid vague words that sound like hedging ("some changes", "possible something"). Descriptive terms are safe when you are unsure of the name: "a geographic lytic lesion with a narrow zone of transition in the proximal tibial metaphysis" earns credit even if your specific diagnosis is wrong, and the recommendation (further imaging, referral) still lands.

Case. Door card: "A 16 year old female gymnast has low back pain for six weeks that is worse with back walkovers. Review the lateral lumbar film provided and record your findings, impression and recommendation."
Reasoning: Orient first (young female, lateral lumbar). Trace the posterior body line: it steps forward at L5 to S1. Look at the pars of L5: a lucent gap crosses it. Measure: the posteroinferior corner of L5 sits within the first quarter of the S1 endplate, so this is grade 1. Write: "Finding: bilateral L5 pars defects with anterior translation of L5 on S1, lateral view. Impression: isthmic spondylolisthesis, Meyerding grade 1. Recommendation: flexion and extension views to assess instability; relative rest from hyperextension sport; core stabilization; avoid P to A thrust at L5; refer to orthopedics if neurologic signs, slip progression or high grade." Critical actions: grade the slip, comment on stability, and say how it modifies care. Missing the recommendation turns a full answer into half credit.
Key point

Every film answer has five parts (finding, location, view, impression, recommendation), and the recommendation always says whether chiropractic care proceeds, is modified or stops. A fixed ABCS routine with a final look at the corners prevents you from stopping at the first finding.

Section 2Neck and head case management walk throughs

The station spine: one sequence for every case

Case management stations differ in complaint but not in shape. Build one sequence and run it every time, so that under stress your hands and mouth follow the sequence while your mind thinks about the patient. Before the door, read the card and write (or hold in mind) three things: the top three differentials, the one red flag you must rule out for this complaint, and the two or three tests that best separate the possibilities. That ten second plan is the difference between a focused station and a scattered one.

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
DoorRead the card; note age, sex, complaint, vitals, task(silently) differentials, red flag, key tests
EnterKnock, enter, wash or sanitize hands, make eye contact"Hello, I'm Dr. ____. May I confirm your full name and date of birth?"
Chief complaintOpen question, then OPQRST (onset, provocation and palliation, quality, region and radiation, severity, timing)"What brings you in today? Tell me when it started."
Red flag screenTargeted questions for the region (trauma, cancer, infection, neurologic and vascular signs)"Any fever, weight loss, night pain, numbness, weakness or trouble with your bladder?"
BackgroundPast history, medications, allergies, family and social history, review of systems"What medications do you take, including blood thinners or steroids?"
TransitionSummarize and ask permission to examine; explain gowning and draping"Let me make sure I have this right... Now I'd like to examine you. Is that all right?"
ExamVitals if not given, observation, palpation, ROM, orthopedic tests, neurologic screen, special testsNarrate each test and its result: "Spurling's on the right reproduces arm pain: positive."
FindingsPlain language report of findings and working diagnosis"What I think is happening is..."
PlanOrders (imaging, labs), treatment, home care, follow up, referral; obtain consent"Here are your options, the benefits and risks. Do you have any questions? May we proceed?"
CloseThank the patient, exit, write the note if required"I'll see you on Thursday; call me if anything changes."

Cervical radiculopathy

Radiculopathy is a root problem, so the examination aims at a dermatome, myotome and reflex that agree. The C6 and C7 roots are most often involved because the C5 to C6 and C6 to C7 segments carry the most motion and degenerate first. Remember that cervical roots exit above the pedicle of the same numbered vertebra (the C6 root exits at C5 to C6), so a C5 to C6 disc or foraminal osteophyte affects the C6 root.

RootMotor testReflexSensory area
C5Shoulder abduction (deltoid), elbow flexionBicepsLateral arm over the deltoid
C6Wrist extension, elbow flexionBrachioradialis (and biceps)Lateral forearm, thumb and index finger
C7Elbow extension, wrist flexion, finger extensionTricepsMiddle finger
C8Finger flexion (grip)None reliableMedial forearm, ring and little fingers
T1Finger abduction and adduction (interossei)None reliableMedial arm

The provocative tests are best used as a cluster. Spurling's (extension, lateral flexion and rotation toward the symptomatic side with gentle axial load) is specific but not sensitive; the upper limb tension test with a median nerve bias is sensitive; distraction that relieves arm pain supports a root cause; and reduced ipsilateral cervical rotation (under about 60 degrees) adds weight. When three or four of these four are positive, cervical radiculopathy is likely; when the tension test is negative, it is much less likely. Do not perform Spurling's with a full axial load in a patient with suspected instability, fracture or myelopathy.

Always screen for myelopathy, which changes the urgency: hand clumsiness, gait imbalance, bilateral symptoms, hyperreflexia, a positive Hoffmann sign, clonus, a Babinski response or Lhermitte's sign. Progressive myelopathy needs MRI and surgical referral and is a contraindication to cervical manipulation.

Case. Door card: "A 48 year old male carpenter with right neck pain and pain into the right forearm and thumb for three weeks. BP 128/82, pulse 72. Take a focused history, perform a focused examination and discuss your diagnosis and plan."
Reasoning: Before entering: differentials are C6 radiculopathy, carpal tunnel syndrome (or a double crush of both), and referred pain from facet or myofascial sources; red flag is myelopathy; key tests are the C6 myotome, brachioradialis reflex, Spurling's, ULTT A and Phalen's. History: onset (lifting overhead), what aggravates it (looking up, turning right), numbness in the thumb and index finger, any hand clumsiness or gait change (none), night pain, weight loss, fever (none). Exam: cervical ROM with right rotation limited and painful; Spurling's right reproduces arm pain; distraction relieves it; ULTT A positive on the right; wrist extension 4 of 5 on the right; brachioradialis reflex 1+ on the right and 2+ on the left; decreased light touch over the right thumb; Hoffmann negative; Phalen's and carpal Tinel's negative. Say: "Your findings point to irritation of the sixth cervical nerve root on the right, most likely from a disc or a narrowed opening at C5 to C6." Plan: cervical films if indicated (age, trauma, failure to improve); conservative trial of two to four weeks with mobilization or carefully localized manipulation away from foraminal closing positions, traction, nerve glides and posture work; consent with risks including the rare risk of stroke; re-examination; MRI and referral if motor loss progresses, if myelopathic signs develop, or if there is no improvement. Critical actions: complete neuro screen, myelopathy screen, informed consent including vascular risk, and a defined re-examination point.

Neck pain after trauma: when to image

For an alert, stable patient after trauma, the Canadian C-spine rule decides whether radiography is needed (Figure 13.2). It applies to adults who are alert (GCS 15) and stable; it does not apply to children, to patients with an altered mental state, or to those with known vertebral disease. The NEXUS criteria are an alternative: no imaging if the patient has no midline cervical tenderness, no focal neurologic deficit, normal alertness, no intoxication and no painful distracting injury.

1. Any high risk factor? Age 65 or older; dangerous mechanism (fall from height, high speed crash, rollover); paresthesias in the extremities 2. Any low risk factor that allows safe assessment of range of motion? Simple rear end crash; sitting position in ED; ambulatory at any time; delayed neck pain; no midline cervical tenderness 3. Able to actively rotate the neck 45 degrees to the left and right? (ask the patient to turn; do not move them) Image Image No imaging YesNoYes NoYes Unable
Figure 13.2 The Canadian C-spine rule as a three step decision. Any high risk factor means image. If none, a low risk factor must be present before you may safely ask the patient to rotate; if none is present, image. If the patient can actively rotate 45 degrees each way, no imaging is needed.

Whiplash associated disorders

Once fracture and instability have been excluded, grade the injury with the Quebec Task Force classification, because the grade drives the plan. Grade 0: no neck complaint and no signs. Grade I: neck pain, stiffness or tenderness only, with no physical signs. Grade II: neck complaint with musculoskeletal signs (reduced range of motion, point tenderness). Grade III: neck complaint with neurologic signs (reflex, motor or sensory deficit). Grade IV: fracture or dislocation. Grades I and II do best with reassurance, early return to normal activity, active exercise and short courses of manual therapy; prolonged collars and rest slow recovery. Grade III needs closer neurologic follow up and imaging if deficits progress. Grade IV is a surgical referral.

Case. Door card: "A 34 year old female was rear ended at a stop light yesterday. She has neck stiffness that began this morning. She walked into the office. Take a history, examine and discuss imaging and management."
Reasoning: Apply the C-spine rule aloud. High risk factors: age under 65, a simple rear end crash is not a dangerous mechanism, no extremity paresthesias, so none. Low risk factors: simple rear end crash, ambulatory, delayed onset of neck pain, so safe to assess motion. Palpate the midline for tenderness (absent). Ask her to rotate actively: 50 degrees each way, so no radiographs are indicated by the rule. Screen for headache, dizziness, visual change and arm symptoms, and do a full upper limb neuro screen (normal). Findings: reduced and painful range of motion with paraspinal tenderness and no neurologic signs, so Whiplash Associated Disorder grade II. Plan: reassurance that most people recover, stay active, gentle range of motion exercises, soft tissue work and mobilization, manipulation only after consent and as tolerated, follow up within a week, and return precautions (new arm numbness, severe headache, dizziness or visual change means call or go to the emergency department). Document mechanism, seat position, headrest, seatbelt and airbag for the record. Critical actions: applying a decision rule before treating, neuro screen, and return precautions.

Headache stations

A headache station tests whether you can classify the headache, exclude a dangerous secondary cause, and pick a reasonable plan. Use the SNOOP screen: Systemic symptoms (fever, weight loss) or secondary risk (cancer, HIV, anticoagulation); Neurologic signs or confusion; Onset sudden (thunderclap, maximal within a minute); Older age at onset (new headache after 50); Pattern change, progression, positional headache, or headache triggered by Valsalva, exertion or sex, and papilledema or pregnancy.

TypePatternExam cluesStation plan
Tension typeBilateral band like pressure, mild to moderate, not worsened by routine activity, no nauseaPericranial and cervical muscle tenderness; normal neuro examManual therapy, posture, stress and sleep work, exercise
MigraineUnilateral, pulsating, moderate to severe, 4 to 72 hours, worse with activity, nausea, light and sound sensitivity; aura in someNormal neuro exam between attacksTrigger diary, sleep and hydration routine, coordinate with primary care for medication
CervicogenicSide locked unilateral pain starting in the neck and spreading forward, provoked by neck movement or postureReduced rotation on the flexion rotation test (C1 to C2), upper cervical joint tendernessUpper cervical mobilization or manipulation with consent, deep neck flexor training
ClusterSevere unilateral orbital pain, 15 to 180 minutes, in bouts; tearing, nasal congestion, ptosis on that side; restlessnessAutonomic signs during attackRefer to medical care for oxygen and specific medication
Giant cell arteritisNew headache over age 50, scalp tenderness, jaw claudication, visual blurring, fatigueTender, thickened temporal arterySame day medical referral for ESR, CRP and steroids; vision is at risk
Subarachnoid hemorrhageThunderclap "worst headache of my life", maybe neck stiffness, vomiting, collapseMeningismus, altered consciousnessCall emergency services

Cervical artery dissection: the station you must not miss

Dissection of the vertebral or internal carotid artery can present first to a chiropractor as neck pain and headache, before ischemic signs appear. The risk is that a patient with an evolving dissection receives neck manipulation and the subsequent stroke is attributed to it. Ask every patient with acute neck pain and headache about new, unusual or severe pain unlike prior episodes, recent minor trauma, and the posterior circulation symptoms often remembered as the 5 Ds and 3 Ns: dizziness, diplopia, dysarthria, dysphagia, drop attacks; nystagmus, nausea, numbness (often facial or crossed). Add ataxia. Internal carotid dissection classically gives ipsilateral head, face or neck pain with a partial Horner syndrome (ptosis and miosis) and sometimes pulsatile tinnitus or a dysgeusia. Vertebrobasilar provocation tests (sustained rotation and extension) have poor accuracy and are not a safe substitute for history; a careful cranial nerve and cerebellar screen is more useful.

Case. Door card: "A 41 year old female with sudden right sided upper neck pain and right occipital headache since lifting a suitcase into an overhead bin two days ago. She says it is unlike any headache she has had. BP 146/90. Take a history and examine."
Reasoning: A sudden, new, unusual neck pain and headache after a trivial strain is a dissection pattern; the high blood pressure adds weight. Ask the 5 Ds and 3 Ns, visual change, facial numbness, tinnitus and taste change. She reports a brief episode of double vision and feels unsteady. Exam: cranial nerves (pupils, extraocular movements with nystagmus check, facial sensation, palate, tongue), cerebellar tests (finger to nose, heel to shin, tandem gait) and Romberg; she has mild left facial numbness and veers on tandem gait. Do not manipulate, do not perform provocative rotation tests. Say calmly: "Some of your symptoms could come from an irritated artery in the neck. That needs to be checked today with a scan at the hospital. I'm going to arrange that now." Call emergency services for transport (new neurologic signs), document the time of onset and your findings, and send a note. Critical actions: recognizing the pattern, a cranial nerve and cerebellar screen, no cervical treatment, emergency referral and clear documentation.
Board tip. In neck and head stations, three items carry heavy weight and are easy to forget under time: blood pressure (and noting it if elevated), a cranial nerve or cerebellar screen when headache or dizziness is present, and a consent discussion that names the rare risk of stroke associated with cervical manipulation. Build them into the sequence so they happen without thinking.
Key point

Neck and head stations follow one fixed sequence, but the content changes with the differential: root level testing for radiculopathy, a decision rule before imaging after trauma, SNOOP for headache, and a deliberate search for dissection signs in any new or unusual neck pain with headache. When the pattern is vascular, the station ends with an emergency referral, not an adjustment.

Section 3Low back and pelvis case management walk throughs

Triage first: the three buckets

Every low back station begins with a triage decision that the examiner wants to hear. Low back pain falls into one of three groups: nonspecific mechanical low back pain (the large majority), radicular pain or neurogenic claudication from a nerve root or spinal canal problem, and pain from serious or specific pathology (fracture, cancer, infection, cauda equina syndrome, inflammatory arthritis, aneurysm, visceral disease). The history does most of the sorting. Ask early, in plain words, about bladder and bowel function, saddle numbness, leg weakness, fever, weight loss, history of cancer, night pain unrelieved by position, steroid use, injection drug use and recent significant trauma.

Red flagConcernNext step
Urinary retention or overflow incontinence, saddle anesthesia, bilateral leg symptoms, reduced anal toneCauda equina syndromeEmergency department now for MRI and surgical opinion
History of cancer, age over 50, unexplained weight loss, night pain, failure to improve in a monthMetastasis or myelomaFilms and labs promptly; MRI; medical referral
Fever, injection drug use, recent infection or spinal procedure, immunosuppressionVertebral osteomyelitis, discitis, epidural abscessSame day medical referral; emergency if neurologic signs
Older age, osteoporosis, long term steroids, minor fallCompression fractureRadiographs; no thrust at the level
Under 45, insidious onset, morning stiffness over 30 minutes, better with exercise, night pain in the second half of the night, alternating buttock painAxial spondyloarthritisESR, CRP, HLA-B27, SI imaging, rheumatology referral
Older male smoker with deep, throbbing back or abdominal pain, pulsatile massAbdominal aortic aneurysmUltrasound and vascular referral; emergency if severe pain or hypotension
Progressive or severe motor deficit (foot drop)Severe root compressionUrgent MRI and surgical referral

Lumbar radiculopathy and the level of the lesion

Lumbar roots exit below the pedicle of the same numbered vertebra. A typical posterolateral disc herniation at L4 to L5 spares the L4 root (which has already exited higher in the foramen) and compresses the traversing L5 root. A far lateral (foraminal or extraforaminal) herniation at the same level compresses the exiting L4 root instead. A central herniation can compress several roots or the cauda equina (Figure 13.3). Saying this mechanism aloud lets you match a neurologic picture to a disc level.

L4L5S1 Posterolateral herniationhits the TRAVERSINGroot (L5) Exiting L4 root L4 to L5 disc L5 root S1 root Far lateral herniationhits the EXITINGroot (L4) Thecal sac
Figure 13.3 Why a disc level predicts a root. At L4 to L5 the L4 root has already turned out under the L4 pedicle, so a common posterolateral herniation meets the L5 root still traveling down in the canal. A far lateral herniation at the same disc meets the exiting L4 root in or beyond the foramen.
RootMotor (functional test)ReflexSensory area
L4Knee extension, ankle dorsiflexion with inversion (tibialis anterior); squat and risePatellarMedial leg and medial malleolus
L5Great toe extension (extensor hallucis longus), hip abduction; heel walkingNone reliable (medial hamstring)Lateral leg, dorsum of foot, first web space
S1Ankle plantar flexion and eversion; toe walking or repeated single leg heel raisesAchillesLateral foot, sole and little toe

The straight leg raise (SLR) is sensitive for an L5 or S1 root under tension from a disc; pain must reproduce leg symptoms below the knee, typically between about 30 and 70 degrees. A crossed SLR (raising the well leg reproduces pain in the symptomatic leg) is specific and suggests a large herniation. The slump test is a sensitive alternative. The femoral nerve stretch test (prone knee bend) targets L2 to L4 roots. Centralization of pain during repeated movement testing (symptoms retreating toward the spine) predicts a good prognosis with conservative care.

Case. Door card: "A 39 year old male warehouse worker with low back pain radiating down the back of the left leg to the outer foot for ten days after lifting a pallet. BP 124/80, temperature 37.0 °C. Take a history, perform an exam and discuss your diagnosis and plan."
Reasoning: Differentials: S1 radiculopathy from an L5 to S1 disc, piriformis or other deep gluteal pain, SI joint pain with referral. Red flag to exclude: cauda equina. Ask about bladder (normal stream, no retention), saddle numbness (none), the other leg (no symptoms), cough and sneeze aggravation (yes), sitting tolerance (poor). Exam: antalgic lean, flexion limited by leg pain, SLR on the left reproduces calf and foot pain at 40 degrees, crossed SLR negative, toe walking weak on the left with only 6 single leg heel raises compared with 15 on the right, Achilles reflex 1+ left and 2+ right, reduced light touch on the lateral left foot. State the diagnosis: "left S1 radiculopathy, most likely from an L5 to S1 disc herniation, without signs of cauda equina." Imaging: MRI is not needed now without red flags or severe or progressive deficit; reserve it for failure of 4 to 6 weeks of care or for surgical planning. Plan: explain the favorable natural history, directional preference exercises if centralization occurs, side posture or flexion distraction with consent, avoid prolonged sitting, modified duty, and re-examine in two weeks. Give explicit safety netting: "If you have trouble passing urine, numbness around your seat area, or weakness in both legs, go to the emergency department immediately." Critical actions: cauda equina questions, a complete L4, L5 and S1 screen, and the safety net instruction.

Stenosis and the vascular mimic

An older patient with leg pain on walking may have neurogenic claudication from lumbar spinal stenosis or vascular claudication from peripheral arterial disease, and the station tests whether you can separate them in a few minutes.

FeatureNeurogenic (stenosis)Vascular (arterial disease)
ReliefSitting or bending forward; standing still does not helpStanding still for a few minutes
PostureBetter leaning on a shopping cart; worse walking downhill (extension)Posture does not matter; worse uphill (more work)
CyclingUsually tolerated (flexed posture)Provokes symptoms
Pulses and skinNormal pulsesReduced pedal pulses, shiny hairless skin, cool foot, slow capillary refill
TestMRI shows canal narrowing; neuro signs may be minimal at restAnkle brachial index under 0.9
Station planFlexion based exercise, flexion distraction, walking program, refer if neurologic declineRefer to primary care or vascular; urgent if rest pain, ulcers or a cold, pale limb
Case. Door card: "A 71 year old male with bilateral buttock and thigh aching that starts after he walks about two blocks. He smokes and has diabetes. Take a focused history and examine; discuss your assessment."
Reasoning: Both kinds of claudication are possible, and with his risk factors you cannot assume a spinal cause. Ask what makes it stop: he must sit and bend forward; standing still does not help; he can walk farther leaning on a grocery cart; he rides an exercise bike without trouble. Then examine both systems: lumbar extension reproduces thigh symptoms; dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial pulses are palpable and symmetric; capillary refill is normal. Neuro: Achilles reflexes reduced bilaterally (common with age and diabetes), mild vibration loss in the toes (consider diabetic neuropathy). Assessment: neurogenic claudication from lumbar spinal stenosis is most likely; peripheral arterial disease and diabetic neuropathy remain in the differential. Plan: lumbar films (degenerative changes, spondylolisthesis), ankle brachial index to document vascular status given his risk profile, flexion based care, walking program in a flexed posture, coordination with his primary care provider about diabetes, and smoking cessation advice. Critical actions: the pulse exam, explicitly naming the vascular differential, and screening for cauda equina symptoms.

Sacroiliac joint and pelvic presentations

Sacroiliac joint pain is typically unilateral, below L5, centered over the posterior superior iliac spine (the Fortin finger test points within about a finger's width of the PSIS), and aggravated by rolling in bed, climbing stairs and standing on one leg. No single test is reliable. Use the pain provocation cluster: distraction, thigh thrust, compression, sacral thrust and Gaenslen's. Three or more positive of the five (or two of the first four) makes the SI joint the likely source, provided that a discogenic source has been made less likely (no centralization on repeated movements). In pregnancy and postpartum, pelvic girdle pain is common; avoid prone positioning late in pregnancy, use side lying or pregnancy pillows and low force methods, and screen for preeclampsia (headache, visual change, high blood pressure, swelling) and preterm labor.

Case. Door card: "A 29 year old female, six months postpartum, with right low back and buttock pain for eight weeks, worse when she climbs stairs and gets out of a car. Examine and discuss your diagnosis and plan."
Reasoning: Differentials: right SI joint dysfunction, lumbar facet or disc pain, and less likely inflammatory sacroiliitis. Screen: no leg numbness or weakness, no bladder change, no fever, morning stiffness under 15 minutes, no night waking. Exam: she points to the right PSIS; lumbar repeated movements do not change or centralize the pain; neuro screen normal; SLR negative; distraction, thigh thrust and compression reproduce her pain on the right, sacral thrust and Gaenslen's are positive; Patrick's (FABER) reproduces posterior pelvic pain on the right. Four of five positive with no centralization: right SI joint pain. Plan: explain the diagnosis, obtain consent, side posture SI adjustment or drop table methods, a sacroiliac belt for short term support, gluteal and transverse abdominal strengthening, lifting mechanics with her baby, and re-examination in three weeks. Ask whether she is breastfeeding and about postpartum mood if the station allows; refer to primary care if mood concerns emerge. Critical actions: use the cluster, exclude discogenic pain and red flags, and make the home plan practical for a new parent.
Board tip. Cauda equina questions are the single most important history items in any low back station. Ask them in plain language ("any trouble starting your urine stream, leaking, or numbness where you'd sit on a bicycle seat?") and repeat them as part of the safety net at the end. A candidate who performs a beautiful exam but never asks is likely to fail the critical item.
Key point

Low back stations reward early triage into mechanical, radicular and serious pathology. Match a dermatome, myotome and reflex to a root and then to a disc level, separate neurogenic from vascular claudication with posture and pulses, use a test cluster for the SI joint, and always end with cauda equina safety netting.

Section 4Extremity case management walk throughs

Extremity stations in outline

Extremity stations use the same sequence with three additions: always clear the joint above and below (and the spinal segments that refer to the region), always compare with the uninjured side, and always check neurovascular status distal to an injury. After trauma, apply a decision rule before you load the joint: the Ottawa ankle and knee rules exist precisely so that you can decide on films at the bedside.

ComplaintMost useful testsWhat a positive result suggests
Shoulder pain with overhead usePainful arc (about 60 to 120 degrees), Hawkins-Kennedy, Neer, resisted external rotationSubacromial pain (impingement) cluster when the three are positive
Shoulder weakness after a fall, over 60Drop arm, external rotation lag sign, empty can strengthFull thickness rotator cuff tear; ultrasound or MRI and orthopedic referral
Stiff painful shoulder, 50s, diabetesLoss of passive external rotation more than other directionsAdhesive capsulitis
Lateral elbow painCozen's (resisted wrist extension), Mill's (passive stretch), pain free gripLateral elbow tendinopathy (extensor carpi radialis brevis)
Hand numbness at nightPhalen's, carpal Tinel's, carpal compression, thenar strength and bulkCarpal tunnel syndrome; screen C6 and C7 for double crush
Wrist pain after a fall on an outstretched handAnatomic snuffbox and scaphoid tubercle tenderness, axial thumb loadScaphoid fracture until proven otherwise
Groin pain, older adultLoss of internal rotation and flexion, FADIR, gaitHip osteoarthritis; groin pain with limited IR is the hip until proven otherwise
Knee giving way after a pivotLachman (most sensitive), pivot shift (most specific), anterior drawerAnterior cruciate ligament tear
Knee locking or catchingJoint line tenderness, McMurray, ThessalyMeniscal tear
Inversion ankle injuryOttawa rules, anterior drawer, talar tilt, squeeze and external rotation testsATFL, then CFL sprain; positive squeeze suggests a high (syndesmotic) sprain
6 cm Fibula A: posterior edgeor tip of lateralmalleolus B: base of fifth metatarsal Lateral foot Ankle films if malleolar pain plus: tenderness at A (lateral) or the medial malleolus (same 6 cm zone), or unable to take 4 steps now and at injury Foot films if midfoot pain plus: tenderness at B (fifth metatarsal base) or the navicular (medial side), or unable to take 4 steps now and at injury
Figure 13.4 The Ottawa ankle and foot rules on the lateral side. Palpate the posterior edge and tip of the distal 6 cm of each malleolus and the two foot points (fifth metatarsal base laterally, navicular medially), and test four step weight bearing. A positive item means films; all negative makes a fracture very unlikely.
Case. Door card: "A 22 year old female rolled her right ankle playing basketball two hours ago. She limped into the office. Assess her and decide whether films are needed."
Reasoning: Look for swelling and bruising, then apply the Ottawa rules aloud before stress tests: posterior edge and tip of the lateral malleolus nontender, medial malleolus nontender, fifth metatarsal base nontender, navicular nontender, and she took four steps (limping counts as weight bearing) at the time and now. Say: "Ottawa negative; no radiographs indicated." Then grade the sprain: tenderness over the anterior talofibular ligament, anterior drawer mildly lax compared with the left, talar tilt symmetric, squeeze and external rotation tests negative (no syndesmotic injury), and the peroneal tendons and distal pulses intact. Assessment: grade I to II lateral ankle sprain of the ATFL. Plan: protection, elevation, compression, early protected weight bearing, range of motion, then balance and proprioception training to prevent recurrence; mobilization of the talocrural joint and cuboid as tolerated with consent; brace for return to sport; re-examine in one week and order films if bony tenderness appears or she cannot bear weight. Critical actions: decision rule before testing, side to side comparison and the neurovascular check.
Case. Door card: "A 52 year old female office worker with numbness and tingling in the right thumb, index and middle fingers that wakes her at night. She shakes her hand to relieve it. Examine and discuss."
Reasoning: Differentials: carpal tunnel syndrome, C6 or C7 radiculopathy, double crush, pronator syndrome, and systemic contributors (diabetes, hypothyroidism, pregnancy, rheumatoid arthritis). History: night symptoms and the flick sign favor carpal tunnel; ask about neck pain and arm pain above the wrist, diabetes and thyroid history. Exam: cervical screen (Spurling's and ULTT, reflexes) negative; Phalen's reproduces symptoms at 30 seconds; carpal compression positive; reduced two point discrimination on the index finger; thenar bulk normal; abductor pollicis brevis strength 5 of 5. Assessment: right carpal tunnel syndrome without motor loss. Plan: night splint with the wrist in neutral, tendon and nerve gliding exercises, ergonomic review (wrist position at the keyboard), soft tissue and carpal mobilization with consent, and re-examine in four weeks. Refer for nerve conduction studies and a hand surgery opinion if there is thenar atrophy, weakness, constant numbness or no improvement. Suggest a glucose and thyroid check with her primary care provider if not recently done. Critical actions: clear the neck, test thenar motor function, and set objective referral triggers.

Pediatric and adolescent traps

Children and adolescents bring their own extremity red flags. A limping child with knee pain may have hip disease: slipped capital femoral epiphysis in an overweight adolescent (loss of internal rotation, obligatory external rotation with hip flexion), Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease in a child of about 4 to 8, transient synovitis after a viral illness, or septic arthritis (fever, refusal to bear weight, raised inflammatory markers), which is an emergency. Persistent night bone pain or a firm mass near the knee in a teenager raises concern for osteosarcoma or Ewing sarcoma.

Case. Door card: "A 13 year old boy, BMI in the 97th percentile, with three weeks of left knee pain and a limp. No injury. Examine and discuss."
Reasoning: Knee pain with a limp in an overweight adolescent is SCFE until proven otherwise, because the obturator nerve refers hip pain to the knee. Examine the knee (normal) and then the hip: as you flex the left hip it rolls into external rotation, and internal rotation is markedly reduced. Do not perform forceful hip or knee testing. Say: "The knee is fine, but the hip joint needs an X-ray today, including a frog leg lateral view. Until then he should not put weight on that leg." Order AP and frog leg lateral pelvis films, provide crutches, and make a same day orthopedic referral. Explain to the parent why the hip is involved and that early treatment prevents further slipping. Critical actions: examine the hip in knee pain, non weight bearing, same day referral, no manipulation.
Board tip. Two classic misses in extremity stations: a scaphoid fracture with normal initial films (immobilize in a thumb spica and repeat films in 10 to 14 days or obtain MRI, because the proximal pole is at risk of avascular necrosis) and hip disease presenting as knee pain. When the joint you are asked about examines normally, look one joint up.
Key point

Extremity stations reward a decision rule before loading an injured joint, comparison with the other side, a distal neurovascular check and a look at the joint above and below. Know the most sensitive and most specific test for each common lesion, and recognize the fracture and pediatric hip traps that need immobilization or same day referral.

Section 5Visceral and red flag case management walk throughs

When the back pain is not the back

Viscera share spinal cord segments with the body wall, so visceral pain is felt in the dermatomes and myotomes of the same segments (Figure 13.5). The clues that a "musculoskeletal" complaint is visceral are consistent: pain that is not changed by movement or position, pain linked to eating, breathing, urination, exertion or the menstrual cycle, systemic signs (fever, sweating, pallor, weight loss), abnormal vital signs, and an examination that fails to reproduce the pain. If the musculoskeletal exam cannot provoke the complaint, say so aloud and widen the differential.

Heart: chest, left arm, jaw Diaphragm (spleen, blood,gas): shoulder tip (Kehr) Gallbladder: RUQ andright scapula (posterior) Liver, gallbladder:right upper quadrant Kidney and ureter: flankto groin (colicky) Appendix: periumbilical,then right lower quadrant Pancreas, aorta: epigastricpain boring to the mid back
Figure 13.5 Common visceral referral patterns. Left and right are the patient's. The gallbladder classically refers to the right scapula posteriorly and the pancreas and aorta bore through to the mid back, so a thoracic or lumbar complaint can be the first sign of abdominal disease.
ConditionHow it presents to a chiropractorDiscriminating cluesUrgency
Acute coronary syndromeUpper back, left shoulder, arm or jaw painExertional or at rest, sweating, dyspnea, nausea; atypical in women, older adults and diabeticsCall emergency services now
Ruptured or expanding aortic aneurysm or dissectionSudden severe back or abdominal painTearing quality, pulse or BP difference between arms, hypotension, pulsatile massCall emergency services now
Pulmonary embolismThoracic or chest wall painPleuritic pain, dyspnea, tachycardia, recent surgery, travel, calf swelling, estrogen useEmergency
Kidney stoneFlank pain that radiates to the groinColicky, cannot get comfortable, hematuriaSame day medical care
PyelonephritisFlank painFever, dysuria, costovertebral angle tendernessSame day medical care
CholecystitisRight scapular or mid back painAfter fatty meals, RUQ tenderness, Murphy's sign, feverSame day
Pancreatic cancerGnawing mid back painWeight loss, painless jaundice, new diabetes, worse lying flatPrompt medical referral
Ectopic pregnancyLow back, pelvic or shoulder tip painMissed period, vaginal bleeding, dizziness, reproductive ageEmergency
Pancoast tumorShoulder and medial arm pain (C8 to T1)Smoker, Horner syndrome, hand intrinsic weakness, weight lossPrompt referral and imaging
Prostate cancer metastasisLow back or pelvic pain in an older manNight pain, urinary symptoms, weight lossPrompt referral; PSA and imaging

Three levels of referral

Say the level of urgency explicitly, because the examiner scores it. Emergency: call emergency services and stay with the patient (chest pain with cardiac features, stroke signs, suspected aortic catastrophe, cauda equina with retention, severe dyspnea). Urgent or same day: direct referral with a phone call and a written note (giant cell arteritis, suspected infection, new progressive neurologic deficit, suspected fracture, SCFE). Routine: written referral and coordinated care (stable suspected tumor work up already arranged, chronic medical issues, mental health support). In every case document what you found, what you told the patient, to whom you referred and when.

Case. Door card: "A 58 year old male with left upper back and shoulder pain that began while he was shoveling snow 40 minutes ago. BP 156/94, pulse 104, respirations 22. He is sweating. Take a focused history."
Reasoning: The vitals and the door card have already told you the answer: exertional onset, sweating, tachycardia and tachypnea point to acute coronary syndrome. Keep the history short and targeted: chest pressure (some tightness), arm or jaw pain (left arm heavy), nausea (yes), cardiac history and risk factors (smoker, high cholesterol). Do not perform a full musculoskeletal exam and do not treat. Say: "Your symptoms could be coming from your heart. I am calling an ambulance now, and I'll stay with you." Call emergency services, keep him seated and calm, loosen tight clothing, monitor pulse and breathing, and be ready to begin CPR and use an AED if he becomes unresponsive; aspirin is given by emergency responders or on their instruction unless allergic. Document the time of onset, vitals and actions. Critical actions: recognizing the pattern from the door card, stopping the musculoskeletal workup, emergency activation, and staying with the patient.
Case. Door card: "A 47 year old female with right mid back pain, around the lower angle of the scapula, for two days. Pain started after dinner and comes in waves. Temperature 38.1 °C."
Reasoning: Fever plus postprandial right scapular pain in a middle aged woman suggests cholecystitis. Ask about fatty meals, nausea, vomiting, dark urine, pale stools and yellow eyes. Examine the thoracic spine: movement and palpation do not change the pain. Examine the abdomen with consent and draping: right upper quadrant tenderness and inspiratory arrest on palpation under the right costal margin (Murphy's sign). Say: "Your back is not the source; your gallbladder may be inflamed. You need to be seen at an urgent care or emergency department today for blood tests and an ultrasound." Document and send a referral note. Critical actions: noticing the fever, examining the abdomen when the spine fails to reproduce the pain, and same day referral.
Board tip. When the door card already contains abnormal vital signs, the examiner expects you to act on them. A pulse over 100, a respiratory rate over 20, a temperature at or above 38 °C, or a blood pressure of 180/110 or higher should redirect the station toward a medical cause and a referral, not toward a fuller musculoskeletal exam.
Key point

Visceral and red flag stations test whether you notice that the pain is not mechanical: it is unchanged by movement, linked to organ function, and accompanied by abnormal vitals or systemic signs. Know the referral map, name the level of urgency (emergency, same day or routine), and in an emergency stop the workup, activate help and stay with the patient.

The chapter in one breath

  • State every film answer as finding, location, view, impression and recommendation, and say whether care proceeds, is modified or stops.
  • A fixed ABCS routine plus a look at the film corners prevents satisfaction of search.
  • Before the door, plan three differentials, one red flag and the two or three tests that separate them.
  • Cervical roots exit above their pedicle; match C5 to C8 myotome, reflex and dermatome, and screen every arm complaint for myelopathy.
  • Apply the Canadian C-spine rule before treating a post-trauma neck; grade whiplash with the Quebec Task Force scale.
  • New, unusual neck pain and headache with the 5 Ds and 3 Ns or Horner signs means suspected dissection: no manipulation and emergency referral.
  • A posterolateral L4 to L5 disc hits the traversing L5 root; a far lateral one hits the exiting L4 root.
  • Ask cauda equina questions in every low back station and repeat them as the safety net.
  • Separate neurogenic from vascular claudication by posture, cycling tolerance and pulses; use a five test cluster for the SI joint.
  • Use the Ottawa ankle and knee rules before loading an injured joint, and look one joint up when the examined joint is normal.
  • Pain unchanged by movement, linked to organ function, or with abnormal vitals is visceral until proven otherwise.
  • Always state the referral level: emergency, same day or routine, and document it.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
Door cardThe written information posted outside a station: patient details, complaint, vital signs and the task to perform.
Critical actionA station item whose omission can fail the station regardless of other performance, usually a safety item.
ABCSA film routine: alignment, bone, cartilage and joint spaces, soft tissues.
Meyerding gradeGrading of spondylolisthesis by the percentage slip of one vertebra on the one below, in quarters.
Pars interarticularisThe bony bridge between the superior and inferior articular processes; its defect is spondylolysis.
Winking owl signLoss of one pedicle outline on an AP spine film, a classic sign of lytic metastasis.
Prevertebral soft tissueThe space in front of the cervical bodies; widening (over about 7 mm at C2) suggests hemorrhage or edema from injury.
Atlantodental intervalThe gap between the anterior arch of C1 and the dens; widening in an adult indicates transverse ligament failure.
RadiculopathyDysfunction of a nerve root producing pain, sensory loss, weakness or reflex change in its distribution.
MyelopathySpinal cord dysfunction, with upper motor neuron signs such as hyperreflexia, Hoffmann sign and gait disturbance.
Spurling's testCervical extension, side bending and rotation toward the painful side with light compression to reproduce radicular pain.
Canadian C-spine ruleA decision rule for alert, stable adult trauma patients that identifies who needs cervical imaging.
Quebec Task Force gradesClassification of whiplash associated disorders from grade 0 (no complaint) to grade IV (fracture or dislocation).
SNOOPA mnemonic for headache red flags: systemic signs, neurologic signs, sudden onset, older onset, pattern change or positional triggers.
Cervical artery dissectionA tear in the wall of a vertebral or internal carotid artery that can cause neck pain, headache and stroke.
Horner syndromePtosis, miosis and sometimes reduced sweating from disruption of the sympathetic pathway to the face.
Traversing rootThe nerve root passing a disc level on its way to exit one level lower; the usual target of a posterolateral herniation.
Cauda equina syndromeCompression of multiple lumbosacral roots causing saddle anesthesia, bladder or bowel dysfunction and leg weakness; a surgical emergency.
Neurogenic claudicationLeg pain with walking from spinal stenosis, relieved by sitting or flexing forward.
Ankle brachial indexRatio of ankle to arm systolic pressure; under 0.9 indicates peripheral arterial disease.
Ottawa rulesBedside criteria for deciding when ankle, foot or knee injuries need radiographs.
Slipped capital femoral epiphysisPosteromedial slipping of the femoral head through the growth plate in adolescents; can present as knee pain.
Referred visceral painPain from an organ felt in the body wall supplied by the same spinal segments.
Kehr's signShoulder tip pain from diaphragm irritation by blood or fluid, classically from a ruptured spleen.
Safety nettingExplicit instructions telling a patient which new symptoms require urgent care and where to go.

Check yourself

You correctly identify a type II odontoid fracture on a lateral cervical film but run out of time before writing anything else. What part of the answer is most important to add first next time?
The recommendation. Immobilize, no manipulation and emergency referral for CT. The recommendation tells the examiner you understand what the finding means for the patient.
A 50 year old has weakness of wrist extension, a reduced brachioradialis reflex and numbness of the thumb. Which root and which disc level?
C6 root, C5 to C6 level. Cervical roots exit above the pedicle of the same numbered vertebra, so the C6 root leaves at the C5 to C6 foramen.
A 70 year old who fell from standing has neck pain, no paresthesias and can rotate 50 degrees each way. Does the Canadian C-spine rule allow you to skip imaging?
No. Age 65 or older is a high risk factor, so imaging is indicated before the rotation test is even considered.
A patient's neck pain began suddenly after a minor strain, with an occipital headache unlike any before and a brief episode of double vision. What do you do?
Suspect vertebral artery dissection and refer as an emergency. Perform a cranial nerve and cerebellar screen, do not manipulate or perform provocative tests, call for transport and document.
A posterolateral L4 to L5 disc herniation most often produces which deficit?
L5 root signs. Weak great toe extension and heel walking, numbness of the dorsum of the foot and first web space; the L4 root has already exited above the disc.
An older patient's leg pain on walking is relieved by leaning on a shopping cart and is not provoked by cycling. Pulses are normal. Which type of claudication?
Neurogenic claudication from spinal stenosis. Flexion opens the canal; vascular claudication is relieved by standing still and provoked by any exercise regardless of posture.
After an inversion injury, a patient has tenderness at the base of the fifth metatarsal but walks normally. Are films indicated?
Yes, foot films. Tenderness at the fifth metatarsal base is a positive Ottawa foot rule item by itself, regardless of weight bearing.
An overweight 12 year old has knee pain, a limp and a normal knee exam. What should you examine next, and what is the likely diagnosis?
The hip; slipped capital femoral epiphysis. Hip pain refers to the knee; limited internal rotation and obligatory external rotation with flexion support it. Non weight bearing and same day orthopedic referral.
A patient with right scapular pain has a temperature of 38.3 °C, pain after fatty meals and thoracic motion that does not change the pain. Most likely source?
Gallbladder (cholecystitis). Visceral pain is not reproduced by spinal movement; fever and meal relation point to the gallbladder, which needs same day medical evaluation.
Name the three levels of referral urgency and give one example of each.
Emergency, same day, routine. Emergency: suspected heart attack or cauda equina with retention. Same day: giant cell arteritis or suspected fracture. Routine: stable chronic condition needing medical co-management.
Chapter 14 · Station Practice

Practice Stations II: Technique Walk Throughs and Final Preparation

A technique station is a short performance with a script: confirm the patient is safe to treat, find the listing, explain and consent, then build the set up piece by piece while you say what you are doing. This final chapter rehearses that script for the spine, the pelvis and the extremities, shows you how to run a realistic mock circuit with classmates, and closes with a plan for the last week and the morning of the exam.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Run a technique station in a fixed order: screen, consent, confirm the listing, position, contact, stabilize, pre-load, line of drive and verbalize.
  • Build standard diversified style set ups for cervical rotation and lateral flexion restrictions and for thoracic extension, flexion and rotation restrictions.
  • Set up side posture lumbar adjustments (mammillary push and spinous pull) and pelvic adjustments for PI and AS ilium and sacral base listings.
  • Perform teaching level set ups for the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee and ankle, including long axis distraction, the proximal fibula and the cuboid.
  • State the contraindications and safety checks for each region and respond correctly when a patient reports pain or a new symptom during a set up.
  • Organize a mock station circuit with roles, door cards, timing, rotation and scoring sheets, and give feedback that improves the next attempt.
  • Plan the final week of review and the day of the exam: sleep, logistics, nutrition and a routine for managing nerves between stations.

Section 1Cervical and thoracic technique station walk throughs

The technique station script

Practical technique stations are generally scored on observable steps rather than on whether a cavitation occurs. Many stations ask you to set up and verbalize, or to take the set up to tension without delivering a thrust; the station instructions tell you which, and you must follow them exactly. Check the current official candidate materials for how thrusts are handled, what equipment is provided and what the examiner will and will not answer. Whatever the format, the same skeleton earns the points:

StepWhat you doWhat you say aloud
1. Door cardRead the region, the listing or the findings, and the task(silently) the set up you will build and the contraindications to ask about
2. GreetKnock, introduce yourself, sanitize hands, confirm identity"Hello, I'm Dr. ____. May I confirm your name?"
3. ScreenAsk brief safety questions for the region"Any recent injury, osteoporosis, blood thinners, dizziness, or surgery in this area?"
4. ConsentExplain the procedure, the benefits, the common and serious risks and the alternatives; ask permission"You may hear a pop. Mild soreness for a day is common; serious injury is rare. Other options include gentle mobilization. Is it all right to proceed?"
5. ConfirmStatic palpation for tenderness and position; motion palpation to confirm the restriction"I find tenderness over the right C5 pillar and restricted left rotation at C5."
6. PositionPlace the patient on the table, adjust height and headpiece, drape"Please lie face up with your head at this end."
7. StanceTake the doctor stance and posture"I'm standing at the head of the table, slightly to the right."
8. ContactName the contact point on your hand and the segmental contact on the patient; take tissue pull"Index contact of my right hand on the right C5 articular pillar."
9. StabilizePlace the stabilization hand and explain its role"My left hand supports the head and occiput."
10. Pre-loadTake out the slack to tension; check comfort"I'm taking up the slack now. Is that comfortable?"
11. Line of driveState the direction of thrust (and deliver it only if instructed)"My line of drive is posterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior, toward the opposite eye."
12. Re-checkRelease, reassess motion and symptoms, give aftercare"How does that feel? I'll recheck your motion."

Notice that the verbal track does three jobs: it shows the examiner you know the anatomy (named contact points), it keeps the patient informed (consent and comfort checks), and it gives the examiner evidence for items that are hard to see, such as the line of drive. A silent, technically perfect set up can score worse than an average set up that is clearly narrated.

Naming listings in a station

Listing systems differ. Some describe the static position of a vertebra relative to the one below (for example, a body rotated posterior on the right), others describe the motion restriction found on motion palpation (for example, restricted left rotation). In this book's diversified style set ups, the listing is stated as a motion restriction together with the side of the posterior, tender structure. The two descriptions agree: a vertebra whose body is rotated posteriorly on the right resists rotating to the left, and the corrective contact goes on the posterior (right) side, driving it anterior. If the door card uses a different listing convention, translate it into "which side is posterior, which motion is restricted, which way must the segment move" before you touch the patient.

Cervical set ups

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
C2 to C7 rotation restriction (left rotation restricted, right pillar posterior)Supine, head on headpiece at a neutral heightAt the head of the table, slightly to the right, fencer stanceLateral aspect of the proximal phalanx of the right index finger (index contact) on the right articular pillar of the involved segmentLeft hand cradles the occiput and left side of the head; head rotated left to tension with slight right lateral flexion to localizePosterior to anterior along the facet plane, slight inferior to superior, toward the patient's opposite (left) eye; rotational
C2 to C7 lateral flexion restriction (right lateral flexion restricted)SupineAt the head of the table, on the rightIndex contact of the right hand on the right articular pillarLeft hand supports the head; head laterally flexed to the right over the contact, minimal rotationLateral to medial (right to left), with a slight inferior to superior component; a lateral break
Atlas (C1) restriction in right rotation, left lateral mass posteriorSupineAt the head of the table, on the leftIndex contact of the left hand on the posterior arch or lateral mass of C1 behind the left mastoidRight hand cradles the head; slight rotation to the right, minimal lateral flexionPosterior to anterior and slightly lateral to medial, in the plane of the atlanto-occipital and atlantoaxial joints
Cervicothoracic (C7 to T1) rotation restriction, spinous deviated rightProne, face piece lowered slightly, arms at the sidesAt the head of the table or on the left sideThumb of the right hand on the right side of the C7 or T1 spinous processLeft hand rotates and laterally flexes the head toward the right to tensionRight to left (lateral to medial) across the spinous, pushing it back toward midline
C5 body Anterior (ceiling); head turned to the patient's left Table (posterior) Line of drive: P to Aand toward the left,toward the left eye Stabilization: lefthand on the left sideof head and occiput Contact: right indexon the right C5articular pillar Doctor's right hand Patient's leftPatient's right
Figure 14.1 Supine cervical rotary set up for restricted left rotation with the right pillar posterior, seen as a cross section from the head of the table. The contact sits on the posterior (right) pillar, the head is turned away from the contact to tension the segment, and the line of drive runs posterior to anterior and toward the opposite (left) eye.

Safety in the neck

Before any cervical set up, ask about dizziness, visual disturbance, new or unusual headache, recent trauma, inflammatory arthritis (rheumatoid arthritis and Down syndrome bring atlantoaxial instability), anticoagulation, osteoporosis and prior neck surgery. Watch the patient's eyes and face during pre-load. Avoid sustained end range rotation combined with extension, and use the minimum force and the least rotation that localizes the segment. Absolute contraindications in the neck include fracture, instability, suspected arterial dissection, myelopathy, tumor or infection at the segment, and cervical fusion at the level. If the patient reports dizziness, nausea, visual change, numbness or speech difficulty during set up, stop, return the head to neutral, keep the patient lying down, check neurologic signs, and activate emergency care if signs persist.

Case. Door card: "A 36 year old female with right sided neck pain. Motion palpation findings: C5 restricted in left rotation; tenderness over the right C5 articular pillar. Perform the set up and verbalize your adjustment. Do not deliver a thrust."
Reasoning: Greet and confirm identity. Screen aloud: "Any dizziness, double vision, new severe headache, recent injury, blood thinners, rheumatoid arthritis or neck surgery?" (none). Consent: describe the procedure, common soreness, the rare risk of stroke associated with neck manipulation, the alternative of mobilization, and ask permission. Confirm by palpating the right C5 pillar and moving C5 into left rotation (restricted). Position supine and adjust the headpiece. Stand at the head of the table, slightly right. Contact: "Index contact of my right hand on the right C5 articular pillar, taking a slight tissue pull toward the contact." Stabilize: "My left hand cradles the occiput." Pre-load: rotate the head left to tension with slight right lateral flexion to localize; ask, "Any dizziness or discomfort?" Line of drive: "Posterior to anterior, slightly inferior to superior along the facet plane, toward the patient's left eye." Release and re-check rotation. Critical actions: vascular and instability screen, consent including stroke risk, a comfort check at tension and following the no thrust instruction.

Thoracic and rib set ups

The thoracic facets are oriented close to the frontal plane (inclined about 60 degrees from horizontal), so thoracic lines of drive run largely posterior to anterior with an inferior to superior component that follows the facet slope. Thrust on exhalation, when the rib cage is least resistant. Prone moves suit extension and rotation restrictions; the supine anterior thoracic move (the patient's arms crossed, the doctor's hand under the spine as a fulcrum) suits flexion restrictions.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Extension restriction (segment held in flexion)Prone, arms over the sides of the table, thoracic piece flatAt the side, square to the table, body over the handsBilateral thenar or hypothenar contacts on both transverse processes of the involved segmentThe table and the other hand (each hand stabilizes the other)Posterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior, on exhalation
Rotation restriction (right transverse process posterior; left rotation restricted)ProneOn the left side of the table, facing acrossPisiform of the caudal hand on the right transverse process of the involved segmentCephalad hand pisiform on the left transverse process of the segment below (counter rotation), or a reinforcing handPosterior to anterior with a slight inferior to superior arc, on exhalation
Flexion restriction (segment held in extension)Supine, arms crossed over the chest, elbows stackedAt the side of the table, in a fencer stanceFist or open hand (thenar and flexed fingers) under the patient's involved segment as a fulcrum, contacting the transverse processesDoctor's chest over the patient's crossed elbows; patient's head flexedAnterior to posterior through the elbows toward the contact, with slight superior direction, on exhalation
Posterior rib (right rib angle tender and posterior)ProneOn the left side of the tablePisiform or hypothenar on the right rib angle, lateral to the transverse processOther hand reinforces or supports the opposite sidePosterior to anterior and lateral, along the rib shaft, on exhalation
Case. Door card: "A 62 year old female with mid back stiffness. Motion palpation: T6 restricted in extension. Set up and verbalize; no thrust."
Reasoning: Age and sex should trigger the osteoporosis question before anything else: "Have you been told you have thin bones? Any fractures from minor falls, steroid use or height loss?" She reports a prior wrist fracture from a fall and takes medication for osteopenia. Say: "Because of your bone density, I'll use a gentler method than a forceful thrust." Choose a low force option such as prone mobilization or an instrument or drop assisted set up, explain it and obtain consent. Then build the prone set up: arms over the sides, bilateral thenar contacts on the T6 transverse processes, body over the hands, pre-load on exhalation, and state "posterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior; for this patient, graded mobilization rather than a high velocity thrust." Critical actions: the bone health screen, modifying force, and verbalizing why. Avoid the supine anterior thoracic move in osteoporosis because the crossed arm compression loads the rib cage and the anterior vertebral bodies.
Board tip. Examiners hear many candidates say "posterior to anterior" and stop. Add the second component (inferior to superior for the cervical and thoracic facet planes, or lateral to medial for a lateral break) and say when you would thrust (end of exhalation for thoracic and rib moves). Precision in the line of drive is one of the easiest ways to separate yourself from other candidates.
Key point

Run every technique station on the same script: screen, consent, confirm, position, stance, contact, stabilization, pre-load, line of drive and re-check, narrating each step. In the neck, contact the posterior side, turn the head away from the contact and drive toward the opposite eye; in the thoracic spine, follow the facet slope on exhalation, and modify force for osteoporosis.

Section 2Lumbar and pelvic technique station walk throughs

Side posture: the core lumbar set up

Side posture is the workhorse of diversified lumbar technique, and examiners watch its components closely because each one controls where the force goes. The patient lies on the side, the bottom leg straight, the top hip and knee flexed with the top foot resting in the popliteal fossa of the bottom leg. The doctor flexes the top leg until motion reaches the involved segment (palpate the interspinous space to feel it arrive), rotates the patient's upper shoulder posteriorly by drawing the bottom arm out, and rolls the pelvis toward the doctor until tension localizes at the segment. The doctor stands facing the patient in a fencer stance, with the inside thigh against the patient's flexed top knee or thigh, ready to drop the body weight through the contact.

The side of the patient that faces up is chosen so that the thrust drives the posterior structure forward. For a vertebra whose body is rotated posterior on the right (right mammillary prominent, left rotation restricted), the patient lies with the right side up. Two contacts then work in the same direction: a mammillary push on the up side (right) mammillary process, driving posterior to anterior, or a spinous pull on the down side (left) of the spinous process, pulling the spinous toward the ceiling. Both rotate the vertebra to the left, correcting the right posterior rotation (Figure 14.2).

table (left side down) Vertebralbody AnteriorPosterior Up side (right) mammillary isposterior: push contact, P to A Spinous pull from thedown side, toward ceiling Result: vertebra rotates left,correcting right posterior rotation Down side (left)
Figure 14.2 Side posture contacts for a lumbar vertebra rotated posterior on the right, viewed from above with the right side up. A mammillary push on the up side and a spinous pull from the down side both turn the vertebra to the left; choosing the up side so that the posterior structure faces the ceiling is the key decision.
ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
L4 right posterior body rotation (left rotation restricted), mammillary pushLeft side down, right side up; bottom leg straight, top leg flexed to localize L4Facing the patient, fencer stance, thigh on the patient's flexed kneePisiform of the caudal hand on the right L4 mammillary processCephalad hand on the patient's upper shoulder or pectoral region, rotating the trunk backPosterior to anterior through the mammillary, delivered with a body drop
Same listing, spinous pullAs aboveAs aboveFingers (pads of the index and middle) of the caudal hand on the down (left) side of the L4 spinousCephalad forearm on the shoulder; caudal forearm on the pelvisDown to up (left to right) on the spinous, toward the ceiling, combined with a pelvic roll
Lumbar flexion restriction (facet held in extension) or disc patient unsuited to rotationProne on a flexion distraction tableAt the side, facing the headThenar or hypothenar on the spinous of the segment above the restrictionOther hand controls the caudal section of the tableGentle flexion and long axis distraction in slow cycles; no high velocity thrust
PI ilium (right ilium rotated posterior and inferior)Left side down, right side up; top leg flexedFacing the patient, fencer stancePisiform or hypothenar of the caudal hand on the right PSISCephalad hand on the upper shoulderPosterior to anterior and inferior to superior, rotating the ilium forward
AS ilium (right ilium rotated anterior and superior)Left side down, right side up; top hip flexed beyond 90 degreesFacing the patientPisiform or hypothenar on the right ischial tuberosityCephalad hand on the shoulderPosterior to anterior through the ischium (slightly inferior to superior), rotating the ilium backward
Sacral base posterior on the rightProne, pelvic piece levelOn the left side of the tablePisiform on the right sacral base just medial to the PSISOther hand reinforces over the contact wristPosterior to anterior and slightly inferior to superior

Safety in the low back and pelvis

Before side posture, screen for the conditions that change the set up or forbid it: cauda equina symptoms (no manipulation, emergency referral), a progressive neurologic deficit, suspected fracture or osteoporosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, tumor or infection, hip replacement (excess flexion and adduction of the top leg can dislocate a posterior approach prosthesis), recent lumbar surgery or fusion, and pregnancy (use side lying with support, avoid strong rotation and prone positioning late in pregnancy). With an acute disc lesion and leg pain, many clinicians prefer flexion distraction or positions that centralize symptoms rather than a rotational thrust. If leg pain increases or spreads during pre-load, stop, release the position and choose a different approach.

Case. Door card: "A 44 year old male with right sided low back pain. Findings: L4 right posterior body rotation, left rotation restricted. Perform a side posture set up and verbalize. Do not thrust."
Reasoning: Screen: bladder or bowel change (none), leg numbness or weakness (none), hip replacement (none), osteoporosis or steroid use (none), abdominal pulsation or known aneurysm (none). Consent: explain the procedure and sound, soreness, the rare risks of disc injury or nerve irritation, alternatives such as flexion distraction or exercise. Confirm the listing by palpation. Position: "Please lie on your left side." Straighten the bottom leg, flex the top leg and place the foot behind the bottom knee, palpating the L4 to L5 interspace until motion arrives. Draw the bottom arm out to rotate the upper shoulder back, and roll the pelvis toward you to tension. Stance: facing the patient, fencer stance, thigh on the flexed knee. Contact: "Pisiform of my caudal hand on the right mammillary process of L4." Stabilize: "Cephalad hand on the upper shoulder." Pre-load: "Is that comfortable? Any leg symptoms?" Line of drive: "Posterior to anterior through the mammillary, with a body drop." Critical actions: the cauda equina and hip prosthesis screen, choosing the right side up, localization by leg flexion and the comfort check.
Case. Door card: "A 31 year old female with left sacroiliac pain. Findings: left PI ilium (left PSIS low and posterior, left leg may appear short in the prone position). Set up and verbalize."
Reasoning: Ask whether she could be pregnant, about recent childbirth, hip surgery, osteoporosis and fever. Confirm with static palpation (left PSIS inferior and posterior compared with the right) and motion palpation of the SI joint. Explain and consent, mentioning that the contact is over the back of the pelvis. Position her with the left side up so that the involved PSIS faces the ceiling; drape appropriately. Stand facing her, flex the top leg, rotate the upper shoulder back and roll the pelvis toward you. Contact: "Pisiform of my caudal hand on the left PSIS." Stabilization on the upper shoulder. Line of drive: "Posterior to anterior and inferior to superior, rotating the left ilium anteriorly." Critical actions: pregnancy question, correct side up, PSIS contact for PI (not the ischium, which is the AS contact) and an accurate two component line of drive.
Board tip. The PI and AS ilium set ups differ in one decision: the contact. PI means the posterior superior iliac spine has gone back and down, so you contact the PSIS and drive it forward and up. AS means the ilium has rotated forward, so you contact the ischial tuberosity below the axis and drive it forward, which rotates the ilium backward. Swapping these contacts is a classic error.
Key point

In side posture, put the posterior structure up, localize with top leg flexion, rotate the shoulder back and the pelvis forward, and drive posterior to anterior through the contact. Use a mammillary push or spinous pull for lumbar rotation, the PSIS for PI ilium and the ischium for AS ilium, and screen first for cauda equina, aneurysm, osteoporosis, hip prosthesis and pregnancy.

Section 3Extremity technique station walk throughs

Principles that apply to every joint

Extremity set ups follow the same script as spinal ones, with three additions. First, test and compare joint play on both sides before you decide on a listing; the restricted glide is the listing. Second, use the convex concave rule to choose a glide: when a convex surface moves on a concave one (the humeral head in the glenoid, the femoral head in the acetabulum), the joint surface glides opposite to the movement of the limb, so a restriction of shoulder abduction calls for an inferior glide of the head; when a concave surface moves on a convex one (the tibia on the femur, the phalanges on the metacarpal heads), the glide is in the same direction as the limb. Third, place the joint in its resting (loose packed) position for distraction and glides, where the capsule is most lax, and keep the stabilization hand close to the joint line so the force acts across one joint only.

ListingPatient positionDoctor stanceContact point and segmental contactStabilizationLine of drive
Glenohumeral inferior glide restriction (limited abduction)Supine, arm abducted to about 55 degrees in the scapular plane (resting position)At the side, facing the head, beside the patient's armWeb space of the cephalad hand on the superior humeral head, just lateral to the acromionCaudal hand holds the arm above the elbow, adding gentle long axis traction; table stabilizes the scapulaSuperior to inferior, parallel to the glenoid face
Glenohumeral posterior glide restriction (limited internal rotation and horizontal adduction)Supine, arm at the side with the elbow flexedAt the side, facing the patientThenar of the cephalad hand on the anterior humeral headCaudal hand cradles the elbow; a towel under the scapulaAnterior to posterior, slightly lateral
Posterior radial head (limited supination)Supine or seated, elbow slightly flexed, forearm supinatedFacing the patient at the sideThumb or index contact on the posterior radial head, distal to the lateral epicondyleOther hand holds the distal forearm in supination and takes the elbow toward extensionPosterior to anterior on the radial head
Carpal dorsal glide restriction (limited wrist flexion; the convex proximal row must glide dorsally)Seated, forearm supinated (palm up) and supportedFacing the patientBoth thumbs overlapped on the palmar surface of the restricted carpal; fingers wrap the dorsum of the handLong axis traction through the hand; wrist near neutralPalmar to dorsal through the carpal, often with a small whip into slight flexion
Hip long axis distraction (capsular restriction, osteoarthritis)Supine, hip in about 30 degrees flexion, 30 degrees abduction and slight external rotationAt the foot of the table, facing the head, in a fencer stanceBoth hands grasp the distal leg above the malleoli (or above the knee if the knee is unstable)Table belt across the pelvis or the patient holds the table edgesInferior along the long axis of the femur, a lean back with the body weight
Posterior proximal fibular head (after an ankle inversion sprain)Prone with the knee flexed to about 90 degrees, or supine with the hip and knee flexedAt the side of the tableSecond metacarpophalangeal joint of the cephalad hand behind the fibular headCaudal hand holds the ankle and flexes the knee over the contactPosterior to anterior and slightly lateral, by flexing the knee over the contact hand
Plantar (inferior) cuboidProne with the knee flexed, then the leg brought toward extensionAt the foot of the tableOverlapped thumbs on the plantar surface of the cuboidFingers wrap the dorsum of the footPlantar to dorsal, delivered as a whip as the knee extends and the ankle plantar flexes
Talocrural long axis distraction (anterior talus, limited dorsiflexion)Supine, ankle in slight plantar flexion (resting position)At the foot of the tableInterlaced fingers over the dorsum of the talus and neck, thumbs on the solePatient's weight and table; a strap across the thigh if neededInferior (long axis traction) with a quick tug; an anterior to posterior talar glide for dorsiflexion
Pelvic belt stabilizes Hip joint: about 30 degrees flexion,30 degrees abduction, slightexternal rotation (resting position) Right leg (involved) Left leg Contact: bothhands abovethe malleoli Line of drive: inferior, along the femur Doctor
Figure 14.3 Hip long axis distraction seen from above. The hip rests in its loose packed position (about 30 degrees of flexion and abduction with slight external rotation), the pelvis is stabilized, and the doctor leans back so the line of drive runs along the long axis of the femur, away from the acetabulum.

Safety at the extremities

Screen every extremity station for fracture (apply the Ottawa rules after trauma), joint replacement (no thrust across a prosthesis; a hip replaced through a posterior approach must avoid flexion beyond 90 degrees combined with adduction and internal rotation), acute inflammatory or septic arthritis (hot, swollen joint with fever is an emergency), ligamentous instability (do not thrust a lax joint in the direction of laxity), bone tumor, open growth plates in children (use gentle mobilization), and severe osteoporosis. For the hip long axis distraction, an unstable or replaced knee means you grasp above the knee instead of at the ankle. For cuboid and fibular techniques after a sprain, wait until fracture has been excluded and acute swelling allows a comfortable set up.

Case. Door card: "A 25 year old male soccer player three weeks after a right inversion ankle sprain. He has lateral ankle and knee pain. Findings: right fibular head restricted in anterior glide; cuboid tender on the plantar surface. Perform set ups for both and verbalize."
Reasoning: Confirm the injury history and that fracture was excluded (he was Ottawa negative at the time and walks normally). Screen for instability: anterior drawer and talar tilt are mildly lax compared with the left, so you will avoid stressing the lateral ankle into inversion during the set up. Ask about peroneal nerve symptoms (numbness on the dorsum of the foot, foot drop) because the common fibular nerve wraps the fibular neck; none. Consent. Fibular head: prone, knee flexed, "second MCP of my cephalad hand behind the right fibular head; caudal hand at the ankle; line of drive posterior to anterior and slightly lateral as I flex the knee over my contact." Cuboid: prone, knee flexed, "overlapped thumbs on the plantar cuboid, fingers on the dorsum; as I extend the knee and plantar flex the ankle, the line of drive is plantar to dorsal." Re-check fibular glide and pain on walking. Critical actions: fracture and instability screen, the peroneal nerve check, no inversion stress, and comfort checks.
Case. Door card: "A 68 year old female with right groin pain and stiffness. Hip internal rotation is limited and painful. She had a left total hip replacement five years ago. Perform an appropriate set up for the right hip."
Reasoning: Groin pain with limited internal rotation fits right hip osteoarthritis. The trap is the left prosthesis: you will treat only the right hip and must avoid positions that stress the left (do not have her cross the left leg or lie in a way that flexes and adducts it). Screen for fever, night pain, recent fall and anticoagulation. Consent. Set up: supine with a belt across the pelvis; right hip in about 30 degrees flexion, 30 degrees abduction and slight external rotation; doctor at the foot of the table in a fencer stance; both hands above the right malleoli; line of drive inferior along the long axis of the femur, as a sustained or oscillating distraction or a gentle tug. Ask whether her knee is stable; if not, contact above the knee. Add a home program of hip mobility and strengthening. Critical actions: identifying the prosthesis, treating only the native hip, the resting position and the long axis line of drive.
Case. Door card: "A 55 year old male with diabetes and a stiff right shoulder for four months. Passive external rotation and abduction are markedly limited. Perform a set up to improve abduction."
Reasoning: This is a capsular pattern consistent with adhesive capsulitis, which is common in diabetes. The convex humeral head must glide inferiorly for abduction, so choose an inferior glide. Screen for trauma (a fall raises the question of fracture or dislocation, which would need films), for a red flag of night pain with weight loss, and for chest or arm symptoms suggesting a cardiac cause. Consent, explaining that the technique is a graded mobilization and that the stiff capsule responds over weeks. Supine, arm in about 55 degrees of abduction in the scapular plane; web space of the cephalad hand on the superior humeral head lateral to the acromion; caudal hand holding the arm above the elbow with slight traction; line of drive superior to inferior, parallel to the glenoid face. Use sustained or oscillating grades rather than a forceful thrust in the stiff, painful capsule. Critical actions: applying the convex concave rule, screening for fracture and cardiac referral, and choosing graded force.
Board tip. Convex on concave glides opposite; concave on convex glides the same way. Shoulder abduction needs an inferior glide of the humeral head; hip internal rotation needs a posterior glide of the femoral head; knee extension needs an anterior glide of the tibia on the femur. Saying the rule aloud during a set up shows the examiner why you chose the glide.
Key point

Extremity set ups start from a side to side joint play comparison and a convex concave decision, use the resting position for distraction and glides, and stabilize close to the joint line. Screen for fracture, prosthesis, instability, infection and nerve involvement, and modify force or change the target joint when any is present.

Section 4A full mock station circuit

Why a mock circuit works

Reading about stations builds knowledge; running them under a clock with a stranger watching builds performance. A mock circuit reproduces the three stressors that degrade skill on exam day: time pressure, observation, and switching rapidly between unrelated tasks (a film, then a neck station, then a pelvic set up). It also exposes habits you cannot see yourself: skipping hand hygiene, forgetting consent, mumbling the line of drive, or spending half the station on history. Run at least two full circuits in the final month, and a shorter one in the final week.

Roles and materials

A group of four to six works well. Rotate roles so everyone performs and everyone scores.

RoleResponsibilitiesMaterials
CandidateReads the door card, performs the station, writes any required noteClinic attire, pen, reflex hammer, other permitted tools
Standardized patientPlays a scripted patient: answers only what is asked, volunteers nothing, reports symptoms on cue (for example, dizziness at pre-load)Patient script with history answers and exam findings to report
ExaminerWatches silently and marks the checklist; does not coach during the stationScoring sheet, clipboard, the answer key
TimekeeperRuns the clock, gives the reading period, warning and stop signals, moves people between roomsTimer, rotation schedule, door cards

Write door cards that resemble real ones: patient age and sex, chief complaint, vital signs, and a clear task ("perform a focused history and examination", "set up and verbalize; no thrust", "record your findings, impression and recommendation"). Each case needs a patient script (answers to likely questions, findings to report when each test is performed, and any cue such as a red flag symptom to reveal only when asked) and a scoring sheet. Build cases from the walk throughs in this chapter and Chapter 13, and include at least one station in each circuit that should end in a referral, so that the group practices stopping.

Timing

Use the station length and reading period stated in the current official candidate materials. If you do not yet have them, choose fixed values for the session and keep them identical across stations so the group learns to pace. Give a warning signal before the end of each station, and stop candidates at the signal even mid sentence: on exam day the station ends whether you are finished or not. A useful pacing target for a case management station is to finish the history by about 40 percent of the time, the examination by about 80 percent, and to reserve the last 20 percent for findings, plan and consent. For technique stations, aim to finish screening and consent in the first quarter so that most of the time goes to the set up and narration.

Station A: Filmsfinding, impression,recommendation Station B: Casehistory, exam,plan, consent Station C: Spinaltechnique set upand verbalize Station D: Extremitytechnique set upand verbalize Timekeeperread, start,warn, stop rotaterotaterotaterotate After each full rotation: scores read back,one fix per candidate, then roles swap
Figure 14.4 A four station practice circuit. Candidates move clockwise at the timekeeper's signal so that each one meets films, a case, a spinal set up and an extremity set up in turn. Feedback waits until the rotation ends, then roles swap so that everyone also practices as patient and examiner.

Scoring sheets

Score observable behavior with a checklist, marking each item done, partly done or not done, and flag critical items separately: missing one should fail the station in your mock regardless of the total, just as safety omissions can on a real practical exam. The sample sheets below are practice tools built from this book's walk throughs, not official forms.

Technique station itemDoneCritical?
Hand hygiene, introduction and identity confirmedYes / Partial / NoNo
Region specific contraindication screen askedYes / Partial / NoYes
Consent: procedure, risks (including serious risks), alternatives, permissionYes / Partial / NoYes
Listing confirmed by static and motion palpationYes / Partial / NoNo
Correct patient position and drapingYes / Partial / NoNo
Correct doctor stanceYes / Partial / NoNo
Correct contact point and segmental contact, named aloudYes / Partial / NoNo
Correct stabilizationYes / Partial / NoNo
Pre-load with comfort checkYes / Partial / NoYes
Correct line of drive stated with both componentsYes / Partial / NoNo
Followed thrust instruction; stopped if symptoms appearedYes / Partial / NoYes
Re-check and aftercareYes / Partial / NoNo

A case management sheet follows the same pattern with sections for the history (chief complaint and OPQRST, red flag questions, medications and history), the examination (vitals, inspection, palpation, range of motion, orthopedic and neurologic tests appropriate to the complaint), the assessment (a reasonable diagnosis and differential), the plan (orders, management, home care, follow up), communication (plain language, empathy, teach back, consent) and critical items (the region's red flag screen and correct referral when indicated). Add a short global rating (for example, 1 to 5 for organization and professionalism) because examiners form an overall impression that a checklist alone does not capture.

Giving and using feedback

Keep feedback short, specific and actionable. A good format is: one thing done well, the critical items missed (if any), and one fix for next time. "Your line of drive was vague" is less useful than "say both components, posterior to anterior and inferior to superior." Record each candidate's missed items across circuits; patterns (always forgetting blood pressure, always running out of time before consent) are the most valuable output of the whole exercise. Repeat the same station a few days later to confirm that the fix holds.

Case. Door card (mock circuit, Station C): "A 52 year old male with low back pain. Findings: L5 right posterior body rotation. Set up and verbalize; no thrust." The SP script includes a cue: if the candidate asks about leg symptoms, report "my right leg tingles when I lie on my side."
Reasoning: The candidate screens and consents well, positions the patient left side down, and contacts the right L5 mammillary. During pre-load the SP reports, on cue, tingling down the right leg. The scoring item being tested is the response: the candidate should stop, release the position, ask about the distribution and any weakness or bladder change, and change the approach (for example, flexion distraction or a position that does not provoke leg symptoms) or perform a neurologic screen before continuing. The examiner marks "stopped when symptoms appeared" as a critical item. In debrief the group notes that the candidate continued talking through the cue for several seconds before stopping; the one fix is "stop hands first, then talk."
Board tip. Build at least one surprise into every mock circuit: a patient who reports dizziness at pre-load, a door card whose vital signs are abnormal, a film with a second finding in the corner, or a patient who declines consent. Candidates who have practiced stopping and redirecting do it smoothly on the day; those who have only practiced ideal stations freeze.
Key point

A mock circuit with fixed roles, realistic door cards, scripted patients, strict timing and checklist scoring reproduces the pressure of the exam. Flag critical items, add surprises that require stopping, and turn feedback into one specific fix per candidate that you test again in the next circuit.

Section 5The week before and the day of the exam

The shape of the final week

The final week is for consolidation, not new learning. By now the films, cases and set ups are in place; what remains is to keep them fluent, protect sleep, remove logistical uncertainty and arrive rested. Taper the volume of study through the week while keeping short daily practice, much as an athlete tapers before a competition (Figure 14.5). Learning new material in the last days tends to displace confidence rather than add points, and cramming late into the night degrades the very skills (recall under pressure, motor precision, attention to cues) that a practical exam tests.

7 days6 days5 days4 days3 days1 to 2Exam day Mockcircuit Shortcircuit Light Weakspots Perform days before the exam Sleep held at 7 to 9 hours every night, same wake time study volume Logistics check 2 days out
Figure 14.5 A taper for the final week. Study volume falls day by day while short daily practice continues; the last full mock circuit comes early in the week, logistics are settled two days out, and sleep stays constant throughout.
DayFocusConcrete tasks
7 days outFull review passRapid film drill (the table in Chapter 13), one case per region aloud, all set up tables recited from memory
6 days outFull mock circuitRun four to six stations under official timing with scoring; list every missed item
5 days outFix the listDrill only the items missed yesterday; rewrite your station scripts on one page
4 days outShort circuitTwo or three stations including a surprise; confirm the fixes hold
3 days outWeak spots and red flagsRed flag tables, referral levels, contraindications by region; film recommendations
2 days outLogistics and light reviewConfirm location, route, parking, start time, identification and admission documents, attire and permitted items; lay everything out
Day beforeRestThirty to sixty minutes of light review (your one page scripts), a walk, a normal dinner, no late study
Exam dayPerformNormal breakfast, early arrival, warm up routine, one station at a time

Sleep and the body

Sleep is when practice becomes skill: motor sequences and declarative memories are consolidated during sleep, and even one night of restricted sleep measurably slows reaction time and impairs attention and working memory. Hold a consistent wake time across the whole week so that the exam morning feels like any other, aim for 7 to 9 hours nightly, and move your schedule gradually if the exam starts earlier than you usually wake. If the night before is restless, do not panic: a single poor night has much less effect on performance than a week of short sleep, and adrenaline on the day compensates for some of it. Keep caffeine at your usual dose (more than usual adds tremor and anxiety, and its half life of about five hours means a late afternoon coffee can still be active at bedtime). Avoid alcohol in the final days because it fragments sleep. Eat familiar food; exam morning is not the time for a new breakfast. Keep exercise light and familiar so you do not arrive sore.

Logistics checklist

Uncertainty about logistics consumes attention you need for stations. Settle every item by two days out and lay out what you will bring the night before. Follow the current official candidate materials for identification, admission documents, required attire, permitted and prohibited items, arrival time and conduct rules, because these vary and change.

  • Documents: the identification and admission materials required by the official instructions, with names matching exactly.
  • Route: address, travel time with a generous buffer, parking or transit, and a backup route; for an unfamiliar city, consider staying nearby the night before.
  • Attire: professional clinic clothing that allows you to move, kneel and lean; short or easily rolled sleeves for hand hygiene; trimmed nails; no strong scent.
  • Permitted items: only what the official instructions allow (for example, specific examination tools); leave everything else in the car or at home.
  • Body: water, a simple snack for breaks if allowed, any personal medication.

Managing nerves

Some arousal improves performance; too much narrows attention, speeds speech and makes hands clumsy. The goal is not to remove nerves but to keep them in a useful range. Three tools work well and can be practiced during mock circuits so they are automatic on the day. Slow breathing: a long exhale activates parasympathetic tone; try box breathing (in for 4, hold for 4, out for 4, hold for 4) or a double inhale through the nose followed by a slow full exhale, repeated two or three times. Reappraisal: label the racing heart as readiness ("my body is preparing me to perform") rather than as a sign of failure; this simple reframe has been shown to improve performance under evaluative stress. A door routine: the same short sequence at every door (breathe out, read the card twice, name three differentials or the set up, picture the first sentence you will say, knock) keeps you in the present station instead of the last one.

Between stations, reset. A station that went badly is over and its score is fixed; the next station is a fresh opportunity, and dwelling on the last one is the most common way a single error becomes several. If you blank during a station, fall back on the sequence: "Let me summarize what we have so far," or return to the next step of the checklist (screen, consent, examine, plan). The sequence carries you until the content returns.

Case. Door card: "A 47 year old female with left neck pain. Findings: C4 restricted in right rotation; left pillar tender. Set up and verbalize; no thrust." Halfway through the set up you realize you never obtained consent.
Reasoning: Do not continue and hope the examiner missed it. Release the contact, return the patient's head to neutral and say: "Before I go further, I'd like to explain what I'm planning and make sure you're comfortable with it." Then deliver the full consent (procedure, sound, common soreness, rare serious risks including stroke, alternatives such as mobilization, the right to refuse) and ask permission. Resume from the contact: "Index contact of my left hand on the left C4 articular pillar; right hand cradles the occiput; head rotated right to tension with slight left lateral flexion; line of drive posterior to anterior toward the patient's right eye." Recovering an omitted critical step, openly and calmly, is far better than leaving it out; many checklists credit the item when it is completed before the procedure.
Case. Door card: "A 58 year old male with mid back pain. Findings: T5 restricted in extension. Set up and verbalize." During history he mentions that the pain began an hour ago while carrying groceries upstairs and he feels short of breath; he looks pale.
Reasoning: A technique station can still contain a red flag, and the examiner may be testing whether you notice. Stop the technique pathway. Ask about chest pressure, arm or jaw pain, sweating and cardiac history; check pulse and blood pressure if equipment is present. Say: "I'm not going to adjust your back today. Your symptoms could be coming from your heart, and I want you checked right now," and state that you would call emergency services and stay with him. Nerves can push candidates to finish the task as written; the safe decision always outranks completing the set up.
Board tip. On exam day, the two most valuable habits are reading the door card twice (once for the patient, once for the task, such as "no thrust" or "record your findings") and finishing every station with the safety close: re-check, return precautions or referral, and documentation if required. Most lost points come from missing what the card asked, not from not knowing the content.
Key point

Taper study volume through the final week while keeping short daily practice, run the last full mock circuit early, settle logistics two days out, and protect a consistent 7 to 9 hours of sleep. On the day, use slow breathing, reappraisal and a door routine, reset between stations, recover omissions openly, and let safety override completing any task.

The chapter in one breath

  • Run every technique station in one order: screen, consent, confirm, position, stance, contact, stabilize, pre-load, line of drive, re-check, narrating each step.
  • For a cervical rotation restriction, contact the posterior pillar, turn the head away from the contact and drive posterior to anterior toward the opposite eye.
  • Thoracic lines of drive follow the facet slope (P to A and slightly I to S) on exhalation; modify force for osteoporosis.
  • In side posture, put the posterior structure up; a mammillary push on the up side and a spinous pull from the down side rotate the vertebra the same way.
  • PI ilium: contact the PSIS, drive P to A and I to S. AS ilium: contact the ischial tuberosity, drive P to A.
  • Use the convex concave rule and the resting position for extremity glides and long axis distraction.
  • Screen each region for its contraindications: dissection and instability in the neck, cauda equina, aneurysm and hip prosthesis in the low back, fracture and prosthesis at the extremities.
  • If a patient reports new symptoms at pre-load, stop hands first, return to neutral, assess and change approach or refer.
  • Run mock circuits with fixed roles, scripted patients, strict timing, checklist scoring with critical items and built in surprises.
  • Give feedback as one strength, missed critical items and one fix, and retest the fix.
  • Taper the final week, settle logistics two days out, protect 7 to 9 hours of sleep and keep caffeine usual.
  • On the day, read each card twice, use a door routine, reset between stations and recover omissions openly.

Words worth knowing

TermWhat it means
ListingThe description of a segment's malposition or motion restriction that determines the corrective set up.
Motion palpationPalpating a segment while moving it to detect restricted or excessive motion.
Static palpationPalpating for tenderness, tone, position and texture with the patient at rest.
Contact pointThe part of the doctor's hand that delivers force, such as the pisiform, thenar or index contact.
Segmental contactThe anatomical landmark on the patient where the contact point is placed, such as an articular pillar or mammillary process.
Index contactContact with the lateral side of the proximal phalanx or metacarpophalangeal joint of the index finger, used in cervical set ups.
Pisiform contactContact with the pisiform bone of the hand, used for small, firm thoracic, lumbar and pelvic contacts.
StabilizationThe hand or body position that supports the patient and limits force to the target segment.
Tissue pullDrawing the skin and soft tissue toward the contact to remove slack and prevent slipping.
Pre-loadTaking the joint to tension before any thrust, while checking patient comfort.
Line of driveThe direction of the corrective force, stated in anatomical terms with all its components.
Fencer stanceA staggered stance with one foot forward, used to direct body weight along the line of drive.
Lateral breakA cervical set up that emphasizes lateral flexion over the contact with a lateral to medial line of drive.
Side postureSide lying position used for lumbar and pelvic adjustments, with the bottom leg straight and the top leg flexed.
Mammillary pushA side posture lumbar contact on the up side mammillary process with a posterior to anterior line of drive.
Spinous pullA side posture contact on the down side of the spinous process, pulling it toward the ceiling.
PI iliumAn ilium rotated posterior and inferior; corrected through a PSIS contact.
AS iliumAn ilium rotated anterior and superior; corrected through an ischial tuberosity contact.
Flexion distractionA low force method using a moving table to flex and distract lumbar segments in slow cycles.
Joint playSmall involuntary accessory movements of a joint that the patient cannot produce actively.
Convex concave ruleA convex surface glides opposite to the limb's movement; a concave surface glides in the same direction.
Resting positionThe loose packed position where the capsule is most lax, used for distraction and glides.
Long axis distractionTraction along the long axis of a limb to separate the joint surfaces.
Standardized patientA trained person who portrays a patient consistently from a script.
Critical itemA checklist item, usually safety related, whose omission fails the station.
Global ratingAn overall judgment of organization and professionalism that complements a checklist.
TaperA planned reduction of study volume before the exam to consolidate learning and arrive rested.
ReappraisalReinterpreting the physical signs of stress as readiness to perform.

Check yourself

C6 is restricted in left rotation with the right pillar tender and posterior. Where is the contact, which way is the head turned, and what is the line of drive?
Right C6 pillar; head turned left; P to A toward the left eye. Contact the posterior side, rotate away from the contact to tension, and drive along the facet plane toward the opposite eye.
Why do thoracic adjustments use a line of drive with an inferior to superior component, delivered on exhalation?
To follow the facet slope with the least rib cage resistance. Thoracic facets are inclined about 60 degrees from horizontal, and exhalation relaxes the chest wall.
L3 is rotated posterior on the left. Which side is up in side posture, and where is a spinous pull contact placed?
Left side up; on the right (down) side of the spinous. The posterior structure faces the ceiling; a spinous pull lifts the spinous from the down side, rotating the vertebra to the right.
What is the contact for an AS ilium, and why is it not the PSIS?
The ischial tuberosity. Driving the ischium, below the axis of rotation, forward rotates the ilium posteriorly, correcting the anterior rotation; a PSIS contact would rotate it further forward.
A patient lacks shoulder abduction because of capsular stiffness. Which glide do you choose and why?
Inferior glide of the humeral head. The convex head glides opposite to the arm's movement, so raising the arm requires the head to glide down.
A patient with a left total hip replacement needs right hip long axis distraction. What is the main precaution?
Protect the prosthesis. Treat only the native right hip and avoid flexing beyond 90 degrees with adduction and internal rotation on the replaced left side; never thrust across a prosthesis.
During side posture pre-load the patient reports new tingling down the leg. What do you do?
Stop, release and reassess. Return to neutral, ask about distribution, weakness and bladder change, screen neurologically, and change the approach or refer.
In a mock circuit, why should some items on the scoring sheet be marked critical?
Because safety omissions should fail a station regardless of the total. Practicing with critical items trains candidates never to skip screening, consent, comfort checks or referral.
Three days before the exam a classmate plans to learn a new technique system. What would you advise?
Consolidate, do not add. The final week is a taper: drill missed items and keep fluency; new material late tends to reduce confidence and accuracy.
Halfway through a set up you notice you skipped consent. What is the best response?
Stop, release and obtain consent before continuing. Completing the omitted step openly before the procedure protects the patient and often earns the item.